VaidyanathaDikshita's

JATAI{A PAKIJAIA
( \ilTni qrfuilril )

Witlt An
EttglislrTrartslatiort
attd Coltious
Explu trttonl rtotesutrLlErontplas

BY
V . S u b r a n t a n ySaa s t r iB
, .A.
A s s t t .S e c r c t a rtyo 1 l l c( i o v t .o 1 ' M y s o r c( l { c t d . )
a u t lT r a n s l a t oor l ' S r r p a tli, a d d l r t i[,] r i h a tJ a t a k a
I I o r a s a r aU. t t u l k a l l n r r i tcat c .

Vol. III

RANJANPUBLICATIONS
1 6 ,A n s a rR
i oadD
, a r y aG a n j N
, e wD e l h i - ' l 1 0 0(0l 2
NDtA)
 CONTENTS
Page
Adhyaya XI The effects of the Ist and the 2nd 709
Bhavas
Adhyaya XII The effects of the 3rd and the 4 t h 748
Bhavas
Adhyeya XIII The efifectsof the 6th and the 6th 755
Bhavas
.{dhyaya XIV Thc effects of the ?th, the 8th and S45
the 9th Bhavas
Adhyaya XV T h e e f f e c t so f t h e l O t h . t h e l l t h a n d g 9 6
the l2th Bhavas
Adhyaya XVI Female Horoscopy 935
Adhyaya XVII Kalchakra 965
Adhyaya XVII t l)asas l00ir
ERRATA LXIII_LXVT

faeaqmw:
q6rllq
166
tt qr+fifrqwrqq-{rh eoQ
qR gf,fu 4rirnEsFlft .9/t
tr qFqq6-6rTT4TcqT4: rsQ.{.
?Y qKITE'&T{qqIqTEITTq. cY{
tr {ri qrqaqqqlErEqlq:

tq e{tqre-+'trzrrq: et{
9tq .6'TFfqfr-E{ltqTIT: e.E{
lc <qrr<{rEqrq: too{
 ffig{rq{itssqtlt;
il sTstrTlrTsorfttl
Adtryaya XI.
T H g e n t . n c T s o t . 't t t n 1 s T A N r ) T H I ' 2 w D B t t A V A S .

il{rdurrgrq{$eqq.s1ffi wtfh gqi

e-qgrirgqrfrqqwoE{rrcrrit
ilii {-{Fq I
qr
t i ,THnfkeurtlluqitf\r tgm {iflq-cr
qr.t{eT{ Ifmr.G gqsoil qfrhnGtg trttt
S/oArl 1. I am to treat of the good and other
effects which are the chief source of adornment to the
science of astrology just as they arise in the several
bhavas appertainingto men owing to the prepondera,
ting influence of planets. Among ttre Lagnaand other
bhavas, such as are occupied or aspected by Venul,
Mercury, Jupiter or the rrtccfk(Bhavapathi-the lord of
the bhava concerned),but unaspectedby or trnassociated
with thc rest, produce llappy results.
cf . s({qt{t1.r{
,ii ,ii qra'erfladl gdi qrd\-tEttqrnqnqrf\t&: I
qriii aq qrEs ilfifi4e6qT q"dil ffq;i qTtl

ffiETi(rragg*rdg (srnTTqlqqilfktgt
.r qrKa)ftedgtsI R tf
ilgsqTqqwGiFr
70e
7rc cmEqrfrf,ri Adh. XI.

Stoka Z. When the Lagna and some of the other

bhavaghave banefic planets appaaringin them or are
occupiedor aspectedby their lords, a wealth of the said
bhavasmay be declared to exist provid:d they are un-
aspectedor unoccupiedby malefi; planets.

d{q} ftgtrftrul tiai rrrEii;Tlttifi!

|
qrEeRm\qh ll I ll
Wsctrft*eii
S l c r f t c 3 . A p l a n c ti n i t s d c p r e s s i o no r i n i r n i c a l
qtrfltlar
rrqn dgetroysthe bhava chat it owns' But in its
(Moolatrikona), exaltation or friendly siun ic rdvances
the same.
cf . s((qKlit(
qqrlrlsftdtqeii W] EIda'{{qfd I
tft.E qr fafifi.i'lt rr
ilfrrqHF1qrCIe
qrln: art+tsfiqr&g'{qd}qHqq\qqTfiI-
q;qlqril qqtrqrqfinqftgf,}fif*'+ ri'qEd I
qilq qrqgfz'isfaqii flq* {'tuo*4i gl} qr
ed\qrqrqqrtd qafi iigdtq'aq'r'\q ilfi: lt
qi qtqfi { f}qite qR qt q: atsfi rrT{f{q:
qq'reil-qeR*nqqitae:ql{"qrr' 1
lTrqsl|frqi a flRn qG qarrrfqii q,ftwit
dtqr<rfiTTritqfi ra.rrffit {tfqrn,tt
qrnarrftiigftrw;i gfqrnfrqaqqfufrEIt
ffirrflqi uqqFa(rilf qti\eksorr{tTr R{r{ll B ll
Sloha 4. When a bhava has its lord in the 6th,
of
the 8th or the 12th, or is occupiedby the lcrd of one
these three, it suffers annihilation, say those that know
 sl. 6-6 {ttC{frsqrdr 7U
the properties of a bhava If such a bhava be aspected
by a benefic planet, the effect will be different.
qfrr*q!hrrdi {iolr( ffiurq} {r qit firqes: t
WriEqqlqrrfrqoraefiHgfd, surrg*u1sn \ n
S/o,ftc 5. If the lord of a bbava occupying a Ken,
dra or Trikona position from the Lagnapossessabundant
strength being either aspectedby benefic planetsor in
its exaltation and other Vargas, that bhava,say the wire
aatrologers,is in a flourishing condition.
3{(qt{t{ti

qfiu: +rr*rsfieqqgmo]qsn)qr lqqrfr

f{* qui ilqTii qfi qqfi ftqrqrq,il,rr4sfb:I
qdt-,i n3til qEfEq qadiatqqriqil qr
(.] ut lngdl d Errfltalt qrqaniqqfl.art
gqqqq.Jt{rsswt drqgt
ildgmFr+rfr
qHHtEbdti ir{Eq{iti nq}rgfo|
THHi glsqrs! {{oginsqtwrreil +.Trnd
ftai fq{qttdkoqft irErqft{r*riqsrn{l q tl
Slc,hu 6. Astrologerspronounce the strength
of
a bhavasuchas the_Lagn,rto be amplearrd rhorcirghly
b e ' c f i c e n tw h c n a r r i k o n a , t L r e4 t h , t h e 7 r h o ,
th" ioth
p l a c e t h e r c f r o mi s o c c u p i e db y a n a u s p i c i o u s
p l a n e to r
lnsc (bhavapa-thei'rd of the brrava)
and is unoccupied
or unaspectedby m;rlefic planets. A bhava
,uif.ru
decay when the positions referredto aboveare
different,
ly occupiedand aspected rhe effectof a bhava
will be
mixed when the positions noted above are
occupiedor
acpectedby beneficand maleficplanetapromrsci:ouely.
7fa *rqftvnt Adh. xI.
- l v t v - - - - - - - - - - -

aru([Iflrft Rqriltf(;dqtql qfiHq.|

ffirsemqRgtrffifutrr
ilfiTre{ffi Utrqqn{{i}il t}S
qq*rft sorA rfr qqr{shqrri rqr( tl s }l
Sloka 7. Of the Lagnaand other bhavasexamined
in strccession,whichever bhava has ita lorJ occupying
rays or
the 8th place (from it) or obscuredby the solar
in &preosion or in an inimical house, while no benefic
planetsaEpector are aseociatedwith it, the astrologero
lord
d..lrr. thl total destruction of such a bhava' The
being asso"
of the bhavaconcernedeven in the event of
producing any
ciated with other planets is incapableof
good effect.
grqrt qISRt{i gft qw{rq+r
{rqq qqt qd a {ffr rnqqli}rfll ll c ll
Slok,t 8. Planets occupying a bhava cannot ad'
vance it when its lord is in a g:vra (Duhothana-6th'
or in a
8th or 12th placefrom it) or an inimical house
stateof ecliPscor imPotencc
qr t
qTqTiitrqimtgfr
gsfu* ilsit qEI;T$tqr
EI'{G dlqar<n( llq ll
ftggnett$ilfbgfirgifh?irr
or
Slofrrr 9' A planet mly even be badly placed
inimical
occupya <qit (Navamsa)owned by a mrlefic,
prove
or its orvn dcpressionsign; ir will nevertheiess
occupiedby it is
bemficialwhen the Navausa or Rasi
or of a friendly
its own, or that o[ its exaltation sign
it'
planetno leseti.ranwhen bene{icplanetsaspect
qiq{r#Fatt{R grQ r{IEq gioq t
dmf\xstlM qrqsfrdaqr ll t" ll
StrfO.lt tififhirtfqi ?rit
Sloha 10. \l/hen ttrc p&rnerowning the sign
occupiedby the lord of a bhava iii badly placed,the
bhavabecoilegweak. Btrt wheo the planet rdarsi to
aboveis in its exaltation,in a frietrdly sign c in itg
own house,the astrologermay pronouncethe bhavr to
be ffourishing.
ffiilr qE[rriilqgdfi (Iiirt-;fi6 1
ilfr.rEgRqoqrnqrfuR
$'$k WRf*qffiar*q rr
SloFc 11. When the lord of a bhava,rhe friends
of the fiw lbhavapa) and the lord of rhe emltation
sign of the, r+rqq (bhavapa) occupy the llth, the Znd
and the 3rd placesin respect to the tr{rava,those plarreo
advancethe strength of rhe bhava, provided they be
not eclipsedor in an unfriendly sign or in depreosion.
S\KCI{EK
t-a frqfi-drrr qqqfrqqi mi(fl qTfircTr
qTqnt{iEr t "qqfiqnftgrqT<{tm I B,Fqr:t
,rrqqrfr{df,}sfruqqRgfu i{qf{a errqr-
q--qFqrqrciim:sg {aft rq;}q qil;qql qr( ll
rnirrgeqstrg dqrartrfim{{qt6dRq+ r
nqh* qrlqfiT+q A) *trftrhrn ffii Mq tt trti
Sltha Ll. A planet producesthe full effect of the
bhava in which ir is when its distance from the bhava,
saadhi ie equal to that of the bhavamsa(rrrst{r= Eemi,
bhava). When the planer has a less or greater dietance
from a bhava,sandhi than a bhavamsa,itd ef{.ectmuat be
alcertained by a rulc-cf-three procecs.
NbIts.
This slokais takenfrorr,afiqfffi (Sripotpddneroi,).
90
711 Etf,fqrailt Adh. n.

ll enl QA +tlq"ha+t tl
ffi qttgursngeTgaTft,
Mqorfrwq{qF{rFilr u tl tt
Sloha L3. The body, its hue, irs form, its charac,
teristics, fame, qualities, happiness or unhappiness,
residenceabroad,splendour,strength and weaknessare
the products,Eaythe wise a$trologers,of the lst bhava.
NorBs.
This sloka appears in stil{(d The thrrd qr< (Padl) reads thus :
d{rqfrrilrq-d-6,foil?.

ilft{rstrqils gd od q+qM qqnilcnI

u{ qe qftftftlhd *1frwrrrg&r$ostffir*t. tB
Sloka 14. The more auspiciousthe rising eign ie
f,t a perEon'sbirth, the longer will he live; the more
will he command the respect of the rulers and the
happier in coneequencewill he be. And if the rieing
aign be also aapectedby its lord, he will be a masterof
richee, quite a genius and a great credit to his family.
NorBs.
The fol{owing additional information regardinglength of tife
is extracted from siT(qltt{tt

d"t qffEftl
ert o'q{qd nftrqqqqil
qtg: qsiq afqaRnffigl.iifrriqTfigt r
ftRa$ qffi rag,rlagnru<ng: qA
aseng<q).t eaefafig!:qrl<lgfl*qT( 1
Efr eqeagqq-q}-qqSr{tga}
o?TrsT{t{
ad qr rilqtil"qq qfefrfA* wiqrg'gtq r
nne,rtwrfigfrgqagqqifqqr'flqq,rg:
.ls 16 qqrqEilsuqr{rs ?r5
gp*se,iqtfiq:qrcsqgqqct uo tqrlc[Rtt
oil* q{q}q} g,rgt ofi q ddtRt
qrtqrEg*nflffrrut qroi{Eitqr
-ganrrfiRaqrqqqi<druq6fr-
6cr.t qggqtuqgqlee{ nElgiqr{ tt
qulq,rnfqosat,tngr{i{gq&*q e} t
=g gudgaq rD {drTTg: qqqFaSfir;a: r
urriiaq d EIfi: ila4lTeqrg{rfifrq
r
sqii qEqq fi* fti f,atgrrqlq 11
qtoaeqr&owqaqr{Tfif{qqqirrr,
fiqrqraq,ilfiolflnqqr der:g\al gfli: I
s{tg:gs4:arrrvpry'frt}gr, qilQqi
flTr*q';qqwrgiewftt,qr\,iqflasqr( u
efrdt +oqd){qmlga'er.if =qfqa}qril
n] q'.\rqoihqnfaga] qr;q q o'j nqt r
qivi I qon-eqqqdlrqrg:qfiqrrftq:
argriulrflegqriaa*6;qflc qros ft tt
sn{ f}esjf qFHrTli{ q qq{{ |
uvr agfr{di {zafi-qqT{,4q
tl
(fr <rcqrfiPrsqunft
oetqqrft{geq{rer r
{01Ehnrrr{tqrnqr&orrnru{grrrgwfr
u t\ tl
Sloka 15. An astrologer may declare the i*ature
and peculiar features of a person fron the lord of the
riaing Navamsaar his birtr. or from a powerfui planet
occupyingthe Laqna. llrs hue shouldbe guessedfrom
the lord of the Navamsa occupied by the lr4oon. All
?rs sfliF!ilEnErir Adh. xI.

goodaod evil in the life of the per$onis to be ascertain'

ed through the Lagna.
Nores.
cJ,III-76 supra.

ffiqh;i qR ornt grrriht frua{tfqf qr t

(tft ll lE ll
gwarlnqil qord qg3{rgilnrq{r!
Slttha 16. If at a person's birth the lord of the
rioing sign being in great strength in the house of a
beneficplaneg occupy a Kendra or Trikona position
from the Lagna and be aspected by or associatedwith
auapiciousplanets,the fameof the personborn will
extend up to the four oceans.
Norp$.

This sloka appears in stdd{d. The reading there is gqqtqfatrt

for qrrwnrrc.rt'
cf. also the following sloka from thesame work'

onrfqtgqgt qii qs,{ril*oqfifrqqQt g'refEg*I

mqlfttqsRt qR qI elt flqrqfrlffiqnqlFqR{rg\ft
ll

ffint ftSrrtrftrhqlqTmqrqfttfht{r t
rrqfrqqrtqrd}sqsrtfr
qrq{aruri {Ed'l{.ii3 11lu ll
Sloka L7. A person becomes obscure if, at his
birth, the lord of the rising sign being in the hougeof a
malefic planet, occupies the 6th, 8th or l?th place from
tlre Lagna and is aspected by or associated $/ith a
malignant planet.
Norrs.
For ihe 6rst rIT(, .$lil{(q reads o}qt t;rrrti s Et'

slfr{nxrft fts{qE} iilril:<r{ ttftq|q

frqQs RimttukcrffiFqt t
st. 18-le qargtilstcr.l: 111

- qrilqrdrr {ffigqtftxrqr g-dtr

g:A
+* dtr.tt gqr{st qlrrgd qr{t ll 14 ll
S/ofra 18. If the lord of the *tffirrrq(Keerthibha'
va), i,c. the 10th be in the Lagna,the person born will
becomelamous. lf the planet be iir the Znd bhava and
have attained its ex.rltation and other benefic vargaehe
will have remarkablecelebrity. If the planetbe in a
bad place,he v.zillbe knocked up by ceaselesstravelling
or will be a knave. But if the planet occupy a Kendra
or Trikona in conjunction with a beneficplanet, the
personwill have easein travelling'
Norns.
This sloka tinds a Place in akF[{at'

frtrqTfrftqertqR gqent{g*sqqr
rrr{t q1qR qrqtn qfl{i o}'q{rd fter t
xqffiqqd ao{Tf{i dGfiRirilqqr-
asd qo{nfuftq qfi {r ffiHtflr*titmq tt
Bloha 19. If the lord of the lst bhava occupy the
5th or the 9th or being irr conjunction with the lord of
the 5th or the 9th occupy the Lagna, the father of the
person bcrn will be a famous man. If the lord of the
3rd bhava be in the Lagnaor the +rw (Karaka-Mars) as
well as the lord of the l*r{rnir (Bhratrubhava)be together
in one houeeand posseosstrength, a brother of the
personborn will becomerenowned.
Norss.
For the latter half of this sloka, ;rldefi'(f
has the following:

oinrfFrrt ltqq<g(*.qft{'i+
t
iild: flqg ua e <gi HslgqT+{ifl:ll
 718 sfFfficrRqre Adh. xI.

ffiq\ {r dA qqqfr o} gt oqn+gtil r

wrF{t 'T$reilftflf frqrqqtdtrrqft qqrdlnRotl
Sloha 2) When the lord of the 2nd bhava or
Mercury is in the Lagnaor when the 2nd bhava is occu.
pied by the lord of the Lagnaand when rhe bhava in
either caseis strong and free from maleficaspect, the
personborn will becomefamousfor his learning.
Norrs.
rrietiqc(Vidyadhipa) here 'ears the lorcl of the 2nd bhava ;
(aide sloka 49 infra) and not that of the 4rh bhava referred to in
XII-59 infra.
The sarnerenrark applies to the tcrrrr grT.
qqHfi qEfrfid qfrrqd agqdfr{r r
dtqfiqRmi'gfi qq tqfr qnittirTo{r{T{ ut(tl
S|oku 21. If the lords of the grh and the lst bha,
vas from the Lagna be in thei'r respective bhavasor if
the lords of the 1scand tlre 9th occupy the 9th and the
lot respectively, and if the planets in their several
pooitions be aspectedby or associaredwith Jupiter, rhe
personborn will enjoy good luck for a long time,
omftqq6{qt agqft} $EEsqirQt{r r
irnTfirtEr{rfr ft{t{t ilq tfumqqg'w** RR
Slohu 27. A person wiil abide in the placeof his
birth when a planet occupyingthe l2th place from that
of the lord of the Lagna happens to be in exaltation or
in a friendly house or is aspectedby a planet that is
friendly or is in exaltation or when that Rasi ie occu-
pied by a friendly planer.
o}qrFrt R-oqqfrfr
CtirqnSft
qrfrqtft RmurgwqTfrT
Et qqr
sI.23-25 qsEfrsqrql 7le

e*qRrffi ftqc.oi itosrfrqr-

qeqflqqiTqifu;qfrqaqrqrftqrdr
rriq ll Rl ll
Sloka 23. When the lord of the l2th house from
that occupied by the lord of the Lagna is the latter'E
enemy or is in depression or vreak,the person born
goesto a foreign country. He will abide permanently
there if the "qqq(Vyayapa) referredto abovebe aspected
by Venus in the capacity of a friend. His haunt will
be a small township if the same6zT{FI (Vyayapa) be
eclipaedby the Sun ; if the aqqq(Vyayapa) be posseesed
of strength,the haunt will be a wealthy municipality'

trtniqqi froeqqff( h ildluTi\ti

ftrd1qT*{t gqsi qTffi rilil{s I
+dtrsqqatqt
Rfr rrRBll
fE-qtegiftffqqwfiqrqmqt
Stoka 24, When the lord of the i'2th place from
that occupied by the lord of the lagna is in a Kendra or
Trikona from the lst bhava, and in a Rasi which is a
friend's house, its own or its exaltation sign and has
auspiciousplanets on eachside, the person born will be
a sojurner in regions pieasingto the heart. If the tqqc
(Vyayapa)referred to above be aspectedby Jupiter, the
Moon or Venus, he goesto a charmingly beaucifulland;
but if this rqqc(Vyayapa) occupy the Znd place from
the lord of the Lagna and be unfriendly to the latter,
tfie person will abide in his native land.
qi estt q(+estI
ffkr,{r{{ qtt itr?r
fui qat i{gqrnTsirr qr( ll R\ ll
iMtftrlR}riTf}Eat
Sloha 25, When a moveable Ergn is the Lagna
7zo utQnvawil Adh.xI.
ancl its lord is in a moveable Rasi and aspectedby pla'
netr occupying moveable Rasis,the person born will
have his fortune in a foreign country. When an
immo'veable sign is the Lagnaand its lord is algoin an
immoveablesign and aspectedby planetsoccupying ia'
moveablesigns,the personwill be in his own country;
exceedingly prosperous and possessed of abundant
wealth'
Norss.
This sloha appears also in clild{d.

ftnftt aqtt ftgg qlqerlqrggfugt t

{6[r+ rcqr *qar in Eil({IosTdrsqqr
*qgtlf llRqll
S/oftc 6. S/hen the lord of the Lagna ie a malefic
planet and occupies the 6th place {rom the Lagna being
associatedwith Saturn in a malefic sign, the person
born wiH be like a Sudra. And if Rahu or Ketu take
the placeof Saturn in the above,the person will be a
Chandalaor somc equally low person in his habits.
G{r&tlirrnnftrghrdqqt aggis}ft|
offit Fftqlrrtgse|rltiwd i qft n te tl
Stoka 77. When the lord of the Lagna is in an
auspicioussign and is possessed of strengh,'theperson
born will be in good ease having a command of all
bodily comforts. When the planetin the Lagnais in a
depreosionor inimical Navamsa and happensto be the
lord of a E:tqrr (Dusthhana), the person bcrn will lacr
bodily comforts.
cf , sldd(d
o*q: T{H{F.qnAqnqn}eqrRfqqraift t
draqEoqr{rq(sfine g\ftrnAilF{;qq1
I( ll
91.28-80 rttril*${rq:

qqtr#rqqilrq S{orqR qqr* q sd r5{r llR'4ll

Stoha 28. If the three planets owning the 6th,
the 8th and the t2th bhavas from the Lagna be connect-
ed with the Lagna, one of them aspecting it, another
owning it and the third occupying it, and if they at the
sametime be in their inimical or depressioneigns devoid
of all strength, they can do no good at the time of the
ripening of their severaldasaperiods.
s* qafrgrrtfr milr,dtqgflE{F(t
ilmi\\ fiqtnr q(nd frtqrP'{i ffiggfrqr$3ll qq ll
Stoka 29. When the Lagna is a watery sign and
is occupiedby benefic planets,astrologersdeclarestout,
neesof perscn as the effect thereof. When the lord of
the Lagna occupies a watery sign and is in conjunction
with beneficplanets,the personborn, say tfieaetrologera,
will have a sound constitution.
Norrs.
iq the 3rd
alq.ld ls the reading adopted in srad{d for ilqei
stt of this sloka.

ilnrfrt aT{rqtc g6{{Ifi aiil msqth 6ict]( |

wriqqrqiqnrlta1qr gci[q{! arrggsqqrg! ll 1,oll
SloAa 30. When the lord of the Lagna is in the
the
8th bhava and in a dry sign, astrologerssay that
personborn will have great bodily suffering' If the
iord of the Rasi in which is the planet owning the
Navamsa occupied by the lord of the Lagna bg a
planetowning a dry sign, the effectwill be emaciation'
Nores.
Sornebooks rea& oei{qs{iaq<tiaatqr
9l
 722 crrdifcrftvrrt Adh.x{.
qsllt Ftgstrgqfr qrnjsftrft,ir
r+r
*d oqqisqilqiqqfig$ froirft\ r
ilint aqiiuuiffi tutqG qtn
oi ttrqfrqiur'.qcrgr
iaaotEre{rqu Qt tl
Sloka SL When rhe iord of the Lagna is between
two inimical planets,the person born will be in dread
of enemies. lf Keru or Rahu be in the l.agna and the
lord thereof be in a 6'elrq (Dusrhhana dth, flth or l2th),
the personwill suffer privatit_rnof some limb in the
ripening of thc dasaof the lord of the T_ragoa and in the
antardasaof the lord of the {ich irnr:se(ir.m the lord of
the Lagna). If the lord of tire 6rh house from the Lagna
occupy it in conjuncticln with Rahu or Ketu. an ulcer
will breakout in the bodv.
NorBs.
f iris appearsi' ."1{ri4i{r.;t. ln the 3r<iql,i, tiT'j.l:Jrs the reading
a d o l ; t e <tlh e i c f , . r rl e 1 1 1 1 , tt h r : t e r t .
q

ToITAmqK OcFtTtls;(ffiWur {til ilrtr1Tqq1T(t

{ir_l11 A _____ \ \ \ \

g{eta{Rqr{ n iq tl
grarrEt
ofrrytrftifatrihmt
.S/crftn
31" If rhe iorcl of rhe Lagnacccupyinga
Trikona or a Kendra be devoid of strength,the person
born wili be ailing. If the lord of the house occupied
by the lord of thc Lagna be in a S:t'{tit (Dusthhana),he
will havea weak constitucion.

(tr'irsthatf). Tr,. f.,rro),"rltl;-r leacli'gro rhesameefiect

is given in nki{(Qf.

{:Fqrqt{Tfigdi fieaqrd fie* n C ilq'Tff tqrd.ti

qmtrtaqitrdrreqaro.qrftrrmr
r
-irr
r \ \
ilrtt tai grQoqd ilsE ti{rqr{ tf il tl
 sI.33*35 {Prfifrscqrqr 723

troi
12th, 6ch or 8th bhava (from the Lagna) in conjunction
with a maleficplanet destroys the bodily health of the
personborn. He will be ailing if the lord of the lst
bhava in conjunction wich the lord of the 6th occupies
a grtflil (Dusthhana)or the Lagna.
ori qqrt u{ii qodi*sfrq}rr{r{t
6Qtrg{d frlqtfr-qtih3f,.6qffi n tB tl
Sloha 34. When a malefic planet is in the Lagna
and the iord thereof is without strength,the person
born will ba sickly. He wiil be o{ a fretful temperif
the lord of the Lagnab: weak; exempt from ailmentif
the lord of the Lagnabe in a Kendra or Trikona.

ti{fucrrqirt ilu't g+"iuiq r

rrriurrr;rnuiriiridillqrq
g**, n {\ fl
S / o f r a 3 5 . I f t h c l o r d o f t h e s i g n o c : u p i e db y t h e
lord of the Lagnabe in the 8th piacc from the Lagna,
the person will be weak. Bhavas generally become
weak when their lortlsarc in Rasis of which the owners
are badly placed(1.c.are in 6:q?nql)uhstirana).
uqkqldratfr.irhm u{q;qqirt
o* *'i ;Trfliru?qwurdrc'rqrfafu
rrQQtr
Sloku 36. A pcrson has an enlargedscrotum as
the conaequence of the conjunction of Rahu and Mars
or of Rahu and Satiirn. S/hen Mars occupies the
Lagna,an astrolcgermay predict swelling in the navel,
ankleand in the testicles.
oit qRitrqt ft;mwrnfrnqrt'hi
EilrrTrirr{
EgfrqErq
6{tngrwtqrftrsrfrrr
721 sRffiftrfi Adh. xl.

s{dEft.rttrt?q gt wtrsftrfiS}.qt
g wffifr
mil onaqfr t}ft Tq.tt l\e ll
Stoha 37. If the lord of the Lagna occupying the
12th bhava be in conjunction with the lord of the 6th
bhava from that occupied by the Sun, the personborn
will get readily married,b: characterizedby much hair
about his person,have a slim f igur.: lnd a hue composed
of red and whire. If the iord of the 6th bhavafrom the
Lagnabe also in conjunctionwith th: lord of the Lagna
in tbe aboveposition, the personboru will be dark in
personalappearance ; but if Rahu be with the lord ol
the Lrgna,the perscn concern:dwilI surelyrun the risk
of treacheryor poison.

ffiti qrq+TrqI
ont Ut tilqfiffis iTIrTRgd
gldi 'tiurwgtEriit ont g qlaqFlnuttfrIrlEf
ll 1c ll
Slofra 33. A personwill b: htppy from his child'
hood when the Legnais auspicicusand is aspectedby
beneficplanetsprovideC there are no malefic ones in
the Lagna. But if sev:ral maleficplanetl should be in
the Lagna,the p:rson bcrn wiil b: unhappyfrom first
to last.

tqdmtfi s* onitrnirgdrr*
t
u.l gqqi{t q.qri freqqlqqr(ll lq ll
S/oic 39. A personwill be happy in the middle
and concludingportions of his life if, at the time of hie
birth, Venus hasattainedDevalokamsr(rririr Adhyuya L
,5/.46),the lord of thc Lagnaa Gopuramsa(aidt ArIhya.
ya I . S/. 45) and benefic phneto aspectthe rising sign.
st. 40-44 5qqftstqrcr 715

ori gt qi flt h-i qrqtqi.qtt

ortEi qsqitr qr* gtd ftI; gt{{ ll 8o ll
Sloha 40. When there is a benefic planet in the
lst bhava, but a malefic one in the 2nd as well as in a
Kendra, and when the lord of the Lagnahas attained the
LJttamamsa,the person born suffers misery in early life
and ie h.ppy thereafter.
ofiir gqqrf{r&gqqqftfti'qtI
.ilgriuut qrsfrfreilsililt gt*q.ll 8l ll
S l o f t c 4 1 . W h e n t h e lord of the Lagna occuPiesa
beneficsign and is asPectedby a beneiic planet or har
attained a Gopuramsa,the person born will be h.PPY
after his 16th year.
s,trrqirnl| g t;n*uriq{S I
or\ n qsdgkfrrraskqigt*q.ll 8R,ll
Sloka 42. When the planet owning the Navamca
occupie<lby the lord of the Lagna is in a Kendra, a
Trikona or exaltation,or is in the 1lth bhava pos*tsed
of strength, the person born will be happy after thl
first 30 years of his lifc'

oot eqrRqet qlE{tfsoqPqi 1

ilqt{t iEilq* qoqoirqH;t: ll 81 ll
qditr {oitar qrftqri{rtqqfiihil t
ilqqs* 4(gfr trqrwF'iqfl gd ll 88 ll
S/olas 43-44. When the Lagnais aspectedby t'he
sun and other planets,tire effect in che sevetal caseson
the person born is given in order in the sloka-quarttrrs
planet, the
that follow: lf the Sun be the aspecting
 728 qRrrttrRwril Adh. xI.

his father; if the Moon, he will engagein sea-borne

tradeand be opule.t; if Mars, he will be virtuousand
bavea brgmembrumztirile; if Mercury, he will have
Iearning,artistic skill and fame; if Jupiter, he will be
Lonoredby his sovereignand devoutry observantof
religiousvows; if Venus,he will beaddictedto women
of ill,fame,opulentand voluptuous.
q;Eetfturi g Eqffi qd tqorr
*-|ITarti
or{ \ilftrtrEE{rd( il B\ tl
Sloka 45. If Saturn aspectsthe Lagna, he
will
bave agedwives, will be uncleanand be mischief,making.
If no planet aspect the Lagna, the astrologe. shouft
make his prediction in accordancewith the planet
connected with the sgrrftr (Lagna Rasi).

oA srdiiqt nqr (M il qfr gqt I

fiAf\isfud dpd nqst rruirq{ tf uq tl
},loka +6. When the Lagnais aspe*ed by its lord,
the person born will be either a king or his favorite,
wcalthy and well-off. lf the Lagna be aspecred by
an
auspiciousplanet,all will be auspicious. If bv an evii
planet,everythingwill turn out ill.

sd orf ETr@t{u Zfr u*( r

wi x?Ttgrn trsil gf(fi rnq{ilGtq!ll 8s fl
Sloha 47. When the Lagna is aspectedby
two or
more beneficplanets,the person.bornis happy.
When
it ia aspectedby all the beneficplanets,he wifl be a king.
When there are three benefic planetsin the Lagna,th"e
effect on the per$on born is, he wiil make a good ting.
 sr 48-60 qtFtftnmrs 721

If there be three -tlefic planetsin the Lagna,he witl be

uohappy.
oqrftfrsRruqngfrreel
itqfuei grrtqin{drfiqri: r
e3tR'Fffirfiftrgr
n{ g0{gffitruoprr n Bdtl
Sloha 48. The lord of the rising sign when poc,
gessedof great strength and unaspectedby malefic
planets, but aspected by benefic ones rnd occupying a
Kendra position wards off death and secures to the
child long life gracedwith the strong virtues of a vigo,
rouE Bovereignty.
Norrs.
See Adhyaya lV. Sloka 83, supra.

ll srE Udqt?1qsoqll
Irtv
Rii AT Rqrilqgril{:fil?
ai gd Rq q I
frHiqenffqrfi tri*fttilfid figr n B\ ir
Sloka 49. Wealth, visual power, ease, learning,
speech, householdand food-these, the astrologerEre,
cognise ao regularly derivablefrom the ZnJ bhava.
qfrgir ffifs'r qrqil
fr-qtqtffiT{rrn
sr,rdT{orqfrfrqgErc$tR,fr
iv'rr t
ileenlqnrf\ftngTrilqFm
oriiT rtftrrqttftrqgtont rgFqqr{ u \o tl
S/o&a 50. A person will have exceedingwealth
(1) when the 2nd, the tlth and the lst bhavas in bic
horoscope are occupied by their lords ; (2) when thc
iT.""" 131"
","-"
""","",.""*w"..""
lsr&ofthe?ndandthe llth bhavar are in the IIth
bhava and happen to be in q*a (swakehetra), lneiu
(Mithrakshetra) or in ereltation: (3) wheo the lorJs of
the llth and the Znd bhavas, being friendly planete'
occupy the Lagna and lastly (4) when the lord of the
Lagnair in it in conjunction with the lordt of the 2nd
and the tlth bhrvdq.
Norrs.
Tbis sloka is also in sEl6{(t'
Tbe following wealth'prbducing yogas are extracted frqm
{l} cqtcr-I{r(
qilqoft+fatft {\' t
{q'Tltqrq*fi
rr,ptf+n:saii S+q qtqi ll
+ehegrlm ftgqft{rtrrrfk{rq FrdI
frar qR qTfrftm qftft} qr+f,qd' {ft, r
urcfitft?fiqrqqgt;qFqflqnrdftuqr
emqqn4ilqqilqT a&*l dafi q{ tl

Safgq"ftq(FqgarNoqfFqil
gla uf4qtfril g{g* {a gs5sq1
arntgrat fit atSg'qiaql-
qrEfi ti&( dqfq+'noTiq( tt.
*riuegirm figgfinrig onte<r
qiaiFrrftaal .reqfr qsf*w 46qqqI
reqtqiqGt qfiaqqfq:h-eB+)qfrqnr
n*,<r*qettfrqqfif\ft o qqtri frq: tl
fqaqft'la* qEr{gdttqqn{tqilr
fqfaal<*{6i{t&ni:1
mq&qnrfi*qift
;r;.frn'rftft :,tlFqql
::;1qfi:
qrya)tql'e$6fia
s. cr qFft$]silrqs Ttg

ilfr H {ilil qg sn{. ffia nild' n

qfrn:wfi +FsfrR qq ds g e.{rr
qaqft:I
aqlrr6+lf*ftfeaaugtfr\
fttqr qftipg.I qqqRqfRqRa'I
qt qTqrffqrqswftilrigffifr: I
(z) qkTifi(r
qord t
ofraneqiqlqfitxrftqsfrqatnrftqil
tilfr+tt uR qsrrt q-qrftt.qtini qrlsil tt
q
oriq\q ffit urufrrqrt+i=qFqtqrqogaqia* r
tilfqdmgt gqefgg+alt eg-.exaolqfiilgnql: tt
Gtq\q nRt qqd{rqrqillftqeqaqqrqqefrg* t
tiR*aryi qrqlqqrtiri agravaorqfiilgnql: tt
+qiftti nfqt qq<rftqrtelaifFqnq-qt{rqiitq\q t
Ebqggqttir gtrefz*il mil ag.anqort{gtfdqlAtt
orrtorq,rqtgqAfr+ dli ge.e,Riraf{iTfrniiiI
gqiril qqqfrFnqinqr\ e! +geuaolr$ftqr* tt
daat uati rawg orit ef\+ituatraeexoigtr
e]"efq*qei gqdgtqI qrf,:e{t'iqqifrrgx+ft:tt
q{qt'{frqelqGeratq: *'qfFqafuqlqftangara t
titqfiqrmgilvqtrftrat*fat ef iqeilifiaqqtqt' tt
e.irsgraqiwfirqaftra* qtq sfto] qqqFg flx: I
*-efi+]qsQteqQurtfiqtn:eqtiqiift egr+lt:tt
q*qqre:q{*'fififf ri Affm qqqq{dlq;I
ffiqrd$fit wrorqtft riur disrrsqrtqgt( ll \t ll
Sloka 5L. Note first the planeroccqpyingthe Znd
rhava; next, the planet aspectingthat bhava; tbirdly,
9Z
 730 qtnTdlilt Adh.xr.
the planet owning it. In the ripening of the dasasof
theseplanets will the perlon concerned get his vtealth
through a source indicated by the Varga attained by
the wnrrfir (Dhanakaraka).
qra qt ilrt ftftqr{ ro{gi t
c\
w wqdgt {qqriiso dq rr\i tl
Bloka 52" When the lord of the Lagna occupies
the 2nd bhava in strength, the person born will pessess
a treaEure If the planet in question be weak and asso,
ciated with a malefic planet, the person concernedwill
suffer the consequence of deception or other trick
practisedupon him.
qafuarqrrsdtrsler wdfrqrtwfqilffl t
ftnsv:d qffirdrqrg( qlt\ gsqilFqfriil n\lfl
Sloha 53. When the planet occupying the 2no
bhava is aepected by a malefic planet and is unfriendly
to the lord of that bhava or in depression or eclipsed
by the Sun'grays, the personborn will suffer pecuniary
loss in the ripening of the dasa of that planet, The
samething happenowhen the planet in question in its
progresEthrough the zodiac becomes powerful for evil.

$gr{qfi qg+{gt qqtnaq}qqtrord r

qgtrftrc.Jfrqi {Tq{ q}emrqrfiqrgrn \s tl
Sloha 54, When thc 2nd bhava is occupied by
many (benefic) planets and the qrffir$r (Dhanakarala) ia
poreessedof atrenglh m occupies its exaltation, a friend,
ly sign or its own house ;fue person born, say the
artrologere, will be getting wealth till the moment of
his death.
sl. 65-5? qsrq{tss{q: 73r
Nores.
s-{tr{ (Dhanaprada) may also rrean the lord of the znd
bhava.

itqrdit qlqlhr g* urd q qrilft{ {tft |

qreRtqgrtirni}qilaqi qr( \\
qrilrr;Trfiar
Stoka 55. When the lord of the Znd bhava is in
the Lagna associaredwith the lord of the 3rd, the person
born will get wealth acquired by a brother. If the lord
of the 4th bhava take the placeof the lord of the 3rd
bhava in the abovc,the pcrson concerrtedwill inherit
property from his mother. Generally, wealth comesin
conncction with that bhava whereof the lord occupies
the Lagna in conjunction with the lord of wealth.

iiqpfiir urt oqErtfiqqrisqafr iiqiq t

qmrEdo{rq+artrq aoqor 'Fqtifrftrqr{\E
a
S/ofur 56. When the lord of wealth occupiesthe
Lagnaand the lord of thrt bhava occupics the Znd,
wealth comesto the person born without any effort at
all. Whatever bhava the lords of the lst and ?nd
bhavasmay together occupy, it is through that bhava
that acquisition of wealth on the part of men usually
takesplace.
ff(i SEGttIqi ghor ftttiqel {ffII q I
*.t g*det q q{ qEEr{trEttqr u \s tl
Sloka 57. When the Moon occupying the Znd
bhava is aspectedby Venus, tire person born will be
rnunificent If Mercury in the 2nd bhava be aspected
by a berefic planet, he will have, be it remembered
wealth at his commandat all cimes.
782 wwrqrM AdL )n.

qqlffi qr ffi ffiqi (fu{ qrt ae sPdHi$qr

qmrtq a{dr{stfr Er}sdr
iGg wt{frfrr ri,rcp
Sloha 58. Note in what quarrer the lord of the
Znd bhava is; it is in that quarter chiefty that men will
find their prosperity during the dasa period of the tord
of che 2nd bhava:for when moving ordinarily the planet
leadsto the acquisition of wealth in the region indicated.
If it be retrograde ar the time of birth, there will be
acquisition of every valuablething in all quarters.
qlt ornigt or*+$rnrri I
ilrgfr*qfr qr&m{rt 'nfrqr{,rriq rr\q ll
S l o k a 5 9 . I f t h e l o r d o f t h e 2 n d b h a v ab e i n t h e
l l t h a n dt h e l o r d o f t h e l l t h b e i n t h e 2 n d o r t h e 1 l t h ,
or if the lords ol the 2nd and the l lth bhavasf rom the
Lagna occupy a Kendra, the personborn wili be wealthy
and renowned.
tqera+
qTntqrrt ori arqqdt sqftqa:r
\\\
f,fl{ gq(Ezra rrf,rFaqqgFrr{: ll
qil qqqsq 6qtt'fl+rfisqqrt
ortir ftgr-uQaqi il fi;rr{Fr{ 1 Q. tl
Sloka 60. If the lord of the 2nd bhava be in the
12th or the 6th, or the lord of the 12th in the 2nd, and
the planet owning the tlth occupy the 6th, the 8th or
the lZth, the effect will be loss of wealth.
qtt ffit {oEffrtI
aqqqmqfr
ghdi{i o} ft-{nrdqq'frer
n qq rl
sI.61-64 qsrqcfrsqrq;

t,
the lord of the Znd bhava is without strength and the
Lagnais not aspectedby benefic planets,the astrologer
shouldpredict loss of wealth.
oirrrqflrRr qiir onnrihi I
ortt qrfior0 ftuqritqqqwqq n ERll
Sloho 62, If the lord of the Lagna occupy the 2od
bhava and the lord of the latter cccupy the l lth or the
lord of the llth occupy the lst, the person born will
get treasureor other valuableproperty.
NorBs.
etirir .{ i{,ze.i is another reading'

o*rqqalTFi{rs q(IlJqiqrrigets
t
ttfrqiqr.rrErsfitrErfiid,{ir rrtq ti Ql rt
Stoku 63. When the lords of the lst, llth, 2nd
and the 9th bhavashaveattainedtheir highest exaltation
Navamsa,or Vaiseshikamsas(uide Adhyaya I. sl,44'
471,the petson born will be lord of a crore or crores.
Cf. {{iriii.mqft
oainrrqqrlrn, KqlqinRgar:t
tirft,rit ofit nqr+]frairqtd.rt
Rtqffir=sAqiir lffirt t
qrqqu{{gh Totq}qiqtl ll EB ll
Sloku 64, When the lord of the Znd bhava is
eclipsedby the Sun's rays and in depression and in a
malefic 60th portion of a sign. the person born will
becomeplunged in debt.
NorBs.
For tbe same eflect the following yogai quoted in at6f61iil.
 134 qftriF(TtREfrd Adh.xr.
q|Eqi qsq* q
"qt s +qlqil qqg* fi? r
ur<iqilar gr+d\rr} ;nqrQf\icoRl*qK' tl
g*;gaqnmtiu$rcitqrrqr: I
q{gtfrt}tre*,fi'qeilq1 ll q\ ll
SloAa 65. A person b:comes night,blind when
Venus, the Moon and the lord of the 2nd bhava are
together in one bhava. When the Sun, Venus and
the lord of the lst bhava are invisiblc (beingin that
portion of the zodiacwhich compriscs thc bhrvas from
2 t o 1 , b o t h i n c l u s i v e ) ,t h c p e r s o n c o n c c r n e dw i l l h a v e
eyeeof medium,visual power.
NorEs.
This ( s+ in qm:) in the liglrt of Sloka 5s of Adhyaya 6
s h o u l db e t a k e n t o r e f e r t o t h e l s t b h a v ao r t h e L a g n a .
cf . qRIdtd+K
gm:ftgfb*,il qgRfifh qt' !ts{tq;sa;{'
q;qtFg: nrtgt<grr{ilfi: q5qqrfi rfdsit: ll
Also
gn"g'otngt taart fi{q-q: qwtqeDg}i I
gilfi qr ontlq gh warilqTd;qi qEqa{retn tl
I
ftsqftTrnilqsgtil ftWqqfbruiil'Tlnils
crrrstt QQtt
fk(tfrFlqnn{r{utft
frusqq;qsrr
Sloka (,6, If the lords of the lst, 2nd, 7th,9th and
tlre {.th bhavasoccupy the 6th, 12th and the Sth, and if
Venug be associated with the Lagna, the person born
will be blind.
Notes.
Some books read qd{t:
This sloka appearsin alfld(Qfrvitlr a diflerent reading for the
3rd ct('aa., Rorrqqi;qrrtikilt q1
 sl.6?-s9 ttrFrqlftsqrq: 186

fter gertl{gfrRs} atrr*rflqwnqr(rI

qittqtql qR sqqrfi {utq rtrt *qq?+eitIs qe
Sloha 67. When Venus occupies the Lagna in
conjunction with the lord of the 5th and the 5th bha,
vas,the person born will run the risk of losing his eyes
in consequenceof the displeasureof his sovereign.
When the lord of the 2nd bhava and Mars are ln the
Lagna, professors of astrology declarethe effect to be
ear,ache.
cf. qrcmGil
nqrfiarqlnRhfqerqoia adlq faouattt
atq ,{}ti fiitfr+ iaqromlqla{iqril: rl
x;qnffi gib*agt ti,ft dr g Hrrp t
i* qErqrqrgiqqltqia t (fr wutiT: tl Ed ll
Sloha 68. When Saturnand lvfarsare togetherin
the 2od bhavawhich is occupiedby its lord in conjrnc-
tion with crFE(Mandi), the effectwill be eye-diseare.
If therebe severalmaleficplanets in the Znd bhavaand
Saturn aapectthe same,the person born will have
dieeased eyes(will be blear,eyed).
NotBs.
This sloka appearsboth in IH{{RT and eel*iii-dtqfi. a rofe'
rence to these two works enablesus to get at the antecedent of
dT in the above slolia as referring to the 2nd bhava.

t}{ri g{si gqgi}gfsQrirI

gqt{ufut qrsfrgqq( rh q*( ll qq tl
SioA<r69 Wh:n the lord of the Znd bhava is
associatedwith or acpectedby benefic planetsor occu,
pies a Navamsa owned by them, the person born will
have fine eyec.
736 qt(TcrRqft Adh xL

cf. qRffi(6

snfti nl'qqfq gh q-orflqtantQdtt t

t* g\ nqqia{t il ft'qrFqa,n}'qErnqta' tt
qrfrqft$Ur*rgt Tfirt U*R,.d.rtFqt
nariqR*'q{,iffii Erqfufififr3ql
wrcaqdsQftR-{r5{t'ft\AAilqt
qnr +IEqUwU{qilri u* q qftfqt 11so ll
Sloha 70. When a benefic planet is in the Znd
bhava occupying its exaltationand other benefic vargas,
the person born will be fair-faced. If the Znd bhava
consiet of the vargasof an auspicious planet, he will
without doubt acquire the faculty of speakiogwell. If
Mars aspectedby the Sun cccupy the uawn (Dhanabha'
w), the person gets sTrEI{tq* (Ajyasparsa). If Rahu
aspectedby a malefic planet occupy the 2nd bhava, he
will have to subsist chiefly on the coarse grain called
*qq (Kodrava).
Norps.
This sloka appearsto have beenpatched up out of two slokas
from qftd{d. The following is the latter half for the 6rst two
lines.
qrftt qflgt grrgi <ilqrRq,iFqt
tie}l qongegqsh qT{nk}fr Bqq.tt
cf , sclifi.{rcft
q.qF{qq sfR?iqfs {}u} fiirsrqTftqadirgqnt qTt
Sq ffftagt q;uTqilt FqFqFgilRfiqii qqsfif,f,Fflt: ll
.IIGcic?iis said to be a kind of Prayaschitta.

oqremWsil St qrrcifkt t
srrqgdsftSftqi trtqF( qqFwl ll \el ll
st"?1-?4 q6r{rfrsqrq; 737

Sluka 71. When one of the two planets-the Sun

or Mars,-occupy the Lagr:a the 7th, the 2nd or the
8th and is aspectedby the other, errcctt{i(Ajyasparsa)
cr risk of fire or small,poxmay happen.
Norr,s.
Cornparethe follorving two lines frour "ilr{d{Rfwhich consti-
tute the latter half of the last trvr: lines of the previous sloka.

drrrffirrrqnTs(lf;irg
5i gdsaaraqiq
eit;qFqiq?lrfsdtlaqqqr :,ilenq tt
eqfirft.f\
Also
fieassuqfiarrr\fttag.n fofaqggtr
StE ur 4TRiasdD
rn:zifsiift liqE4oirer
tl
qfidi sqT+Edqrqtq{ti{i I
*wair ;r(f qlqi(Elirgiburflain sR tl
Sloka 12, When the :ird bhava rs occupied by
m a l e f i cp l a n e t st,h e p c r s o nb o r n w i l l b e u g l y , f a c e do r
foul,mouthed. If tlig bhava be aspect:dby a malefic
planet,he will be fretful; if rire lord of that bhavabe
associated with Gulika, he will be wicked
qggi{Eardnq ilt gq* qErI
drqffirqrl0 ggf gqEtftt u uQ11
Sloka 73. S/hcn the lord of the 2nd bhavaoccu-
pies a Kendra, the persorrborn will have a beamingfacc
and be {ortunate. lf the planec be in its exaltation,in
its own or a friendly varga and aspectedby a bencfic
planet,the personwill be fair"f;iced.
qrlirrqir{rW+ q gtrrEtr;ffiEnrrErr?q+ qI
qr* uili ilar q;rnqr arTqflarftniil{flqggqft uu
?38 qRrcqrftdrt Adh. xI.

Sloka 74. When the lord of the Znd bhavaasso,

ciated with Rahu occupiesa g:eiliT (Dusthhana) and is
in conjunction with the lord of the Rasi occupied by
Rahu, the pereon born will have tooth diseasein the
ripening of the dasaof the lord of the 2nd bhava and in
the eub-periodbelonging to that planet, and a tongue
malady in the sub,period of Mercury.
cf . ;lEr;n{Gt
qrqrqtqeq?rsrt] ngftrrmnlfuqugt
qTI
q-dlRiiq: qaqq kvi g.i\ iritqt qqef-'dirSI: tl

ilgGiltqufiwfrTgdt
qrilr{ttR rrdtrrrrft{sgq.I
EritFr*(ffii Tfirfrmft
,frqTt* ffiarM qtaq. u e\ tl
Slahu 7i. If Rahu and tbe lord of the 2nd bhava
be in conjuncrlon with the lord of the 3rd bhava, the
person born will become iiable to a throat dieeaseof a
'fhe
severe type. Sun and Saturn in the 2nd bhava
engenderpoverty. Mars and Saturn in the samebhava
produce every kind of disease.

wqdt g{gt il{rt q5ilr*q r

nr6q g (fr dtqeffi nr ttuQ11
Sloka.'16, When the lord of the 2nd bhava is in
the 8th place therefrom in conjunction with Jupiter,
dumbnees will be the consequence. In every casein
which a planet is in exaltation or in its own houre, it
doee not produce the evil referred to above.
.Norris.
Comparewith this the trrst'half of sloka 79 infra"
 sl. 77-80 {rsr{tfrssqrq: 789

{FfrWrqt}gftf*d rnrig q I
hls il kslt {r qd n RqqrFqirs
lt qr tl
Sloha 77. If the lord of the 2nd bhava,
Mercury
and Jupiter occupy the gth bhava from ir, ih. p.rron
born will be destitute of learning. If they be
in a
Kendra, Trikona or in a Swakshetra,
he will have
acquaintancewith somebranch of knowledge.

ftKtigft ftt tr{sqanJ

q+qr
eiiEr&tS+dil qfira{Tri{qnrr
u uc tl
Sloha 78. If Mcrcury be weak in the 2nd bhava,
the personborn will be killed in a ,Juel.
If Jupiter and
the lord of the 2nd bhava be ugeakin the 2nd
bhava,
the personconcernedwill have wind dieease.

*ttqq F$F. Ut qqriwqi q qil |

{r${Ri d.qgt fHrtr knft'rt n tqt q irFdttl
Sloka 79. When the lord of the 2nd bhava
occu,
pies the 8th placefrom it in conjunction with
Jupiter,
the peraon l;orn will be a mure. A person *tuta
U"
eloquent wherr thc lord of the 2nd bhava,
occupiesa
Trikooa or Kendrafrom it in conjunction rrith
a benefic
planetand is also itself benefic.

{r{rM{rt fi.t di {r grdifktI

qw{di{* {tsft {Fql qeilfrrr\ rt co
tl
S/oAa 80. When the planet owning
the Navamsa
occupied by the lord of the Znd bhava istenefic
and is
in its exaltation or aspectedby a bensfic
planet or is in
a qrrtqilirr(Paravathamsa),rhe person borri will Ur.to.
quent and clever.
740 qrdSqtKata Adh, XI.
! ! Y ! l @

! v v v t r v ! v v v t v v t Y w v v v v v v v v Y v v v ! v v r !

*.{ffi qii {h dr{ {ri qft t

qp,rrqtggi qr .rihf,frqtqtr tt <t ll
Slofa 81. A person will becc'mea mathematician
Mer'
when Jupiter is in a Kendraor Trikona, and when
cury owning the 2nd bhava or Venus is il) exalratiorl'
qm qkqRirErri{rtqfta<i r
qdq g*rftH qrfrqatqt ll 41 lr
r^loArt82. A person becomes a machematician
when Mars is in the 2nd bhava in conjunction witir a
beneficplanetand Mercury aspectsthe sameor occuple$
a Kendra.
{ir iTit Wgritiiiqi t
irFrrrEt
qr({dtdrsqrit a*gfilqilrms ll dQ ll
Stofra 83. When the Sun or Mars bcirig the lord
of the 2nd bhava is aspectedby Jupiter and Venus or
has attained the qRreai{t(Paravathamsa),the person
born will be devotedto the scienceof argttmentatioll'

tqoiqodgfi gir ffiqi'{i t

iiirrugtet uf,*q*ti qiqtr ll 4s ll
Sloha 84. Vy'hen Jupiter in full strength is the
lord of the 2nd bhava and is aspectedby the Sun irnd
Venus, the personborn will becomea grammarian'
cf . iKI4'(q
gil qqrq qatoigh q*'4 Sq q rfpgh t
gh va datris,iqif! qrdtqi: fl;4filqillat( ll
iiltaqftrrlrqr{ hqtlfr gi qft r
gtq uilEr Et t* qiil{d'{} ll z\ ll
sr 85-89 q6rqTirsrqlq: 14i

Sloha 85. A person will be devoted to Ontology

when Jupiter occupying a Kendra or Trikona is aspecl,
ed by Mercury and Venus, and Saturn is in a qnr.rai?r
(Paravathamsa).
qld{{Fr

ua gt dqrrt afirg ql{rqilFtgttqii I

g.) util qr dgqTqgbiqr-f,falnq{Fl0t:sr( ll

u
U qti Erq"{qfuit
Tr1{tlqiTgrT!
ffrarqi,irgdt Erril{riu\gt rt <Qrr
Sloha 86. A person becomesa proficient in the
six scienceswhcn Jupiter is in a Kendra, Venus hrs
attaineda fhareci{r(simhasanamsa) and Mercury, owning
the Navamsa occupied by the planetin the 2nd bhava
is in a wgti'r (Gopuramsa).
cf . qTftfi(d
qEilTafqlh;q{is,rsit{ gt q nrqr;irrdg} q
ll
sqsrhqar ut iltrt nigdrt r
qd-t uRerequfi qruqd{r*tr c\etl
Slo.trr87. When the lord of rhe Znd bhava has
attaineda Gopuramsa and Venus a paravatamsa,the
personborn will have all his peopleliving rrnder his
protectionand prosperinghappily.
A\T
ilrfh iflwfti g grtus qt qln n cd tl
sloko 88. The ratter harf of tbis sloka is missing in arl tbe
manuscriptsavailable and the sloka cannot thereforebe
made our_
qTqrggr*rJgftfueqrqgd
gsd q msquc*a{iqiilr1 I
frqrit\ qo{it sruftrt Er
gsrm qRqfft {-S}r( u dqtl
742 wrf,$1rrFdr* Adh. xI.

Sloka 89. The lords of the ?th and the 2nd bhavas
if associatedwith Venus or malefic planets and badly
placed,will causethe loss of one or more wives accord.
ing as one or more planetsare in conjunction with them
in the g:vr< (Dusthhana). But if the lord of the 2nd
or the 7th bhava be strong occupying ite exaltation and
other beneficVargas,only one wife will fall to tlre lot
of the personconcerned

frfuguRio{frhfriki
uRrqrqqfi
ft,i qrrgifr qreaq{ qt+gffirGqt r
qtq
ufuqrnqitfr {rf{gft o}arfqqei
rtrt qrqiifiiqi qa.rilsilils*qqrRu{ n 1o tl
Sloka 90. If the lord of the 2nd blravaoccupy the
Iagna or other Kendra in conjunction wich Venus and
the Moon, the person born will have a silver plate to
eat out of. lf the lord of the gfktuta (Bhukthisthana)
in the above circumstancesb: in conjunction with
Juprter,the Moon and Venus, tltc eatiuqplate will be
of gold. If the lords of the LagLraand the 2nd bhava be
in conjunctionwith Satrrrn,the astrologcr may declare
the plate to be of iron or otber less costly metal. If
Mars aspectedby an evil planet occupy the 2nd blrava
the personborn will haveto suhsiston bad or unwhole'
somefood.
Nores.
This as well as the next sloka are found in qlnqi((.

I
ffiH* uPmrftwlt ElErfrEosrgqsrwrt
ffiqrh qrqiitiqt q g*i qlqrqRit\i iil lrqttl
Slofta 91. When rhe lord of the Znd bhavaasso'
ciated with a malefic planet is io the 60th portione
sl. 92-95 qsrqfrsslmt 748

(Shashtyamsa)termed qrErfr (Davagoi) qqgs (f)andayu,

da) or +ro (Kala) and in a depression Navamsa and
aspectedaleo by a malefic planet, the person born will
be a glutton. If the planet owning the 2nd bhavabe
conjoined with or aspectedby benefic planets,the evil
rnentionedabove will not follow.

u?tnqrig{gi eqlt s{rfgi t

g{qigrffi gs{S{ rt rr\ tt qRll
Slohu 92. If a beneficplanetoccupythe 2nd bha,
va and the lord thereof be in conjunction with a benefic
planet and if the bhava or the lord of the sameor both
be aspectedby a beneficplanet,the personborn will eat
agreeablemeals.
q{rqu{ a-{t{"frfrqqrsqFqi t
atq(aq(tfstrqqnrqrrdru ql rl
Sloha 93. \\/h; the lord of the 2nd bhava is in
depressionor in conjunction with an inimical planet
and aspectedby a planet in depression,rhe person born
will eat mealssuppliedby another reviling them at the
sametime,
ndfquraft uiknt ola{iiqi r
qn{eur
fut ahitrTffi:Tg n qBtl
.SloAa91. Ilthe lordof thc gi*-rrra(Bhuktibhava)
be aspectedby the lord of the Lagna, the person born
will eat timely meals; but this will not be the caseif
the giuarq (Bhuktinatha) be in a depression Navamsa
and aspectedby a malefic planet.
eqnftdiqrqr eilq UFiffit gt ui t
qili g,ia riet qaqritsq{htff q\ rl
 114 qRrscrftsfie Adh. XI.
S/oAn 95. -
of palatablefood "when the gfo.arw(Bhukthinarha)is in
an auspicioushousein exaltation,aspectedby a benefic
planet and occupies a bene{ic Erei{r(Shashty,amsa)
such
as is termed qg (Mridu)
gdt,.ft $qilfr qor& eleftqh qr qslfh*qTI
gqqQr: ft;qmra ed waq g$sarft+ grqq.ll

Wy,*rlti qt e<ttrErssitqgi
r
qti"rq,gar Et arqgqqfti irslt 1Qrr
Sloha 96. When the lord of the Znd bhava is
Saturnor in conjunction with Saturn,or is aspectedin
depressionby Saturn,the person born will be continu,
ally eatingin Sraddhas.

itarqqtirqR iqt"i {*;qil niT$l{Inrg* r

twdir qqi qor6r Grrflrfftrieqri\otq*rRrr(qs
ll tfr clltsrlftsrriqqrfiilsrqrqill
Sloku 97. When Jupirer is in a iirarsrriar
(Simha,
sanamsai,Venus in a drgrtn lGopr,ramsa)and the lord of
the 2nd blravabeing possessedof strength occupiesan
tmaia (Iravathamsa),the person born will maintain
an untold number of dependents,
Nortis.
This sloka is also rn .dkt{(fr.

End of the ltrh Adhyaya.

 qrasqrftqriUrEEf[suqlqi
n UftqrC{}TrEsrfr
tl
^A,dhyaya XlI.
TttE. ultt.uc'fs or.- rrti- -Jnu AND 1'rIl..-h-ti ngaves.

u srq e diqilq$o{ tl
siergqiadtqilmqsTaqn?
roaerqi(qrwtqirutii t
\a ^Q9
tr{Tq {rrdoq[o50T{rilTFr
qS ildiq{firr( 5qqi1s^rr?tt t tt
Sloka 1. I am going to treat of the following
which are deduciblefrom thc 3rd bhava in the order of
their enumeratio,'r: Ihe welfare of the elder and
youngerbrothers, enterprisg,darir,g,voice, tone, ear,
selectornaments,articles of apparel, steadiness,valour,
strength,edibleroots and fruits.
.{l4.fitq{oI

sdqtqrqq fr+tqi q{l;firllqEqfifiqi q t

fiql{qr qldmilteARtq{tqqrqmq qlql ll
sld.d((.T
qolqriit:qRqlf\{fr qtq UqrRgqa*diqt
soqnqi TqilFgneugr\ ililqrqfil[frrfr{tl
qrdqrt Wi{ q q}6TE{rwq{|
ffi{t{q{Iqt q qrcsrdr qtq[rl{ ll R ll
'.r45
94
 716 lrknFcrfurr Adh.xll.

Sloku 2. The placewhere a brother can be look,

ed for is the 3rd, the gth, the l lth or the ?th bhava
from the Lagna. In the dasa period of the lord of any
one of the several bhavas named, men may have an
acquisition in the form of a brother.

xqstfueq@r
qEr r6{Tdq ({r irdEtdET il 1 rl
Sloku 3 Find which of these three is srrongeEt:
alz. (1) the lord of the 3rd bhava ; (t) the lord owning
the Rasi occupied by the same; (3) the planetoccupying
the 3rd bhava. The dasa of the strongest of these
planets will lead to the increaaeof brothers.

dt roaHi{qf$dq} utq t
M rd qq rrrsfisrTltus (tfdsil I t,l
Sloha 4. If Mars occupying the 3rd bhava be
without strength,the person will have long lifa Il the
cnt (KaraLa) of the uqrrra (Bratrubhava) i.e. Mars be in
the Lagna,the person will be powerful.
q?qsdWftqlrftsrGfrqsqq&E-(|
{qurnRqiefril qrEfrfi qurfucrll \ ll
Sloho 5. The +no (Karaka)of the 3rd bhavathat
poeitionat the time of
is strongand at an advantageou$
a per6on'sbirth, producesprosperity. The lord of the
3rd bhavaevenwhen endowedwith strengthleadeto
decaywhen in the 10th placefrom the Lagna.
NorBs.
It will be observedthat the latter half of this sloka is merely
an illustration of the general principle enunciatedin XI-4, 8 and
t5 tupru.
sl, 6-f rrqrflsrrq' 141
-*-*_.ry.

dffi {rd.rfr*frKqqr r
qrq*ft {qrfi {r xrgifnn il{d ll q ll
Sloha 6. If the lord of the 3rd bhavaand Man
occupythe Sth, there will be loss of brothers' If the
t*o ll-.ts be in a malefic sign or in conjunctionwith
a maleficplanet,they will bring brothers into etisteoce
aod takethem away.
qlild(il
qrtfhil fritatnrrg' I
aT{rftq*drqqapl'+fl
qnaiil qlq{ql{i} il Hlglqgrqrafinltq: tt

flqd,il rtqtqr** ilqt{rfi qlq(qmd{r I

il{rfi Hq{ {utificlft-qrukrll s ll
Ar\

a,<rRquu{qfr
^rrroo
1. If the lord of the 3rd bhava and it!
eire (Karaka i.e. Mars ; ztide Adhyaya II' sf' 5t) occu-
py their depression signs or depressionNavansag' or
Le in conjunction with malefic planets or in malefic
60th portions sqtt (Shashtyamsa)of a sign srtrch ": T
(Krura) and others, their influence will be to bring brd'
thence
ih.r, into the world and to remove them
premattrrely.
Norns.
The 6rst rI( reads thus in ntd6(q'

*qTfr61'.1mrte*'
**ffiofaqsd
eq6etam*
fq,it ,{rfAfqarilgqg* gnifhil r
vget6ilftf'la'
gaF5ftfan,i
gtq {q;'{,lTssfi fiqqnrf}qt tl
 748 wraocrRqrf Adh. xrl.
qrg: 6n.rq1qqrefrdQerodFqgsrqil
S:Fqq qftegnFgqerd:sr(;zilaelxrqan,
I
{:Frrrt{ q};g{{Ua} &q aneqr}
frqraqqrra]aRaqrsrqlfra$aa:ll
q^rdqilqrgkqft ql ilrhsfi qr t
ilsTffirqhqrsitqrei frsc{r{ri{ n d tl
Sloka 8. When the 3rd bhava, its arro (Karaka)
or its lord is asscciatedwith a very malefic planet, the
personborn will lose brothers in his early years..
qtEi alslrri qoft.tqrqrilEttlErc1fiGt I
ifar{sRqq{ud q {HcT{rgsEGTI
{$( il q tl
Sloka 9. If the lord of the 2nd bhava be in ,rear
atrength in the 8th bhava and if the urq*n* (Bhratru-
karaka)be in conjuncrion with a malefic planetand also
with the lord of the 4th place from the 3rd bhava, the
person born, say the astrologers, will have brothers
from a step mother.

]rruarfiqft g{gt *wqf fkrgr

qHFsFfqrqi nqURrnrq t
clli aF( eruttrgvemrltIIIqsl
dwqr-Wqdi-qi $a qqh sfiErq.!t lo ll
S/ofa 10. If the 8rd bhavabe occupiedby benefic
planets,the brothers of the person born (say the astro-
logers)will have long life. lf there .be maleficplaneto
in the bhavaanclmaleficones aspectit also,the brothers
will die prematurely. The Sun occupying the 3rd
bhava and aroectad by a malefic planet kills the elder
.sl. rl-13 eq'drsqr{' 749

born. Saturn in such a pcsition removes the next

younger brother; and Mars, if in the same position,
dcesaway with all the youngerbrothers.
Norss.
This and the next nine slol<as lrre also found in f,kTdtiT.

fi*orhi qR qrqdt qdkrnrqgqa{il{q I

grilqqTtqrf\ziqfg{rgii ftqqii qqf}ilil t I tl
{iloku 77. If ;r maleficplanet occupya Trikona or
a Kendra from the .3rdbhava, the consequence will be
the loss of the next youngerbrother. If a beneficplanet
occupysucha position,it will redoundto the prosperity
of the younger brotl'rer. If there be a combination of
good and bad planets in the positionsreferredto, the
.effectwill be mixed.
gsQffi dc(sriqg*'qnqroftIalqfi qdla t
fiqlrrilrrTfi6gnfi ili qqa{racQftprqillRrl
Sloha IZ. If the lvloon in conjunction with the
lord of the 3rd bhava occupy a g:tqrc(Dusthhana),the
personborn, say the astrologers,will suck the breastof
one, not his own mother. When the lords of the 3rd
and the 4th bhavasare in the latter,the xqvra (Bhratru,
bhavaflourishesnot.
lfiqrilE*ftEtd qtmwqr{ifr qR ;ngqsarq I
fnrailttgcrTr{silifi$g(r @fitrq n tl rr
Slofta t3. If the lords of the 3rd and the 4th
bhavasbe in conjunction with Mrrs, they l::l to the
birth of an younger brother; if in conjunction with
other planets,there may be no youngerbrother. Saturn
in the 3rd bhava brings about the loss of the next born;
 760 qrilt6qrft'Jfrt Adh. XH.

the brotherg that follow.

wwrfi oGn Rqr\s{uat sasrr&ntI
qrdTgqeilrR
rqw: qr( $qrttesqt et* tr tB tl
Sloku 14. If the lord of the 3rd bhava occupy ao
invieible sign or be in the ?rh bhava in conjunction
with a malefic planet, the person born will have one
younger brother and no more. The gamewill be the
caseif the lord of thc rrr{qr{ (Bhratru,bhavr)occupy a
male ei {Varga) in a visible sign and be alao in con,
junction wirh a maleficplaner.

g gq{it ilqr$fi qrqt

HrARTaqill
srq{ qR qrfitorrrirrqrgt;q-*rfrlqil r
ftrq$ gqtqifrrdgi*.dlaffit
q{rsnRrffiifu {qt$rfoqqr{ lt t\ tl
.Sloha 15. If the lord of the 3rd
bhava be Ia a
malesign (aide Adhyaya l, S/. l3), the owner of the
horoecopewill have a your.tgerbrother born after him,
If the planet in question should tje associatedwith or
acpectedby Venus and rhe Moon in an even sign, or if it
occupy a Kendra or Trikona identicalwith an auepiciouc
sign in conjunction with or aspectedby a benefic planet,
the after-born brother will b: long.lived, healthy and
continuously happy.
t*rcrnqil1 ilgA irnt qM r I
rrfrsrq]q;ilrq<rsilftilitirRrrilsqil il-t{ n tq tl
Slola 16.- lf the lord of the 3rd bhava be in the
I"agnaor in conjuncrion with its lord, the child born
ncxt to t}re native will be securefrom danger. If the
 sl. 17-18 tqfrsqpr: tl6l

*"" - oc-*, tt,r *4 -

", \\
oTrrFnrnq{ilqqillrq-
gq{ttaq{-dqdTs$cil T{Fd I
srqsntqqrqrdf+qait;?r^-
qqrqaftqgllcnrfsqqFil(qu! 11ls ll
'L7.
Sloha A personmay have as many elder born
as there are planets in the I I th and the t2rh bhavas
from the Lagna taken together. The after,born will be
as many ae the number of planets in the 3rd and the 2nd
bhavasfrom the Lagna.
Trqq[ril{R*frilgm ffiqffi qqEr
ilEuft*qqrsgsmiGnirs {rtfr T{ |
q-tfr qG ilqqgftS{rrffie qrngiil{
q{rsn qdtl
n s{FilewRu{frnswtgcrmt
S/ofra 18. The gistersand brothersthat a persoD
mayhaveborn after him will be as many,at all eventa,
as thereare planets in his horoscopeconjoined with
the lord of the Tr{}rriT(Bhratrubhava,)its urrc (Karaka),
the planetaspectingit and the one occupyingit, provi-
ded out of thesefour an accountis taken only of those
that may predominace in strength. If the four planetr
alreadymentioned be depressed, eclipsed or in an ini,
micalaign, their influence witl be to do away with
everybrotheror sisteras they are born. In casethese
planetsbe friendly and posseosed of strengtb, they
securelong life to every one of the person's youoger
brothersand sieters.
* qt{qd qqr
rrrEerrdqfq+cqg$
nwnnrso{d trqilil flqtftur*oql t
 762 qnnoc|nqrA Adh. XII.

tatr q-oq*q{sn $enir{ndqur

qtrdililcifEraqgsqtrff{aqrgqr! || qq ||
Sloha 19. If two out of the 4 planets,viz. the urq
+n+ (Bhratru,karaka),the lord of the 3rd bhava, the
planet aspectingthe last-mentioned bhavaand the one
occupying it - if two out o{ thesefour planetsbe strong,
their preservativeas well as destructive influence on
the bhavawill be equal. If three of the four planetsbe
strong,they will causea slight diminution in the num,
ber of brothers. If someout of the three strong planets
be leminineand occLrpybad places, they would add
slightly to the number of younger brothersand sisters
possibleunder the othcr iroroscopic conditions and the
number of such aftcr-born will be the number of whole
Navamsastraversedby the lord of the xrqrrrtt(Bhratru,
bhava)in the sign it is in.
qi\+ q{Ert ?Trqilii}qi qoq.I
qef,rqd elircnilHft! {tws {Tils il Roll
Sloka 20. Ascertain how many planetshavebene-
fic dots in the 3rd place from Mars in that planet's
Ashtakavarga. From this list deduct those that are
inimical or depressed. The remainder will give the
aggregate number of brothers and sisters to be born
r,rT*dqeid\ ilTfi 1iqqfnft
r
dqirsqi arci xneugq{* u Rt u
Sloha 2t. The lord of the qTEITIET(Bhratrubhava)
and Mars occupying a sign owned by a femaleplanet
and capableof causingthe birth of brothers and sistere
will provebeneficialto the brothers: The sameplanets
occupying a sign belongingto a male planet under the
sL.22-24 Er(qfrs.qFqr 763

same circumstances will be auspiciousto the sisters

that the Jatakawill have.
didrqrqrgEttrturgt ft urgutiiorrq t
naJqfrorqgiftqlil: qa(t ffiKfrsaTail
iq rt 11 ll
Sloko 72. If the 3rd bhavafrom the Lagnabe con-
nectcs by a femalefrr (hora) i.c. the Moon's, or
occupiedby a femaleplanet, the pcrson born will have
a sister next after himself. If the conditions be other.
vrise, i.e., the hora of the 3rd bhava or the planet
occupying it be male, the person concernedwill have a
brother born immediatelyafter irim.
$tt[s {Ttqrqt{nqqiiae dRqel t
{sffiresffiiqi Rrffirr;il{{rrgq lt il ll
Slaha 23. The +rr+ (Karaka) of the $rrqlTrq (Bhra,
trubhava), its lord, the planer aspectingit, and the one
occupying it-these four are beneficial or otherwise in
their dasaand antardasaperiods.
It
st{sdiqgrrtet5aq'rnirwgvr
EcqlftqrftwiTmtirdu Rgoftuenn RBtl
Sloka 74. Asccrtain rhe Navamsaattained by the
four classesof planetsexplainedin the precedingsloka.
Take away from them those amsasthat representdepres,
sion, inimical and eclipsed Navamsasand doublethe
swakshetraand exaltation Navamsas. The result will
representthe number of the afCer-borns.

Thefotlowingslokatr"J#il; givesanothermethod:
qolnrdurqfFqniql ,i}qrFqat{iq $qt1dt} r
nqlqri{ q ntq ,ft"q BqrqdqH(qr:tqq lt
95
 qtnrad Adh; XIL

Find the number signified by ( t ) tt Navamsa occupied by the lord

"
of the 3rd bhava (2) the Navamsa occupied by Mars and (3) the
Navamsa where the lord of the 3rd house' from l\Iars is posited.
Add theseand take a third. This will represent the numher of
after-borns,

xErrnftmi
Eftarcurrfrur {tq r
o}ttgqsktqn qrrftEgqqilf u R\ tl
Sloha 75. It is with reference to the ?th place
from the xrqrilir (Bhratru bhava) in a person's horoscope
should ao astrologer make a prediction regarding his
brother's wife. Thc planetsthat inf luencethe brother's
fortunes for the worse or the better are (l) the lord of
the Lagna(2) Mars and (3) the lord of the llrd bhava.
q.,fi;qftefrgdg {ilflqt
unFltr qRt qRffit' t
w"nr;qi'*uqqtqiefr qCITai
ulqql ffiqt a itlTrqqrgrn RE tl
Slohu 26. There will he much fraternal affeclion
amongthe brothers ,:f a person ii the lord of the xrqrrra
(Bhratru bhava) in his horoscope be in conjunction
with the lord of the Lagna. If these two planetr,
being naturally friendly and possessedof Btrengthat
the same time, occupy the Lagna or the 3rd bhava,
asttologerssay there will ba no partition of property
among the brothers (during their life time).
Norrs.
This as well as slokas 27, 30 and 32 appear in TRF[-(.

olugqatqsl ff qtt?H;fr;qffi q*
q qRn giurrrilg{d r
giawPeasn*l
 6t 87-99 rrqrtsqrq: 756

mqfr{aq[qr({oi eqFrq$wi
dq tt Retl
mfreiqrr*qtgno{darRt{
Sloha 27. If the lords of the Lagnaand the 3rd
bhava be weak and mutually inimical, or if the planet
occupying the 3rd bhava and its ort+ (Karaka) be weak
and occupy a g:tsri (Dustbhana),the astrologeris to say,
there will arise at the time when the dasa (wo'Paka)of
the weak, inimical or ill-placed pl.rnet maturesitself,
quarreland confusion along the brothers, their ruin,
waste of wealth, culminating in rankling feuJ or closing
reconciliation and other such events according to the
nature of the planets associated with those that bring
about a breach among the brothers.
gtEtsgi g* argtuutinq(r
I
{fu} gi ukt gE{t{sti
iriq tt Rdll
Slohu 28. When Venus aspectedby Jupiter occu,
pies the 3rd bhava, the person born will devotedly
cherishhis brothersand sisters. If Mercury occupying
the 8rd bhava be aspectedby the Sun,he will alienate
the affection of thos'3that would otherwise be friendly.
cl'. nkFfiI-+Kq

{l(e: fln,} qg: qqR}aqq:ll

a?rrRg:vrt{qf}{ffinr{|
qffiTi utqiirmurrglllq ll
finqt qq{R{:rrrt
Slok{t 29. [f the planet occupving the 3rd bhava,
its lord, or its +tto (Karaka)be in depression,in an ini.
mical bouse or in a g:ani (Dusthhana), the astrologer$
say, there will happen in the dasaand antardasaperiod
of a planet such rs has been deocribed,loss of weahh
758 wriri[qrRqre Adh. xII.

and energy, discomfiture or the death of a brother or

sister.
\\A\

uitt$rdt fqfiuq ttdcTaffiTdirqar

$i
ilqqrG ufr S qwimqifiroriqiq I
rcG ($Tffc qm&{ qtq q ffif}i
nfr {r-Cgietq q qgfrmwaitrs,rEr
l io tl
Sloha 30. Subtractthe figuresfor the lord of the
3rd bhavafrom thosefor the lord cf the Lagna. When
Saturnarrivesat the asterismindicatedby the remrinder
in the abo';e process,the astrologer is to divine the
deathof a brother or sister of the person bcrn. Again,
from the figuresobtainedabove,subtractthe figuresfor
the lord of the 10th bhavaand Mars. The resuk indi,
catesrhc Rasi which when Saturn occupies,a sirnilar
event is likely to take place. Thirdly, add rhe figures
forlthe 4 planets mentionedabove; when Saturncccu,
pies the *tt (Amsa) denoted by the aggregate,the same
event may happen.
NorBs.
(gied: fl'tzr(qfi is the reading adopted in rlddtq instead of
{Fzf,-g qiqTari in the 3rd qtr of this sloka.

qQFSErTFiTEqrsKrfrr
qt gfr tTiqra1q1q.
I
(ilTstarEErrrgffilqffqrqt{qrftat t{T( il lt tl
SioAa 31. Find out the Drekkanaindicatedby the
sum total of the figuresfor the four pianets connected
with the (xrqrrr<-Bhratrubhava)3rd bhava. When Ju-
piter passesthrough the sign owning the Drekkana in
que$tion, astrologers sayr there may be the loss of a
brother or sister. Find tlre asterism indicated by the
$um total above referred to. The dasaperiod of the
sl. 32-33 rr{ttrsqrqt ?8t

planet presiding over the star will be greatly productive

of happinessand prosperity to the younger brothers.
rrqs$efifrd'q sfrrdtYfi*t st
srkrargsnwtfqfigd qrSew'iuiq t
F\.\A\.\
ililI.dATEEFTSSqqN(IGGITE;TT{T
{{(
qailqnq-{,iq$eui qi}sgir ,qrqt n lR tl
Slolta 32. Subrractthe figuresfor Rahu from thoce
for Mars. When Jupiter passesrirrough the triangular
signs indicatedby the remainder,there may be the logo
of a youngerbrother or sister. Subtractthe figuresfor
Mars frorn those lor Rlhu. When Jupiter passer
t h r o u g ht b c p a r t i c u l a rR a s i a n d N a v a m s ac o r r e s p o n d i o g
t o t h c r c m a i n d e rt,i r e r cm r v b e t h e l o : s o f a n c l d e r b r o ,
t h e r o r s i s t c r . F i n d t h e l { a s i c o r r e s p c n . l i nrgo t h e s u m
t o t a l o f t h e f i g u r e sf o r t l r c l o r d s o f r h e r i s i n g s i g n a t t h e
time of birth or conccption and of the 10th bharn.
'When
Jupiter traverse s this llasi, the birch of a younger
broth,:r or sister mav ' b,i rrxDeCtrtd.
Nores.
I r r t i r e i a s t q r l t l r e r i ; r , i i : r ' 1r l ) . r ri i , j ' . r i s s l i q l r t l y t l i r l e r c r r t , r . r f a .
4rf,tq.tiJrr.Tq"5Zgi.
ftffiriQq* drq rnpr qrqdgilr
\a\
q{{Aii q{i{tal gqti1i rfl i{}( p QI tl
S / o h r r 3 3 . W i r c i r r i r : l o r d o f t h e j r d b h a v ab e i n g
in exaltationoccupiesthe Sth bl-ravain conjuncrionwith
a malcfic planet in a moveabie sign ancl in a Navamsa
owned by a moveablesign, the personconcerned will
be firm at the prosp.c! of b.:ttlc.
NorEs.
I n t h i s c o n n e c t i o nc c n r p a r , t)h e f o l l o n ' i n g y o g a sg i v e n i n : n * f . 1 f i . .
 768 qrirltrRqr(r Adh. IfiI.

nlqlftt ffi'rt qord h-qg*il oil fi*qg! 1

pfx+,$te'Itstt \frft+,itgq:H{t{: ll
gqrfirerfiqq\ qfrq' {i{4rt *'qgh edi r
?qrfr*i* qetoig* sia* 4I UttT:R qlt: tt
ffih qodi* {TTrrgqurigi r
grrenfi.rrntiiiqt ftaiEl u iB tl
Sloha 3+. If, whcn the +R* (karaka) of the jtd
bbavais either weak or associatedwith a malefic60th
portion of a sigrr,the lord of rhe samebl-ravabe either
aspectedby or in conjunctionwith a beneficplanet,the
personborn will prove victorious in war.

fiqtftt rtrggisr{nq.qri?Ttqrqu}{.ilarr
gurudr*qf{ ffirqi qirrqri}r(
rtrfi+sgQgitf
ul\tl
nA\Aoa
cttrt[-.it(rtKllrtrri{{iq: w{Rr{t{QlpttE{trt(t
(Tq i
srqKft g:Fqqflqi g d;qus\qq irsa{qtqr lt lq ll
qsi q+{rr{rrqq,gg*sftiiirisiurdgiqr( |
qltdqi Er(wrwg6 *.-lilqi qrflqgi atq rr le tl
Slolas 35*37. If rhc lord of the 3rd bhavabe
associated with the Sun,the personborn wiii be valiant;
i f w i t h t h e M o o n , h e w i l l b e f i r m . m i n , . l , : d i;f w i r h
M a r s , h c w i l l b c d e p r a v e d ,s c r l s c l e s sa n d i r r i t a b l . ; i f
with Mercury, l-rcwill be cndorveCwith an excellent
u n d e r s t a r r d i n ei ;f w r t i i J u p i t e r ,h c w i l l b e w i n n i n g o n
accountof his stt:adyvirtu,:sand thoroughly conversant
with the truths of all tire s;icnces; if with Venus, he
will be subjectto carnalapp:tite and will cleverly pur-
su,3quarrelsand intrigues into which his lustful impulse
m a y l e a dh i m ; i i w i t h S a t u r n , h : w i l l b : s t , , r p i d; i f
sl,.3MO erq*E$ffi 7ffi

with Riahu, he will bc a great coward; and lastly if

with IGtu or Mandi, he will suffer from the torpor due
to heart-disease and will be outside the pale of othet
people.
Nolrs.
Thesqas well as slol'as 38, 39 and 4l are also ir: cK;6(Qt'

ot gt ftqilqgk qsqtErqtqq-qk Sfrt t

rrEtTi il qoflRloi qoqqtt qgiR eilil ll lc tt
.S/ofta38. If Jupiter occupy the Lagna in conjunc'
tion with the lord of the 3rd bbava, the peroon born
has to apprehend danger from quadrupedsor from kine
chiefly. If the Laqna be a watery sign, he will be
exposedto risk from water.
Norss.
c/. sloka 44 infra.

gqq gk q\ qfut qi?iqo rrlag3i(ifr |

qio$ ffiqtr ll lq ll
sciliNrarilsmRrarqrefr
Sloko 39. lf the planet associated with Mars
pos$ess the highest strength, the perscn born will pos'
ses$ courage, strength arrd wiil enjoy the pleasure
derivable from music. lf thc 3 planets, 1rie.Mar$, the
planet occupyinqthe 3rd bhavaand the lord thereof,be
in grcat strength, the person concerned will be a hero
in battle.
iqf rqrqnqansrtqt*sqnqguorRftwqt
qr{gilGarq ll Bo ll
{reedtqnqwrqliE{iqffit
Slota 40. At the time the three planetsmention-
ed in the previous sloka have their crv-trt(Apahara) or
cm rPaka) laide Adhyaya 18 infra) of a dasa, will
come the enjoyment of fruits, roots and other Eweet
 760 q6r5qrnql| A dh. XII
.--_%

edible thingo, edifying speechessuch aEit is a pleasure

and privilege of the auditory organs to hear, ,rrd h"ppy
events re*rlting in the accessionof brothers,:sisters,
song, daughters,etc.

{tft{s} Tdt {r{ilft\ frrqqdq^i rorFqi r

ffq3ftgrrqilltrtqrrru c srcdtn Bt tl
Sloko 41, lf the lord ol the 3rd bhavahas attain
ed beneficvargasand is stror)g,the personbornlwill be
virtuour; bur he will be rash if that plancc be in
depre'ion or eclipsedor occupyan inimical or malefic
rign and also associatedwith a malefic planet.

firqfftt ilSnt-nrfu{mihtilgg?rffi r
wk{ ffirnt g+{ gt rrfr.r{Rqr( tf BRtl
Sloha 42. If the lord of the 3rd bhavabe in con.
junction with the lord of rhe -sign occupied by
Rahu
and if the la*er be in the Lagna, d,rnler har to be
dreadedfrom a snake. if Mcrcury be in conjunction
with the lord of the lrd bhava, the personborn wilt
ruffer from an ailmencaflectirrgthe throat.

rrotrrrr{Ed}dqr;Errftgi
frtrrq r
$ 1{i
rlnfq; ilggt irn6r gir<naiioe 6ognrlt1 Bl rr
8l.oha 41. When a maleficplaner in conjunction
with Mandi or som* such othcr plnn.t .ccupiesthe 3rd
bhava, ascrologerspredicc the diseaseof thi
throat;Jif
saturn possessed of .bundantstrengthbe in conjun.riSr,
with Mars in the 3rd bhava,thc p"r..,n born, they
say
will be liable ro the irch.

. t .i:;,: , ,, ,roro.
tldde atsoAdhya5,a
sI.44-4? ilrqtilsnqrq: ?61
- t - - - '
# . v - t - - - t

tr*trgs udqfr.ilrrtffi t
ilgun qr sfrril=ilTRftqgfl qlt ll 88 lt
Sloha 44. The lord of the 3rd bhavaand Jupiter
occupyingthe Lagna in coniunction with Rahuor the
lord of the eign occupiedby Rahu point to risk from
kine.
NorBs.
c/. sloka 38 supra.
qsil Rrqqft{ot*n1 riq t
ll 8\ ll
fttsfrftqt {fr ftqndr RqG-o,(
Stoka 45, The lord of the 3rd bhava associarcd
with Mercury will occasionthe diseaseof the throat,
If a maleficplanetin the 3rd bhavabe in its inimicalor
depreesionsign, lossof brotherswill regultfrom poicon
or other cause.
gtr ilii fdftri il ffitrfr ror{gtq r
ffi qFrFrfut Ersr6qiqrcdttft luqll
Sloka 46. If the 3rd bhavabestrongand be either
occupied or aspected by Mercury and Jupiter, or if
Jupiterand Mercury occupya Kendrain respectto the
3rd bhavain question,the person born will poEsecs
an
exceedinglyfine voice.
Et-dtfug* frrqtqrfff\t t
ilfrt srrtgt {stft,ftt Etq.tt 8s ll
Stoha 47. When the 3rd bhava is occupied aE
well as aepectedby a benefic planet and when the lord
of that bhava ie in conjunction with a benefic planet,
the astrologermay declarethe acquisition of an ornament
for the ears.
96
 78tz crdEqdtfte Adh. xtl.
g* ililt qR dfhfi g qt+soqtqwfqEi.ilr
trtqnisq{ fiht qt qgrqr{rsi{il& u Bd tl
Sloha 48. When Venue is in th: 3rd bhava.the
ear ornahent will consist of a pearl if ir be
; Jupiterr
the ear ornament wiil be a Tulasi, i. e. oI the form
ot
Tulaai leaf; if it be the Sun, the ornrr"n, will
be a red
Etoneset iq a ground of blue; if it be the lvloon possess,
ed of abundantstrengrh, there will be a multipiicity
of
ornamentg.

Thetatterhatf of ,,r,. .r)*oJ.""]ros

thusin qn*drd.
qrirg Fq;qghcdtt sruqrftoqri
err<}rr
ffi sti $qt* ftRrrqrofqiq r
iltqfrdq{,fo fuqqTqrof
uq(ri Bqfl
Sloha 49. If Mercury occupy the 3rd bhava,
the
ear ornamentwill be dark,green; it will be variegated
when the 3rd bhava is a sign owned by Mars. fin.o
the lord of the 3rd bhava in the last-mentionedcase
is
in its own varga or exaltation, the
ornament will be
charming.
c/. vro+w
vd g.nwi g nl+ lqrri qinFfliaqgg*r
fift*qrcqrqiuldbqqTtftAilsqqE{rql:ll
qrqQqirqnWqft ftrqqii aqt
H {qqqiiqftwi frrq Sid ot( r
{iqial q{H{!q|ut g*igqqHfi
qrdt qtqqnq{qqrttqiqilg+ftfirrt" rr
Slofta d0. S/hen the lord of the 3rd bhava
occu,
pying the 10th or the 4th ( ? is
) in a benefic sign and
sl. 61-55 ArEtfrsrqmr

in conjunction with a benefic planec, the personborn

will get ao article of attire incomparablybeautiful. If a
beneficplanet be in the 3rd bhava, his wearing apparel
will be of a superior kind. Venus and the lord of the
3rd birava when possessed of abundantstrength produce
abundant clothing and decoration; when associated
with or aspectedby Mercury and Jupiter, they secure
the advantagesof listening to sweet discourses on reli'
gion and nrorality.
NorEs.
-fhis
as well as sloka 52 appear in ;iir{{{d-

tqiffi fr6it fi-qqaqqiqr*t

tiki srgil i,tfruwilqh ll \q ll
Stoha 57. A p.rtot will be courageousif at his
birth the lord of the 3rd bhava occupies an auspicious
Navamsaor is either aspected by or in conjunction
with a benefic planet,or is in a Vaiseshikamsa(*ifiota)
( v i t u S u p r a . A d h y a y a1 - S l . 4 4 ) .

*qilR qrqgefttil gra{FlitdfinuiA t

*;nfuirfrs{+d$i siiht irrqR Q{trrd ll\1ll
Sloha 52. If the lord of the 3rd bhava occupy a
(g:ern; Dusthhana (6ch, 8th or lfth) and be either
aspectedby or in conjunction with a malelic planeq,the
per$onborn will be lacking in courage. But if the lord
of that bhava occupying a Kendra or Trik:na bg either
acsociatedwith or aspectedby a benefic planet, the
peroon concerned will be endowed with courage.

{'fftt qftsta g* qrwt *{RrutrtgrI

*l'(mt'ffit qsr&*qtfrqj,rinrgoutt{3
\l
 784 smscrRwrt Adh. XII

malefic sign in conjunction with Mars, ir will brced

cowardice in the person born. But if the lord of that
bhava possessstrength and occupy a Kendra or Trikona
in conjunction with Venus, the person concernedwill
be endowed with superior courage and shine conspi.
cuously by his great capacity for enjoymenr.
gs fr{rw Frntilo{R*{rir qt r
grrrrdwisnrilf
(tfr gtrqq n \B tl
Sloka 54. When a benefic planet other than ye,
nus and the Moon occupies the 3rd bhava and is in a
benefic Navamsa,the person born will have palatable
food at his command.
qt{q ilftrErrrrnqrurd
dtqlf\t qR srffiGft qr I
ft*r(sluruatrqfri qsrd
qrd((Isqso{otqfrql qq il \\ tl
Sloha 65. If the lord of the 3rd bhava occupy a
Raci, Navamsaor Drekkana owned by Jupiter, or be
aspected by that planet, and if Mars occupy in great
etrength a Kendra or Trikona with respect to the lord
of the 3rd bhava,the person born will be fond of roors,
fruits, radishesand syrups.

frffirP{.r grl ttHq{q{Et t

t*q grfit qr( grmqR qrc'srqlt \q tl
Sloha 56. Venus in the 3rd and the 6th bhavas
caqsessorrorr diseaseand danger. The sameplanet in
the gameposftion may becomebenefic when rn aclvance
of the Sun (when appearingas an Evening star).
sl. 6?-6,9 erqrilwqrq; ?66

NorBs.
Sameas Adhyaya8, Sl. 67.

gtgrst vd qrt ftqgttut t

qorTt {r ifiKfiIr qeru ll \s ll
Sloha 57. If in the 2nd bhava the lord thereol
becomeassociated with Jupiterand Venus,or being in
conjunction with or aspected by a benefic planetbe
powerfully aspectedby another benefic planet, the
personborn will dispensefood to many.

ft't d{ qt u* ftqqftttt}rtt
nt qtMir {r gqufurA,{inu \6 tl
Slofra 58. When a benefic planet in its exaltation
in the 2nd bhava is aspectedby another benefic planet
or when the lord of the aforesaid bhava has attained a
tt&oit (Vaiseshikamsa),the personborn will become
the giver of food and happinessto many.

il sTqqg{}Trqsoq u
r$il ftqrqiqtgqrfi gwurfu;gqiqqft t
qdqqrnRffiEtrFrqgd,Tr{{wrftilt{rf u \3, ll
Sloha 59. The acquisition of learning, the welfare
of the mother, happiness, sweet-smelling subatanceo,
kine, relations, mental attributes, royal vehicles, Iands
and houses ariee from the 4th bhava,sav the sapieat
astrologers.
cl. sld;n{<f
g{Eq ffgg(rgq;q qri q g&Rg* {if\a r
fiqr q fiReqqqFaITtqqIqdql q1(nqr dlq. tt
786 qRtsqrKwRr Adh. xII.

frqrrrfifiqqfrgt fr*qg+f{t {r
qrfr frqriiaqqgq{;(uftqfut t
qrqetcd't
grfr eTqqwqGt
Rqrdqiwfi ugwrqrqilfirlqtin u Qotl
Slrrftc 60 When the Rasi representing the 4th
bhava is occupied by its lord or is either aspectedby or
agsociatedwith a beneficplanet, the person born will
be amiablefor hir learning and humility. The same
will be the casewhen Mercury is the strongest. If the
lord of the 4th bhava occupy a g:nrT(Dusthhana)or be
asscciatedwith or aspectedby a malefic planet,.the
person concernedwill be devoid of learning. The same
will be the result when the lord of the 4th bhava is in
a maleficRasi.
Norrs.
This as well as the next two slokas are also in ;rlil4t$.

ftqruHqqilff ((rqr l vqilawrglfuei:

frqEqfttudiqquil atqrRrnErqf( r
*qqdqeiit*uruarrp t.dRrnril qR
*M*qqriiufufrguil trqrftnqfiqstt qq ll
Bloha 61. If the lord of the 4th bhava, Jupiter
and Mercury be in the 6th, 3rC, 12th or the 8th place
from the Lagna, or if they b: in depressionor inimical
rigns,.the effect of the yoga will be to makethe P3reon
borq devoid of learning, intelligence and judgment.
But if these planets be in their exaltation or cil
(Swakshetra)or ia a Trikona or Kendra position, the
perEonborn will be perfect in the combination of such
advantagesas fortune, learnrng and education,and will
becone a favourite of kings and emperors.
 sl.6A-64 ffistqrq,

gh sitti; qR qr {drrgdrstiqi rirrnilqgfr l

qgst qEdt dotd qrgfu{tg; (gqtadiell ERll
Sloka 62. When Venus hasmost power or when
the Moon occupyingthe benefic portion cf a sign in a
Kendra is aspectedby a b,eneficplanet and the 4th bha,
va has amplestrength, ascrologerssay the mother will
have long life'
NorEs.
Itegarding the Iongevity or otherwise of the rnother, sfr1{ft11q
has the following sloka.
r{I{6rn}1u-4} eueagq;dFq gqrfqga}
ael gs] g\A<v vft g*i*'iEqqTliqqlnl I
qi as mqriefiR aargnqgsdqrg-
qG flfa+ qnflr:qeqfig: tl
ft} vruqrqlrTq
qreqrirfqtqt qi Er{o{fqi I
oir qri qHU
qrEil{ Etaqrir ql rr
Sloke 63. When the lord of the 4th bhava is in
the 6th or the 12th and without strcngrh,and when the
Lagna is occupiedby and aspectedby a male{ic planet,
a shrewd 4strologermay predict the loss of the mother.

Ihe fotlowing sloka ,.}rtTl*.. regarding

tossof mother
will be of interest:

'r,i qqq(af,+gQfi{rqrr}airg"ar}
fqiliqrqZfaqqflag'irirqrEfeft
i{rq}tI
g:r\ mqmlRqaq{t qft q ac&at
alt e-Eiduarftfrga q-aq itd qt( tl
dir q-i.et qt 6qt qTq1qdgiI
qrd* qrq{tstqrqqr,iid
q{{q:il qu tl
 qrifsrTtRqrt Adh"xII.

Sloka 64. When the waning Moon is asgociated

with a maleficplanerin the 8th,6th, or the lZth bhava
and when the 4th bhava is occupiedby a malefic planet,
there will be loss of the mother undoubtedly.
qriran?Trt
fft flqq?atlfuit
qrcndftfrGt( u q\ tl
r;rlqrtsfrfrq&
Sloka 65. When Saturnin the 4th bhava is arpect,
ed by a malefic planet and when the lord of the 8th
bhavaoccupiesdepression or inimical house,the agtro'
loger may predict the loss of the mother.
qr{STqtqft qrflittsftffi r
qA qrqwrs+
wfr.i ftfrq+( ll Eqll
Sloha 66, When a maleficplanet is in the 3rd or
in the 5th bhava, and when the iord of the 4th is in
depressionor in an inimical sign, and when the Moon
is aerociatedwith malefic planets,the astrologer may
predict the mother's ailment.
d*q tRer$wRnr'fr
-TfiM silitqrpr
fta uirPet
{rrqrftt{ (ffi qR qrfirql
dqqlUfr Gilasqr fr?is'tlt tt qs h
Sloko 67, The lord of the 4th bhava occupying
the 9th bhava in conjunctionwith the lord of the 6th
hasthe effectof maling the fathera voluptuary. The
lord of the 4th bhavaoccupyingit in conjunctionwith
the lord of the 9th producesthe same effect upon the
father.
q'qrilfrftil{m+ftgq aqftqrrdt
qrdirilfGitiufii 'Iwilerril qd ll
 sL08-?r (tntseqrcr ?60

Sjola 68. The lords of the 6th and the 4th bhavas
in the 9th bharra produce profligacy in the father. If
the lords of the 4th, 9rh,6rh and the lct bhavas be
togetherin one bhava,the personborn has beenbegot,
ten in the motherby one other thanher husband.
rnntt qrqstw* ffi {r qRffi r
qG nrst ilil ilr uqR qrflrrditflqtl
Tt gt il
Sloha 69 If the Moon be asrociatedwith as well
aE atpectedby a malefic planet or if the Sun occupy a
Kendra poeition arrd if the 4th bhava be either marefic
or aspectedby a malefic planet,the person born will be
guilty of incest with the mother.

qA U,il{r W qm}Eqna*r r
qr{rrrqlqfr ErIfeERqr{ft so ;1
Tt gt
Sloha 70. Wheo the 4th bhava is representedby
a malefic Rasi and the Moon or Venus occupying a
Kendra is aspectedby a malefic planer, the percon born
will commit incest with the mother or becomeaddicted
to the wife of a venerableelder. The same effect is
producedwhea the Moon and Venus happcn to be in a
malefic 4th bhava and are arpected by a malefic planet.

gA snri+ qA qrdrs;*gfir
6qnrqRxfr|Tri!;( (qqiirqs! il el tl
Sloha 71, If the Moon occupying the 4th bhava
be in conjunction with Mars and the lord of the 6th
bhava,the mother of thc person born will have had
intrigues with another The Sun and Rahu in the 4th
bhavawill make the mother incontinenu
97
v'n rtrdqi Adh.xll.

rrg+gqtgir atfi iqqr t

q?EgtC qiur trta $qqtrmll sl lr
(ffi qf{fur{fr+qtfts{rnr t
*i q.nr gqnt{g$til.sdi qiE tt \tl ll
Slolas 72-73. When the Moon, in the porition
deacribed in sloka 71, is associatedwith (1) Rahu or
Ketu,the mother intrigues with a low'born Person;
(2) if wich Saturn,the intrigue is with a Sudra; (3) if
with Mercury,it is with a Vaisya (4) if with the Sun,
the paramourwill be a Kshatriya;(5) if with Jupiter
or Venus, the lover will be a Brahmin. The Moon
aecociated with Mars and the lord of the 6th bhavain
the way describedwill produccthe effectspecified in
the severalcases'
NorEs,.
In this conttection, compare the follovving f rorrr-{f'T{rG.

sElciksqqEr+ qrtxrtgrgt gqFt I

qfifht qrqgrrrqi
qr ;n{rRqBaqrsqFqisfq
tt
are& {Egt sqrqnta\qrfi fsqr+\qt
qriTr;qflsrgq+rrfiqrqqg.nfimftlnldq rr
gQt.itorrrd qId gfi=1*<rruFfral aEr
iifr*,irt gq?|efrilqfiqatds {AFHia*ll
,rqr{q}rita+} sile} +di nRft qE dtsqor r
qta grt sfr dtqqoliria fii6t dlf{gqgt tt
{6qrFqtafruerfrgqr e'iEagt faqgg4at
{fr: gtarfi aqrfi}q qr.q'i dle{qr Hil{ ll
q?ilsftsqlrrls mg+{i il(qr;qt;qqli utft t
nfr*gtffirt wrd ll eBll
grerftfrqruReqia$fr
 st. ?4*?? Etqthsql*, 771

position in conjunction with the lord of the 3rd bhava

forces the person born to suck the brerst of a woman
other than his mother If the lords of the 4th and the
9th bhavas be in a grwra (Dusthhana)and the lor.dof
the LagnaI :rong, the yog:, will lead to the death of
the parents.
Notle>.
This as well as slokas 79 80, 86, g8, g9 & 90 appearin qp6{,q6.

fieEqhttgr&olt {odgt I
Hnfrewt urq frq-il(ffisqil n \e\ tl
S/:ta 75. When the lcrd of rhe lOrh placefrom
the Rq{rs (Pithrubhava 9th) is in a g:rqr.r(Dusthhana)
and the lord of the Lagna is possessed of strength, the
person born is either to become the bane of his pareJrts
or has had no dtc;frrir+rr (Seemanthasamskara).
qree{T}qro}ri
ilRrrffi qR r
qmritil ft ilTrtq rreEtl
eqtureqfr
Sloko 76. Il the lords of the 4th bhava and rhe
Lagna be in Trikona positions with respect to those
two bhavas respe*ively, and if the lord of one of the
Trikonas be in the Lagnr,the rnotherof the personborn
will die along wich the father.

trilo}{ftEqr h(ffiilr qft r

a{{n;dlrmr}qa;qrcrgqillEls ll ss 1;
Sloko 7 l. If the lords of rhe 4th, rhe 1sr and the
9chbhavasbe in Kendraor Trikona positions,they will.
during their dasaaqd antardasaperiods,Iead ts the
motherof the personborp following the father in death.
nZ iltinicrrtili AdL XII.
v v Y ! r Y v r w !
. ! u l r w v v v Y w v Y : v Y i v v v v v ! v v u v v : - f f i

tr(MqReng*sfi t
e{mqegt il fidrfj'il{tn ll ee ll
S/ot r 78. The Sun and the Moon occupying res
pect,ivelythe 9th and the 4th bhrvas will lead to the
mother of the perEonconcerned following the father in
death. Ihe sameie the casewhen the bhava associated
with the Sun has the presencein or the aspecton it of
the lords of the 9th and the 4th bhavas.
t rqrwfurmffi{*fl-
ffqrddirmffq*fr*n: I

qrirq qlilqwt ffiEFil {tfrIs ll \eq ll

Sloko 79. Ascertainthe lord as well as the orrt
(Karaka)of the 4th bhava and the planetsi[ any asso,
ciated with them, as also the planets that occupy or
aspectthe cr{qrir (Mathrubhava). Again find out which
(Dasapr.'
of theseplanetsis malefic. During the E{tTtTtt
hora) period of this iast mentionedplanet will happen,
say the astrologera,the demisc of the mother of the
perBonconcerned.
Tnd"qts-{fr
fHrq {rftFiw}wrtqt*
di* rrrggtn mEnutatmiqt{r EonqI
qrr'trfrqqsod ftqfirfqrfwe rgt
ililril diffq+ r (Et rft tt do tl
SJoAa80. Subtract the figurea of the Moon from
thoseof the Sun; find what Rasi the remainderrepre,
sents. When Saturn and Jupiter pass through that
Rasi and Navamsaor through the triang,rlarpositions
cqrrcuponding thereto, the deachof the mother may
sr . 8r-83 qqqft5tqFr: ??3

take place Again, find the remainder rerulting from

the subtractionof qq{qz6(Yamakantaka)from the lord
of the 8th bhavafrom the Moon. This remaindershould
indicatea certain Rasi and a Navamsathereof. When
Saturnpasseothrough the Resi and the Sun through the
Navamsain question,the motherrnaypassaway.
dgmi{*#gssnqtsfrnr
qarqEfr{r}S
dtg q gct qqqrf dt tl
SioAc 81. When Jupiter has attained a Vaieeehi-
kamsa (zirlr Adhyaya 1 s1.44) such as Gopur.a and
orhers, or is in the 4th bhava, and when the other
planetsoccupy the 2nd, the llth and the 4th bhavas,
the person born will be happy.
gqs&gifrct fr.qqrqqtsenr
I
qhildlr+ {rsfqSorttq6rgqr tt di, tl
Sloha 82. When the 4th bhava has upon it the
aspectof Mercury or is b:tween two benefic planete
or
occupiesa Navamsaowned by
Jupitar, the person born
will be ever engagedin holy worke.

gcfuerdrrilrffir qail
qRt
gd frcilt
ilGcrrPtr{nur
aqlqqr$ilqift qrtE! u cl fl
S/oAa 83. If the planet in the 4th bhava be atrong
and occupies a benefic Rasi and if its strength
b;
enhanced by an advantageousconnection with
the
Lagna,then the person concerned will enjoy
uninter,
rupted eaae through the instrumentality
ot'" people
belongfng to the class which the planet
represenrE(aidc
774 srdqcrfrwt Adh. XII.

Adhyaya I-s1.2)) aud will possessa wealth of the metal

appertainingto the samepianetQtideAdhyavr 1, sl, 24)
'q6{rfrriqsqilqrrtEfrsfi{rftTqftfio{r(|
qrt(fTqGftiErqrg!il c8 ll
ry,a{tT{{Reeq*qTE
!loh,.t 84. If the lord of an untoward bhava from
the Legna,occupying its depression or inimical sign in
the 4th bhava, be an enemy of the lord of the Lagna,
the astrologerssay that, through the dire influence of
rhis adverseplanet, the personconcerned will be bereft
of bodily and other comforts.
qgtqr{fu(qitqnw qod}qilqqfr(tcqtgsn t
qfrEil ftqsqilWfif gtr girngqq;qft*l ll c\ ll
S/ofta85. If the planetin the +th bhava, the one
aspectingit, and its Karakabe all strong, they will pro'
duce much happiness to the person concerned; if those
planetsbe in their depressionor inimical signs or be
eclipsed,th:y will produceunhappiness-the rule being
that joy is occasionedby an auspiciousplanetand miaery
by tho inauspiciousones.
qc'it lilsq$frgh qilft* qrRffifiu*rit t
elfiseqflo(drft *cq
gxrFEi{;*rRgaqqtt tr
Slo&rr 86. If the lord of the 9th bhava occupying
the 4th in conjunction with Venus possesspredominant
etrength,the personborn will live in pleasureand opu'
lence for a long time ; but if the aforesaid lord of the
gth bhava occupying the 6th. 8th, or the 12th place
from tbe Laqna, be associatedwith a berrefic planet, the
happiness of tne person concerned will be but shqrt'
lived.
s[ 8?-8e EtEdsqrq: 776

geR<r rltgapqiur{t+m SQr'$rI

grrai l16lf{r}-{i{trrT$rryor{lt de tl
Siotc 87. Every calculation,firstiy, in respectto
one's easeand comfort should be with referenceto the
4th houseand Jupiter ; 2ndly, every thing concerning
the mother should be thought of from the 4th bhava and
the lrloon ; 3rdly, all fragranceas w:ll as cloth, vehicle
and ornamentsshould be gueesedin referenceto the 4th
bhava and Venus.
cf , nslti-lomqrGl
gqui{alqiqrfi.qtq qt it
{;nidtn;gerrftil
gfrEi rriunrirrgtg*q et wfrqgi {r t
qife .t 14 ll
3Tilfr{tqlraetta?igrFE{tlrcqrt'igGf
S/o&a 88. il the lord of thc 4th bhavaoccupying
* ireneficsign be either aspectedby cr in conjunction
with Venus, and at the same time free {rotn the aspect
of ;rn inimical or depressed planet, the personborn will
,:ujoy the pleastrreduc to ungents, odc,riferousflowers
a n d s i m i l a ra p p l i a n c e s ,
{iqiBqi n"inqis{q srit.q} dide iqifrt
\,
dirq* ufiqgtq rafq{ rch {T{FTIC 5saq lrc3,ll
Slola 89. When the Moon is strot'tg,thc person
horn wiil have good clothes to wear; if tl-relr4oonbe
associatedwith Rahu or Ketu, his ciothing will be
tattered; if associatedwith Jupiter, the apparel will bc
of silk; if with Venus, it will be variegated with
jewels; and if with Saturn,it will be of a dark colour.
u\;gniuiii gwrftalt
ghoraiediar qfrtihi il t
 7 76 qR{rqrltilfi Adh"xII"

qrrtfrRrdW oqii q$qs tt \o tl

Sloka 90. 6If the lord of the 4th bhava be asgocia,
ted with the Varga of Venusor the Moon, or if it be
aspected by or in conjunctionwith eirherof the above
two planete,and if it be ar the same time]freefrom the
aspectof a depressed or inimicalolanet,the personcon.
cernedacquirescattleand everyother proprty.
l;g$rfi,qtfrA fr'qq{frtftt r
ilt* rddtd rggq] qlq(r n qt tl
Sloka 91. When the lord of the 4th bhavabeing
an auspiciousplanet ia aspectedby another auspicioua
planet,and when the Karaka of that bhava is in full
otrength, the person born will be esteemedby hie
kinsmen.
Norss'
cf, Tffir(
FgqTe,rrt
ffi g*o(ftfllnt r
trft+ onflg+ ryggq}qim: rl
For the same effect, the following yoga isgiven in slflifi((t.

efiq\ o{Tr} flffgnr?ti gt qrqtqqr} r

*oqfFqirn)r{qefbg*Aiiftil qlfE{r q;ggrrr:u
d.r$sdi ffid *;nirqrq{gi r
ttRtffigt qlqgqlrr{ffii ll qt ll
Sloha 92, A person will befriend hig relativea
when the lord of the 4th bhava occupies a Kendra or
Kona poeition or the llthl bhavatand has artaineda
Vaiseshikamsa and is free from the aspectof, or associa.
tion with, a malefic planet.
sl.es-eo Tr+fisnq* 11r

{tgafl qiftrd qlqrrlt {wdt I

{qrtntairg+ gwsnffift il ql ll
Sloka 93. When the 4th bhava ir occupied by a
malefic, depresredor eclipsed planet and is void of any
aspector conjunction of a benefic planet, the peraon
born will have antipathy to his relations.
cf. qrffR(d
qTqrFqtqrqat q ff* dtqrFqi qr,.rflqF$f& |
qrqqt4twqlqo
ar lfaqaqqqtGfrttrqrr
qqfr q;qi (H sqd q$.t t
gtfint tt qBtl
qlqi'qrq{rkt Frourqai
Sloku 94. If the lord of the 8th bhava be associ,
ated with a malefic planet and the 4th bhavabe occupied
by an inauspicious planet, the person born will be
deceitful; but if the lord of the Bth bhava be in exalta,
tion, in a friendly house, or in its own or a friendly
varga and the 4ih bhava be aspectedby a benefic planet,
the person concernedwill be candid.
frgtr{qqrtrt=il{qtt, q6ffi I
.il9il?ia* {rsfi uiur?qqqfH tt q\ tl
S/otn 95. A personwili be pure,mindedand calm
when the lord of the 4rh bhava is strong,or has attained
Gopura and other Vaiseshikamsas,or is in qg (Mridu)
and other benefic Shashtyamsas.
qrait qogtqmtrfiqurFqtt
qtq tt qq ll
gqstEe qrqilrGs(i
SloAa 96. When the 4th bhavaand its lord por
sessstrengthanil are appctrtedby a beneficplanet, tlre
98
778 lrtir{,fiftufr* Adh.xrtr.

aotrologer may declare the person born will posse$6

vehiclesor similar conveniences"
qTatt ile{Q t.St Srftfwfrr
srqnndt {ETTmi qtA lt q'sll
Slohu 97. When the 4th bhava occupied bv its
lord in a benefic Navamsain conjunction with Mercr-rry
is aspectedby a beneficplanet,the astroiogerm y preclicr
the acquisitionof vehicles and other such convenienc*r
on the part of the person born.
*Ej iqordq;ql ET.ruwFEee I
gild ilar i{Efk gfrggqn u qd lt
Slo&c 98. When the Moon is in the Lagna irr
conjunction with the lord of the 4th bhava,the peraon
bornosay the sages,will havea horseto convey hinn.

kd\ ErqgEil qA drwnrtirt t

{Uqtqrttgt qgts"{{Tai{ ll qq rl
Sloho 99. When the Moon, in conjunctionwith
a beneficplanet, occupies the Znd or the 4th bhava,
identical with a behefic l{asi, the person born will
have a horse conveyance.

H qgqff\qf, ftoi oil*qrfq gisEorril I

Str gt qfa EElt iarilqi EREEr{d qr( n loo tl
Slohu 100. When the lord of the +th bhavaoccu-
pies the Lagna in conjunction with its (Lagna's) lord
and the Moon, the person born will have a horse; but
if the lord of the .ith bhava occupies the Lagna in con,
junction with Venus, the perscn concerned will have
an elephantto ride on.
sl. 10t-102 en(tfr$q{'a: ?7e
NorBs.
This sloka is found in qlfffit(.
qFfrf$qrwurql
ft'd{ttkd
{ftffi 'rTfsry
*;ri*qfruruilfr I
{i6'rnRITKEf:
S{q&ffw
qq gt-ffifrtrtm*Ufr
Erll t " t li
Slof* t0l. Venus ancl the full Moon having
strength and occupying a Kendra or a Trikona poaition,
will give to the person born under their influence the
honor of being conveyed in a palanquin" When the
Moon occupyinga Rasi belonging to jupiter is either
aspectedbv or in conjunction with lupite: will lead tc
the acquisition of a red apparelor jewel.
qr;frf$fiTgt{ot{gft? crr6t
gfu;glnndqwgilcrgffirs I
qs{ ?iEutqHqr;(qffi3
*rnfi*ior.&Ttl{U{frq6{{ lt ?"R $l
Sloku tOZ. A per$on will get a palanquin or 'l
horseto convey him when Venus, the Moon and the
lord of the 4th bhavaarc associated with the lord of tlue
first. lf Jupiter, tht: lord of the 4th bhava, the Moo*,
and Venus be all together in a Kendra or a Kona posi"
tion, the person concerned wili get a vehicle bordered
on all sides.
NorBs.
See sloka ll8 infra. With this as well as the prt loka
compare the following :-
rnc{K*t{
qfuugg'lqftRil utifF*
qnngac*qqq+q{Hftqfri
 7W llrtTqrawe Adh. xII.

gqtqguFd Grdlwqr-*ftmr
w+egqfqf-*tdq&t no f,{q( rr
emtrrq*{ra'qFtqra{r$tq I
glpro.}F'sTsftdwnrqqrqqq.n
*aqTqeMqfl(qed or-qqrt,,lil
qrqrftil r
+eqftdfi-{rqsRarq'q}-q
qaft4 ffiqpq6u'amn*
genraffeqE
qa'il qft {afurfifrfq grqEqlq,
rr
flqlt g6gt qgrilrq{rfi{ |
qrit Wt qi+qurdga: n t tl
"1
Sloka 103. When the lord of the 4rh bhava is
associatedwith Jupiter, rhe p3rson born will. have a
vehicle bordered on all the four sides. When the lord
of the 4th bhava occupiesthe t0th place in conjunction
with a benefic planet, the person born will have the
appendagesof a chowrie and an umbrella.
gA* hnqf ilEtt oqfui qraafrqn(rt
silqi urqqilildt s{i* qsunarr;ils
u toB rl
Sloka 104. Wherr the lord of the 4th bhavaoccu,
pier a Kendrathe lord of which is in the Lagna,the
perronsborn will have facilities for keeping a conve-
yance. When the lord of the 10th bhavais in the llth,
and the lord of this againin the 10rh,the personborn
under the yogawill have ornament$and vehicles,
NorBs.
The 3rd padaof this Slsln in eEi&iqilqth rords differently as
follows:-
dlft nrrta{ir rr
 sl. 105-107 qrqqitsqrq: ?81

qrtt omrrftQgt qrorqt g* |

frqilft* ucqrrfrddwr tt I o\ ll
slcrin
Sloka t05. When the lord of the 4th bhava is in
the llth orthe 4th, and when Mrrs is in shl (Swak-
shetra)or in the I tth bhava, the yog.rwill undoubtedly
leadto the acquisitionof a kingdom'
cf , qq|ri?E;a1qtq

fr*a\ Hqt qrdEnqi qE qr fhftqqg$ t

{qilr+ qfeil gQi} rr;ardfreqrqtutlftqn{
tl
Eq eqI
onrertrRrftqacfqqmek
rfrqq{gEqtgqioarhrfrt}onqflf I
qrqig q;qFd
tqrqnlqnrrEt{gqrrFr
q-gd{qii{{rfiq{rtdrqrftWFdt tt t oq,ll
Stoha 106. If the planet occupying the qth bhava,
the lord thereof and the one aspectingit, be in a Kendra
or Trikona position or in the l lth bhava identical with
their exaltation,their own or friendly signs,and if they
be also poseessed of strength, they secureto the person
concerned long life, beds,seats,apparel, much landed
property,a good mansion,friendship of relatives,charm'
ing vehicles,fameand happiness-

ffirrcqlFft hn*rcrsqFqet t
RqrqrratqfrE,tft ffi trd{ ll tos ll
Sloha 107 Mercury in exaltationor in $wakghetra
(ser) iderrticalwith a Kendra or a Trikona place from
the Lagna,leadsto the acquiaitionof ab,rndantknow-
ledgeand vast wealth.
 782 qriri6crftwft Adh"mi.

Nores.
For the sameeflect seethe following frorn .r{({le{l-(.

frqtt TrarfqnTqrdfh'rqgat
gerrr*iflqilq
dqF,il-qrftftqfprftfioqril qifhdlt"gtEf r
d gd .niorwrgrugqCat,iftfqe'
ffi;qwaft firti qif:{*' drdt q il
grrE{Tr{t
\ d \ r! d[
omnigqnrtiRrs{iltt rTr{rrwF{nwff{
qiin{! UqETirfilgqiba& orsqf}qar t
sr;qlqd\mtfkar qR q{rqroflryrrgr
gr&
iqfr q$d;ilqrTihgodirwil6rfte: tt t oc ti
Slofta 108. If, in any horoscope"the four planets,
-via., the lord o{ the 4th and tire 9rh bhavasreckoned
from thc lord of the Lagnaand the planetsoccupying
the two bhavas-be slrong in. ;ruspiciousvargas and
relatedto chc Lagna in someway, and if they whereven
possiblebe associated:withor aspectedby one another,
the personconccrnedwill b: a kinE long,lived,energetic,
in possession of four,corner;dvehicies,largewealthand
other symholsof sovereignty'.
qarqrT
; affiHoriqqn*iihnfl rrqurffipqq. I
Ard El{gt fto} adiqqr*{gtft d*o-r. tlt o\ll
Sloka 109. If 3 of the four planets (mentionedin
the above slokaj have superior positional strength
(<rrt-co,Stthanabala)the effect will be the acquisition of
diveree kinds of precious stones, ornaments and com,
forts. If two of the planets be possessedof strength in
the Lagna,the person born will be happy in their res,
pective dasaPeriode.
sr.r10-1tr2 lr(qftsqrq: ?8i!

sirqmTir6tqt f,6t {r:RrRlqs

I
uruft{rd*q?egu EErlrEr
lt I I " u
S/ofra 110. If the lord of the 4th house occupy
singly and in strenqrh one of the three positionsmen"
tioned in sloka108,srzlrc (r.e.trsr,4rhand 9rh bhavas)
and be associated,with tire Lagnaor its lord, the dasa
periodof the pianetin questionwill leadro the acquisi,
tion of veiricnes.
qgiiqqtqqirftrarqrf|6qwqrqrorftur*t t
{UEft qra,q squrrrrntqq-rrrrrfq
ll t t t ll
S / o a a1 1 1 . I f t h e l o r d s o f r h e 4 t h , 9 t h , i l , t h a n d t h e
Znd bhavasbe reiateci to tire Lagna in some way and
have strength, thcy will, in their severa! dasaperiods,
respectivelylead to the acquisitionof a kingdom,good
fottune, accessionof wealth and property.

t rqfrsfhinirsgirr
taurqt\q*-
N u*ft i{go g{or gilf egfI
ft{ ftitgqftqEl sr(* rTlqqrPfr
qTqmr-fr
fr{ril{ftrffibqrilfr rr ilR tl
Sloka 112. If the four planets (mentionedin the
previoussloka)havesuperiorstrengthand bc connected
with the Lagnain someway, all this will rake placeon
a large scale; if they be all weak, they will produce
misery. The effect will be mixed if their strength be
of a mixed character. If the Karakaof the bhava con-
ccrned,its lord and the planet occupyingit be inimical
to the lord of the Lagna and be weak, they will prove
exceedinglytroubl eoome.
,NA |lilmfut Adh.xu.

Entttrftqt grt udfttfutr

ggqtaili{rfrqoqreqerfr
n l t tQtt
Sloka 113. When the lord of the 4th bhava being
in an inimical or depression sign, occupiesa g:wrd
(Dusthhana) and is aspectedby the lord of the 9th bhava,
there will be acquisition of a vehicle which will be
either unsteadyor prove a very bad specimenof ite kind.
cf. ssf'ih.mqlq
:rq fiEli qR qrqifl qrr]'tftqrRsqtkt qr r
gqlqdteaoeqf,til or{rfrqqrfimftfht qr n
qrfiufRo'rqrKglqqgqlnil! |
o{dtti tesr qrilt gstlqgqqn ilB tl
Sloka.114. If the planets in the 9th, 10th and the
lst bhavasbe benefic ones in their exaltation and be
aspectedby the lord of the Lagna,the personconcerned
will cometo grief when a vehicle habitually used by
him ceasesto exist.
cf. sdtfr.arqh
m{qrqfiar?g}a s}oqqil''fFqm,
t
etg +ro?TqnqTiFd g:t+qqql( ll
dti Ergtqtgqrmgiemwrurtt
qt td nqrcdfttat ilsililqft{ilq I
grQqrqgisa;iiqRgtqrni*nni a fr
q{ (ffih furgqqFdtrsrtaor{
n tt\ rr
Sloka 115. If Jupiteror the lord of the 4th bhava
associatedwith a benefic planetoccupya beneficRasi
identicalwith the 9th bhavafrom the Lagna,the person
coocernedwill moveaboutin royal splendourin a vebi,
cle borReby men during the gteaterportion of bir life.
sl. 116-119 etq{tsrqTqt ?85

If the planetsreferredto above occupyinga g:wrn (Duo'

thhaoa)be eclipsed, depreesed or in an inimical houee,
there will be no vehicle or other such meano of plea'
surablelocomotion; if they be in their own houseand
poEEeEs superiorstrength,there will be a long apellof
enjoymentculminatingin progressin a palanquin.
ffrrtd.&Fftfrurqqnrfrq* t
qoqd qRq1dw{qrrqsilnfr u qtE tl
Slofta 116. If the lords of the 4th and the 10th
bhavaseither occupy or aspectthe llth bhava and be
$trong.they will bestow every blessing.
orrrd gtrrnQd qffifi iil $ftrrq I
{rafr e{rrrrqrni{rqfrftst qE(ll qle ll
Sloka 1l?. If the lords of the 4th and the 9th bha'
vas be in the lLth bhava or aspectthe 4th, the pereon
born will have many vehiclesand an abundanceof every
earthly blessing,and be capableof pleasinghis sovereign'
qq\rearratddet{qFqftqR I
ffigfr tt I tz ll
darrmirroGqy,q.
Sloha 1l8. Jf the lords of the 9th and the 4th
bhavaebe related to the Lagna in someway and be a!'
pectedby or in conjunction with Jupiter, the person
born will have the capacity to ingratiate himself into
the favor of a king and other such ornamental
accomplishments,
Nores.
See sloka 102lirst half suPra.

grl{Enrfirft grrq{{g* t
qtnFnr e{tqr{qfofrqR qrqi ll t tq ll
99
 ?86 trrcqcrRqre Adh. xll.

- -t *"*"
bhavasbe strong and associatedwith benefic planets.
the personborn will bc opulent and in crmmandr:f a
numetousarmv.
c/. omfic
nleqrf\qqhqrGq\qqrddtqrfqgas,rrrr( r
\.i
dangci fl'qlfaeni qciirirqiolri.Trqq
tl
qltrf qrcilni{ilt ugndii g{eqldi I
{FqIFlt s'rqqgstEr.r$q-({rir{qrefqt{{
u tRo tl
.S/oAa120. If thc lord o{ thc -trtrhlia,.,l be in
thc
9th, rdenticalwirh a sign or,vneclby a benefic pianet,
a n d i n c o n j u ' c t i o r rw i t h J u p i t c r a n c iV , : . u s , a n d i f
the
lord of thc 9th bhava be in a jionr or .r Kenclr.rposirion
t h e p c r s o nb o r n r v i l l h a v e t ; r u a r n : r l t sl,v e a i t h
;rnd velri,
cles collectedfrr-rrnrnany cur.rutries

flfliiqrqggqilrilor{aqtar r t
gariuiawgrrrrrwl{rtrri{r{ u tqq tl
S / o A aI ? t . l f t h e l o r d so f t h e ? t h , 6 t h , 4 t h 3 r c l r, ) r h ,
l s t a n d t h ; l 2 t h l ; h a v a sb e r n c o n j u r r c r i o nw i t h r h e l r i r t l
of the 5th bh,rv.r,the pcrs;u born will riossrrsslandr
t c c m i n gw i t i r i r u , ' n b c r l c sm
sincs.
gqriqdriegtl fHr qr qqt iioqrqtri'rq'rmr
r
fr*urh;*{rrrrg}{r: tih warugerd{ftu ltq rr
S I o A a l J J . l f r h c l o r d o f thc .1thbhavabeing
Jupi,
ter or Venus occupy thc gth bhav.r irom the Lagna in
great strength,and if the lord of the gth bhavabc in a
Kcndra or Trikona pc'sirlon tire nerson born will get
many vehicles.
s[ 123-126 grEtftsqrq: 78?

rurilfr Rm qloqdqrrqtgt I
*rA*urqiqlsft qg{IEilt{rIIT{ll 111 ll
Stoka 123. lf the lord of the 4thbhava in conjunc'
tion with Jupiter ,rndVenus, occuPythe 9th bhavaand
if the lord of the latter be in the 4th or in any of the
other Kendrasor in a Trikona position, the personborn
will possessInany veiriciesand lands.
orh;nfutfirt qTewqariqi
t
qit *onqrq&riiqr frUeqq: I lls tl
Sloko L24. if a benefic planetbe in tlrc Lagna-Ken'
dra,i.e.L:gna itself, and the 9ch irhavabc occupied by
a planetin exaltation anJ when the lord of thc Znd
bhava is in a Kendra,thc yogr is c;rlcttiatcdto leadto a
throne.
_rtil.f,.c{
cf.
*"{ fiarq qar.dg.t'{qlf}{ilrirqa&ql-{r
dEfF,{aftnqniq ffe ffrqrtartfng{t(l.f}dtl
qFt giihi ft;ftgtr {a '{{f'.rtI
sqf iintqfr ffr{ firr${{E{fl q1\ ll
S l o k a 1 1 5 . W h , : n t h e a t h l ' h a v r i s a s p e c t r :bdy a
benefic plarretand tire lorrJof thc:lnJ biravain conjunc'
tion with ben':iic planets occupies a Kt';1s113, and a
planetin ex,rltation is in thc 2nd bltava, the birth in
such a yoga is likelp'ro leadto a thronc.
cf , iIiT.nGt

fr*ne '{iqt g h'i qi}a'{ainqQq}oi

I
girdiFc||
sqflqii fir t<flqr*ific{rqqqrfh
o{inwlrnriqnrdqt: qdqnfrt
ot qrqft qr t{ei iifraffiqqo{Es
n tlE tf
788 qrnrqraqfi Adh. xII.

Sloka 126, If the lords of the lrt, 4th and the 9th
bhavasbe in the iOth, and the lord of the latter occupy
or aspect the Lagna, the effect of the yoga will be a
throne.
cf. fl.ffi{d
qrrhart{rgQanr:miftqarntq*arfE{or'r
+t+rtqdigt figri ffronanrRgqrflfld
ll
udungq{r{mr{qrnrcr qit r
q{fr aFltffi frrffiq?d{iq.tt tRs tt
Sloka 127. lf the lords of the 10th, lst and the 4th
bhavasoccupy the 10th bhava and the lord of the last
mentionedbe some way connected with the Lagna, the
person born in the yoga will become the master of a
throne.
NotBs.
Some books read, "grTlt{t=<Tl:tt
in place of "g141gtttl:',

qR I
gwtgqmtilr *;quiurFTril
qtsqrirreqqiqosonfur?rfiq
u tRd tl
Sloka 178. If Jupiter, Venus and the lord of the
9th bhavabe in a Kendra or Kona position, or in the
l1th bhava,the person born will have an abundanceof
vehiclesand becomea monarch,
qriffiitqqfr qiodtqt{rfrqlt eqil}n t
ranQewrqfin ftarrqnfttft xlrrq u tRqrl
Sloka 129. If the lord of the 4th bhava and the
planet occupyingthe 10th posse$smost strength and be
aepectedby or in conjunction with the lord of the 9th
bhava,or if they be eachir the other's house,they wili
pave the way to the attainmentof a throne.
 -._"--,-.."-",--"-19n
.__._--.*-,1S_.IT"
?'.]3-T1s_'_
eqrn.d{rfit nqrPirqqrnrrt'
ilErquiil{nt ffs:sqq?tdiqtt 11" tt
preceding
sloka 130. The personrcferredto in the
throne when, in the
sloka will becometh. o..upunt of a
4th bhava' its own
rnain dasa(qlrr) of thc lord of the
the progress
antardasa(eta{rn; sets itl, and when. during
(fi6tr) and within it the
of tbis antardasa,the vidasa
bhava is reached'
up.d.., (Yqm) of the lord of the 10th
qqt{Qfis(ritrTrfigqritfr onrldsgqd I
i.iiu *1.t qutii iaeiqqdqlftqft {r{qrq{ t lt
the lst bha
Stttka131. If the lords of che9th and
the latter be in the
vas occupy the 4th and tl're lord of
person born
Lagnaidentical with a beneficRasi' the
i{ the lord of the 4th
will always enjoy happiness' Rrrt
tire other conditions
bi"rr^ happen io bt in the 6th and
will be overtaken by
obtain as in the above Yoga, he
be{allsan enemy or a
misfortune-a fate th'rt usually
hostile person.
qt
wilIIEIiqqfi m:r&glrct qod$ I
qqiiqi{r{qGqqq+w{ilii t* gsnerEri lt llR ll
bhava be in the
SJoftc 132' if thc lord o[ the 6th
t)rh ur aspectedby bcncfic planetsor possessedof much
the yoga will have to
strength,th" p..rot bcrn under
the dasa period of the
surrender,for sometime' during
to his enemy'
lord of the 4th bhava,his whole fortune

gtqfi\t fiqqAegse{rqqmt<utfrrieq t
qrqdlqirc firr;fi gar<rw{ wtfr r{q tttlltt
cet forth in
Sloha 133. If, under the conditione
 7m qrdEqftqrt Adh. )ilI.

with the lord of the 4th bhava, the whole fortune of the
person concerned will be with the enemy during the
whole of the dasaperiod of tlre latter planet. But il the
planetary conjunction be malefic,the fortune vrill return
to ite former owner at the concluding portion of the
daaaof the lord'of the 4th bhava.

trqri girQ*Tdirg{rtgt I
ilisn* iln {ft qgtd*rnrF{iln t Qutr
Sloka 134. If the 4th bhava be a benefic Rasi and
ics lord bc in conjunction with a benefic planet and the
Karaka of the bhava also holde a similar position, the
perEonborn will have much land and wealth.
**Et flqsqdqfi worfhlor,rsyBflt I
qIqrFEiqlq(frid qr *nRffii $erqFilffi{rs tl
Sloha 115. If the lord of the 4th bhava occupying
a.depressionor an inimical varga has attained any one
of the malefic 60th portions of a sign, ztiz. Kalagni,Sula,
or Anraka (kala) and if ir be also in conjunction with
or aspectedby malefic planets,the yoga will lead to the
loss of landsand other such sourcesof livelihood, say
the astrologers.
oni\qq wfrrqRqtrfu-
wtTrs'sifut.niimr{rq.
I
qri{rgftq} ftqq;g{rftr
qralnmFqgngrkurftgr
il t{Q il
Sloka 136. If the planet ownrng the sign occupied
by the lord of the Lagna be an enemy,there wili be lose
of land and houre when, in the dasaperiod of the planer,
sl. 137-1s8 atq{tst?rq! 791

its own gfo (Bhukti) sets in When the Bhukti of thc

lord of the 4th bhava in the main drsa referred to
approaches,the person concernedwill becomebereft of
some relative ; and the Bhukti, in the same dasa,of a
planet in conjunction with Saturn, Mars or Mandi
will occasiondisasters.

Rittr swriqqi trErlq!S*qrFqerfitqt

qrdlorritrftrd
fr ?.iwtit orrr}F{fr I
{q{dtqr gqgfi ft*qiuRriiq
dEtrE!
ofiur gqrrftrr grrgfi fi&qRilqs tf lle tl
Slohu 137. lf the lords of ttre 2nd and the 4th
bhavasoccupy, in conjunction with a benefic planet,
the 9th bhava identical with a benefic Rasi, the peroon
born will comeby a treasurelaid un der,ground. Again
if the lords of the llth and the 2nd bhavasbe in the +th'
and the lord of the last-mentioned bhavabe in a benefic
sigrr in conjufr:tion with a benefic pilnct, the acquisi-
tion of hiddeh trcaslrrewill be the result. Thirdiy, thc
lord of the l lth bhavacccupyingthe 4th in conjunction
with a benefic planet is a giver of wealth concealed
underground.
Nortis.
This appe:rrsin 't16q,1q,

qrlaqqTddil amqr! qrq{gar I

qnitl{gtg$ImlqtKtttiqElstf I ld ll
'Ihe
S/ofrc 138. lords of the Znd, lZth and the 4th
bhavas occupyingthe 8th in conjunction with malefic
planetsoccasion languidness in the house which will
increasein propclrtion to the number of evil planeta
con joined.
 crdofiftEtir Adh. xII.
- . v . ' r ! t v v - - Y ! . #
r v v ! ! v v v ! ! v v v v v v v v i v v v v v v v r

ntsfr il qlqsUgt t{gqrffiqR t

fltsudr $tS qr gt qIET{irnf ll ?13 tt
Sloka 139. If a maleficplanet or Rahu in the 4th
bhava be aspected by an evil planet, the person born
will be a suffererin the matter of domesticcomforts'
If Mars or the Sun occupying the 4th bhava be in
depressionor in an inimical house,the personconcerned
will be houseless.

dttsei qI irtfr wIraEIfiqfttqRt

St qft ql.Tr{rqqqgAqti gt+utqfll tuo ll
Sloha 140. lf the planetin the 4th bhavabe depres'
sed or eclipsed,the Dersouborn will slip into a well or
eomesuch reservoir. If there be a maleficplanet in the
4th bhava,he will experiencemisfortunes. If Saturn
occupy it, there will be loss of comfort and happiness.
.Jtt I
"qq\ o{t6 {ifisadqrql
Gi uuq{n} qrqbiliqG{l(! ll tBt ll
S l o k al 4 l . l f t h e l o r d o f t h c 4 t h b h a v a f r o m t h e
Lagnaoccupy the llth, the person born will lodge in a
stranger'shousein a foreign land ; if it occupy the 8th
bhava,there will be no house etc.' owned or tenanted
by him; if the plarrctbc in thc 6th bhava,he will lodgc
in a houseof which thr: master is a paternal relation,
suchasan uncle,a cousitr,etc.

3rmfr qflErorqE:qr( qgriqar qodtui qr t

glanqqigsirIl?q(t<teeidr{ikd EI ll lBl, ll
Sloko 142. The lord of the 4th bhavaoccupying it
or any other strong planettherein will easily lead to the
sl. 143-146 Etqrilsqrqr

acguisition of a house. If the lord of the 4th bhava

occupy a g:rrrrT(Dusthhana)or if the planet occupying
the 4th bhavahasstrengthfor evil (as an adversaryt,the
housefalling to the lot of the p:rson brrn will b: either
cra\y or haunted.
q{R6qqrsqjnilaffi qqg ft q1l
qHiqrq{ifrflrIqRRildrql!ll lBl ll
Stohc'143. The lords of^the 12th, the Znd and the
4th bhavasoccupyingthe 6th, the 3rd, the 12th and the
8th bhavasfrom the Lagna, lead to the loss of a house
in proportion to the number of m,tlefic planets in
conjunctionwith them.
oamq+fr,tETqrrrowFqilt I
ilrqitaqstrtrd qdlqtq qiaq: ll tsg ll
Slokn 144. Awise astrolog., -iy assertthe sound
condition of as many housesas there are planetsin the
Trikonas and Kendrasfrom the Lagna.
cf . q-{Fr{
*-afi+;iotgfjqq gi ndla'tarJ(rf\ofiq:
r
qgq\rqrttqdrfioqrq affiq| qltl.f qtfr t
ffidqqt qordfriq{ft d\t ccrgrttlu\n
Sl<thu.145. If thc lord of the 4th bhava occupy the
12th from the Lagna,the personborn will have a dilapi.
dated house: but if the planet be in a Trikona or a
Kendra and possessgreat strength, the house would be
lovely and of many hues.
rdit fpqdgil Rt wrtgt r
frguq{rtErsft{tft eaqf<rq.
tt tBEu
Sloha 146. When the 3rd bhava is occupied by a
beneficplanet and the lord of the 4th bhava ie strong,
100
 qrdsqrfoflt Adh. XIL

che personborn will possessa strong house; the same

will be the casewhen the lord of the 4th bhava has
attainedGopura and othcr benefic Vargas.
qrarfrqrQrftaruqr$REi
twri {rqriI
gi ciq tt lus ll
qtiEiorrfr
Sk* igs{tftqft
Sloha l4'1. If. the lord of thc lOth bhavaassociated
with a malefic planet occupy the 4th, the astrologerg
say the perscn born will become bereft of lands and
obedient service. The samee{fect is producedif the
lord of the 10th occupy the 4th in a malefic Navamea
and in such a baneful shashtyamssxs filiur (Mrityukara)
and be at the sametime in conjunctionwith the lord of
the 8th bhava.
uttt drqdg* irit eqodlqf I
olt qotqda"i nsn$gaqll lge ll
S/cAa 148. When the 3rd bhava is occupiedby a
beneficplanetand when the lords of the 4th and the
Lst bl:avasare in strength, the personborn will be in
possession of a mansionwith encircling walls.
qn1qatut ircnt git;gq1pqtr
,
qTsft
uiiwrrf{r+ it*t .&q&tq ll lsq ll
rfr a'iaq*aarqrtqarqft{Ri
ErrfffiqrRqft ||
ar(dls'.qrqs
SlokLti49. If the lord oJ the 4th bhava be in a
q'rtrqaifi'
(Paravatamsa),or being aspected by Jupiter
and the Moon has attained Gopura or other em (amsa),
the astrologershould declarethe possessionon the part
of the personborr"rof a divine abode (Temple ?).
Thus ends the XIIth AdhYaYa,&c',
--,<-^,/y]F-'
 qfrqflsuuFt:
crrcrirqftqrfr
il qerqgrtHFqrHrll
AdhyaYa, XIII.
THa nrnecrs oF tttr 5tn AND THE 6Tll RtrAVe:;.

ll qq[ q{grrir$o{ ll
goqdii'irft'
qHTIIR(Ne's{,T*itreiftrqel I
oila;gRi{re: frawi qlqrcqwa{Her
wrffifffttr qhir{{'-d+(ll q li
Sloka 1. It is from the 5th bhava that an astro-
loger should think about a person's tutelary deity,
oovereign, son, father, intelligence and religious merit.
A pilgrimage has to be guessed with reference to the
?th, the 6th, the 2nd and the l0th bhavas. Any wan'
dering to a far-off placeshould be ascertainedfrom the
l?th bhava. The father's happinessmay be known
with reference to the lst and the 4th bhavasand the
Sun. The acquisition of children is to be determincd
'Ihe
in connection with Jupiter and che 5th bhava.
wife's accomplishments,the astrologer may predict
through the 7th birava,the lord of the Znd and Venus.
cf" qrd$I{<ot
:I
g&*+erewr;rfladitln&ft'rfiftfinsq
gdrfil{rAqaqqriqi t}nqqt, qftRoaf,tqq
tt
7J5
7s6 sfrdtfcrRqre Adh. XIII.

oqrqlilfr gqtftilgf $tqilruq,i

sq silfr{rrqtftegtftqmii=sfr t
qrfr qrcfitgEqft;giter){i}ti
gqn s}
fiog qrqst gt {rftrq{nr;qrRq}tqtr{ ttrtt
Slohrt Z. If the 5th bhava from the Lrgna be oc,
cupied or aspected by a maieplanet, the personbrrn
will adorca male deity. If the Sth bhava be an even
Rasi and asp:ctedor o:cupied by the Moon or Venus,
he will prcfer to worship a femaledeity. If the planct
aspectingor occupyingthe 5th bhrva be the Sun, the
deity worslripped'will be the Sun chiefly ; if the Moon
or Venus, thc goddessiirft (Gouri) wilt be adored; if
Mars, it rvill b: Kartikeya; if Mercury, the object of
adoration will be Vishnu ; if Jupiter, ir will be Siva.
If the 5th bhavr be in conjunction with or aspectedby
Saturn or others, zrie., Rahu or Ketu, the person will
worship other deities.
NorEs.
This sloka al)pears in :ltdfr{d,
The word sltq{ (Athman) deuots tlie .5th bhzrve,. c/. r,.aa1iqor.

{TqI;* gRq+..rt;qqlqfi6q( ll
ofiirrqqrcqqil]uqfrntq{ikl gffimrtcr I
wrdil drrft gAQwnnuqrsifru I tl
Sloha 3. Devotion to the deity indicatedby rne
lord of the 5th bhava leadsto the loss of children when
the planetis inimical to the lord of the Lagna. If the
lord of the Sth bhava be not inimical but more propr-
tious, the effect 'uvouldbe even. But if there would be
fuiendehip between the lords of the 5th and the lst
bbavas,he will, by worshipping the deity indicated by
sl.4-5 ?{I(ilstqtq: 7s7

the lord of che 5th bhrva, securethc infinice graceof

that deity.
ilneri gegqi{tfiiki qgi {r
(il{iri {oitit tqffiwqfttft t
qrqltrt ft.raqfifi qrfift fiI{ri
qrdi frqrft{qgqdittet;mtrdql ll B ll
Sloha 1, If the 5th bhavabe occupiedor aspected
by Jupiter, Mercury and Venus, and if the lord of that
bhava be strong, the personborn will qet into the good
gracesof hts sovereign. But if the 5th bhava be occu'
pied by a malefic planetan.l its lord being void of
strength,occrlpya malefic pcrtion o[ a sign, the person
born will be void oi lcarning, dducation; virtues,
intelligenceand royal favor.
oi qraqdlg tgqdtsirsq{t*:
ffi g qg.qqq ct;ri qrgqelll"qmqtI
ftffqrfrkgfu{ qia{tq-tqet gt
cTldf'TKg(l{(eglfrqii (fr qlftRr'all \ ll
Sloka 5. If the lord of the 4th bhava be in the
Lagna and the lord of the latter occuPy the 4th and be
aspectedby or in conjunction with other planets, the
birth of a quadruped will take place. If the planets,
aspectingor in conjunction, be Rahu or Ketu, the crea'
cureborn will be a goat; if those planets be Jupiter,
Venus or the Moon, the birth vuill be of a cow; the
creatureborn will be a buffalo if the planet,asPectingor
in conjunction with the lord of the Lagna be Saturn.
If the lord of the Lagn:r ba in the 10th and Rahu in the
Lagna,the creature will come out from the womb with
the lego foremost.
 798 qrdoqrRcra Adh.XIII.

furerf iqqqnarftqrtRftwrerffi * 1
$ufuuftgeqft* qril! uitrilqftsrotril!u q rl
Slol.r 6. If the lords of the 5th and the 4th
bhavasoccupythe 2nd and the ?th severallyor conjoint,
Iy, and be aspectedby or in conjunction with a mrlefic
planet and when a male planet is in a Drekkana owned
by a nale sign, the creatures born will be monkeys,
pigs, cats and the like.

efq.qrqgtfhta qnf ftoerafrqlWftr

ffiirffiq.* qit q*hF{q} ho'* t
qsangfiEqrgiliqrs g*;gglitmr
q*sft ffiqift ilrtoi iEqrutfr
Gerrr\err
Sloha 7. When the Drekkana referredto in the
precedingsloka is aspectedby Saturn and Mercury, the
birth will be somethingin the from of a lump or a
round mass. If Jupiter in conjunction with Rahu be
united there and be aspected by a weak planet the
personborn will be of the Brahmana caste and will
rtoop to do vile acts not becominghis birth. If Jupiter,
Rahu and Saturn be united there and be aspectedby
Venus and Mercury, the person born though a Sudra
will attainto equality with a Brahmin, and as a twice,
born will receive inscruction in everv science.

ormsroorhgqqft{rtsqqtsso}i*t
q;ilet qR s.qqihfr aqrH*sqrswrnsI
qrqHqqtqfi fqgir *aie.ril]ilrar
sranirn{ gxqroig*s{if.B'fr il d tl
sl.8 ldqqtsqrq: 79e

Sloku 8. A person can have prosperitv (sons,

wife, etc.),according as the 5th or the 7th hous" calcu'
lated from the Lagna or the Moon at the time of his
birth is occupiedor aspectedby a beneficplanec or by
its lord;.if otherwise,he can have no son or wife' II,
when the Sun occupiesVrrgo identicalwith the rising
sign,Saturnis in Pices,the latter planetwill cause the
deathof his wife. And Mars in the 5th house in the
previous yoga brings about the deathof the son.
NorBs.
This sloka has been taken fronr gEsildin (Brihat Jatakar.
I f t h e r u l e r o f t h e 9 t h h o u s ei s p l a c e d i n t h e 5 t h o r t h e 7 t h
bhava from the Lagna, it will bring atl liinds of prosperity. The
sameholds goc'dfor the Moon. This is one interpretation. Here
g{ (Subha) is taken tc mean the 9th house.
Second interpretation. It Jupiter, the \Iaster of Benefics
(qxai qfn:-Subhanampatihi) is placed in the 5th or the 7th house
fronr the Lagna or the X{oon, the yogir causesalso every kind of
prosperity.
Third interpretotion. If planets rrrling the ttrtzrt<l:(Ishta'
stthanas,uiz., placesother tharr the 3rd, the 6th, the 8th and the
lZth) be placed in the 5th and 7th houses from the Lagna or
t h e M o o n , t h e n a l s o p r o s p e r i t yi s i n d i c a t e d .

Fourth interpretotion. If the ruler of the bouse occupied

by Venus be placed in the 5th or 7th bhava fronr the Lagna o' the
Nloon, it leads to prosperity. Here glrvfr (Subhapati) is split up
into { (Su;:* (Sukra), u (Bha):qi11(Itasi) and qii (Pati).

Atnther uiew. It the ruler or nakshatraoccupied by Venus

be placed in the 5th or the 7th from the Lagna or tbe Nfoon, then
also prosperity is indicated. (The rulers of Nakshatrasare accord'
ing to iEli'lnt-Vimsottari System).
In all the above interpretzrtions' the planet or planets con'
cerned may take the role of aspectdng instead of occupging.
800 qrilEcrRqre Adh. XIII.

In the absence of the above yogas, the nran is sure ,to be

unhappy.
If Virgo is tr.rrise with the Sun in it and Saturn be in Pisces,
the native witi kilt many rvives. If Virgo is to rise witl, l\lars in
Capricorn, such a peison wili lose nlany sons who are born.
It may however be asked "Why does Saturn in Pisces with
the Sun in Virgo as Lagna kill wives?" The ans\ver is, Saturn,
as ruler of tho t'th, in the 7th aud in opposition to the ruler of the
l2th is bad. To be mo.re explicit, the rulers of bacl houses sh<luld
not be in Subha Sthanas igqtqta) or good houses.
T h e S u n a n d S a t u r n i n o p p o s i t i o n w i l l i n c l i c a t en r o r e t h a u o n e
wife especially in dual signs.
j \ I a r s i n t h e 5 t l r n r a y l ' r sg o c d f o r l i n : r . n c e ; b u t i t i s c e r t a i u l y
b a d f o r i s s u e sa n d r v i l l a l n ' a y s l i i l l c h i l d r e n .
\
itq: qgquq?qrc qrdfqqr{qfrgqq.t
aDgur sqq lRiq q r nidee:tt
l \ l a r s c o m i n g i n t o t l r c f i r s t p o r t i o n o f t h e 5 t h b h a v a r i ' i 1 1k i l l
the rrst son: con,ing into the nriddle portionl he n'i11 iiril the
f
middle son, and if he cornes inro the last portion, he nilt ki1l the
later issues. Further, 1\l:trs ni11 always ki11 chiidr en betrveen
the ages of I and 3 I'ears ( Qf , r'.,T, ei aq fdirii: etc., l lrihat
Jatalra-Ch. \ r l I I . s l . 9. ' \ c t . o r d i n g to this principle, the lioon
rules for the {lrst ye:Lr and llars rules for tbe next two 1'ears.
Therefore childre n l iil be l;illed tt:tthin three years I.y llars.)

l;ilS+: gdr,eaqtqarqdrtfn?rI uQhdqqrfaq R: I

ftqlqi sfiaft erils*gi qrqiqfi:Ud?ft:gail gr: sr(u
fiqwq q;q1 e qff,rct'-ligur rnatqr{ q,rf}dI
c{ \ \ n
qlrqHrEqnQ$sFE:
ggls;qqr qK{aI lQ {ra: ll
T,-qtot{q{ (Kalyana Varr.nan), the author of qtrrqe,t(Saravali).
s a y s t h a t t h e r e a r e 12 k i n d s o f s o n s w h i c h a p e r s o n m a y b e d e s t i n e d
to have. They are (t).rltg (Aurasa) a son born to a iawfully
married wife; (Z) *ac (Kshetraja), one that is born to a wife
through a brother or other kinsman of her husband duly appointed
sr.8 tffissqtq: 801
J.!w

to raise up issue for him ; (:) r< (Datta)' one tlrat has been
receivedas a gift from his natural parents for being adopted;
(+) *iiie(Kreeta), one that has been purchasedfor purposes of the
c o n t i n u a n c eo f t h e f a m i l y ; ( 5 ) f l T q ( K r i t r i m a ) r a s r o w n - u p s o n
adoptedwithout the consentof his natural parents; (6) 3{qqcrr{
(Adhamaprabbava), an offspring born to a low'caste woman
through a Brahmin; (7) rtqx (Gudhotpanna), a son born
secretly of a woman when her husbandis absent, the real father
being unknown ; (8) 3{ciaq(Apaviddha}' a son that is abandoned
by the father or mother, or by both, and adopted by a stranger;
(s) ficrfi-{(I'auuarbhava),a son of a widow rernarried; (10) 6tdia
(Kaneena),the son of an unmarried wornan; (l l) {il6 (Sahodha)'
the son of a rvoman pregnant at rnarriage; (12) <rtci{a (Dasi'
'l'he
prabhava), the son of a female slave. particular kind of son
tbat one may get is thus describedin Saravali'

gd{qn {qgiir gfrd1r wqlfit }rrq t

tqi qsq: gsi qqsq{qq faqiThtt
qfidi Utqil grruara\nl qq.gx: t
*Iff4lqqqT q?iifialfeffisftqr n]+i: ll
\.\^
flFqI iql{Tqqt flIFqI{ dlqil flqI eel I
gqEDaQgqrfberqrqinhsqil
eDll
mt n\Xqfgq{eigr$qr*,erq1q:
r
fr*qg{ qiqfa q}'iisft.iu} {aqee: tl
qpqgndfi;gfiilfni qR nia\q gnq.r
e.fl{g*rqlt:+,lc*rgqs Ai st( tl
flflqqri +lii frrgi qai q{ qqi t
aflqg'i fq-qt.&qq(udq1;grt tl
qil qaqrrdirii\ q{q ETsa
ng+ |
AfadeuqFit qrdq gilsqqqqq:ll
q-i ,tiqt{rqaqkq q;etEAffit qqfti I
101
 802 q|(sqTRqft Adh. XIII.
\\or

{flF9a: 91: sJqqq{qrrTFt

ll
afoiq q qii qlfiq,irtfitfrt Gqr r
gaqqqqfi g+sqfia qft *6,tgfiqqqr(tt
nfhitt qoi nfigft qai sErqqt r
g*,rfiuuieUga' ilq,ifr qqfi tt
c\.\\
TsT qqrsflHT.firedq{ qqq +FI I
sfRt qrqta:Rqqfa
ifiebssqq gr: il
qfrrfiqoqqrit,
gatt qo4uqngtr
g*.n eenriga:*fin: n*aa tt
diarr$+ qrqdqai HEr{rrft |
\ c ^\ .\
qldlsgr: gQq:HFqq{ilqKIiT ll
graai{ nfuag},orAflfht eqqsda r
qtdiqqqrfr
ala'qrqfQ
*fiqrqrqt'tt
fsaerfuqi
Srt nr"qiels'rqrfqfrg-i I
qt+q+.oq*T: qrqw g{r: tl
fg:.gqtrfrrrr;tsfr
S u c h o f t h o s e i n w h o s e h o r o s c o p e st h e 5 t h h o u s e i s o c c u p i e d
or s p e c t e d b y l r e n e { i cp l a n e t , so r r : ; i t s e l f a u a u s p i c i o u s s i g n ( b e i r : g
o n ' n c - db y b e n e l i t : s ) ,w r l l c e r t a i l l y b e b l e s s e d w i t h o n e o r o t h e r o f
t h e l < i n d so f s o n s d e s c r i b e d a b o v e . I f i t b e o t h e r w i s e , t h e r e w i l l
be no issue.

If the 5th hr.ruse,couuted either from the Lagna or the lloon

u h i c l r c i e r i s s t r o u g c r ' ,b a p p e n t o b e a \ - a r g a o f J u p i t e r a n d s h o u l d
also bc a benelil sign or be aspected by benefic planets' the person
concerned rvlll have an ctfo{(i(Aur;,sa) son.

The numl,rer olt sons that a person may lrave is that signihed
by the number of benefic Navamsas that have elapserdin the 5th
bhava. This nurnber will be doubled if the bhava be also aspect-
ed by benefics. 'fhe numbcr lost will be ascertained through the
number of malefic Navamsas traversed, and tbe number will be
s[8 *irqqisrqrqr 803

doubled if the bhava be also aspected by mate6cr. Also ff'

XIII-+6, *7, infra.
If the 5th housebelong to a Varga of Saturn and be aspected
bv Mercury but not by Jupiter, Mars or the Sun, the person con-
cerned will have a ta; (Kshetraja) son. The same will be the
case if the house in question belong 1e 3. Varga of Nlercury, be
aspectedby Saturn and be at the same time devoid of the aspect
of Jupiter, IVIarsor the Sun.
I f S a t u r n s h o u l d o w n t h e 5 t h h o u s ea n d a l s o o c c u p y i t a n d i f
t h e M o o n s h o u l d a s p e c tt h e s a i d h o u s e , t h e p e r s o nc o n c e r n e dw ' i l l
get a (({ (Dattal.a) son. If }Iercurv should take the role of
S a t u r n i n t h e a b o v ey o g a t i r e n a t i v e w i l l g e t a f t t ( l i r e e t a ) s o n .
I f t t r e 5 t h h o u s ew i t h S a t u l n i n i t b e i n t h e S a p t a m s ao f \ l a r s
a n c lb e n o t b e a s p e c t e db y a n y o f t h e r e n a i n i n g p l a n e t s ' t h e
person concernedn'i11get a SrQt(Kritrirna) son.
If the 5th housebe in a Varga of Satu-'n or be occupiedby
the Sun, with the aspect of i\{ars on it, the son of the personcon-
cerned will be an 3Tqqqif4(Aclhamaprabhava).
lf the Moon should occupy in the 5th houseanamsa of Mars
a n d b e a s p e c t e db y S a t u r n a n d n o t b y a n v o f t h e o t h e r p l a n e t s
the son of the personconcernerlwill be a lf,aiiq{(Gudhotpanna).

If Mars occupy the 5th house identical with the \rarga of

Saturn anrl be aspecterlby the Sun, the personconcerned will get
a son of the aqiia (Apatidclha)class ; so declares sageKaruna'
The son of a pdrson will be fiqii+ (Pounarbhava) when, in
his nativity, the l\'Ioonis in the 5th house in a Varga of Saturn
and in conjunctton with that planet, and is also aspected b1'
Venusand the Sun.
tf ttre 5tU bhava be in the Shodasamsaof the Sun and be
o c c u p i e do r a s p e c t e db v h i m , t h e s o n o f t h c p e r s o nc o n c e r n e dw i i l
be a da}< (Kaneena).
If the 5th house belong to a Varga of the Sun br the Moon
and be occupiedby the Moon or the Sun respectively and if the
bhava be at the same time aspectedby Venus' the native will
bave a son of the t{Eid (Sahodha)class.
 ildcqrRqre Adh. XIII.

If the 5tl house being a malefic sign be occupied by three or

more malefics in strength and has no benertc aspect on it' the
person concerned will not bave any sc,n.

I f t t r e S t t r b h a v a l r a p p e n st o b e i n t h e N a v a m s e o f V e n u s a n c
has the aspect of that planet on it, the issues will be of the atdi.
qlt4 (Dasiprabhava) c1ass. Sorne sey that the srnre should be
predicted through the \Toon also , i.e., whert tlre 5th bhava is in
the Navamsa of the Moon and is also aspected by that planet.

If the 5th bhava beiug in a Varga of Venus or the tr{oon be at

t h e s a m e t i m e a s p e c t e ' 1o r o c c u p i e d b 1 ' t h e s e p l a n e t s , t h e i s s u e s
w i l l g e n e r a l l y b e < l a i r g l r t e r s .T h e s a m e w i l l l r c t l r e c a s e i f t h e
s i g n r e p r e s e n t i n g t l r e V a ' r g : ri n c l u e s t i o n b e e v e n . O t h e r w i s e , t h e
i s s u e sq ' i l l b e a l l s o r r s .

The author of Sar:rvali gives some detarls regarding one's

wif e, ai,z.:-

g*;g*enfiri' qtaibfla atuqi{?flqq{ q n}'fihl I

qqt qtsfi s qfts't faAfn( EI flf:d fe* qEqqfirrFlqrll:
ll
u3$dril' asiq;qrfiqaqq,iiqnI
afirrfiq,it,rai qn?gqi gq.i: tI( ll
qqqdtqi{r(eqT qef}dqril f;iitflqlarsfE
I
qlq qfauqiirutgqqlarRqrfii tt
qftq ffafha,irii ghsnarfiqlfqi I
eEar eg'l:o,itqqFnui fii\or tt
{!{m'it: aaui ifiSaaftqrgi'ia-F{ir:
gh turrrqal-isfi aaflnhtqTolql:ll
grelnqfr e qI ;IEr{to{lFso}sEEI
sq qi{gmqiikavtgeiair qrqf t
$qd gt'{f{rhagi iIIffig gldi{r}
qlfliqeqntireq ffTqtldtqRfqst ll q ll
st 9-10 aqlqtfrsqrq: m0
Sloha 9. When the lord of the 5th bhava or of
the 9th from the Lagna occupies the 7th bhava or an
even Rasi and is aspected by or ia conjunction sith
the Moon or Venus, a gooJ number of daughterswould
be born. If the two planetsreferred to above occupy a
male varga and be aspectcdby or in conjunction with
male planets,the number of children born will cootain
a majority of sons. The question of obtaining irsuer,
an astrologermust propound, with referenccto Jupiter
and the 5th bhava.
Nortls'
cf. noffi.r1
s{{qil 'it+ittqt*gt e} sG g xgfi: t
drrtii elqtdmzb dtqiq=ssrFgdfrgti tl
If the 5th house or its lord be posited in a rnale sign or Amsa
or be in conjunction with or aspccted by rnale planets, the child-
ren will be all rnales. fhe birth rvill be of dirughters if the said
house or its lord be in a fcnrale lt:rsi or Arnsa, or be associated
with or aspected by fctnale planet:.
Ilalalthadrzr,tal;es it{;qriqtlii: o,-, r-rrrins in the last gta of the
-lupitor'"
sloka to nrean " fronr t h e 5 t h p l a c e reclioned frorn and
quotes the fol1ou'ing :

qlqlFqaqqrdt.qaq,TqlqflgmI
gqfaqlilfq-qn *'qAz C gni. FII( ll
This as rvell as thc ne.rt six slolias are in lidl,(d.

gx;gtd grt iqoer;g+q-iiq girq w t

ntrgfr {ggr{noi{;qnt dt grdiasll t o ti
S/oAa 10. If the 6th bharra from the Lagna be a
vargaof Venus or thc Moon and be aspectedor occupied
by either of them, and if at the same time no maldic
planetsbe in the bhava,the person born will have many
808 arftnFltRiri Adh. XIII.

children. But'if SatutnandMars shouldasPectthe Sth

bhava.he wili be bereftof children.
ftaqrft{qS} gil.IffifTtrq mqd*
aqrtgr(ffifuagt ffitsun
eft*q{t c g{utilfrsaqg*qt(
q+sgi qh tt t t tt
gM{qfts RII{t{r$qa}
Sloha l'1, A person will have a grandsonif the
?th plscefrom the 5th bhrva be in the Rasi and Amsr
o[ a beneficplanet, or if the lord of the 7th place afore'
said be aspected by or in conjunction with a bene{ic
planetand occupy a K.endra or a Trikona' If the lord
nf the Sth bhava be in <wa (Swakshetra), the person
born will not have many sons. If the planet owning
the Navamsa occupied by the lord of che 5th bhava be
in its own Navamsa,the astrologer may give out that
the personconcernedwill havc but one son.

gx& qfirfti ftm'ir qrqriidt*sqqt

g{Kgq{r1Rl$r&il1 qrTI:$o'6'itr*tl I
nfr rqrqri{rir il(i.ft gfaffit g{{I
g*& ilgt t* gilqfr rJaifrqrilFqcTqll ?1 ll
Sloha \2, If the lord of the ?th bhava be in the
5th, the person born will have no children or be'bereft
bf a wife. Malefic plan':ts in the 8th, the 6th and the
12th places from the 5th bhav,r bring the family to
extinclion. Rahu occupying the 5th bhava and the lord
thereof in a g:tara (Dusthhana) vrill causethe death of
children. If the lord of the Lagna be in the 5th and the
lord of the latter io the 1st bhava, the person"'-qcerned
will adoPt a Bon.
s[ 19-14 zqtqdcqrq: 8nt

NorBs.
For the lst {l{ (paaa)of this sloka comparethe following
from qoaliiqt\\ '. ^\ \
e.lw gf,rt qqeqtanlsgqls'iqlll

ssdMtutfrs{
C<risdq sr&ldtRfi q( t
rJ6rREqffi4qreqfraqll tl ll
SJofta13. If the lords of the 1st and the 5th bha'
vas occupy a g:<nrT(Dusthhana) and be aspected by a
benefic planet, the person born will have a legitimate
son as well as a scn by adoption. Find the vargar of
the planet occupying the Rasi repreeentiogthe Stir
bhavaanCalso thoseof the Karakaof the game. Find
again which of the several Rasis to which theeevargas
b.long are unoccupiedby planets; from someone of
the class of people irldicatedby these Rasis will the
personconcernedadoPta son.
*nffiqtJ$r: gdt{: grTd
d'qri:Ee'iqfa gd qqtfr qtti I
*qllrgirgilrfirqufuqlql
qtqT$rfrqFrgfurrEf}Krg! ll tB ll
Sloha L4. If the lord of the 5th bhavain conjunc'
tion with a benelic planetbe in a Kendra or Trikona
porition in a benefic Rasi, the person born will havea
son in his carly yearo. lf the lord of the 5th bhava be
in conjunction with Rahu, the son born in the Bhukti
(girn) of the former wrll be short-lived while the one
born in the gi* (Bhukti) of Rahu in the sanaeyoga
will attain long life.
809. qnnF Rilt Adh.xlil,

-ril{o}qrtfhtrSr}
grvr?qRq,fr
qrejffit gilIqritfr qqtl
qR Wqtqfiim qtshT{r q{qrE
dcq!1T
qbtaiiitiqi gilEdiqriurtqrqi n t\ tl
Sloka 15. If the lorde of the 5th and the Znd bha,
vas be weak and if malefic planets aspect the bth bhava,
the person born even when he has many wiveg will
certainly have no children. But if his wife be born
under a yoga which makesa Bon possibleand if the 5th
bhava be aspectedby a benefic planet or the lord of the
6th place from the 5th bhava, she will become the
Eother of a son by a paramour.
NorEs.
With this, compare XIV-I6 infra.

S{qfi il{tt {r gt il gqqiikt I

gqqtE{gt g{qritf drqr n lq tl
Slaho t6. If the 5th bhava,its lord or
Jupiter be
aepectedby or in conjunctionwith a beneficplanet,
the
personborn will undoubtedlyhave a
Eon.
Norrs.
cf. so{tfi+r
gFqtfqrilfti-i:
gFqTfierilftii: gdt{;iiar: gpiraqrqgq?firgi
gafr r
qRg*q fqq:sas]di qrrqrifrud gl'nA,
CIrriq+
rr
If Jupiter and the lords of the
5th house reckoned from the
Lagna and tlie Nloon be well-placed
and rvhen the 5th house has
on it the aspect of a benelic planet
or of one'owning an auspicious
house (i.e. orher than the
6th, gth or l2th), or if the lords of the
Lagna and the 5th bouse be posited
tog.thu, rn a house or have
rnutual benelic aspect or occup\.
each other,s places, the acquisi-
tion of children is assured,
t-t:-t-t----.-
*,--.,.-ff*'-,.-. - -*".- Y
cf . also the following from SITIKER

sgrrtMta qqtgqtlnlFqligrqi{r {e
gaernftas: gag'*Fq * qqqdsfls: I
gtr+['d stil qGeaaqfrql]taruraa:
rrq)friqeulqqfi qggir:erflneilgtr x
u}ril rGg{tuqTllgecq*if ga' t
s,*q)gu{: ensai wg,trrw*tt
s{iit q=uq61qEqgle{ ng'r}irvn r
q-.q).dagee+1q.JE il tiq gerft il
ed r'ilqrq"q'ilqtqg,fir\ g,rw I'i t
wa, gegai$q{isq' gaa qmt{h
qnhra<e rflag qt ftAr-nfleilqfi:I
qlrqqnar,i 'qqfigfauaq{ia Rrq ftq* i-
q;*;q{i-fnaeq6gwra} +trqnfi qtq( |
geardieaOq:H qqfrR aw n+qfi<Fufi(rl
erai dfiiriqfd q gftfir* arqgvn<afi n
'a'i
r ring* qrcq{girsqqnfP{fi
rrqrfi-qqErin]drgnl ad glal a'rrr
,{raa}qfi qlf}a:qaqfi'tfltgfi{i-
ti t6oflalrafrg'<nrgi<rq Het{Tqtl
oit s{qrq0S}i qq*gt t
qRrotq*dit g{nfr* d{qs ll le ll
Sbhu L7. When the lord of the lot bhava, occu
piesthe 6th and the lord of the latter posEetsec
strength
and Jupiter also is in full strengtb, there will
undoubtedlybe a Eon.
r0z
8r0 ctaqcrRqR Adh. XIII

grtlrrriddi qltxdrsrfRt
usrftrr ffi gr{ritf tuqr lt ld tl
Slofra 18. When Jupiter occupiesthe 6th bhava
n full etrength and is aspectedby the tord of the
Lagna,a son will undoubtedlybe born.
ttiqst{t di s}t q ilr fkt r
gr{rtr *?t g+ffitE tl 11u
Sloka 19. When Jupiter has attaineda Vaiseshi
kamsaand when the lord of the 5th bhava is also in a
Vaiseehikamsa,and when the lord of the 9th bhava
aEpectothe 5th, the astrologer may declare the birth of
a Eon.
qrot@i XIEtfqrftn;sA I
ilq wditFi+Etr{it"qft a tqqr ll Roll
Sloka20. If the Moon be in the 10th bhava,
Venus in the ?th and maleficplanets in the 4th, the
family of the person born underthis yoga will not
continueafcerhim.
Norrs.
cf. d<nc \ .
e{t qs{ q;q: flE} qq+ftd: I
qr\, qrarf,gFDa
qflqrq*t at: ll
Also
qrnili q;i taqsrt u,it, Si r
qri' qr,rloct{rr}<rq+fiffi: tl
Also q-ffiE;I
a\ A.
Igrt{-
gqr<rE{rlfFqil{gqfil6q{11fr
o\\\
ar.IrEtrilfiwt6quqrrgqfl$q: I
qt nfrft* qil gnw{tagfFft:
W aRrRtq-q"qqageqqr\rR
tt
sl.8r-82 tq?qrfrsrnrrqs 81n

t" t"t"-* t*-tas"ta a*ilv extinction: (l) tho

4th, the 7th and the lOth houses in aoy nativity beiog occupied
(2) the
respectively by a malefic planet, Venus and the Moon;
l2th, tlre 8th, the 5th and the first houses being occupied bv male-
fics: (3) Venus and Mercury in the 7tir, Jupiter in the 5tb and
malefics in the 4th houses; and (4) the Nloon in the 5th and rnale'
fics in the 8th' the l2th and t\e lst"

qgrsqqftotw qngin gdlftmst

rfr n ryrft& gd{Ifr*qur rl Rl ll
Stoha 7L. If the lord of the Lagna occupy the 6th
or the 8th bhava and the Lord of the 5th be either in
conjunction with malefic planets or aspectedby inimi'
cal or depressed planets,the astrologer should say the
personborn under the yoga will losechildren"
qrqfl$ |
onrrHqw{heltrfum:
*{it-Gffiftor: lt 1q ll
${anftErte{r
Sloka 22. If maleficplanetsbe in the 18t, ?th, gth
and the 12th bhavasand occupy the vargas of inimical
signe,they will causethe extinction of the family
Norrs.
The following yogas leading to the same eflect are fronr
dtd4(4.
onFsgfllErrilktgfrIqlqq{terrfiarufg: t
gti{ a;gfieafi:s'E{rqfi"}'i{iie qtr: tl
g*art {tqqeufi:$eriq\ q;Egiq gft t
qTqqQI fi:sgauttrt: q{s ft"}miia {ta: i,
Bw+t awrasitq acsatq[-{gt aq)qr t
ffgrrdl4t d q{ie ih}q*ila
qTqqQT qK: I
qrGqa*rgi sgmo'tgfrEugilgnrt r
ars qrir$c'rRqrt Adh.XIII.

t* .nnrgr(Rt q vrQirre fa"beprlqqK: ll

qrt fiort geil n{rr} e,r}'s\wruflrgt r
qAfidiiqft orart qatqfi-Frqqiiaqrd:tl
iFExrrgqr 6{rr qrorirftrqi sEqdtert
fitqrr tqui61q qpitsfi qii{i*ilr: 1 Rl tl
Sloka 23. Eighr classesof femalesare excluded
hom the benefit of the rules governing the birrh of
children. Theseare: (i) a barren woman; (2) one ad,
v a n c e di n y e a r s ; ( 3 ) o n e e m a c i a t e d
by disease;'(4o
) ne
that is a child; (5) one discased; (6) one without
menstruation; (7) one whosc body is rouglr; and lastly,
(8) one that is corpulent.

gtolnntrrgeqlrilfr\Sq r
u{s qo-di?gEtraqrFfidxretiilil i,B tl
Sloba 24. When Jupiter and the lords of the lst,
the ?th and the 5th bhavas are all weak, childlessness
ahould be pronounced.
Notns.
This sloka is taken from I'arasara.

grvri nrtqri ildt Cffirt r

glrsfrt{&} g fifi'{Tr
iffmerf,ril R\ tl
'When
Sloha 25, a maleficplanet is in the bth
bltava and its lord is depressedand without benefic
arpect,childlessnessmust be pronounced.
Norrs'
cI. q{rf.{qt
flrrftndwrtgii R:s,ftt-n&vegtmr
gim nnr:+ftilsx q$' g\e} gnt get rr
81.26-?8 lirqlr)svrqr 813

If the lord of the 5th housebe in depressionor in an inimical

houseor be eclipsed,or be in conjunction with the lords of the
l 2 t h ' t h e ( r t h a n d t h e 8 t h h o u s e s ,t h e r e s u l t w i l l B e l o s s o f c h i l d -
ren, say the astrologers. The same will be the case wl.renthe lord
of the 5th is posited in the 5th antl is not aspectedbv benefrcs.

U'oei6q1*1qsqQiiqt I t
gqrr+rr(Rttu-qr ifi1ttil ll Rq ll
Sloka 28. When malefic planets occupy the 5th
placef rom Jupiter, Lagnr and.tl'reMoon and are neither
with nor aspectedby b:nefic planets,child,
associ,rted
lessness must be pronounced.
grqnrri qrt il{rt qHIIE{tI
drqeq'mGi qffi-qr ifirretil tt Rs ll
Sloho L1. When a maleficpianetoccupiesthe 5th
bhavaand its lord is betwecn two maleficplanetsand
is neither aspectednor associatedwith a beneficplanet,
childlessness musr be pronounced.
Norrs'
cf' qoqtiqat
oaifrcanfiai gr,rgcri+fhi'aeg')ngtfhhgr
vlirnlg galg giralg g:t-'lr.{tga q?f}f,gdt: fi'rp( ll
When the 5th places counted frorn the Lagna, Jupiter and
the Moon arc either associated rvith or aspectecl iry malefics and
a r e d e v o i d o f b e n e 6 c s o r o f t h e i r . r s p e c t ,o r , w h e n t h e s e h o u s e sa r e
'the
surrounded by malefics on botlr sides aud when lords of tbe
above said horrses are posited in Dustthanas (i.e., 6th, 8th aod
l2th), the person concerned can have no issues whatever.

qrqquq{tqE grn qu{Rt I

firqqrffit qila{n ilGfirr ll R6 ll
S/ofrc?8. If Jupiterbe betweenZ maleficplanetc
and the lord of the 5th bhavabe without strengthand
8r4 qttscrliq e Adh. XIII.

with J ,r0.., by a benelicplanet,

devoidof association
childlessness,mustpronounced.
be

${eni gqt} qqt}sqqr qR r

urFqwEgfrqt aqrEqrqqsgdrsll qq ll
Sloha79. When the 5th bhavais in a Rasiowned
by Mercuryor Saturn anCis occupiedor aspectedby
Mandi or Saturn, the personwill have sonsgot by
adoptionor otherways.
Notns.
This sloka is from Parasara.
cf. q-of,rftqt
qr;qgdd q{i qH *q qr-qftgarf}qa{tfhd
ta t
qillFrTq: fi<o, gtn: ll
sgd.qrniqnq=qAt+
If the 5th bhava be a sign owned by Saturn or \llercury and is
aspectedby or associated with l\'Iandior Saturn, the personcon-
cerned will have a son by adoption. The'same will be the result
when the lord of the 5th house is weak and is not connectedin
aDy way with the lords of the ist arrdthe Tth houses.

EiwRrftr I
trqafrsnqeqwildqtqqs
qg_..(fr1
$CIRdrdlql Srl iT {T;<tRill 1o ll
grqrl gdtt qrqtt W\ ttrqi t
ftrdi qia$rqrdtrnndwt ltonq.ll lt ll
S/olas 3C-31. Jupiter in Meena, gives very few
children; in L)hanue,gives children after much diffi'
culty; in Katakaor Kumbha, no issue at all. When
the 5th bhava is in Kataka,Meena, Kumbha or Dhanus,
and Jupiter occupiesthe same,the effect is as declared
in aloka 30.
sI.89-33 lqHssqrq: 815

n gnTrr&g!ll
Tho causeof shildlessness,
qnfrurret iqilqq gffiqr r
qgTfqrgist RqaTqq$ffiqr ll 11 tl
Sloka 32, When Jupiteroccupyingthe 5th bhava
is seenby a maleficplanet;the loss of issuesresultsin
consequence of a deity'scurse. If Jupiterbe in conjunc,
tion q'ith or aspected by the lord of the 6th bhava,the
lossof children is dueto the curseof Brahmins.
Nolrs.
With this and the next four slohascorllpare the followiug
from slld;[((f.

nrFs?Ggt fHagdtqe nrqr(t(

u}} verngtafi,{qrn}h1!p{rgs:
1
rlrlta aelqotqtqqrftqarRrn,i
aqr
qrr+{}sfqg}rqrrrgt mqfin{ffiFft:11
glils'qftrigt ga.It *.ilRg+ aqr
gar,geqfsuil ggt sqfforqFgft:1
dtoqGqoqnfid m snt aa:
tdw rarorqqrTflnq1rflFqrnrgrq{
ll
snir$qffi ftgqrttflf\t t
gr&R*+r ftgcivqWqqrn 11rl
Sloha 31. If the lord of the 5th bhavabe in con-
junction with Mars and aspectedby the lord of the 6th
bhavaand is devoid of beneficaspect,the loasof iasuer
chouldbe tracedto the wrong doneto enemies.
816 crfisqftiln] Adh. XIII.

qr{enqt qfr git qrE*St

aqqlT{r{r}
qrt qrilf,qr($rrqqrlt lB rl
Sloka 34. If a malefic planet be in the 4th bhava,
and the lord of the 5th be in conjunction with Saturn
and the 8th or the t2th bhava be occupied by a malefic
planet, the loss of issues is in consequenceof offence
againstthe moth:r.
aqt qrqrtghq;qg* g?Ti\i I
Grslt qrilqdgirfiacivq (Fr{q:tl lB tl
S/oArr35. If a maieiic planet occupy the 9th and
the lord of the 5th bliavabe in conjuncticn with Saturn
and if Mandi be in a Trikona position, the losaof
children shouldbe ascrib:dto offenceagainstthe father.

ilg*'gvi st qei EoEffiit

il{tr qrirQrr
qft dqiqr( gileilqr
n lq tl
S/oAa 36, If the 5th bhavabe occupiedor aspcct-
ed by Rahu or Ketu, or if the lord of the bhava be
similarly placed,the loss of children is broughton by
offenceagainsta serpent.
geffiErqFrwr tfcr q{t t
gtq{tnqrgffi *eqt 11Qull
S/ota .3?. If Jupiter,the lord of the 5th bhava,
the lord of the ?th and Mars be together in one bhrva, a
wise astrologer may declare the loss of $ons and
daughtersto arisefrom troublecausedby evil deitieo.
sr{( qftqg/li{-dli}{ilt
g1rFtrril3
srsfgTarQrqq ilil Eqr+T!gils il Qull
SloAa 38. If there be a planet in the 5th bhava
st.89-{s rqtqtilsErFtt 8r7

U of the 5th be
unacpected by any planet, then the person concerned
will have eonaby adoptionand other ways.
Norns.
There are two other readings, rtiz.-
(l) cc$ Sr<rla end Ql;ng:s"ilq4q.

qrqtnrtq* Setq{rrfuit
flrdq qrnfr$tfis ffiqq: ll lq ll
Sloha 39. It the Moon be in a malefic Raei and
the lord of the 5th bhava be in the 9th, and if the lord
of the Lagna be in a Trikona, there will be a eon by
adoption.

wfrEt grilq{e+qntfrsftqrt
q;qt{s{qTAEqg*'t{ffi ll Bo ll
Sloka 40. When the rising sign is an even Rast
and the lord of the 5th bhava occupies the 4th or has
attained a Navamaao[ Saturn, there will be a son by
adoption.

Wqiirqt5qRrqI giqilsirgwfuerI
Eqgrq qFrft{ilfuqii qfrtqft ll st ll
Sloka 41. If the lord of the 5th bhava in conjunc'
tion with the Sun and Mercury be in a Navamsa
owned'by an even Rasi or by Saturn, there will be a
son by adoption.
q;Ett g*nrqt$ qrrfr gelil{fi r
d qqsdxrftrqt {rqft g:T3
gil! ll 81,ll
Stoho 42. If the lord of the 5th bhava occupy a
Navamsaof Saturn, and Jupiter artd Venus be in their
103
818 ffirc|frq|t Adh. XIII

"
adoptionand then havea son from his wife.
q-{t{rsR{ilntal gsqqnqqrfutrs
t
gdfr grqrf Etgtmwafrrll 81 ll
Sloka 43 If the planets predominating in the
light half of a month be in a Navamsa of Saturn, and
Jupiter occupy the 5th bhava,the family of the person
born will be continued in the line of the son taken for
adoption.
ffi wrqil ftqart Rqmit
gfr qrgrrriU qiq tt BBtl
grr mror;fr
Sloha 44. When Mars is in the Lagna, and the
Sun occupyingthe 8th or the 4th bhava is aspectedby
a beneficplanet,the pcreonborn will have a son iate in
life.
Norrs.
cl, t-nnq
\-^
qiq iieeqrh qreqilfifFairfiixUtr ,
qi aresgn{ig1: zsrar;ilqqfAlt
Also nu{'nr*r
S arelgnqltfiqq't q"Ewq ont
6fl e6{Tq}
: arileadttarecrqnfrgfr
q'i vlt{qt gtftqagarql}nqrt qq-
\ \ A \ \

wTs;Ttqqn;qil nqqqls enTot;ittQdd: l!

When the Sun is positedin a childless Rasi, Saturn is
in the 8th and Mars in the Lagna; or when Saturn, Jupitcr
and Mars occupy respectively the Lagna, the 8th and the l2th,
and the 5th house happensto be a chiltlless sign; or whcn thc
Moon bccupies the llth, and thc 5th house reckoned from
Jupiter is occupied by a malefrc. planet, and there 8rG morc
St ,f6-46 aqlqiisqrqr 819
! v ! vY uvvvvv v U v UvurY vff
v v t u r v vvvvr ! r
! v Y v u ! v v v v v v Y v v v

planets stationed io the Lagna; the person concerned will have

a child late in life and that too, after a great eflort'
qa{irci is thus explained by e-'iar in his s'oirfqfl'

The signs Vrischika, Vrishabha, Kanya and Simha are termed

Childlcss Rasis. (vide also Adhvava XVI, 29 and 43 infra')

ohfrfrq(ait;mqnrrilgfr r
q{i f{A fift St iloralt go ll 8\ ll
Sloha 45. When Saturn is in the Lagna,Jupiter
in the 8th, Mars in the l:.th, and the 5th bhava is weak'
the peroonborn wrll ha'.'ea son late in life'
cl,
' {ru<e
*i Gqrffiq* s{.eqgFtg* q qR *i I
qqfall
qeqisqqnfrgx, ,T,IaIFd\
Also c({r(
a.ri q;a grl r-i -q* rilqHqF'qtt
qqet trqqI fitt gxdfr s: tt
gil{ rTerrrilEildtqw;rr$E{ {orr( lHd
ilfiq iqrfitrirrarttrtfiRrdq iteftr q I
qrdt*E aqirrffiq.S{eqn Ki{I ffit tq\q
afrqadqdlfttcq g ffnqslaf glqql ll 8q ll
Slohu 46. An astrologermay a-qcertain the number
of sonsfrom the 5th bhava; of brothersfrom the 3rd;
oi wives from the 7th ; of servant-nraidsfrom the 4th;
aod of menialsand friends from the Znd. Multiply the
elapsedNavamgas (in minutes) in eachbhava by the
benefic aspect on it (in Rupas) and set down the result'
Divide thir by 200 (which is the number of minutes io
 820 qratc|Q!fi Adh. XIn

one Navamaa). The quotienr representsthe numbcr of

sons, brothers etc.
Norts'
See also next sloka.
cf, tri.
gitil+lqgiriagew 6q1 grrin* |
Gnrgtfht fr$: qrqifrqrqitfhtll
Also cttt4dr
Reqrqqi{qeqr*rqii arqd'ts{ ret I
gttFt d(BgoITF,er qrqia*s,{il $ tl
Also
qilqi Hf,q?nrrdT
rrrqFqFqr qia&,im er
dHinfi ryQ,iaft atgrtt:$R6t:g*a-r 1
ufr g+,aga-a)fRqgdrfiairrriqrft6tfi
hfqq-arflqr,igfiEmftdnBfqosqqii rr
Also va;qqpq1
q flaftdeldqrs,lqqian}sR ET
gdqEi{HrTTfQ
61se |nr;46;a

;aHrrr4l$scrqdpqrq6H;dfi: Hi* gdFt I

ql'fufiarfi.ItfFqorqi
?lE;{Irilnig{q}ifirnrq.
tl
Also q'aifq+r
eruldtqTftqqiab'
g?rgaagmtfttcqrfii' r
gnfial grqrfaiiiln(gh nt' gefqfafifqosh
rr
The nunrber of issues should be deterrnined by a consideratios
of ( t ) tle planets in the 5th houseor those that are posiredalong
with the lord of the 5th bouse, as to boc' rrran! of them are in
f r i e n d l y , d e p r e s s i o no r i n i r n i i : a l N a v a r n s a s . A s i r n i l a r e x a m i n a t i o n
s h o u l d a l s o b e m a d e i n r e s r ) e c to f t i r e 5 t h h o u s e o r i t s l o r d r e c k o n e d
from the gigr: occupied by Jupiter or the sigr: representing the
N a v a m s a o c c u p i e < ib y t h e S u n ^
sl.4?-49 qqiqrilsqFrs sitl

g* trEr{ sutgci qr{ q ilft ffn

afrrr: gqQeelqd{fl!rrgtlrRqirn sqq I

rqqn qrqafirrsrdor.{ftgrGirttrr(ts il Be lt
Sloha 47 Leaving out the figures indicating the
number of signs in the bhavas to be mentioned below,
multiply the degrees, minutes, etc. in each, converted
into minutes, by the figure (in Virupas) representing
the beneficaEpect and divide the producta by 60 and
again by 200. The results arrived at in respect to the
6th, the 3rd, the 7th, the lst and the 4th bhavasreEpec-
tively represent the number of sons, brothers, wiveE,
menials whether male or fernale, and friends that the
owner of the horoscope is to have. The figures got
similarly from malefic aspect on the several bhavas
above,mentionedindicate the number of sons and otherc
that will be lost.

grt{rdqo{q(segiluT'iu-rrwgii
S*rft:siEtf]ear$eg(rwinicqrsgils I
qrgqrinfftliFffiSeqqlTmru{Tarrlsq{t
aCa..

qmhrgeqrr
.fi.T,iftfrqqSiqqqqt gdtsn Bd tl
S/oAa 48. Add the correct f iguresfor the lords of
the 5th and the lst bhavas,and find out the Rasi and
the amsa the sum represrnts. When Jupiter passel
through this and its triangular positions, there is a
possibility of a scn beiog born. Agrin, take the pum
of the f igures for jupiter, the Moon and the Sun, and
ascertainthe Rasi and the Navamsasthe suro repreqents.
Tbe number of the Navamsasobtained give the nunber
8n Gs'fun Adh. luII.

of irrues of the perloD concerned. Two nore alterna-

tive methodsfor ascertainingthis oumber are: (1) edd
tfre ligurea of the lords of the 5th, the ftb and the 4th
bharns and ascertain,a8 in the above care, tbe number
of.part Navamcacin the Rasi fouod. Thic will be the
oumberrequired: (2) add the figuresof the planetaif
any in the 6th, the 9th and the 4th bhavas. The nunn,
ber of childrenwill be the numberof elapaedNavamcag
in the Rasi found.
Norns.
Ihe following from qodfrqt givesa clue to ascertain when
conceptionmay be possible:
qogd swifrqtfharqqqqa{fr
isrq r
frri qr Wq-+ qiiTdql t,TqRrr{: tt
Conception (of a birth) may take place when, the Sun and
Venus in the case of males, Mars and the Moon in tho case of
fomales, being possessed of strength pass through their Rasis or
Navamsasidentical with an orq-qq(Apachaya) place.

qM 'Aowqar(gIqEqrd
dqrqltui q irrftfiIu* $fddf*q t
g{sr;rq6nT{$ugeqqruil ilq{r
il&aF{rftrfsrmfifirURq gTf,(r tt Bq tl
Sloha 49. The 5th and the 9th bhavas from
Jupiter, the Moon and the Lagna are child'producing.
During the dasaand bhukti of thelord of a child'produc'
ing bhava,the astrologermay predict the accession of a
child. Add the figures for the lords of the 5th and the
?th bhavas,and ascertainthe star indrcatedby the totai.
ln daaayieldaa son. The dasaas well as its bhukti of
a pluet which either aEPects or ie in conjuncrion with
sl. 49 tfiqqisqtqt 883

the lord of the 5th or the 7th bhava will prove to be

child-producing.
Notes.
fhis as well as the next one are in el{'d(fl.
The following additional information from q?tlicmt about
(Putrabhava) glrqg will be found to be interesting :

3rd q grqi{+
dti=gfhftarbt+qqqa
gdqfri n+remo1r
dtqi dqEaea.Fa
qIwg{ gwg}+q qqqscq}
diqr*s"{irq{
iqi frqqdSnqcftqflA g ftri +tq rr
Add together the liguresrepresenting the positionsof Jupiter,
the i\Ioon and f lars irr the case of ternale horoscopes. lf the
result denotesan even l(asi and an even Navamsa, the strength of
f e c u n d i t vi n t h e l e n r a l ci o r p r r d u c i n g o f i s p r i n gi s e s s u r e d . I f i t i s
m i x e d( i . e , , R a s i r n a l e a n d A m s a f e , , r a i e ,o r u i c eu e r s a ) , t h e r e w i l l
be children only after a great eflort. If the sum total of thc
figuresdenoting the positionsof the Sun, \'enus and Jupiter signify
a n o d d I l a s i a n d a n o d d N a v a m s a 'i t d e n o t e s t h a t t h e v i r i l i l y i s
t h e m a l e t o p r o d u c e o f l s p r i n gi s v e r y s t r o n g ; a n d i n c a s e o n e o f
t h e t w o ( R a s i a n d N a r a m s a ) b e e r e n , o n e h a st o p r e d i c t a m i x o d
result.
qfl;rfii: qTgFSinlqt-
F5erfagQf,
{tearnafafrfte gqft+ s+sesq.irqft
|
Auirarfr gafttierurfrqr(qil, qq{.i}'
qfrfuqfiqiq fafr{tQ';t rrqftqnet $d: rr
Subtract llve tinres the ligures for the Sun from five times the
figures for the \'Ioon, If the Tithi representedby the result be ru
auspiciousone in ,6" f1;ght half of a month, prqfeny is assureC
to the native (even) without nruch exertion. But if it be ooe of
the dark half of the month there is no such possibility. It rt by *
close examinationof the strength of tbe Titbi-whcther it rs aus.
picious or otirerwrse-rn both the Pahshas-bright and darlr-thai
8s4 qfrrtwaqti Adh. xlil.

ono hiurto divine the possibility of the nativc being blessed with
issues.During au Amavasya, a *fii4 (chhidra) tithi, the ftB (Visntl)
Karana or any one of the it Karanas, there will be no issue at all_
*Chhidra Tithis are (l) qg'ff (Cnaturthi), (2) sO(Shashti), (t)
eisdt (Ashtami), (4) TTnl (Navami), (5) <rtal (Dwadasi), and (6)
.r$ht (Chaturdasi). These six ane generilly avoided for any
auspicious function.
There are I I Karanas distributed over the 30 Tithis of the
Lunar month at the rate of 2 Karanas for each Tithi. Four of
these viz., (l) Chatushpatthr, (2) Naga,ra, (3) Kimsthuehna and
(4) Sakuna are called (Stthira) Karanas and are so named as they
permanently hold sway over the four hatf Tithis commencing
from the 2nd half of KrishnapakshaChaturdasi. The other seven
viz., (l) Bava, (2) Balava, (3) Kaulava, (4) Taitula, (5) Garaja, (6)
Vanija and (7) Vishti or Bhadra are called Chara or moveable
Karanasand occur in 8 cycles to preside over the remaining 56
h a l f T i t h i s o f t h e l u n a r m o n t h b e g i n n i n gw i t h t h e l a t t e r h a l f o f
Suklapaksha Prathama.
ct. frrgITqrRffiI
gglftr$r!:IilwzT 4{ult: 4qTE 1
sqGqarr fqw;arr egnwgrif,riiorr rr
ai q srsi *s Slnoq'*qoavr r
rrrei afirq] isi!: stti firorr:s'qr( tl
qss.rtqct iiiers{"i q{rrrrre: t
{*rqlqi ci iaiE: qi qdc{iq rr
qdiqrqi si gri qwqi q{'qmar t
q{r{rcq? iiieagftqt E qia: rr
trSi q1Fcqqrrt i*TXEiq ilt{ a I
fuuiq ;Fwr;lq qgitccrr'.id: rr
g-gsias-{-saicd-ii a'rw?eterq t
hwi ageqt ari frrgi flgii nerrtl
lSitgx*nifir qrcunFAg ffqAE I
affi q eS a 6rErii aur tr
"g?it
qe{l cedt *a ccT.ls6"r:cdtftdrt tl
sr.49 rffistwqr 825

Rld' Rqt il wt qR qrd E*i q+d.ftqqmq*' r

qwi gilflqqlTfl +r{ qiaguqT fto qTrnrq{tt
(lqrqqs aqq qqEqiqqEfr ia:qan q t
qge{ft?qfats(dr <il(arqrfttrrqaqaErqtt
qft ftEqrfi qeqqqigi'it q{Fqr:qa}sfr+e-tqt
qTrrrdF+,;qq &a aft mlq tt
qe{frqriluqfr
Should however the result happen to be one of the chhidra
(fu<) fltnis, the iliii (vistrti) Karana or a fu( (Stthira) Karana
alluded to in the previous sloka),one ought to worshipGod Krishna
by meansof the Purusha Sukta mantras to ward off the barrenness
lhreatening the family. If the Tithi disclosed be Shashti' he
ought to worship God Subrahrnanya; if lt be Chaturthi, he ought
to propitiate the lord of serpents: if it be Navami, he ought to
arrangefor the rerrdingof Ramayanaand hear that Stogy; if it be
Ashtami, he ought to observe the Sravana Vrata (bv fasting); if
it be Chaturdasi, he must worship God Siva by Rudrapara'
yana; if it be Dwadasi, he must propitiate the Gods by liberal
feeding; if it be Amavasya or Pournami' he ought to propitiate
the Manes. Thcse things he ought to do all the more and with
greater care and effort when the Tithi happens to be one among
the last 6ve of the month--uiz. after 5!Tl'{A({riil. Generally, in
the dark half of a month to whichsoever of the three divisions
a Tithi may belong, worship ought to be resortedto; the particular
deity to be propitiatedbeing Nagaraja in the first division 6iz'1-
5 Tithis), Skanda in the second (next 5 fithis i.e. 6- l0) and
Hari in the third (or last 5).
g** Rgdtqils<qqilft 'qrsfi ftfrqn-
eegflfFqiisRqfa EI g:FqTnqRa{TI(
|
gilqlqftETilq *qlt drftqilmFf,q"
fr*,qqawRfiri' q-{rqg
qtq tr
lf at a birth the lord of the 5th house be posited in its inimi.
cal or depressionsign or be eclipsed {by the Sun's rays} or occupr
LM
 8s6 qnr'lqrftqrt ,q,dh.xlil.
%%

aDy of thc,g:gFrrfr (Dustthanas, ajz., tbe 6th, the gth

or lZth); or
thc planet occupying thc 5th house be similar.ly
situatd or happeo
to be the lord of any one of the three houses, viz., lhe
6th, gth or
the i2th' one ought to declarechildlessnessas an inevitable
result-
He ought to divine tbe source of the same by an examinatiorr
of
the particular deity, tree and animal representedby
the sign occu-
pied by that planet.

ga,mwfilgort
"dggqoiridR rt-
B4qlqgqrk{t{qq{rs}qrofr
s}qd,r
gRRsilFgrq*qrroi
wrq frqfrtqdr
{IqfaroiFar(fdqreqqa:
aftfrsgeilqrgt
lt
*rtrforfffi qgrilflersraaq-
dqt*g.l dqrFfr ul} g'qgq"&qaq
r
qtqrR+rlq sr
HlE*ril$eqrnilq.qnf,)
q-tsEplqqr6$ frqft: ii: ftffq1fift: rr
qlil aail gtvnftt s{e {rT'rrirrtT
hal qrqomqdagfot \alqm{ qi( r
gh-{ gfdmrFqd}
oGaq.kfrr6' gt
$q) eTqffi mqtfrfrqtaN+qurqn:rg
lf thc planet in question happens to be the Sun, the percon
cmcerned becomessonless owing to injury done to God
Siva and
Garuda,and the consequent curse of the Manes; If the
Moon, it
wiil be due to the displeasure and anger of the mother,
a Suman-
geli or other venerable woman or Goddoss Bhagavati
owing to
her feelings iraving been hurt; In the case of Mais, it
wilr be due
to some fault done to tbo village deity, to God
Kartikeya, to an
s.t!m:r,or one"s dayadins : if the pianet be Mercury,
the sonless-
ness will be due to curses made try youngsters
or to the kiling of
tbe spewns (oSgsof fishes end similar creatures)
or to ths wrath
f Gsd Vishou ; I,f Jupiter be such planero it
will bo dus to sonc
st {9 qfr$ilsqrqr 8r8
hsrrn done to the hereditary Brahmin family'priest or thc dcstruc'
tion (cutting asunder) of a tree full of fruits; if the trord of thc
5th or the planet posited therein be Venusg the ceu* df child'
lessocss will be due to the cutting oft of a tree full of .flowcrs, or
an iojury caused to a virtuous lady or to tho cow-kind or a sinful
dced to people that ought to be rcvered; if Saturn be tha planol
under advertance, it will be due to the destruction of an qrtttl
(Aswatthe) trre or on account of Yama's ire or through tlepartcd
Spirits, Goblins and the like ; if Rahu should occupy the gth,beu
c bo ersociated with the lord of that house, it will be dnt to tb
curce of a serpont; in the case of Ketu, it will bc owing to thc
curso of a Br4hmin. if it be Mandi, it will be due to a cursc
from departed Spirits. If Venus and the Moou in conjunction
with Mandi should be in such a positiou, the cause will br
attributed to the murder of a damsel or the killing of a cow.
Tf Jupiter or Ketu in conjunction with Mandi be in tho 5tb bdfl,
the son-lessnesswill be oo account of the murdcr of a Brehmin

qq R q-qgqt rctiq.qfiqtftf, gftil{e qqf*ilflQI: I

@q{TFilftr ftE gtfrEtu
Tbus have been detailed the several sins accrued by oue's
acti,ous in his many previous births and now revealed in his
present nativity which lead to childlessaess and to ward off which
and to secure a son persoDs versed in the Astrological sciencc
have recommended (appropriate) particular Japas, gifts and such
other good actions prescribed for the several planets.

Wr{t: frqt: qil{fr |

frEF{ri+tfii nrq,ryrqr:
qrqaTraqqqrq$Rsigdqt, $gqlFH;ilffrtr n
A boly bath in Rameswaram' eng"agingoneself in rcciting
the rccounts of a venet'able aud a revered pGrsonzger worsbip of
Gsd Sive, observance of vows with reference to (propitirtq) God
Vishnu, gifts, ceremonios in honor of depertod spirits, ilstrllatioq
of tbs serpent deity, these are the various modcs recoromendcd bt
wbich o[e can attain ProgenY.
 828 qRnrqrRlilft
Adh. XIII.
%
t.*!.ffifu

grqrilmn+q{gil glqrrqrg{ur
glwrawRqffiuft'rqtg*nrnni qin I
qtilt qoflf.ba'iqft g,Trnrqffiuftqroi
grdfrgdtrqqfqUdqflit q O{i}ai n \" tr
Slofrn 50. If the lord of tire 5th bhalva,its Karaka.
the planetaspectinqth;tt bhava, and the on,: occupying
it, own a g:ttttr (Dristthrna) or be wcak or be posited in
a gserrrr(Dustthana), tb,: astrologer Inay prcdict the loss
of a son during the ,Jasaor bhukti of rany or-reof those
planets. But if these {our planetsbe srrong and benefic,
in their dasa,bhtrkti a.nd antara, they lead t<_rcheacqui-
sition of chrldren, tl'reir prosperity and thc favor of
men in power.
Norrs.
cf. mea'lhmr
glrmq girrTqq gilirR: I
orTT<grqfifrqqdrrq(ft
g}{|ilfi{qar qq{Ez{d qli qt aqqfhlarqiaq qr tt
The acquisition of a son should be expected during the Dasa
or Apahara of any one of the 6 planets, viz., the lord of the Lagna,
t h e l o r d o f t h e 7 t h , t h e l o r d o f t h e 5 t h , J u p i t e r , t h e p l a n e ta s p e c t .
ing the 5th houseor the one occupying the 5th house, or when
Jupiter in hisorbit transirs tbe srgn or the Navarnsa Rasi occu-
pied by the lord of the 5tlr houseor the Upagraha, Yamakantaka.

eilrfr{T:gfl{rtq ,irq ei+i qS qnqsr wfa I

gaqrft:qt(qt ar;n,t: gas qrqrft*nrgq il tt
F i n d w h e n t h e l o r d o f t h e L a g n a c o m e sd u r i n g h i s t r a n s i t ( l )
i n c o n j u n c t i o nw i t h t h e l o r d o f t h e 5 t h h o u s e ( 2 ) t o h i s e x a l t a t i o n
sign (3) to his own Rasi (4) to the 5th houseand (S) to the sign
ocbupiedby the lord of the 5tlr house. During any one of these
transits the acq.risitionof a son is possible.
gt 60 erT'lqrts.lmqr 829

Raar,tqT:qqqlqfl.ri qFmt qrrfiq q{ri q(trqr{ t

g.aaadtnn*q{tqianrqr}g gi}aq: tT(ll
A d d t h e f i g u r e s r , Ft h e f o l l o r v i n l ; t l r r . e p ! a u e t s : ( l ) i - o r d o f t h e
Lagna, (Z) ttre lord of the 7th lrouqe nnd (:) the loril of the 5th
house; drrring the course of the \'Iaha f)asa represented by the
a s t e r i s m a n d i r r t l r e A l r i r h a r a s . - r fa n y o n e o f t h e f o l l o w i n g , t t i z . ,
( l ) t h e p l a r r e t i n t h e 5 t h h o t r s e ,( 2 ) t h r , . p l e n e t e , i J r e c t i u g the .5th
houseand ( 3 ) the'plan.t ( | w n i r l g t l r e . 5 t l rl r o u s e , t l r e : r c q u i s i t i o n o f a
son may be predicterl.
-o
gaqtdgil{rrlr dq${r{qttdrtgqrqrel I
q4qGdq q{rqrqqq at rqrfq; ll

F i n d w h i r : ho f t h e f o l l o w i r : gi s s t r o n g: ( t ) ' l t r e l o r d o f t h e 5 t h
h o u s e( 2 ) , J u p i t e r ,( 3 ) ( 4 ) ( 5 ) & l 6 ) I h c l o r d s r e s p e c t i v e l yo f t h e
R a s i sa n d N a v a n r s a so c c u p f e d b y ( l ) & ( 2 ) . l ) u r i n g t h e D a s a o r
Apahara of this strong planet, ;rr:qr-risition of a son is possible.

fi g ilqr.qqarutit'nflttqitgeqfi,i{?om.
I
3T'tT.qrra4q ffqfli) fqaq*.soaftrotrgx' tt
M e n w i l l g e n e r a l l yh a v e t l r e b i r t h o f a s o n w h e n J u p i t e r i n
the course of his orbit passesthrough a Rasi trine to the sign re'
presenting the Itasi or Antsa occupied by the planet owning the
5th housereckoned frorn Jupiter. According to other treatiseson
t h e s u b j e c t , o n e o u g h t t o i n v e s l i g a t e i n c l i c a t i o n so f p r o g e n y f r o m
t h e p o s i t i o n sc f p l a n e t sa t ' b i r t h t i m c o f t h e n a t i v e .
q-r{;rE{f4rqg q.gtqr|fqqq q I
\. ^ \\ \
Fgizqu rd 5i1?T Tqf,M qI gdlq{: ll
Note the ruler of the asterism occupied by the Moon as also
that of the 5th from it. Add the figures of these two planets.
When Jupiter in his orbit passes through the sign representedby
this result or through one of its triangular ohes,the acquisition
of a son is possible.
 830 qrf,Tcrfurt . Adh.xlu.

ircrrusft$efci'ufi
rftqre?t
rrftqrng.fifrqR.riqtr
siletrs{qfrTqwl u*mqu \l tl
Slofra 51. If at any time Jupiter or Saturn moviog
in their ceveralorbits arrive at the Rasi aod Navamsa
indicatedby the total of the figuresthen for (l) the lcrd
of the 5th bhava, (2) its K.rraka,(3) the planet occupy-
ing that bhava and (+) the one aspecting the same,they
will causethe birth or dearh respectively of a lon to
the perrbn concerned.

Mdt ft.t sR*sq.1=tr t

uri il swgt frsftt fritfrtq u\r tl
Sloha 52. When the lord of the Sth bharn ie
benefic and its Karaka or the bhava irself is associated
with an auspiciouoplanet,the aatrologer may announce
the happinessof the father.
Nores.
It is not clear whether by the word kZtrna, the 5th or the 9th
bhava is meant. 'Parasara says " fucrfi itrr ac,i efdit " The open-
iug sloka of the present Adhyaya gives fi{ as ft;g or ascertainable
from the 5th bhava, I accordingly interpret ft-Zerm as the 5th
bhava here being germane to the Adh5'aya bearing on the 5th
bhava. The slokas 52'57 occur in qEf{fs-drq&r under the 9rh
bhava. So ittrtqra must mean the 5th as well as the 9th bhava.
qrmilrd ffit ilt* q itqrrftqt r
Elqftrt{r* ilsit fr{qtql$Ct{ lf \Q tl
$loka 53. When the lord of the 5th bhavaher
attaineda Paravathamsa or orher higher Vaigeshikansa
and the Karakaof the bhava occupiesa similar pooition
 sL 46-5? tqiqslsrqrcl

or be in its own, exaltationor friendly anEar, the

astrologermay announcelong life to the father.
Tcftqi{rstt il qrfiTrtq il(+ |
q;qqFqgw+it{gsd frtdf*tE u \B tl
Sloka 54. When the lord of the 5th bhava and
its Karaka is in a maleficor depression amsaand ic in
conjunction with Saturn, Maridi or Rahu, the aetrologer
may announcethe father'sunhappiness.
fi.t dqlE\Ersitftq5tRnitt r
T{qsq{*Ersfrfrilg:d'ftfrRt( u \\ tl
Sloha 55. If the lord of 5th bhava, even when
benefic, be in depression,eclipsedor in an inimical oign,
or in a malefic Shashtyamsa,the astrologer may pro,
nouncethe father'sunhappiness.

ftf6*.1l snnrfrqgqgqftqert
fr{wqrfrqderdrfteEurlrqs
n \E rl
S/ota 56. A person will have the characterirtics
of the father when born in a Lagna corresponding to
thc l0th bhava of his fathcr. He will be dutiful to his
father when his rising sign correspondsto the 3rd bhava
in the father's horoscope.
itqrrrst qrdrftu{eqhc{Rt
.o\
flsH't Roeei iqil{gi q{E $ds ll \e ll
\ a. \ a \--

S/ota 57. When the rieing sign corretpondrto

the 6th or the 8th bhavain the father'shoroacope, the
person concernedwill be at variance with dhefather.
But if the lord of the 6th or the 8th bhavain the father'c
horoscopeoccupythe Lagna in that of the son, the
latter will be superiorto his father.
89s rnwTM Adh.xln.

oTrflqilqRqilrI uf{q*g*rqqi tgEr-

Rrilqdwggfffunf, {Toarcqrwil |
qrt n qR q{t Uw?+srqr$qfri-'Eqr
r* mgoilffiroqifrdnt{s*Fil t tt uc tt
Sloka 58. Saturn, Mars and Rahu in the 1lth or
the 9th bhava from the Lagna occaeion the father's
death ; Saturn and Mars in the 8th or the 7th bhava
bring about the death of the child. Mars, the Sun,
Saturn and the Moon in the l0th or the 5th bhava bring
about forthwith the death of the maternaluncle, the
father,the child and the motherrespectively.
Notes.
cf . tel'ih'orqinr
orrr gt 4r qG {;qrttri}qoit-qgfr}fQe6sqru:I
offr;gq milq Xftgi qrqfht qTqoFgrilg:
rl
qtq gt qft sxe ffa R d;qT{ftHqrtI
c- 0
figiiaairtarqts*;r {t{rq:qrqz{rqih tt
This sloka appearsin dtit4.rG'.
I should think that the three planets ulz., saturD, I\,Iars and
Rahu should ail be trosited in one or other of the two bhavasor
in both to bring :r.bout the eHect. I wo alone will not be able to
produce the fateful effect. Similztr rernark applies to the yoga
given in the 2nd qti of the sloka.

q{i ftuqrtt ott-gqqg{qrr

gforqR ffiqrcd&ftqtoiftgrn \q tl
'S/ota 59. If rhc lord
of the 5rh bhava be srrong,
and the lords of the lst and the 4th bhavas and the
Moon be weak, ohe morher of tlre persDnborn will die
at the next colrception.
 sr._60 lqiqfrst{tTr 888

qqqrEsqr{d iqrTr( qtrisqn I

A\C\ . \ A
UiffiiS rt: Tits lTq( ft{gqq: ll Qo ll
Sloha 6J, When Saturn being the lord of the 8th
bhava or GIt (Khara), both reckonedfrom the 9th bhava,
happens to be malefic in i't (Vedha) positione, the
planet will causethe death of the father.
Nores.
A knowledge of .il={tno (Gocharaphala-eflect of transits) is
a condition precedent to the understanding of the term c'q (Vedha)
used in the sloka.
It is a rvell.hnown theory that thc rnovements of planets in
the zodiac from mcment to nrornent signify good or evil. This
is the basis on whicir the fransrt Systern rests' As the physical
and menthl qualities anci tire chief eveuts in the life and career of
the nalive could be foretold .by a reference to the position of the
planets and the Lagna at the time of birth, similarly, any changes
in the prospects and conditions of t;fe of the individual at any
required time may be ascertained by a reference to the personts
Janma Rasi (e;c(ri{r) and the conliguration of planets at that time.
Thus it is said that rvlren the Sun rluring his trar:sit comes through
t h e 3 r d , t h e 6 t h , t h e i O t h a n d t h e l l t h h o u s e sr e c k o n e d f r o m t h e
house occupied by the Xloon at birth, success' ruin of enemies,
gains of labour and pecuniarl' gains respectively are the results
to be predicted. But there is one thing tu be noted in this con-
nectron. These rq5ults will happen only if the corresponding ct{
{Vedha,) sign in each c:rse is left unoccupred by any planet at the
trnre of consideration. If there should be a planet in the \redha
posrtron,hc Irres to nullrfy the orrginal eflecl' that would clther.
r v r s e t e ' u l t , r n : t ) ' ,t : v c r r b r i n g a b o u t : r q u i t e c o n t r a r y e i l e c t s h o u l d
be happeu to be strong at tirat tirrre.
W h a t t h e s e s e ( \ , e d h . r ) p o s i t r o n sa r e , r v i l l b c c l e a r f r o m t h e
f ollowing slolias frorn +,tsqdti'{{t
l9 lt J h t-t T $t0lult

tfi, gr) qt ftarcqflqli+rtgrtri: I

j I lr J r,t9.27 t0 lSll -.

nfi qtqrq,ilqqiwar gqgr{i: 11

105
884 nHtqlRcrt Adh.xllt.

iuq:
gs:;# d.fr's"id;i&t'fi,tl
tn-r$ffi,q},
*u'+-ii,it{.\ 1
u+ E*ilff it*t*.i* qR,tr
a qq, flqgazft:tt
u-qqFqrTtR+
F o r t h e b e n e h t o f t h e r e a d e r s , t h e - t r ( 1 ' s 4 h r t D o s r t r o n sh a ' u e
b e e n r n d t c a t e d r n t h e t a b l e s t t h r o r n e r:l

V e d a h i r t : , ! g n sr c ' l r t r n e r ll r , . r r nl l r . ; h , r u s e , , l t h e \ l o o n .

rr",,t.r i t'
i i','j'uj " i"'i,,,,iu,,,1
'*1* 1*,
1",,
suull ,', rlri .l', I ,'l .i.i*islrr
.u,'!'lr

i
) 'l'i'l'l"l'i'l''l -l slrr
I
ilarc I zz lyl 't2z i1,3t l 4
4 ll e
eii 6
6 ;i T
7 , 8 18110r 0Il s
s lllrl r
;
llercury

I
I
| ! ,i *i,i,l n!,1,1oi,ul,,l,,
Juniter I ', ,i,i-i^l ,lzlrolrrslrr
'il ' j_'lj'j"i'lslrr
!
I

l-l' j6
Vetruo I E

There rs no iq (Vedba) betrveen the lrather and the son.

C o n s e q u e n t l y (, l ) t h e M o o n a n d l l e r o r r y , ( Z ) t h e S u r r a u d S a t u r n
do not affect each other through Vedha.
'I'he
Take for exarnple the uativity referrerl Lo rn p. 657.
I l o o n a t b i r t h i s i n l l e e n a . S u p p o s ei t i s r e q u i r e dt o h n d o u t r f
t h e S u n ' s t r a n s i t t h r o u g hN l a k a r ai n . f a n u a r y - F e b r u a r y ! ' . 1 3 3w i l l
prove propitious. X'Iakarahappeningto be the llth from l\leena
(the Janma Iiasi), the Vedha sign for tl'reSun is the 5th from NIeena,
that is, Kataka. This is not occupiedby any planet. So the good
affects,'uee..pecunrarygain, due to the Sun's Lransrtthro' lrlaliar*
 sl. 61-89 lq?qdrs"qtq! 835
r v v v v r ! v ! ! v v Y v v v ! v v v v v v v v i - r ! ' w r
. v v v r v u v v ! r ! r v v v e v v v

the llth housefrom the Moon will happenin their entirety. Simi'
lar is the case with the other planets.

u}urttfr t
RtuRryeilrri{rrfu(r
ll qt ll
ftTtltgqtf,qrgR'3tqtqrdqHord
SloAir. 61. Examinethe strength of the Rasi aE
well as the am:a occupied by the Sun. Find the stronger
of thesetwo. When thc Strnoccupiesa Kona pooition
from thence,the firther'sdeathmay be expected. By
"
similar processascertainrvhethcr the Rasi or the amsa
occupiedby the Moon is stronger. The mother's death
may be predicted with rcference tliereto, i, c. when thc
Sun passesthrough the Kona of the amsaor Rasi that
is stronger.
{rgfumi{qrcnEt
{alcduuqt
.ft qa q+Fgqhrtt*{qrnq{ lt ql ll
S/olo. 62. Find the lord of the Navamsaoccupied
by cheSun. Find next the Navamsa and Dwadasamsa
occupiedby thc planetfound. When the Moon passeg
through the Navam.saand Dwadasamsafound, the deaths
respectivelyof the mothcr artd fatirer will take place.

t{faFRIitE{II{{ |t
nfr {tarrsnq{tuh
(gtqldmr lltil
qrdhqffiriq{ lq-{i$rwort ll ql ll
Slola. 63. [f, wherr the Sun occupies a g!ili,
a peraon hau his birth in tl^e Dwadasamsaoi Simha or
Meena he lnust iravc causedthe death of his father prior
to coming into the world.
Norps"
For ttre sarueeflect the followiug is another yoga quoted in
..i I6{'i{Q o
886 rrilwrRwrt Adh.)flrr.

ett nm* asrnqgtnarFrtq-qqtg\ei r

ffiqil qrq(ftan?'qftqgdegerlear{r:
u
qTnl
gfus$erErd
nfuFrmar
{r+r
tri ecqrre tqfqi eigai{irqt r
qrftd ttn"eu'rgagiililRrdiilgil
tri aafiiq+sffi ilKr<rani q n EBtl
Slola. 64. Subrractthe figuresfor the Sun from
those for Mandi. The resrrh will iudicate a cerrain
Raei and amsa. When Saturnpassesthroughthe Kona
of the Rasi found, the fatherof the person concerned
will fall ill ; deachwill supervencwhen Jupiter passeg
through the amsafountl alrcady. Add the figures for
Yamakantakato thosr for the Sun. Thc result will
give a certain Rasi and a Navamsa. When Jupiter
paEoes through that Rasi or its Trikona, rhe father of
the person concerned will fall ill ; and hc will die
when Jupiter passesthrorrghthe amsaforrnd.
Nol:r:s.
Tlris sioka al)pearsin lrtd4;{FT.'llre lrd qt( tlrr:re rcedr thu: :
qrTfiuzftF5zei
aTTGA rrftfafiq ilii rr
*d*s*q;iErffi{Ei($drl
*t ftrtd fi +( igndfhdrorrl
tt E\ tl
Slohu, 65. When thc Sun or the \4oon occupies
a Kendrain a moveablesign, [he son will not burn thc
father'sor mother's corpsehimseif. lf cheSLrnor the
Moon occupyinga Kendra b: in a dual sign, th: death
and burning will not be in the uameperiod of time.
cf . qqlq't-r.TrqFr
H q\s* qfq qr {rnr} gn} qtnf.qrii c nq i
fiSilr{} qR di q hA n.ir{fi qr qtnrG+;ra:
u
sl. 66-68 ritqalso=rrqt 8i|?

qgtTqldJftEqrfirlft ftrlCI({r(lt{* q+n{ I

grrfqqisq$rfrrrr*qgrrr{rnfqq}$sureu Eqtl
.Sio/ra. 6ti. If the lords of the 9ch and the 4th
bhavasbe irr the invisible prrc of the zodiac, it will not
be the good fortune of the persor)concernedto see the
faceof l'risparentsin their last movements.- If the lord
oi the 5ch bhava be 'in the invisible porcion of the
hemisphere, the personconcernedwill not see his son's
face at the moment of his death.
.\
irr qftrr rrrEnqgiqwilt I
\

(rwl grqqHqssilTrT
_--._\ -_ -\ \ a \A

tri qiorfirqmrrt{g'tfi,itti gffitfrilil u qs tl

S l o k o . 6 7 . I f t h e l o r d o f r h e 5 t h b h a v ao c c u p y a
g!(crrdor be in the invisible portion of the hemisphere,
the personborn will have a rather dull understanding.
But if the planet in question be associatedwith Mercury
or Iupiter in a Kendra or Kona oosition and have
strength,the person born will be-incc,rigentandfcapable
rtf shrewdly guessing the thoughtsof others (bv their
geoturesartd other expressivcsigns)
frwoir qi"qii efir qiifiigi r
rrlWEi{sErsftg{t{r grldiihi l Ec tl
Sloku. 68. A person becomes cognisant of the
past,the present;ind the futurc whun Jupiter is (1) in
his own Navamsaand has attained the benefic Shash-
tyamsaq5(Mridu); crr (1) hasattainedGopura and other
higher Vais'eshikamsasand (3) occupies a benefic
N a v a m s aa n d i s a s p e c t c d
b y a b e n e f i cp l a n e t .

irrri qst qrt Hqrtq ffim&I

Trvg{{ritgfrgwrq}qEi*At[ Eq tl
838 qrtrcqrKili Adh. XIII.

Slohu. 69. When malefic planets occupy the 5th

and the 4th bhavas and when the former bhava ig in a
maleficShashtyamsawithout being acpected by or in
conjunction with beneficplanets,the pcrson born will
ouffer from heart,degeage.
qqEr{qtfrei qs}t'g{ttr* t
Urr*wt{gh qft} tq$itrf ll uo 11
.Slofta. 70. When the lord of the 5th bhava is in
a beneficamsaand Mars occupyinga Kendra is in con-
junction with benefic planets' the person born will
ever devorehimself to rhe dutiesof hospitalitv rnd the
relief of the hungry and the famished'

il qq q$il{s'oq ll
gt trrtt drqftst dit tililrfiriqqt
qdr;firrgdRg.gEsdtolrrwqflqfr
futfemqueil{ et\t: q} roild^{qrtt rgl lt
r u g h tt o d i v i n e d i s e a s e e '
S l o k a 7 1 . A n a s t r o l o g eo
enemies,bad habits and hurts that a p.rsorr may have,
from the 6th bhava and Mars' What relrtes to
diseases has beentreatedalready (Vtde Adhyayas V' &
VI). When Jupiter is in the 6th bhava, the person
concernedwill overcomehis enemies. lf che lord of
the 6th bhava and Mercury be in conjunction with
Rahu and connectedin someway with the lord of the
Iagna, the personconcerned will be impotent' Mars
occupving the 6th bhava together with lord of the
Lagna will produce damageto the organ of generation
by an ulcer.
sl, 7s-?3 lqkdsrqrq: 839

Norrs.
,t. nrdifr'(a
eTR.rqqrqft*rq{nG"qtfl
irr gE{tlffi. I
qgilGqgqqrtTt
qilI{gf4ar-qtrqlfl
: rr
For the Znd ,nt, cf, ,Trtquoted by <oU4 in his fprcq.

eit gqit Erqd gorflaqrr

Fs:q|n{isiqqrfts: tr
flZ+sRqr
q*q'aiq+fr{d{q-{G srqt {rgict
.ftt qrc{ * Rgwarri{rqrqigtfr |
fi.t& gi n i .rqqfusrilwit u.*otil
{rtr arqilftaqqqf}goqiTi il56* in nst rr
Sloka 72. if the lord of the Tth bhavaoccupy the
6th in conjunction with Venus, the person born will
be impotent in regard to his wife. If \{ars occupying
the 5th bhava be aspectedby Sarurrl, hc will havc a
l i a i r o n r v i t h a n c n c m y ' s w i t e . I f t h e 6 t h b h a v ab e
either aspectedor occupied by bcneficplanets,there is
no clangerto hc clreadedfrom enemies; if aspectedor
occupierlbv malefic ones.there rvill be a good deal of
hurc or othei Jrmage inflicced bv an enemy, danger
from ulcers or some mark of ignominy put upon the
p e r s o nc o n c e r r : e d .
qt ilqfr sw{rqsftfidq1Ri g{t
wffiftqilnitrdffidr o}uiqqqtr
{smqrr} freiqg6t mlqqrt {fr
{Ktd Tgil q(F( rqr {{iffiq1qqTt lt ul tr
S/ola 71. If the $un occ.[ying thc rith bhava
identical with the planet'o depression or un{riencily
&10 nRi5clftile Adh.xlrt.

rign, be inimical to the lord of the Lagnaand have no

strength, the person born will have to associate with
the enemiesof his father's party. But when the Sun irt
the 6th bhava is fritndly to the lord of the Lagna and
in a friendly sign and has attainedits own, cxaltation
or friendly varga, the person concerned,say the sages,
will be distinguished among his relatives for being
unhurt by enemies.

{rar:iliilsRatqrIarii q* qfr Ersrfr-

'+nw,ft*it
irsaaegrq$fq,ii iil ilqI I
qgqgrrig rnwrglffiqgig Trilif.
aqisnsrie+dftgutrqqtiU(l {rililq ll eB tl
Sloku 74. If the planet in the {'th bhava or thc
owner thereof be in an inimical or its depressionsign,
retrogradeor eclipsed, the person born will have mdny
kincmen by the father'sside ; and his body will hrc
coveredwith many sores. I{ aily one of the plancts
from the Sun onwards occupythc tjth bhava,the persou
will be annoyed continually by the foe of thc class oi
peoplerepresented by the bhava c'f whrch thc planet
occupying the 6th bhava is thc Karaka"

oprfrrm qqtiiqftaiqrtafiI g+I

qliAqqqqru'iiigrri giila q;qlitar I
t td qodrlfri\qit gqr tr?qnqqrft'fr
ilw?i smolqt{{iadtqrftardei( lt \e\ ll
Sloft.r ?5. lf the lord of thc 6th bir,rva frutn tirc
Lagna, thc planet occupying the samc ,tnrJ t'lt.:ottc
aspecting it--if ches,:threc planets he maleli: ;i.rirlweali,
they prclduc* the rlcstrr-tcirun oi cattie, discase a.rld
Sl. ?6-77 :rir<Ssff{t 841

.";;; ;'. * , tr;;,; ;;";";";;;".*t

beoefic, then the effect will be wealth of cattle, horses
and other beastsof burden, royal food with condimentr
of every sort and the disappearaneeof ailmenteand
enemies.
enqrqtqrfrurrqfdg.ii h;(ffi ErqdT
afrdi qd{rfbfi nR egaqtw{Ganiilgrrq.I
q*sit q{d qR arrRgbrrGfuiks$
xrfffirrri{dqueft{dfrE {qrt g qTll sE ll
Sloha 76. If two out of the three planetsmentiotl'
ed in the preceding sloka be exceedingly beneiic and
'Irikona
occupy a Kcndra, or the l tth bhava in great
strength, tlrey will quickly causethe disrppearanceof
diseasc,etc., spokcn of before. If even one among them
be very strong, the trouble froln ulcers, enemiec, etc'
will operate only to a small extent; and all that war
said about the evils be:etting the bhavas of which the
planetsundcr cortsidcrationare thc Karakas rvill be
belied or rcplaccdbY haPPiness.
qri oqqi lTqiTqgtka.i tRii
geQitqgefrrguqi qrcsiro+Rqr t
q+& sit qrgoqqafreerg,qqqui
urrrt e ffilrqq fttri qrfr gEtii q+{ tt \e\ell
Stohu 77. A malefic planet in conjunction with
the lord of the 6th bhava in the Lagna afflicts with an
ulcer or vsound the person concerned;in the 5th bhava,
his father or Bon or both ; in the 4th, his mother; in
the ?th, his wivee; in the 9th, his maternal uncle; in
the 3rd, his youngerbrother; in the llth, his elder
106
 a2 $ttfrTcrfuil Adh. XIII.

brother; and lastly, if the malefic planetappearin the

8th aEEociaredwith the lord of the 6th, the person
concernedwill suffer from pain in the anus.
NorBs.
This sloka as well as the next one are in
"ild4ir.d.

*ig{A uqfigtsqftsil qt g ar}nq-

{tFErqtM rset ixrq,i {rdqrt
qd qnqftq *geEt-riliirgqtrrir
olur dtlr qtf\qa] gaauiqffi u \ectl
Bloka 78. If the planet capableof producingthe
ulcer be the Sun, it will break our in the head if ,t,"
,
Moon, in the |ace; if Mars, in the neck; if Mercury
in the lower part of the navel; if
Jupiter be in such a
position,there will be exemption from aiiments. lf
Venus be eimilarly situated, the consequencewill be
6ore-eyet. Saturn as well as Rahu in thc position
abovedescribedproduceflatulencc,and Ketu, diseaseof
the stomach. The lord of the Lagna aspectedby or
associatedwith Mercury and occupylng a sign belong,
ing to the sameplanet (in the 6th bhava) generates an
ulcer in the privities.
cf . T(r{(
qsrft,irsfE
qnAet qTscqsh fF,lf,,I
f,qTqoii,ref{ #rurqscq{fqfu:tl
qd fQqrfaqrqwEa<i*rr,+rigm:
1
qqlftqgdTqrfr wergdT qfa u
iqrqfr asiil"qq'fqrqqftqjqqqr
Fgil q gQ *,oi *qq iq ifqg n
?l-19----"-".--- --f *y':l::---"-"---"---"---'1u
3"1
gtqrrqtftntqi q qgqr aqt qt t
{fiil {tgotrqi} *q-r q fl'lr qit tt
g}nikenqgfua\itt
oqf{qzufitTrcr'ficft{tr
qd}ett s\ ll
ftgttittrt qtnq'{rR{4
qrErfltg*
79. A p:rson hls a mark or mole in that
.S/r.r[rl
from
part of the bcdy which correspondsto the ordet
being
,b. L.gn, of che R'rsi which Rahu occupies
?6--78)'
rspectei bv Venus' (ridt Adhyaya 3' slokas
conjunction with
If the lord of thc 6th bha'r; b: in
dread'
Saturn and Rahu, astrologerssay, dangeris to be
ed from horses,cows, ?tc'
qrqtrtrqEt qoilisRqrqt t
'Irqtalui qrsftr*{rer rrRsqidll co ll
Slofro 80. When the lord of the 6th bhava is
without strengrb and aspectedby a mrlefic planet or is
betweentwo maleficplanets,there will b: trouble from
enemies.

{renqTiirigr0 fiqqgrfttrffi t
oii' qo*gfrqnardqiaq; ll cq ll
9\9

SJofta81. When the lord of the 6th bhava is in

a g:trrn (Dustthana)and is depressed,eclipsed or in an
inimical sign, and the lord of the Lagnais possersedof
"l''lction
strength,a wige asrrologershould divine the d,'
of all enemies.
Norps.
tg-ff(qr(I{( says
Inlthis connection compare what the author of
about this bhava:
 844 qNr|ICIfuft
Adh. )ilrl.
qimTilE g:Fqngrrdtg*qif*ii}
il {trA-
a$qTe Ed qGg,rflflai 1l3T6d-{i
|
qq+qgt{il ? qqfrR rqr ft'rgm,g}Aa
Ed'{Bre}{rqgrag'iio-oe;,Rirdqrl
vuEiafigf{nqf{qr:qhmeerfq,ir ?rqqJF,mrqmi
r
efsgfug qqFnR qeU"aglqol;qlqfirqgeqil-n,
rr
qq ftqt Gqrisfi str agmrAcqrFa flqfiqrqpqilqr,
R I
agrail R gtqr rzgw gai*)a.
rtr;arqrf-l rF}r qq<ilfi, il

Su ntgol.ndREmiatft.ar
ar,&tqortt ilotngqmR5il il cR tl
\\ \r

qft ,ftffiqa5qqrtffirr;fre^qi wffiqftqrt

rffisr'*ql lt
Sloha BZ. When the lorcl of the 6th
bhavt has
attained_ G9pu.t or other higher Vaiseshikamsa
1 and is
aopectedby the Sun and when the 'lord of the
Laqna is
in full rtrength, rhe person brrn will be beneficer;t
ro
hio kinsmen.

Thuo ends &c.

 qrfrwriqgETirsqrq
ErTilfi :
-*

ll Hrgr[eT{TTiiltttb"{FT:
tf
Adhyaya XtrV.
THE EIrFE(]TSOIr 'lutr 7'ru, flTlt ,t\u 1 . g r , -g L r l I ] I I A V A S ,

l l q q { T f r qf l i { s o q f l
*
cn?Tglirwrrntq qfbsidf+r;qlqttffrr(
v* gegr*rg{arrrqqd tf q qqai( t
cttt:inlqqf ft{i qqq.tilR'..Tiqr (en
qirqffiiki gq* qdr r wnirr*qft t rr
Slok"t l. It is frorn the ?ch bhava that an astro_
loger can divine all about any journey a person
mav
undertake, his sons. his wives and his .nioym"ni.
what has beensaid in rcsardto scn'sworrdry comfort
or misery as the effect accruing from the preceding bha_
vas may also be predicted from this bhava.When V.nu,
is in the 7th bhava or the rord thereof is in conjunction
with Rahu or Ketu, the person born will become
an
adulterer. But this effect does nor follcw when
the
?th bhava is a benefic sign and is also occupied
or
arpected by Jupiter,
cf . crdfrnr<rr
rurr$oiqffi qfttft'qt*r ;TrqrfaqmqqqsrqTgl{
|
Trqsfrilfftqrptqfr{fi+ f+os{}cn rr
846
 qrmrcrailt Adh.xlv.

Also sfliFfitq
gqfrqErgqrt
walffigwftueeftr{
r
ory1q{nfkft g*rar q rusr{ rl
gr0wwfl g qrqg{tqrifkteeil
qq{Trr$tu{ giqr.qqr t
ilcqrqTrTfiIat
ilqqr{rfr fttq dRt qrqdinqqtr
slrq{ grfiefiftNgt qmritaterqtq n R tl
S | o h a Z . I f t t r el o r d o f t h e ? t h b h a v ao c c u p y i n g
a ![:anrt(Dustthana)be in a malefic house aud aspected
by or associated with a maleficplanet,the effectof thc
7th bhavawouid be irut m':diocrc. If theseconditi,rns
be reversed,the effrct of the bhava would be wholly
auspicious. If the lord of the 7th bhavabe in conjunc-
tion with Venus and occupya malefic sign,the person
born will be lustfully inclinbd; if it be in a benefic
sign and associatedwith or aspectedby a benefic planet,
the person concerned will get a white umbrellawhich
ra the emblemof royalty.
NorBs.
-d1,1;n{d.
This andthe next threeslokasare in
(RrclKl-{tt
^ \
fqaefq al.nira
rtq{rcrq{d} q*
ed qrflfAnigta grfri':q q,.+qq q I
q* ds fra1gf,cgq itltq'iq=qrn
.rrr gm1ffi,ltn
ftcd qrfq*.iirrqradtt rr
q il iqgqqfi{* ql'{dd {ad-
g:F-qlqF'+
a-ii rrltq e$qqqR fDft* qrtsv*q qtfr: I
ert+r;q.we Rgqqqqnl qlaiiq qt tq
q-dqifirftrfrqie qqfrqf{6:il{gt a mfr tt
sl. g lgtqistqtqr 84?

qg: firrTqrTritrftgfiqFnrFqilq
iFft-
i-q'ioqs lGzrdi) {diqdisfq qG qr s*afka'ti\: r
qlqR: Rqgrfqar fbrgnoit*i flqq*eil-
tdtrtilri]{aagilirs rqz: feu: 11
iqilnrRqurtrngnilr qtqdlqilsq1gq3
q1qqiqqilFqfr
agRguFTriqfriwr t
srqQRgi+vorqgtqri qr*rar
rTrrrKrit$@rqr sTqrgtqHt il I ll
?Eqrrrs
Sloka 3. When the lords of the 2nd, the 6th
and the ?th bhavas and Venus occupythe Lagnaand
are associatedwith malefic planets, the person born
will be libidinous. The same will be the effectif the
lords of the lst and che Cth bhavasbe in conjunction
with malefic planets. If a malc-ficplanetoccupyingthe
7th bhavabe associatedwith the lords of the 6th, the
Znd and the lst, the person concernedwill be addicted
to women not his owit. lf the 9rh bhavabe occupied
by a maleficplanerand the lords of the 6th and the ?th
bhavas,the personborn will be afflictedwith excessive
gexualcraving.
cf. eadi-r.mqftr
orftqar fia+.eru3irrlr:H{sr qG flqgifi.l:t
nra: q{a'igtil: $qrrif grlftrada dqTqqq ll
afl-rfiq]qng+ uf| erwra: q{efig{d: $qrif I
raa\{3sg'firt qfidt qTqfaqnilrrill
qftr: qK{ig iil: lt
q*t $dq?rq fiiq{n! gTrfEffiu{n
gserdgtwqqr giltt qrQftisarcqql
t
 flt?ttFlttr{flrt Adh.xlv.

dH qfi qrfrurqdtfr urt egdrer

gmwu{nitr.rqomttitqi qEafqftr tt t tt
S/oArr '+. If the lords of the 10th,the 2nd and ?th
bhavasocr:upythe l0th bhava, the persoo born will
have intriques with wonen other than his wiie. If the
lords of the 5th, the 9th and the ?th bhavas which are
the initiatory planetsin respectto an offspringbe in a
6,tqn (Dusttbana) and if the 5th bhava be aspectedby
a maleficplanet, the personconcerned will be childlese.
If Jupiter arrd Mercury or the Moon and Venue be in
the ?th bhava, the person will be addicted to mally
women. If Venus occupying the ?th bhavabe strong,
the personconcernedwill have nalry wivcs.
cf . .l4t'{[q-Jrqli,l
qltfi,tfrt qrg(r{iFd tl
+dnfi.irlq;,zqruq
titq&rr,iiq+us'rr.i E:Frrrrirttr<u.i Ulr{ I
et ga Eriq.q.itil-.rqf,iil{ giqi .Tqfh n
gifrfr qElii6or{ft* qqhqqd aqt
{Terrmfrrhrqqf'liil.l}rur} rriq t
oqrn'"q'rigqqq{rtqtfi gt gda
r'qrdqitiE qnqgqi qlqtifiqisqiiln \ tl
Sloht 5. If Venus and Mars be in the Tth bhava.
the person born will be bereft of a wife. 'Ihe same
effect will Iollow if the planets be in the 9th and the
5th bhavas. If tbe N{oon and Venus occupy the 6th
bhava, the p.rson concerned will have only one son.
If maleficplanersoccupy the lst, the ?th and the l2th
bhavas,and the Moon occupyiog the 5th be weak, the
percon born will either have a barren wife or be
wifeleso.
sl. 6 tutrits.qtqt 8t9

NorEs,
cf ' ftrrc
rrruqqi:qr\:qftil{trt fru+t r
gxrrqrras qrqt ffq frfailt tl
Also qrtr+6

1i San,itdqid' goil qi&neqR:r

{te{Fqadqiqftw",iqf}etlqqrr
cralrqrflFi: qr\: frft A{rd\ {td I
et{tai rrcfril, q}s fisfiir qlq rr
Alm c'd(lft{r
srtt gdi cqsqfiilsgirElsr{tat
W ut fiqn'dilsfagG qeii f+nn Ert r
$Ar-c,}ga,r;.aurcngi, vrlrqnr.rrf:
dntirqiqrflauarn],'qrligqr-frite.tr
If the lord of the 7tb housebe in the 5th, the natrve witl losc
hrs wife or become son-less, The loss of the wifc is certain if the
lord of the 5th or the 8th house happens to be in tho 7th. If the
waning lloon be in tbe 7th and malefics should occupy the l 2th,
tbe 7th and the lst houses, the person rvilr he bereft of rvife and.
children. If the Sun and Iiahu be in the 7th houso, .ne o'ght to
rrredirt loss of rvealtb through the assocra.ti6p
6[ rvomu.
irs{nqit! firdrqt qqilqqq}
q'i.rd sqrJt irdarFft qq I
snfti Seqil{gdstri
qi${Ei\agidi frrconu E tl
Sloku 6, tf Venue and the Sun be in the ?th or
tbe lgt bhava,rhe person born will have a barren wife
lf tbe house r:ccupiedby the Moon be an even sign, hi*
wife will havc the proper femaleform; if it be a male
Rasi,the wife will have a masctrlineforna ; if the houee
i07
 fiRrsqrftsrrn Adh.xlv.

in which the Moon is be either occupied or aepectedby

l>oth male and female planets,ehe will be of a mixed
a6pect.
fuir {r qirrrfi Rarrr({rqwi ffq{ {r {TTrqI
qrn ilCi *qarcttr EsT il qrdql qfftn tt,ett
SloAtr 7. tf the ?th bhava from the Lagna in the
caseof males,or the lst bhava in the caseof women,
be either in Mars' house or amsa and if the planet own,
ing the amsaof the ?th bhava be either w,:ak or eclipee.J,
the woman concerned rvill be a servant mard or will
becomevrciousin her vonth, arrd will bt: a[xn6nnedbv
her husband.

gqi{Rr{ftqft ffiorrdl gtfkt qrwi sorq I

qqi{rh g{uqrqirnleilil qltdi qde c {rsqln d tl
S/;Aa 8. If the ?th or the lst bhrva adverredto
in the precedingslol<abe in thc Rasr or amsa o{ e
beneficplanct,thc wife rvill be virtr:ous; rf ,rspcctcd
by bene{icplanetsalso,she rvill be ami.rbleall th.: ffiof,rr.
tf the bhavabc in thc Rasior arnsrowned by the N{oon
without strerrgth,the womair wili cause the deatiroi
her husband; but if the Moon he strong, shc will bc a
faith{ul wifc.

s{id g6drftq}q.Jat{rqirtg{r&fdi
oi alaxsqfl rr(d* dhrRqgF**t
qnarlroiifsa{ft rr-di6rur{rrnm
q;will i{qarer q Rqql il?Rr Gilqrqt( il -q.tl
SloArr 9. If thc Moon occupying the lst or the
?th bhavabe (l) in a Navamsa belonging co the $un,
 qgicfrsnrrc: 86I
sr 10-11

, nchaste; (2) in its

pla
own or exaltationhouse and aspectedby a benefic
or
net, shewill be virtuous; aoC (3) in its depression
malefic
inimical houseor in a state of eclipse or in a
or
Drekkanatermed a'i'Sarpa, qig{-Pakshin, {rfl-Pasl'
hrre-Nigada, (Vide supra Adhyaya r'1,sloka 55) or in-a
position foiming the t{ii{ Riksha sandhi, the wife
will becomeeither insentinentor widowed'

fiqQ ilg\ g{trq$ sA{ilqlsit

ilS qqi Ru'{tqurg{wrmraq t
'sqgumsii
q $rd qd$Id-mEtt
ll
$qiqnuqarsRrt{ift {qrersdlll t "
SloAa 10. lf the lord of the Lagna be in the ?th
the
bhava and in conjunction with e b:nef ic planet,
personborn will get a wife born of a good farnily' But
fu ,n. 7th blrava occupiedby the lord o[ th: Lagna be
a mrlefic sign, the wife will be a base-bornwoman'
Her bue, form, attributes, fcatures etc' tht astrologer
should declare from those prescrib:d for the sigrt
constitutingthe ?th bhava. The woman finds pleasure
in the man whose featuresare in conformity with those
of the planet impelling her to evil coutses'
qrqrqsTrRish
uo* $.qrfufr|
d qrrqrg {ffifr ,frorS aqftqrftsiill qt lf
Slofta Il. When the 7th bhavais occupied by a
(ewa-Upa'
malefic or an invisible subsidiary planet
gralraaide Adhyaya'2 sloka6), the wile will be wicked'
be tha
it ,U" S,unoccupv it, she will prove barren ; if it
waning Moon, she will be unfaithful'
 qtf,w|frrtt Adh.xlv.

wqrtstfraTqt
ftturrn**tsger
n lr rr
Sloka LZ. If the Tth bhava be occupied by lvlars,
tbe wife will die ; if by Sarr:rn,she will be ,Jisliked by
her husband; if by Raliu, rhe husband ,vill take ro
sromennot hie owr, a'd wiil fi.d no delight in
bis
wife and will have ro chird bv her becauseof
the
ahsenceof cohabitationwith her.
qt ft{rr{hr qrfuqtru* {til |
q?tlig ilfrur ffi 6rq1qdi q+{.n tl tl
,\loku 13. If the 7th btravabe in
ae (Dhuma),ttre
personborn will have no marriage; if it be in ordr
(Karmuka),he or his wife will die ; if in qftic (paii
veeha)the wife will be ill-be haved; if in Ketu, she
will be barrenbut virtuous.
qr* ftffi: qrt g qfqrtur {rgil |
g{t6r frrqilr q dqrt gqrsi n lB tl
Sloku 14. If the ?th bhava be in oro (Kala),
tbe
personborn wiii be wifeiess. if a marfic pianeu
te in
that bhava,the wife wiil have miscarriase.If it be occu.
pied by the Moon getting full, she will be virtuous
and
bring forth children.
\
gAggrr Erriit gEgrilggf*qftr
gh *tTrrqdwer *qdr q {-driht n t\ tl
Sloka t5. lf Mercury be in the 7rh bhava,che
wife will beargood offspring; if Jupirer,she wiil be
virtuousand haveexcellentprogeny. If the 7th bhava
be occupied by Venusin srrengrh, the wife wiil eniov
a happyweddedlife anclwill be highly proEperous.
sL 18-17 tltrilsqcr 818

*grt {fuft ulqdQrsa

vurftr\"ffit (fn {tf\t n r
qfurgrqftougtft qrqt
(qr ql qgrerggi$qgr:ll tq lt
SloAs 16. If the lord of the ?th or 5th bbava
poasessingstrength and aspectedby a benefic planet be
in conjunction wirh or aspectedby the lord of 6t[.
the wife will acquire a son by Paramour. Her hus
" of many wives, will
baod, though he rnaylbe possessed
be childless.
Norns.
Seo Xlll-15 tqna.

aii Ut {fii ffi qeErft

{t} qor{E} fti at* r
r;ilRp{T{qrrrrri g{G}
qrr] mlt{gilwqf}Ei qr 11{v ll
Sloka 1.7. When Jupiter occupiesthe 7th bhava-
in depression,the persooborn will lose his wife. lf
Saturn occupy the Ttii bhava identical with lvfcena,the
effect wili be the sam: If Jupiter occupy a Rasi or
Navamsaowned by S.ittrrn or Mars, the prJon con
cernedwill have intrigrr,:s with other women. The
e{fectfollow,; also when Jupiter is in conjunction with
Saturn cr Mars.
\OTES.

-l]rst hatf !'or thi: :rnd some rlrore yogas relattac to loss
.rf rvife, c/, qeerl{+,r

$; sfa*$ qq aq* +rq tqrt gq

*ilfleqq dtai grgil qnfqct ilqTr
 &54 |rurtarrt Adh,xlv.

lfr* mt nqlsn aqrSlsqlr *eF

ffqMfrqsftgrrq]: qrfi sfi fiqqr rr
Wheu Venus occupiesVrischika identical with the 7tb house,
the wife of tbe person boru will die soon). The same will bc thr
cflect when Mercury is in Vrishabha identical with the 7lh house
or wheu Jupiter occupies the 7th and is in depression, or when
Srturn or Mars is posited ia Meena identical with the 7th house.
If Saturn aud Mars are in the Zth house identical with Caacer,
the wife of the person concerned will be of a good dispoqition aDd
fortunate.

eGt qrnqatqfrfiQgd
6!5cqgaquqft
fiqnrmsttl-sflqt rqrffiorqfr{ |
nt il gdqTrqqlF4fioErfrsn]
wrt lil rr
lf tbe 7th house or its lord be associatedwitb, aspected by, or
gosited betwixt malefics, or be in depression or inimical sign or
bc eclipsed'by the Sun's rays, one ought to predict loss of wife.
Venus in conjunction with a malefic occupying the 7th, 5th or 9th
bo0sewill make the native bereft of a wife.

ilffiirt Rfftqfit nas'l<rqnfittfga qr r

{ofll qlqgtsqeE{t-dr(rfl qqd}d fl;ir: tl
lf tbe lord of the 7th occupies an rnimical or depressrousign
or be eclipsed or be aspected by male6cs, and tbe Zth, house be
associated with or aspected by malefics, tbere will be lcss of
wifc; so say the wise.
Latter halrf. Accordrng to Mantreswara, it is Pcarc (aud
not Jupiter) if in a Varga of Mars or Saturn that makes thc artivc
immoral.
\ t ^\ \ ^
gfi fl $qqqEqREa E TtrRfl: tl
When Veuus is iu a <,i (Varga) of Mars or Stturn. or has the
tspct of these planets, the persoo boru will have a liaison wtih
otLcr peoole's wivcs.
sL t8-r0 1t{alfsqqr 855

wl nS qfr qqe Etr,ftgil

|
w{t qR ilqTt rut?rffinrrpqtqtt ld tl
Slola 18. If a malefic planet occupy the 7tb or
fie 8ih bhava and Mars be in the t2th, and if the lord
thereof be invieible, tbe personborn will have anotha
wife.
NorBs.
Tho followrng sloka from qa*fu{l gtvos some rnorc yogae fot
having two wives:

.r}gr+drt$qnftitqtcsisgfr <r
disra il qq{Aqqq} a} qS *aq H I
raqlti qqqfrfta\iTrqTrrEqqR
. \c a \ 0. .
nIErlI gs{qiriaulfllqrFqr qE;t[ ll

lf Venus and the Moon are in opposition to Niars and Saturn

in any nativity, the person concerned will be either wifeless or
issueless; when there is a hermaphrodite planet in the 7th houso,
and the llth house is occupied by two planets, the person will
have two wives. If the lord of the 7th house:lnd Venus be each
posited in a dual Rasi or Amsa, the person will have two wives,
Generally one ought to predict the number of wives in such cascs
through the number of the planets in t'onjunction with those two
riz.. the lord of the 7th and Venus'

gqqEqnirqd Ee o}lrfr ilqdg!+( t

Rtaff;rftilwErii gFqat{tSd{tq'#il tf tq tl
Slota 19. If the lord of the Lagna be in con;unc
tron with that of the ?th, the person born will get a
oature excellent wife, If the lord of the Lagna in the
above porition be at the same time obrcured by the Sun,
the wife will b entirely devoid of good featurer.
866 ilurqrftlrl Adt XrV.

ftt qwg.aq Folt ilqrftt I

fiqqtpr{d E,srxq{rnqt(ll ?o ll
Sloha70. When thereare severalmalefic planets
rn the 2nd bhavaand the lord of the 7th is likewice
there aepectedby a maleficplanet,the peroonborn will
have three wives.
6. F{fifRFar{fi
fri nrwgd g fidi il ilqrfit r
afit nqse} rsfiqqFqt( ll
*-ffi*fr Efttdqitee{,ft t
sqlftta qrEtrqgdisfrF]qlE tt lt ll
Sloka 7I. Wben the lord of the 7th bbavaoccu-
pyrnga Kendra or Kona is in its own, eraltation, oi
friendly sign or is aspectedby the lord of the l0th
bbawa, the perron born will be associatedwith many
wiver.
sa;n{trdl*d sqftikfrlqt t
gqtir gTtRfrEIrdt i|lnilqm lt tl ll
Sloka 77. When the lord of the ?th bhava is in a
Kendra and is aspectedby a benefic pianet or is in a
benefic Navamsaor Rasi, the wife will be devoted to
the observanceof vowr

fiiftt N ftgaruurit
wft frqTRqd
qTqrdt{r{Err q}i wrqrq{iC}$-d-{rRnt
{n{ ll
Sloftc 13. tf the lord of the ?th bhavabe Mercury
in a depressionor inimical vargaand assocratedwith a
rnaleficplanet,and if it also c.cupy the 6th or the Erh
bhava, in the midst of two malefic planets and aspected
st. 24-26 85?

by a nnaleficplanel, the wife will kill her hucbandand

ruin his familv'
NorES.
This as well as slokas25, 26, 27, 28,29t 30,31, 32,34, 37
3 8 ' 3 9 , + 0 , 4 1, + 5 & . + a r e i n s f i T 4 , t.G f
'Ihe
same efiect is ascribed to a different yoga in fRtt<f
nfioql qq.iti{qarft'ilfaqq,irsft
ftg"qqfrsqql
t
q{urtfd dil q{offirrqq rRfiqqTqfidTqi( ll

uqtt gqdt ar\ qrqr griqil t

qr{r6t rrrrTirt(q qr{il c{{il ll 18 ll
Stoha 74. If the lord of the ?th bhava occupy a
benefic Navamsa and be aspectedby a benefic planet,
the wife will be of a good family. But if the lord of
the bhava be in a maleficvargaalreadyoccupiedby a
maleficplanet,thc wife will be base-born,

srqqTtqti fragnr*qtdkdrcqt
{EF(
dtqepfrqilqJa qEti qG gtgtfrqi t
qrqrdii fked qfr qaqqi gtigufiqqt
qrqt
TarakugtrElindEE{qerft il ll R\ ll
SIoha 25. If the ?th bilavahe occupiedby a planet,
thc number o[ wivcs is declaredby astrologers to be the
nr-rmber of planetsin conjunction with Venus. Out of
tire abovenumbcr,any planetthat occupiesits Swakshe'
tra or exaltation is to be ornitted. If the lord ol the
7th bhavaoccuPythe ?nd, identical with a sign owned
by Venus, the number c,f wives will be the number o{
planets associaled with Veutts ; or it nay bc tha"tthe
personconcernedrnay gecas manv new brides as there
are planetsin conjunction with Venus and the lord of
the ?th bhava.
108
 858 rrcucrQile Adb.xrv.

Erttn$grqtr tfrei qrq{qgfurr

glerrnreilqR t
qm*fr qoufra I g{silrr-{<rrcilqRld
s{ffi {osfrqtrqrir$q.rrrq tl
Sloka 26. How many weak planetsthere may be
that are in conjunction with the lord of the ?th or of
the Znd bhava and are at the sametime the lords of the
6th, the 8th or the 12th bhava ( g:un-Dustthana), so
many will be the wives to be destroyed by them. The
more there are benefic strong planetsassociatedwith
the lordg of the two bhavacabove named,the more will
be the wives with whom the person born will live
happily. If a single planet possessinggreat srrength be
associatedwith the lord of the ?th or of the Znd bhava,
the personconcernedwill have but one wife.
NorEs'
cf. wo{tfrmr
dtneqi qa.ii\faqnrd)*r fl|q: ftqfi
nifr nlil gt ufi rg: sp{f gsrf;qdT
qlilsft qT qa: Wsq: qFqramrqfFqAl
ft+r nguq{FqqFqqilfi'n]-qrpqSr<nq' tl
It is through the (number of) planets in the 7th housethat
one ought to divine the number of women that a person may
associatewith. oF these, the number that will die (at an early
ase) will corresoond to the nurnber (of pranets in the 7th housey
that are malefic, w-hile the number of benericswill denote the
numbef that will survive. If the lord of the 7th be benefic and
possessed of strength, the native will have a good-natured woman
as his partuer and be endqwedwith gooc children. Even a malefic
will do good to the wife if he shali be in the 7th owning that
house. Benefics in the Tth.will be productive of good unless they
happento be the lords of the 6th,8th and lZth houses.
sl. 27 rg{dswr<r 859

Also cf. ciliTfi(<r

qil rl,nru*rrq<tr( |
efr *errfqq* OgrEqrt
f,rL-qiflqirJ(ilq+d ftsx{rpqi q{iFd ffit: ll
o{rasqfttshqu{i*t fr'{ri{t(
q;nrftFcenwqqq,frt{qi{*{r ilI I
dl+ ftrnqttrt *d qlqEldlE(r
stt ffif,t.CIr{tqq${q{rqsqcsidr* ll qe ll
Sloha 27. Add together the f igures for the lorde
of the Lagna and the ?th bhava. Find the Rasi, etc.,
indicated by the result. When Jupiter traverses the
Rasi, etc., above fo':nd, the astrologer may predict a
person's marriage. The time of marriage may also be
determined in the same way in respect to the total of
the figures for the ruler of the stars occupied by the
Moon and the lord of the ?th bhava. If the Navamsa
occupiedby Jupiter belongto a friend, the person con-
cernedwill have but one wife. tf the amsain'question
be Jupiter'sown, the number of wiveg will be 2 or 3-
If the amsabe that of Jupiter's,exaltation,the perroq
concernedwill be the lord of many wives.
Norps.
According to qodiqfi the probable time for marriage is thus
ascertained:
gxlscit ErdgnTqqiatFfrqqrqlfA
dqrfirrq' 11
The marriage may be expectedto come ofl when Venus or the
lord of the 7th house in its orbit transits through a sign which is
triangular to the Rasi or Navamsaowned by the lord of the Lagna
fio{{iFqrqwae}tuqt qlsq.soTrs r
qql fiefrrfEqfirsrqrfifirii dx .foron: tl
Tbc rcguisition of a wife may happeuduring the dasaperlod
860 ffi Adh.xlv.
of the planet (l) posited in the 7th house, or (2) aspectingthe 7th
house. The same may also happen when the lord of the Lagna in
his orbit cornesto the Rasi signifying the 7th house.

rs@mnrftrduifl+{rq,
flwqqmrqu.ii
iotqw t
EtrrrrirEFlqgil'qi{rfii}drort
iqgt ${,Er il Rz tl
Sloka 28. Of the two planets that are the lords
respectivelyof the Rasi and Navamsa occupiedby the
lord of the 7th bhava,f ind whictr is stronger. During
the dasaperiod of thac planet,the marriageof the person
may take place, when Jupiter traverse$the Trikona of
the Rasi and amsaoccupiedby the lord of the 7th bhrva.
Again, find the stronger of the two planets Venus and
the Moon. During the dasa period of the stronger
planet,the period favourableto marriage m1y be folrnd
in the samemanneras in the abovecase.

g nltilfi-drrltt qqnruihfifqr{rT(r
u.rrktqittrtriqrqmlUdi q ffi56: I
sqfu*{iliqqrqsEfluri itnaf rqq
frrita gilf ifioxrlrltiqrsgd g i{t ll 1q ll
Sloha 29. If the lcrd of the ?th bhavabe associa-
ted with Venus, its Dasa and Bhukti may lead to
marriage. Failing that, the Dasaand Bhukti of the lord
of the Rasi occupied by the planet owning the 2nd
bhavamay have marriage,producinge{ficacy. The Dasa
anclBhukti of the lords of the 10th and the.gth bhavas
come next in order. Lastly, note the planetagsociated
with the lord of the ?th bhavaor the one occupying it.
During thg Dasa and Bhukti of one of these,narriage
may take place.
sI.30-31 rg{tfrswm: 86t

Notr,si.
It is, perhaps, implied here that each succeeding alternative
is to be resorted to when the preceding one is found to be not pro'
m i s i n g b e c r u s e o f t h e w e a k n e s s ,e t c . , o F t h e p l a n e t c o n c e r n e d '

glT'Jtql* qqritp$i
fi-q"frqqr!ftq.dr
qrqdg{frqft qR Euqtt iimrqq t
qii qei qffitqqfi qqt
T(! qlqqirTni1
" uJrqdqfi q{urofic(l drtqf}qe:qfrml llloll
S/oAa 30. lf the planet powerful for producing
marriagebe beneficand in a benefic house, it will bring
on the h"ppy event at the commencementof its Dasa.
lf the planet,being itself benefic, shouldoccupy a male'
fic house, the marriage and other such h.ppy eventg
wiil takeplacein the middle of its Dasa. If the planet
and the house it occupiesbe both malefic, the event in
question will happenat the end of irs Dasa. But if the
plan:t in question occupy a b:nefic house and be in
conjunction with a benefic planet at the sametime, ito
influcncefor good will prevail during the whole of its
Dasaperiod.
oqE{iqaaqiqlrfrqftii
aq gt;qtw q i[-sToIrT{|
qrrrrrgfi'wrr5qffidbqi
his'lqr Wgi dt rRor tl lt ll
Slola 31. Astrologers say that the acquisition of
a wife may take place when the Moon and Jupiter in
their progress arrive at the Znd place from the lord of
the Navamsa occupied by the lord of the Lagnaat the
birth bf the person concerned. The same event may
also happen when Jupiter reachesa sign occupied by
 8os lrcwrM Adb.xlv.
,n
is whenthe Moon and Jupiteroccupya Kendra.

fi*FqruqsnrRtnqq{ ilfini il {uri

ilsr6t ueftibr{q(dr sailqild uiq r
oqrfiilfruffirq*grtriu* tq{r
qt {TIqtqq:qrEwurt rct ntq fru: n QRtl
.S/oln 32. An auspicioustime for men'smarriage
(other than what has been mentioned before)occurs in
the yearof their lifc indicated by the numbermadeup
of 8 and thc figure dcnoting the order from Mesha ol
the sign representingthe 7rh bhava: this year b:ing in
the natureof things subsequent to the investiturewith
the sacredthread generally preceding marriage (in the
caseof the twice-born class). Add the figures for the
lordg of the Tth and the tst bhavas and find our the
Rasi and amsa indicated by the sum total. The girl
born in the Rasi and amsathus found is the one to win
the heart of the person concerned. The husband,elect
must equallyprove acceptable to the wife.
urqrffiqqftqql{rftq1q1
qqr(ff{ $rrrr q qftfqqrqT( |
dqrd* q qf6ffi Eqii
iE Etrqluggfffiorfrqar lt 11 u
Slofra 33. Note the planetsoccupyingor aspecting
the ?th bhava from the Moon. A girl born in a sign
belongingto any one of these planets vrill be higlrly
fortunate as a wife and enjoy her husband'sfavor. A
husband determined similarly in the case of a female
hororcope will prove acceptable. The direction of thc
st.34 qgtdsqtq: 863

country of the bride will bc that of the lord of the 7th

bhava from venus'
Norss.
According to Mantresrvar:r, the direction of the country of
the rvife will be that signified by the ltasi orvrted by any one of
(2) owning the
the three planets, viz., (l) occupying the 7th house
7th house and (3) Venus. Cf,
fst {infa ds q-.ql: ll
ifirrrFq{rqTfqqqlfieriru4i
Seealso the follorvrl;i:

q*fqfrd{Fqrrft.qir EI a.l{tlq{:I
g.Fclfi{di qrfqqitaq firilsqqt tt
;na1Fqqndin+s affra2;t{q 1;zit EI I
f<qarawaqsEffi,oa tqtsatqt*l qfi d'is tt
gileqfi fift"q qitqqm, du g r
nrqffrqlR(rqitqinot;q+,af+qit rt
Eqt uq{ qgfgta qrrfa{iqit r
sTft+riqq ftqr.gqg+ fiilqa,tt
qsrEitl:wta ngatGtr{ilq-dl
r
Bt)ilorftqsn;qian*+g+uafi*q.tt
*S tg solfq+qaf{.'fr ql{saq:I
qi\nrFqnrr{nif;o*qfAqtat:lt
erqqrg{frgffrnrifluqt fqR;ah t
qilqqfFquittftnwndn'rq
tt
ll qCdb{nTildd+rr:
U
wr{riliwqft qarilGI I
qG eqregfis(! qis ll 18 ll
rh t-.qr-wawqo{fr
Stoka 34, Mars occupyingthe 2nd, the 12th, the
864 \ ilrcccrftrrt Adh.xlv.
trt*-" * tt@
".
person may causethe ",
deathof his wife. If Mars occu,
py the sameporition in respectto the horoscopeof the
wife tp be selected,the planet will prove injurious to
the husband.

tadrqt: qiwqsqqi fuoqatt

*qtftqnqisqit qqlwrqi: rr1\ tl
Sloha 35 if a malefic planer occupyingthe 8th
bhavafrom the Lagna in a female horoscope be in
deptession. inimicai or malefic vargas,it proves fatal
to the husband.
:\
ffi!$grqrf,i
\ R qrfiqnfaqiqqgrt*sft
fi |
ilretrfrqqnrga{efrtft
gfq{Gsil{ n tQ rr
Slota 36. If there be maleficplane1sin the 2nJ as
well as in the ?th bhava,thcy causedistressby bringing
about a bereavement of the wife. If tfe pers(\)ncon-
cernedbe joined in wedlockro a woman born in a yoga
such as has been describedabove,he lives possessed oi
children,wealth and other blessings.
qo*rrilriirisqEtRrr(ir{idrtgsrilfirsit r
ssftrfu{R gfirroteqF{tftdq Uratq:u ie tl
Sloha 3T. lf the srosrrftr
(Janmarasi)of the wife bc
included in the triad designated*oarrih lKalatrarasi)
or in the triar:gularsigns of the Rasi occupied by the
lord of the 7th bhava in the horoscope of the hu:band,
the latter will have sons. If the q.cofu (Janmarasi)of
the wife be other than those that have beenenumerated.
he will have no isaueby her.
Sl. g8-39 rgtdt qrrt 866
r g !!1.'/.#
t v vvvvvvvv : ! l g v v vvv vv-vvvvvvvvvv!vv

NorBs.
For qr-oecfithe,c, Cf. eElfi?il{Fr
fiildqTqFrilildti oftr qoqq ftgtqr-a: t
adqitq qR qi m@{rtfrr aqqrf}ilqdflqq.ll
Great astrologers have recognised the Rasi occupied by the
q'T(It?r
lord of the 7th bhava in the husband's horoscope as the
(Janmarasi)of his wife. The exaltation and the depression signs
of the lord of the 7th bhava in the male horoscopeas well as the
Rasr of the 7th bhava forn.r the t:onstituent parts of the triad re'
presentingU1g"r;q{tfr (Janmarasi) of the +oa (.Katatra) or wife.
\ \ .A-1 ]
urfu;qrcuq q( tfi6{ $Ftflttqfrdrl
\

diiFg{fudrF+igas{I {!r65q1qR I
wflflraqfrqrr Wfr{gtqKilRtqi
qltd iiqqrsftaaqdigrusq{l ifiIII\ ll lc ll
Slofta 38. If the Sun be in the 7th bhava,the wife
will have breastsexceedingly strong. when the lord
of the 7th bhavaoccupiesa Kendra in conjunction with
Venus, she will have a
Jupitt:r, the Moon, Mercury or
tro"d and awellirrg bosom; i{ Mars appear in the ?th
bhava,her bogom will be shrunken' If the 7th bhava
be occupied by Mandi, Srturn, Rahu or Ketu she will
have fat pcndent breaste. If Dhuma and other invieible
planetsbe in the ?th bhavaor if the lord thereof occupy
a g:wra (Dustthana).her breastswill bc ill-shapcn.
fiEqt{iqiqismirffi{{hft itqrqrqh
qg+ g {qtrQrcr;fifiq-tqn'{tit lr t
hqrft;gg}r g Rxrftnj dit itt qitdi
diqd.iiiqiirtq{'dRq{tii;q41gftdq iI +"' ii
Stoka 39. lf the $un be in the ?th bhava at a
109
866 fiilTqrftqa Adb.xlv.
perEon'E birth, the object of hie love and dalliancewill
be r barrenwoman; if the Moon, a womanof the same
claosas himself; if Mars, it will be a woman in mens,
truation or a barren wedded wife ; if Mercury, a
courtezan; if Jupiter,a womanof Brahmanicextraction;
if Venus,he will havea liaison with a womanalready
enceinte. If the planet occupying the ?th bhava be
Saturn,Rahuor Ketu, the objectof his affectionowill be
a low,bornfemaleor one in her periode.

ffii *i St+{riqrcqit Rql

qg* ffi $qfusft gt qrfr Rrnqot r
fr tr.IEftt a (ftd qtsqqrqqir
*fr qrqq{$frqgruri qq3lrt n Bott
S/oft"240. lf the Sun occupy the 4rh bhava the
person born will prelerably have the society of his wife
in a pleasurehousein a forest region ; if it be the Moon,
a fine room in his own residence;.if Mars, a snug place
encloaedby walls; if Mercury, a theatre or similar
placeof public entertainment; if Jupiter, a temple ; if
Venue, a retreat in water ; if Saturn, Rahu or Ketu, the
favourite haunt of the deity fuflgt (Hariharaputra)
describedas the offspring of Siva and Vishnu conjoined,

grtir rqqftsqitgt qrqlfqiqert

qTqrftsut{tsmqh qr* mu{rriqrq t
grd uru6grqft qqgfi gkffiqlfr S EI
ffidqqnisu{Elqogfriiqrnfr ilR tt Bl tl
Sloha 41. If lr,fars occupy a Navamsa owned by
Venus in the ?th bhava, and if the lord of that bhava
be in the 6th, the perEon born will suffer bereavement
sL 42-44 tg{risr<rrr

in the deathof his weddedwife. If the planet occupy,

iog the ?th bhava be the Sun, he will be bleseedwith
wife and wealth. If the lords of the Znd and the 7th
bhavasbe associated with Venus in a g,wn (Dustthana)
or in the 3rd bhava,he will have the ill.luck to loceso
manywives ; but if the lords of thosebhavasbe strong,
his wife will continuealiveduringhis life time.
\A \
stRf: rilil w$TilTqffillE
d{q ffftnwtugqFEtETI
q{ ugrqqfiriqqfr iln Ril(
ER{rrE{qt ef.gte-tqtl 81 ll
Sloka 42. If the lord of the ?th bhava be aspected
by or aseociatedwith Venus, or occcupya houoe owned
by the latter, the pereon born will be so extravagantly
fond of hie wife as to indulge in irrrgrea (Bhagachum'
bana.) The effect is the samewhen the lord of the Znd
bhavais in the sameposition as that describedfor the
lord of the 7th in the preceding case; or when the lord
of the lOth occupiesthe 7th in conjunction with Venus.
trlqtr iqgar iffi qr t{ rrri qred ttww I
fti rFi Wr{ufuTr}tr;ft;gilRr6qs{rqriltt Bl tl
Sloko 43. When Jtrpiter or Vettus is chelord of
the 7th bhava, the pudendum muLiebre of. a young
woman would be lovely and symmetrical. It will be
narrow if the lord of the ?th bhava be betwixt the
the planet Saturn, the Moon and Mercury.

ff qtft {qqc$frqodmfi(* qu.It}r.rtatr t

wi wi qEa\,g{t|ttsst
gd -{rM q{qrt tl
Sloka 44. Ito spacewill be ample if the lord of
 rtefitftili Adh.nv.

,
It will be moist i[ the Moon occupying the ?th bhava
be aspectedby Venus; but if the Moon in the position
describedbe associatedvrith a malefic planet, it will be
void of moisture.
oM{rIETtt dti ntft fr{
dtqrnfra{i{r*ffi esffi ftctsqn t
{tRTR*mgir
oil ilqqfrqsumqEi
fii ff frftc: ll 8\ ll
oI qflqflRrqtseQt
Sloka 45, A man is joined to a woman when
planetowning the
Jupitcr is in a Rasi b,:longingto the
Navameaoccupiedby the lord of the Lagnaat his birth :
but if the Navamsain questionbelongto the depresrion
sign of the lord of the Lagnaor to its enemy' the person
concernedwill lose the wife that he marriee or ltave nct
wife at all. subtract the figures for the Lagna from
rhosefor the lord of the ?th bhava. The difference
indicatesa cerrail Rasi. When Jrrpiteroccupieathis
Rasi or its Trikona, astrologers say that the death of
the pcrson'swife will take place' The sameevent may
happeu when Jrrprrgris in a Rasi indicated by the
.*i.*. of the {igures for the Lagna over thoseior the
lord of the 7th bhava
g{stt qtqiiq* wt
o{lrinrqqisrrSi
qm q1s'giiaqigq{urqiq{sknqtt
nlqrfunq{rrq{ittrIIt gfirsqdii{t
{rdt ril{gil silrq{oi fr} mtqntqi tt 8q lf
(loArr 46 If thq lord as weil as the Karalracf tirc
frcrrnthe Lrgna b: propitioueand occupy the
rch ti;1.:ve
sr 4?-48 qgfdsqrq:

t th place be prede
minant in strength and unaspected by or unassociated
with malefic planets,the wife dies simultaneouslywith
the husband. Her death will occur during the period
of the dasa or qcEK (Apahara) of a fte (Ch.idra) planet
@ide Adhyaya 5, slokas 52-53) with referenceto the
?th bhava,when Saturn occupiesthe Rasi ascertained
to be fatal to the wife through the Ashtakavarga of
Venus (vide Adhyaya 10) an.J when Jupiter ig in a
Navarnsaowned bY this fatal Rasi.
q(tqirililt qtftqrdrRqd
$gegilt qrtrdqr|qti t
qf\qggffiqq"iffifilq(t:
{E gfuf\ilq qrcfir.Trgtftu Be tl
Sloka 47. If the lord of the 7th bhava attaining a
crRqra (Parijatha) or a higher varga occupy a benefic
placeand be aspectedby or associated with Jupiter, the
personborn will have at his meals food of a refined and
excellentsort accompaniedby such appetiaingeubstances
as curd, honey,clarified butter, sauce,milk and seasoned
r : o n d i m e n t s ;i n d h e u ' i i l i n , r c i d i r i o nb e b l e s s e dw i t h a
r:harmingirelpmate.

ll sTeTlwrileffircq
11
qrgturiS-
qrgilqqFrsiggcqafr
effirtdsoiqqft ftqi{ri q{$ g{s I
qeqrga{qisqqr ftgqt qrqriR {;Ht
oita gt a ffi frq+qrfrftr*{t .Rsnsztl
Sloha 48, From what haebeeneaid already,it io
8?0 |t(rrcrfuri Adh"nv.
t"*rl;
life as affected by the untoward .rr"rt, due to ihe posi-
tions of the lords of the l st, the 10th arrd the gth
bhavasand of the planet Saturn; but as it crops up
again in connection with fka (Nidhana) or the gth
bhava now under treatment, it is to ba dealt with once
more If the lord of the 8th bhava being associated
with a maleficplanet occupy the l2th or the 6th bhava,
the person concerned will be short-lived. The same
effect is produced when the lord of the gth bhava being
weak happensto be 4ssociatedwith the lord of chl
Lagna in one of the two bhavasabove-named(zie. the
6th or the l2th).
NolBs.
For things to be deducedfrom the gth bhava, aide the follow-
ing from (t) qraa,cd.
1;q6s141;f,fEi
gaiil dlr-q+ar{ea;arRfrq{r
E qo-erTRqds fq: fiar rTrqrqt iqqx tt
Q) qki+rrrror
aqf,rilil;dtqFqgi'in<i Erg: es.t tfa sqq.r
5-spu1d sier *qfrq qr*anmrflqr fld+H: tt
qS r;qqfi iu.teoflFtiliUfr qBfr
ftrqefrv8'qi stfr qsfr qrdf*trgfv{|
aqnrtrfir;qtrRnin ! ffirunqqr
dqbtqoTs(tmgfiIrilqrw,Sfrqn Bq tl
Sloka 49. When the lord of the 8th bhava occu-
pier its own house, the personborn will be long,lived.
If the lords of the lst and the 8th bhavas occupy the
6th or the l2th bhava, then too will tbe perlon born
enjoy prolonged vital energy. The lorde of tbe l0th.
sI.50-61 r|gtqlstrrrqs 871

the lst and the 8th bhavagin a Kendra, a Trikona or

the llth bhavalead to long life. But if they be weak
and in conjunction with Satrrrn,the astrologer may
declarelife to be ehort;
Norps.
T h i s ' r s w e l l a s s l o k a s5 2 , 5 3 , 5 4 , 5 5 , 5 6 , 6 0 & 6 - j a r e f o u n d i n
qiIaFfi'(Qt,

uilurqilgqr{u{nfta}-
Eqrilitilgitrr;Eaqffiar : t
Erq'qifiEqfufr qfr q6Tqrg-
tsl {d egn{rgrilu{arr n \o tl
S/ofrir50. If the lords of the lOth, thc Bth and
the
1st bhavasbe all of them strong and unassociated with
Saturr, the person born will be long-lived. If even
two of them be strong,the person conccrnedwill have
rnediumlife. If only one of them be strong, his
rife
be shorter than in the precedingcase. If none of
"viil
thern be srrong' he will have no pcriod of life worth,
mentionilg.
{;qritt qrqUdqqfrgtaflii rTrrTg}sqqp3
I
glfht c{qi itrrgr 1 \t ft
Uqriiqidrrrarrlugfu
S / o A r r5 1 . I f t h e l o r d o f t h e , g t h b h a v a b e i n g
in conjunction with a maleficplaner occupya malefic
sign or Grrqrc(Dustthana--6th,gth or tzth), the life
of
the person concerned will b: short But if the planet
owning the 8th bhavabe associotedwith o,
by a benefic one or occupya beneficsign or".p.cted t^hegth
bhava rtself, the life of the person born will be long.
il{& agtsemfiq-di qria g,tfki
qisawis?i{r frgrJtqrfr rrilg{iq r
8rt ilfiqrfrilrt Adh.xlv.

Aqlgffil{st gqgt ffiftq-*t

r'n rdilqfrRilSeEiqrt Ro'{rftqll \1 ll
Stoka 52. If the lord of the Lagna be in the 8th
bhava or if the lord of the latter bhava in conjunction
with or aspectedby a maleficplanet become invisible
by its too great proximity to the Sun or be in the 6th
bhava,the penon born will be void of vitality. But if
the lord of the Sth place from the Lagna be in its exalta'
tion or in conjunction with a beneficplanet or in a
Kendra or a Trikona or in the Sth bhava itself, the
personborn will be blessed with long life' The eame
will be the casewhen the rising sign is occupiedby its
lord.
onrrs{arfqt {Efr qd fiilgr gdi
ui{r} qR Gqqqqiir* *-nttrfr iqw t
qtqrfrEqdtre]
ssquar;t
gut wr{
ll 'tl ll
$fi{m{qFctftegd qqtg{R]rrT{Iat
Sloha 53. If thc lord of the 12th bhavafrom the
Lagnaoccupy a q&a (Swakshetra)and be strong' the
p"r-ronborn will live long in comfort' The sameeffect
iollows when the iords of the lst and the Sth bhavasare
strong and occupy a Kendra. If Venus, Mercury or
place or the 10th
Jupiter occupy or aspi:ctthe Ntloon's
from the sign of conceptionor birth or from the 8th
bhava,the personconcernedwiil enloy healthand long
life.
rit iliqmgd fi
Rgq;rrfrrsToi,
u;qrrr;qi{qffiQqi riuu*t illn I
n* argarRrq a<gfiFileud c qr
ffi qqil* dfr;v qqrh
Tdffidqqa tt \ti ll
Sl. d4-66 q{dtsrvrrr 8?rt

6th, the 8th or the 12th bhava, the aatrologer nrY

predict the demise of the person concerned(t) during
the dasaand bhukti of the lord of the 8th bharn; or (8)
during the dasaof the planet owning the Rasi occupied
by Saturnwhen the bhukti of the lord of the 8th bharn
ic in progreEs; or (3) during the dasaof the lord of the
8th bhava when the bhukti of the planet next in order
to tbe aav (Randhrapa-lordof the 8th bhava) is takiog
place-the questionof " which of the three alternatives
ia to be chosen as applicableto any particular case"
dependingupon a nice balancingof the etrensthaod
weaknessof the severalplanetsconcerned.

uffi,Arnnn!q,g{tsrdq+frg n
iiitrcrrqrt5{ftE{r ildq rligrfl |
ffirtwr(rilAnt
M {wrrlrrcrqf}rarqrfirqqtTqr( n \\ tl
S/o&a 55. If the lord of the Lagna occupy the 6th,
tbe 8th, or the l2th bhavain conjunction with Rahu or
Ketu, the fatal daea to the person born is that of the
planet which is associated with the lord of the Lagna
or of the Sth bhrva. (If there be no planeteo aesociated)
the dasaof the planet owning the Rasi occupied by the
lord of the Lagna or the 8th bhava will prove fateful.
The death of the person concerned will occur during
the bhukti and apahara of Rahu in the fatal dasa when
Rahu takes precedenceof other planetsin ripening that
portion ol the fatai dasa.

rQ iig;gqfe nqsqd ur I
r10
 811 wrqFqftqa Adh.xrv.
iraTrfuRFqntrtd TrMi
aquft{sntTi{rE{rFqi
il ll \E ll
Sloka sO.= ff out of the lords of the 10th, 8th and
the lgt bhavas and Saturn the weak one be asaociated
with Rahu, death will usually take place during the
dasaarid bhukti of this weak planet; or during the dasa
and antaraof the planet. aspectingit or associatedwith
it.

ilt nruqfril ormqqngdqtsrq'i

e* ceqfr g oqqEtrruditrikritqr{ t
q{rqmqilrrd aggri ri'rqqtqrqi
\\ . \ r Cr A\A
c!ru qottg(I dllqililq fliI(re;il{ ll \\e tl
Sloha 57. If the lord of the 8th bhavaoccupy the
s&rDrthe person born will suffer from ailment during
the dasaand bhukti of the lord of the 8th bhava. If the
Lagna be occupied by its lord, the dasaand bhukri of
the latter will bring on bodily suffering; but the person
concernedwill survivc in eachcase, regain health and
be happy. If the lord of the 8th bhava be strong, the
dacathat brings on death is that of the lord of che
Lagna.
nirarwqwt fiqt Rot
oilqtr;rrqiiflirqiiiEssq. I
q{KdiEgtft iioqnrt
qiqiflqi iiwrqq ufk{urqrqn \d fl
Slofra 58. If, at the birth of a person,the lst bha,
va be void of strength, he will have much difficulty in
,tiding over the dasa periods of the lords of the Lagna
sI.69-60 qltdtsqrqr 8?&

aod the 8th bhava. Surviving thia, he will haveexceed

ing happiners. In the casein which the lord of the
Lagnais strong, the death of the personconcernedwill
occur during the dasaof the lord of the 8th bhava.

tit q tinr{n{ogi ffids}Eiq+

ilr6q${gfuIr|It q}qqq1q:ssq I
cnfrsqq*qtgftbffiffi
qrssqi Fg(ift !r{q [ \q tl
T;rrerFTrTile \?\

Sloftrr 59. If the lord of the Lagna identrcal witF'

the lord of the 8th bhava be strong and occupy a Ken-
dra or Trikona position, the person born will suffer
from diseageor be exposedto public censureduring the
dasa of the planet if &oy, aesociated with the lord
aforesaidof the Lagna and the 8th bhava. If the lords
of the Lagna and the 8th bhavas occupy a Kendra or
Trikona in conjunction with another planet, the person
will surely have his demise during the dasaof the planet
if any occupying the 8th bhava.
a]\qsqffi qit elrnta dfuil+(
qt oaqiser{rssqrfrilittffilliil} qftr I
dnfr(*lrqd srtqft uwa) g&u}
rqffi(q} ud q FE qiq il Qo tl
Sloftzr60. But if there be no planet in the 8th
bhava (in the case considered in the latter part of the
previoussloka),the deathof the personconcernedehould
be divined by meansof the planet occupving the Lagna.
The event will happenduring the dasaof the last-nen-
tioned planet when Saturn arrives in its progress
through the orbit at the Lagna or the 8th bhava. lf the
8t6 qnrrf,rft{re Adh. )(V.

,
with other planets,then find out which of the agaociated
planeto is weak ; and it is during the dasaand bhukti of
this weak planet that the aetrologer should declareas
probable the death of the person concerned.

amrflr!fficfrt{sRaafrqrfirqfqrn
{qmt-dfdnM FE fA"A,ufrr
$d q itqqiordii(s erta df\renE,
om? gmeq{rrREil dilrfM Rqq.n qt tl
S/ofra 61. (i) Find the aggregatenumber of yeare
(according to qgqqr-Ududasa) of the planets associated
with the lord of the 5th bhava. Divide this by | ?.
The remainder should indicate the zodiacal sign occu-
pied by the Sun at the time of the person.s demise.
But if such lord of the bth bhava is not associatedwith
any other planet, then the aggregate number of years
according to qgT{rr(Udu dasa) of the lord of the 5th
bbava ghould be divided by lZ and the remaindershould
indicate the zodiacal sign occupied by the Sun at the
time of the person's demise. Again, add together the
EgE{n(Udu dasa) periods of the lord of the Lagna and
the lord of the 5th bhava or the planet associatedwirh
the lord of the 5th bhavaas the casemay be and divide
the eum by 30. The result will indicate the day of the
peroon'sdemise counted from the Sankramaday of
the
month.
fr*t H qTqft ftEogteqefr
E{tuill tnrgqwmg$fhrun. r
{ftt qqrd sttrgfilg i-Et frmt
FFtqRR{[oqqqqffi Effdfi il lR tl
St 6g-6t! lgffisqm: 8??

Sloka 62- If the lords of the 9th, lst and 4th

bhavas should occupy a Kendra or Trikona, the aager
say the mother of the pergonbcrn will followithe father
in death during the dasaand bhukti ofone of these pla,
nets (which one of them 7 should be determined from
other sources). lf the Moon in the 8th bhava be
associatedwith Mars, Saturn or Rahu, the person
concerned will become liable to epilepsy, and death
will result from that disease. The sarneconseguences
follow if the Mcon on the wane be associated with the
above mentioneciplanets.
NorBs.
Cf. V-- 8t' supru.
Cf. eei*iiq;mfir
gtvwrlufloaamrf*)am,q-qrrirra{fi |
gol qqr aeqftqrffiItfter Rarggft q {r(: tl
rh qt{I* rfharug* {ti rawrrg6: sqt I
qoqrq {tsr rr
a* fFqtEFqerrflrhfQnrq{ter
,ilqrRq-Er;qdin
g+ e{tiltrnT*fiqqftqtsfE
r
g:Ft iqrgt{qqrfi: qTil fqilqqqi GqqTfr: qq 1'

qt itqqtsqnfrqrtr qrfr etcnq

5fqm{ri Oilg*lgtgrl;vtfru}q r
qrt q;qqie qrq(frtfrqqqrilffit
ftrq'ilq.Iisfilduagt qnrsfrEsgrqt il ql tl
Stofrc 63. When the Moon is in the 2nd or the
8th bhava, the personborn will be liable to excesgive
perspiration. If Mars occupying the l0th bhava be
associatedwith Mercury, the person's body wilt emit
foul smell. When a_malefic planet occupying the 8th
 878 crilTcrfrwi Adh. xIV.
bbava ig aeeociated with another marefic planet,
the
person born will suffer from a multitude of discasee
and dietractions. But if the planet occupying the gth
bhava be benefic and be associatedalso with a benefic
planet, the pereon concerned will live in ease and
comfort.
qtnRsRwe
{ftmEts
rrxritqq Usrrerqrnq{Rf
UirEi qiR ildqrnurqe
qeilqeGqtcq fr qtil u qBtl
Sloha G4. When a person is born with a cfidEq
rr&r (seershodayaRasi) for the rising.sign, his death'will
occur in the dasaand apaharaof the lord of the znd, lst
or of Rahu accordingas' the dilq+ (seershodaya)rising
sign is moveable, immoveableor of a dual kind. If the
Lagnabe a yii<< (Prishtodaya) Raqi, the death will
happenduring the dasa and apahara of the rord of the
Lagna,drekkanaif the Lagna be a moveable sign if
; it
be an immoveableoD,the event will take plac-eduring
the dasaand apaharaof the pranetaspectedby rhe
rord
of the Lagna,drekkana;if a dual Rasi, during the
dasa
and apaharaof the planet in conjunction with the
rord
of the Lagna,drekkana.

ll eTEWtl
qprrxfiEgwfrqfgrrfr df\<tqrqt*.rtRapqrs I
rrritr{Rfi gmffi untgrlqcgi
*utn rniqrr
Sloka 6i. It is with ,referenceto the 9rh bhava
and Jupiterthar an asrrologershouidthink of a person,s
fortune, power, father or other such elderly peroon,
 sl. 66-67 qgtrilsqrqr 8?e
good works, strict observance of duty and general
welfare. When the lord of the 9th bhava and Jupiter
are in aurpicious vargas and the 9th bhava is occupied
by a beneficplanet, the person born meetswith good
fortune.
Nores.
cf , ;tRFfitrrwl
qdf=xqTqiqrfl: qTfdqhirqqfrffiqo
q {froqr
frtqqroiqurq:gilil: goqro+
ff+ftqqfee{rt
vkt4rc{.
gq*{ird(rlrrl ftq**r({I?Ft: qdkq I
saptTi qTFf,fllrigq.Erq+qqfrfiqr( rt
Slokas 65-87 rrrealso found in dld+{t.

qmFalqtifgnuua*qr
rrrr{fuerqft qrrlqaq{atnrr
qrqlsitgffiq{rit
qii ilrqr{ il EE tf
urQ g rrrf{rq-E!
Sloku 66. If the planets occupying che 9rh bhava
be malefic, hostile, depressedor eclipsed,the persons
born in the yoga will be void of good name, wealth or
moral worth. Even a malefic planet in rhe 9th bhava.
if in exaltation,in swakshetraor in a friendly house,
invariably doesgood to the men concerned.
frrqerflrgiihi aqqf qr.rq-(nilrai
aqrfiuqiilriinquir rIFIIQT
uat rriq t
qTrt{rrqftqrqqtq{ft ffiSdEt qtqq-
qfAffi rrrd'xsfrt<il tt Ergrr
Tgffqd-Jdqrrr
Sloka 67. The fth bhavaoccupiedor aspected by
a benefic planetor its own lord recureEhappineccto
880 rffi Adh.xtv.
the persons concerned. The planet owoing the Rari
occupied by the lord of the 9th bhava is the author of
the good fortune mentioned above. It is the lord of
the 9th bhava that maturesthe same. The lord of tbe
5th place from the 9th bhava ia its awakener. If tbese
planetsbe in exaltation or in their own signs, they
producelong,lastinghappinees.
qrnr0 Esnfilqqffiqffi qq*
{rs{ {tfisi ttft zqfrffiqrfts*frt t
qi{rt {o{rffi :F{qil qTnf{q6fr il
gf;qt{q(rr qiqP{tri ii{;ln qFqt{ilr il qd tl
Sloha 68. If there be in the 9th bhava five planets
occupvingan exaltation house, a swakshetra, an sfkr
(Uchchamea) or a swakshetramsain connectionwith any
of the 10 Vargas(uide Adhyaya1, sloka 30), and if they
be at the sametime acsociatedwith or aspectedby the
lord of the 9th bhava,the person born will have good
fortune aboundingin wealth and glory and will become
a lordly perEonage.Four suchplanets oimilarly placed
in the 9th bhavaand poseessingstrength are capableof
yielding good fortune to the person concerned. This
good fortuoe,they give in the country of one'sbirth if
they occupya poaition of exaltation,swakshetraor an
amsabelonging to either of these'two. If they be in
any other ?rD$drthe good fortune will crop up to tbe
peraonconcernedin a foreign country.
qrt mqfdth,rik{st {rrq qifr r*i
qdnqgtufr ffirft {r qrfrddi., r
st*!r gft Wr iirftUqrq' ft gqiltnq
glunqqfr!gl Guidarqd" q]sfrqr{nqqrr
gl. s-70 qildtsrrrr 8E1

aspectedby its lord or a beneficplanet,the personborn

doesaseuredlybecomeposeessed of good fortune. If
the Moon or Venus be in the 9th bhava asauciated
with a maleficplanet,the personconcernedwill become
tddicted to women belonging to venerableelders. If
Jupiter(in the 9th bhava?) be aspected by the Sun,the
peroonconcernedwill becomea lordly person; if ae'
pectedby Mars, he will be a minister; if by MercwY,
he will be wealthy; if by Venue, he will command
cavalry; if by the Moon, he will be happy; and laetly
if aepectedby $acurn,he will come into poceetsionof
camelsmd suchotherriding animale.
Norrs.
For the secondquarterof the slcka, cf. qril{c
qd HqrtqR q&rrqil.zth' gi qI gtqr(qldlI
qqlfgqFqi{rq*
n\q gft aut dre{Enrrrfill
frErtil{rr+$sqd-{rft;rt;g}gfr
ilqwr{a(ffir{r{qt frt oqr*flqtt
ftqrEr{F{ilcRtii gor qteganirrffi
i
gfrftsfi{iht italtq il} aqrqratlt so 11
Sloho 70. If Jupiter occupying the 9th bhavabe
aspectedby both the Sun and the Moon, the person con'
cernedwill be wise and in possessionof elephants,
cowE,horses and wealth ; if by the Sun and Mare, he
will have ?,oorrDlr vehicles and precious Etoneo; if by
the Sun and Mercury, he willamuse himself with learn'
ed discussione and have abundance of wealth ; if by
the Sun and Venue, he will be polite in his addrees.
?tr
ll a
882 crrilscrftiTn Adh.xlv.

rqrqi4fitfrnt gqfriqrnil qwnqqr{

ilt wEoifri ggqilst.rrgu*uerr
ilt&gq{tiht ytgtl {sr{uzqrcqr
ghgxiiolifii {icrqr qt $tt t$aq u sl s1
Sloka 71. lf Jupiter occupying the 9th bhavabe
aspectedby the Sun and Saturn, the person concerned
will abound in moral excellenceand be wise and in
possession of many villages; if by the Moon and Mars,
he will have extensive fame, comman<lan army and
enjoy easeand wealth ; if by the Moon and Mercury.,
he will be blest with domestichappiness,valuablepro-
perty, bedding and furniture; if by the Moon and
Venus, he will lack children. though brave,active and
wealthy.

qr{ iqtri rrdl

TrqGeg+ie*CgurqR
ili gnstfhi r{qt ftqriirr,}qlqt I
u{dqq}l}rt il{fr ilsn qgq'rTqr{
drq: qrtRwrcrnil(r! qil ilqrqr{rnr tleQtl
Sloku 7?". If Jupiter in the gth bhavabc .rspc*c.i
by tbe Moon and Saturn, the person concernedwill be
meritorioua and become an expo,.rlderof the law in a
foreigoland ; if by Mercury and Venus, he will surpase
in learning. If all the other planets aspecr ,lupiterrn
the 9th bhava, he will be a great personage,a king, in
poaseeaion of much valuable property. All rhe benefic
planetr when founci together in the gth bhavaare cap,
able of eecuring,to the personeubjectto their influence,
dominion and wealth laetingfor a long time.
 sl. 73-?4 tg{tfrsrnrr 888

{Fqe {firfr {fi*Klil{ftf\t {qft-

KffiEfrqqlirTrercrttqqsgr1ffifr I
H tr*t g ir* qfr* tnqqmlqeq
g:r*lqr{mr$ti Rt rrrfrilrsflqr tf sl tt
Sloka 73. If the Moon occupying the 9th bhava
be aspectedby Saturn, Mercury and Mars. the person
b o r n w i l l b e a k i n g ; t h e s a m e t h i n g h a p p e n sw h e n a
planetin its exaltation in the 9th bhava is aspectedby
a beneficone. If the Sun in conjunctionwitli the Moon
occupythat bhavr, the pcrson b,rrn will be wealthy but
afflicted with Ophthalmia. lf the Sun and Mars be
togetherin the gth bhava,the personconcernedrvill be
i l l a t e a s ed, i s p u t a t i o u sb. r r t l i k e d b y k i n g s .
qrfr kgg( {qil{gdrgretwrr{sttfl
nrltta gt ftqfq{rsftenr ed ftT{rd t
ftrit grgil tfr qriagie'qr iqil gite E
\A\A
q;( RI.TFFF(i g GTA{iE;ittWIRTITIiTI{ll s8 ll
S l o k u 7 4 I f t h e S i t na n d M e r , . : u r ye p p e a ri n c o n ,
junction in the 9th bhava,the person born will hav.:
numerousenemies,will be unhappy.rndaiways suffering
from someailrneirt. It the Sun in the qth Frhavabe
essociated with Jupiter,'theperEonborn will be wealthy
and do what will pleasea father. If the planet in
conjunction with the Sun in t,re 9th bhavabe Ventte,
the effectof it on the person born will be to make him
sick. But if chcSuir arrd Saturn occrrPYthe 9th bhava
together,the peraonconcernedwiil be ailing ae a father
ancithat ilom a stomachic complaint. If there be the
Moon and Mars associatedtocether in the gth bhava,
 qr(TcrRrrt Adh.xrv.
the peroonborn will perpetrate
matricideand will have
to renouncehis wealth.
qpqtfltrsurqrr{ iqqt qt rdrrcil
kfi qAm ffiftE{: *qr{ grvnt r
iltiil $ddrqRsrgi wqil{r{i{qr
\\A.e
q-{ q;EgifHqrtggt{RqrdrsE{gil lt \e\ tl
Sloha 75. If the Moon and Mercury be together
in the 9th bhava,the person affecred by the yoga will
be eloquent and conversant with many sciences. If
Jupiter occupythe 9th bhava in conjunction with the
Moon, the perron born will be firm.minded, illustrious
and prosperous. When the Moon and Venus are in
the 9th bhava,the pereon concernedwill have a strum,
pet for his wife and will be in favour with his step,
mother. If tbe Moon in the 9th bhava be associated
with Saturn, the peroonborn will be void of all reli-
giouo merit and hie mother will be caBr out of hic
hmily.

si gqgttst qfl q&ilr

{nfr frr1g1*t
ghq kqqftr F{ $}-{rElftid m! |
di qr-gwT{i{tiqqt qr{i rdtrer
fitt mwd\i qgqitit{r{ qdi qFEaltt \eqtl
Sloka 76, If Mare andMercury betogetherin the
9th bhava,the personborn will be learnedin the eacred
bookganddevotedto pleasure andease; if Mars combine
with Jupiterin that bhava,the person concernedwill
be wealthyand respected.The effectof Marr being
aseociatedwith Venus in the 9th bhava is that tbe
pcraonborn wrli irave two wives and will be an ex-
sl. ??-?8 agiffiswrn:

pounder of law in a foreign land. If the planetcombin-

ing with Mars in the 9th bhava be Saturn, the influence
of the yoga on the person born is to makehim wicked
and addictedto women not his own. When Mercury
and Jupiter are found rogerher in the 9th bhava, the
person born will be keen-witted, wise, wealthy and
learned.
Norrs.
Iror the 2nd qK, c/. first quarter of sloka 5, supro,

ffi].iiffifdfrq! rrlgi wfliqil qfiEer

qhn q.qgt g tlrrdgs]ftqrffismmm I
ilt ssst tuistrQr*qnwt gt
qlqtraqq:fhtslftgt qnogefrufu 1 sn tl
Sloha 77. When Mercury and Venus combine
in the 9th bhava,the peraonborn will be wise, devoted
to music and pleasure,and learned; when Meicury and
Saturn are found together in rhat bhava, the pereon
concernedwill be sickly, surprssingin wealth. but un_
truthful ; when Jupiter and Venus occupy the 9rh
bhava together,their influence on the personborn will
b e t o m a k eh i m l o n g - l i v e da n d e x c e e d i n g l yp r o s p e r o u s ;
when lupiter and Saturn are in conjunction in the 9th
bhava,the person born will cuffer from djseaee and will
b e r i c h i n j e w e l s ; w h e n V e n u s i s a s e o c i a t e dw i t h
Saturn in that bhava,the person born will becomea
king's corDpeer.
qfaqarrr f\qqtEa'tir
rft-g.r\rrai{qiqqmr t
frm ftsqi rftq.(drqr dbsqiqr:gnEla;trasnectl
Sloha 18, If the Sun,the Moon and Mare combine
in the 9th bhava, the personborn will become an or-
886 srdrqrftqrt Adh.xlv.

phan and have an impaired limb , if three planets

occupying the 9th bhava be the Suo. the Moon and
Mercury, the personborn will be cruel and engaged in
forbidden actt ; if the Sun, the Moon and Jupiter be
found togethetin the 9th bhava, the person will enjoy
much easeand will be rich in vehicles.
q'fffi {fkdl EqFotuffdiimfilr{I
qnqdrftateqtrffi' utqiftfrqtrn{ |
taqtfrW* g ffi g{qs td f**r<Aqt
qrqt ll sq ll
tsfi tqfquilqr gilq'{frqri}qa}
Sloka 79. When the 3 planetsin the 9th bhava
are the tiun, the Moon and Venus, the person born
wiil be a royal favourite and lose hie wealth by eogaging
in quarreisfor womell. If thc Sun, thc Moon and
Saturn be associatedtogether in the 9th bhava, the
effect on the personborn will b: that he will have tc
serve as a menial and becomeobnoxiou$to good people'
If in that bhavathe Sun,Mars and Mercury be united,
the persouborn will b: lovely, bur ill tempered and
quarrelsome. I f tl'rc combination in th; 9ch bhava
consist of thc S,.rn, l"tars and Jupiter, the person
concernedwill evince love to Gods and the lr{anesand
wrll be blessedwicir children,wrfe and wealtlr'
wit sitdr ftqr(i?tersiql e{!["{'-$:
orqrqEfdtii6gru-ir flgr i\gqimr t
qdiirfrq;nq\ Wgf,rilii{{'l i+qqrq.
{r;di ilqqi iilTlgc{fr qr{i qniiqihr tt co ll
Sloirr 80. ii the Sun and Mars appearin conjun'
crion wich Venus in che9th bhava, thc effect of the
;r.81-8? qgtdtst{rcr

'ogaon the person born will be to make hin disputa,

ioue,irritable and rakishly inclined to the seduction of
vomen. If the Sun and Mars be associated with Saturn,
he personbcrn wiil be friendlessindigent and will be,
,omea parricide If the planetsin thc 9th bhava be the
iun, Mercury and Jupiter, the person born will be a
o1'alfavourite and own large wealth. If the Sun, Mer-
:ury and Venus be together in that bhava, they will
nakethe person born equal to a king ; if the planet
:ombiningin the 9th bhava with the Sun and Mercury
>eSaturn, the lxrson born will be wicked and addicted
,o women not his own.
qlqmiiter{gfi qq{tni qal qitetr
rqitdfqRnnfrqR iieedi eqrqrqrrl
r
*rR**qrrtEr irr{rrfidifr EttiH
qret ffiqqrrgal q qrc{;(nqiinigqfilt dl tl
S l o f t a8 1 . T h e S u n a n d J u p i t e r c o m b i n i n g w i t h
Venus in the 9rh bhava makethe person born rakish,
wealthy and learned. lf the sametwo planets become
rssociatedwirh Satuqnin the 9th bhava, the person
born will becomea notorio,rslibertine. When the Sun,
Venus and Saturn appeartogether in the 9th bhava, the
perEonborn will becomea vile convict. The Moon,
Mars and Mercury conjoined in the gth bhava give
birrh to one who, thoughatflictedin childhood,will be-
comehappy in later life.
t*ntqrarn\ rqqt ff qRqr{tt,fir
qdl qs$oTiTr{qrffrgrgh;gqa;qir t
g'] nreui q*qfAsqq;il{qqkqit
3Trqr{il
wrEr{RUqrwqtirq{aErfttrll cl rr
888 qrlr6crftwil Adh.lCV.
| . @ @ v v v r r v v v v v r r e v ! v ! t l v y $

Sloka 82. lI the Moon, Mars and Jupiter be to,

getherin the 9th bhava, the pereonborn will devote
himselfto divine worship. The combinationin the
9th bhavaof the 3 planetsthe Moon, Mars and Venus
will makethe personconcerned bereft of his wife and
rubject him to accidenteresulting in bodily hurt;
if the Moon, Mars and Saturnbe the trio planetsin the
9th bhava,the personborn will be of a base disposi-
tion,looehis motherbut will becomea king'epeer; tbe
Moon, Mercuryand Jupiterappearingin the rmq (Bha,
gya,9th)makethe person born a teacheranda wealthy
lord.
rilgf wf,rqrsi fiUl qr( qFffignt qEqiq{iln t
qrqtfr{rqiffigtn} snrds
gqr6qg{r*gr' tf dl tl
SloAa 83. When the Moon, Mercury and Venue
are together in the gth bhava,the effect will be that the
peroonborn will becomesubject to the control of bis
etep-mother'sfather. If the Moon, Mercury and Saturn
be the three planetsin the 9th b\ava, the pereon born
will be wicked and inclined to pick quarrels.

q;ilqlafr qfutr q*qsfistiqqt qrurq,d{i-r

r
||;({gilt ttt{ogeqsSftMtwt"gWrf lf cu ll
Sloka 84. The Moon and Jupiter in the fth
bhavacombining with Venus makethe person born a
king ; the aametwo planetsassociatedwith Saturn in
that bhava makehim inclined to virtuous acte. The
tbree planetsSaturn, Mercury and Venur in the gth
bhava give the person born a status equrl to a king's
and convert him into a money-makingfarmer.
sr.86-8? rqilt'fsrrr 889

{rqfr* qrqftmrtffifr qrrRrfr {Sffiqgfl |

ildt sgd TRrqStr mrrgfrqrfltsm{s tt c\ ll
Sloka 85. Mars and Mercury combining with
Jupiterin the 9th bhava makethe personborn a ruler
of a province. The sameplanetscombiningwith Venur
in the samcbhavawill makehim convergantwith Sar-
tras,but fickle,mindedand cowardly. If those two
planetsagainbc ass<-rciated
with Saturnin the 9th bha,
va, thc personborn will be captiousanclincompetent.

qdrRn{ q{Erqfr*fr'fr qffi Enqrqrffi t

Rqrqrrfrilitf, qfr'{rilqnr!dtqq *{gr{-*ilf tl
S/oArr8(r. If Mercury and Jupiter be aecociated
with Vcnus in thc 9th bhava,the pcrson born will be
celebratcdfor his learningand virtue, The same two
planete,if associaterlwith Saturn in the 9th bhava, will
make thc person concerned learned and eloquent.
When Jupiter, Venua,Mercury and the Moon combine
in thc 9th bhava, a fortunate pcrEontakeshis birth.
6nirrilE{rftililffiffirt *1a6il*fi I
{rr r{gqxqgnft{rgrrut+dtr t
rtqqHqgHmri ilQ u}ft 0T'i
{rsri{{g} f{ftrrgfr cnr(l{kqfqqq ll z\ell
Sloha87. If the Sun,Mars, Jupiterand Saturnbe
togetherin tl're 9th bhava, the person born acquirec
wealth by his daring and prowecl. Venus, Marc,
Jupiterand the Moon in the 9th bhavamakethe perEon
born valiant,endowedwith every virtue and a critical
faculty to appreciateworks of art. When thc combi'
nation in the gth bhava generallyconsist!of 6, 6,4 or
t17
 8e0 fiilfirftwre Adh.xtv.
3 planete,the person born attains prosperity, If the
combination includes Mercury, the person concerned
gete regal power ; but if the combination be without
Mercury or Jupiter, the person born getsevil fortune
for his lot.
qiqFe nr{tqr Ugftrqftqf.*er rtrf Sw{ |
aqftqrqq{r<tq-{fri ffqqr{qft*qqn zd tl
S/ofra 88. Planets combining in the 9th bhava,if
dissociatedfrom lvlercury and Jupiter, causethe birth
of a personthat will .be diseased,unamiablc,forlorn,
pining in prison and exceedinglymiscrable.
Norus.
This slclka has been talien frr.lrntilrtqol.

{Fqrftt fiqrrr0ilwxr*+pq1,
mttirflqurqr* lTFqdfrqtqrr u cq fl
Slota 89. If the lord of the 9th bhavaoccupying
tlre 8th be apectedby a depressedor inimical planct ,i
be itself in depreosionor in a nraleficamsa(ldr,Shaetv,
amsa?),the pernonborn will bc unluckv
{rrqrfqtgrrgilgry{fttlqt r
ilSri gqqr{;} F.stffiqrqrq{r{ ft lo tl
BloAo 90 When thc lord of thc gth bhavars as
sociatedwitir a beneficplanetand ie aspectedbv an,cher
beneficplanet and the gth bhava itserf has a be'efic
planet in it, the person born will enjoy good fame,
wealth and prosperity.
Norr,s.
The additional information in the ncxt pago from
vtrCtRi{K
will bc found usoful I
sl. 90 egffist*rr 8el
qtil qft +rrhrtgeqekfF,rt
g:6qS
str6q1;{'1-qqtsft qr qqgh r} qR qrflnl
qtqriraem,ilgrgilqimqaiffin :
g'{t sqrqq?i}fiqqh qr,r:q,rrrd ttt rr
qFqt'itfl faar+iiq,rg* er"ir-qfqx]qfi
EriiarfQgtr +arfiiil ni a'iqaniqft r
qiqlgftne* n 'rfR*rdl g\' qiltft:
.rg&'arreqtq lQq,it dt* q qi) qft lr
T h e f o l l o w i n g a d d i t i o r r a li n i o r n r a t i o nl e l a t i r r gt o t h e 9 t h l i o u r e
i:i extracted frorrr q"talf?+t.
q{ qq ar g,i 4{ g:5\ ilqlq*,qfAI
qiqq"qqatR figrronrfifrq11
I f l v l a r s o r t l i e S L r no c c l r p ] ' t l r e 9 t h l r o u s e a n r l t h e l o r d o f t h e
l a t t e r b e i n a g : r 5 1 J 4 obre t w i x t t w o n l a l e f i c s , t l r e e f l e c t w i l l b e t h c
d e n r i s eo f t l r e f a t h e r ( o r o n e e q u a l t o a f a t h e r ) o i t h e n a t i v e s o o n
a f t e r l r i sb i r t h ,
fiqr W finr qt grt qrrfiitftri r
qii qeng+fit {rfi nfiqarrr
!f the SLrn in the case of a day.birth or Snturn in the case of
a r r i g h t - h i r t b b e r v e l l - p l a c e d a n d a s p e r : t e dl l y b e n e f i c s , a n d i f t h e
lord of the gtlr be alco strong, the father of the native will live
for a long tirrre.
q=qnfr:aftandq qtrft{)qt n'sadlfQCrql{|
sot qqq-{giiRirle} naifr griitfrrrg: rr
I f t h e t w o l u r n i n a r i e s( t h e S u n a n d t h e M o o u ) b e i n t r i n e t o
Saturn and Mars, the child will be abantlonedby both the parents.
I f t h e 9 t h b h a v a b e a s p e c t e db y J u p i t e r , t h e c h i l d w i l l b e l o n g .
lived and happy.
afiqlrqrftq:Fqriqrcd|q g{ftd: r
S{ g,tqntscq-qFed qqfrqfi tl
 8v2 lRrrqrft|rt Adh.xlv.
If Saturn owning the 9th house occupy a moveable sign and
be unaspectedby benefics,and if the Sun be in n E:TTa,the child
concernedlives under the care of a foster-father.
qfr ilJ.tfrqTq-Eg+elsft qTq\ |
qril qai qqTi 6qAriqflnldfi u
If, either the 9th houseidentical with a moveable sign, or the
lord thereof being in a moveable sign be in conjunction with or
aspectedby Saturn and if the lord of the lZth housebe strong,
tbe child born is sure to be adoptedby another.

tr{rmtil ffirt s}tr ftttftt t

qh tt qt fl
sqfRr rfrQTrrffisfr
S/oAc 91. When the lord of the 9th bhavahas
attained a Simhasanamsaand is aspectedby the lord of
the Lagna as well as by the lord of the lOth bhava, the
peroonborn will bestow great gifts,
qmf Sftfril qrsRqq{qnrgirqrI
qtirqd\Tsrfr eraqlHiifiqT.iln ql tl
Sloka 92. The person born in the aboveyoga if
of Brahminical birth may rlso become an officiating
priest (of the royal house.hold?), or thc benevolent
director of alms,house. The alternative caprcitiee are
to be assigned according to the caste to which the
person concernedmay belong.
gft ilmTilug+;HM{rftilril |
s{trfqt ilfi w{PtnrfrqAEtt ql tl
S/ota 98. $/hen Jupiter is in the 9th bhava antl
occupier its own Navamsa or is aspectedby a benefic
planet, the person born will evince a high censeof filial
duty.
sI.94-97 rgirilsqrq: 893

geqrt ftqgt gw,fsqFEtr

il{t geqrrrQlFrffim: gdt lr qB tl
Slolrr 94. When the portion of the qth bhava
which is associatedwith a benefic planethaelikewise a
Varga of Jupiter and the lord of that bhava occupiesa
Varga owned by Jupiter, the pcrson born will clelight
in servinghis parentsand will be happy.
qm Smqilr
gegrgqhrQ
gwrrortqtrr0 q{ow ail $q n q\ tl
S/ofrr 95. If the lord of the 9th blravaoccupieo
an amsaowncd by Jupiter, Venrrs or Mercurv and is
aspectedby a beneficplanct or is amidutbenefic planets,
the person born will engagein virtuouBacts.
qI qri qrT{rqqmEtirqm{gtI
rg"i{+ {rsfrqd{i* riinr il qq tl
S/r.rftrr96. When thr:re is a malefic planet in the
9th bhava, the person horn will be sinful. When the
lord of the 9th bhavais associatedwith a maleficplanet
or occupiesa maleficti0th porcion of a eign, the person
concernedwill be void of virtue.
{ff{h gffirt *-'qfruM
gweuqqrftqn$ Rot t

ffiqqq"t il Elafrqnqdiu qe tl
Sloho 91. lf the lord of the 9th bhava occupy a
Kendra or Trikorra in great strength and if the Lagna
be aspectedby its lord, good fortunes come in a crowd.
The same result will follow wlren the lord of the lOth
 mrscrfrant Adh. xIV.
*w! t- vvt !vv t u vv! vr-@vvvvv

bhavaoccupiesa Navamsa,a.TrimoamEaor a Drekkana

of Jupiter. But in either case, the person concerned
will not indulge in enjoymenrsbur will devote himself
to a strict austerelife
{ss{trlT{rwr drqfl rrrq(t{il
rFrirrs{rqR*uwnr6qF(1
qii gqqb*Rr sr;Tfrrrr
ftfraaRgqqfiit"trl gdiftlru qc tl
.S/o&a98. Every planetwlren in itg own horrseor
exaltaticlnin tlr.: ath bhirv.r,proJuccs most efficientlyr
superabtrndance trf wealth and g,:ld to the personcon-
cerned. lf in tlre ath bhav.rtfie plapetsbe aspectedby
treneficoues,the per$or) born rvill overcome all his
opponents,po$sess a charming constitution and enjoy
good fame'
N011q5.
T h i s s l o l r ai s f r o r r rq t r t q d i .

?rrtfirrdtrqffi;frgrd rfrr gTgdr ss{,

*qfr*t qR* {*{r1qtqqirgrgdft grln 1\
S/oftc aQ When thc lorJ of the ft1xre (Pitrubhe-
va) and its otrr (Karrka) o('cupy a grerrn(Dustthana),
the aetrologeris to declarethat the child's facewas nor
seenby the father becauseof the planeta bcing badly
placed. []ut if tlrc two planets referred to' occLrpya
Kendraor Trikona position, it is possibleto declare
tlrat the father has had the sood fortune to sec the face
of the child.
iiqftqrrqt qruigd{rg*qql wqil irofiFilfI
ilfiqttn;qwt etq qtq diarrgitqr qitr trr( t oo
Sloha 100. tf the lord of the 4th bhava,Venus and
 sl. 101-108 qtlfrsqrqt 896

the Moon be otrong and should either occupy the 6th

bhavaor be in conjunctionwith irs lord,, the deathol
the father will take place ac night time. If the Moon
bc eliminatedfrom the planetarypositionsnanredabove
the yoga points to the father dying in thr: day timc,
fr* qw{Frd {Ftt qo*git
gtgrgt et qq.qFTwrfuqt1
lt l"l tl
Slohu.101. When tl'rc lord of thc 9rh hhaval>eirrg
bcnefic and in strengtir is aspectcdor associatedwith
Jupiter or Vcnus, the pcrs,'rnborn will engrgc in the
rccitation of praycrs, holy conternplationor abstract
mcditationon the r)?lturcof thc Spirit, accordingaB ttre
portior] occupied l>y tlt,: lord t-rfthc 9th lrhava bclongs
to a moveable,immovcahlcor a dual Rasi.
tqolmftqrqd rtqi \Fq\sfi qr I
qrilEilt{*ftr} qilft$qt ,riq tr t"R rl
Sloha I02, When the lord of tlre lOth or the 9th
bhavahas attaineda Devalokamsaor other higher Vai.
scshikamsa,and a benciic planetis in a Paravatamsa at
thc eametime, tire person born will bcconrcabsorbcdin
thc contcmplationof the suprcmespirit.
qKF{irfEqrqQ qt't Wr{gt t
ilit gqist lr{IElqstrr}q tt t"l ll
S / o A a 1 0 3 . W h e n t l i e l o r d o f t h c g t h b l r a ' r ab e i n g
in conjunction with Jupirer has att,rirrcda Paravatamsa
and the lord of the Lagnais aspectcdby Jupitcr, the
personborn will bestow grcat gifts.
Eft {qqq6qrntqqrqft{t\t E{KsnRqrt
(ffrrrsqffiqqrrrr{qqgqdrtI
Thue ende&c.
--rr+a,--
 srrrTifinffi qEqq{fr$qFr:
nmCorW:rt
Adhyaya XV.
T U E E r I ; D c l ' s o F T t r u l 0 ' l ' r r ,t r r r llttr aNo
Tge lZ't'u f_iuAV,\s.

il 3fE ({rrtrrrE$oqll
Bt1{nprfiWUI|fi i{{Ft6rlt'IRfr
aI6R-
q?rcqnqfidilqqq{il'ftilnftwr
Tr{r( |
fu et -
t t er{ifq} u{tuagc'otqrge
SilneqRilqtfiqgt qrr Rqr* r{( n ? tl
S/otrr 1. Ap,rrt from rvh,tt has bccn etatedpre-
viouely, an astrologer may asccrtaina pcrsoll'sauthority,
his honorablc rank, ornamcnts, apparel,activities,slecp,
agriculture,retircmcnt from thc world, beneficentacts
sanctioncd in scriptures, nrear)l;of livelihood, farne,
knowledgeof the specialarts and lcarning gencrally,by
mean$of the lord of thc lOth bhava, thc Sun, Mercury,
Jupiter and Saturn. Whcn thc l0th bhava is inauspi-
cious, the perron born will bc void of honor or prrde.
cf , stdiilr{tur
6qTqr(gElzq{trFq qfrqq erR fqgcil t
rt(irrqrft:eg niiatr ilcqlftqfi {qi fqqriq tt
sgGnqfrq{qhqntqq.qr-
Rt R q{nqA ni+{ q6rqqr
896
 st.2-8 trlnFfrstqrqs 897

firrrrqfiEeil ilftrQzqr{ri:
q*oqfl fifi;Fi srq'frrnng{tft:
u
u{t roqlfrt qqo{luidrgr<rcq
diqvdiraxrafr
iqqioa]glqTriirrhErr r
rrfrwnsai{hit qr} u* iqi}sr{r
{li qfitr q;Nrr{$ieiqterr gu}rrtqrrr rr
Sloha Z, tf the lord of the iOth bhavahave no
strength,the personborn will be fickle-mindedand ill,
behaved; Jupiter, Mircury, Sarurnand the Sun if badly
placed lead the person concerned to viciour acts.
When Rahu or the Sun occupies the l0th bhava, the
peraon born will get the benefit of bathing in the
Ganges. \l/hen Meena foims tbe 10th bhava and is
occupiedby Mercury and Mars, the per;on born will
attain final cmancipation.
NorEs.
fhrs ,.r ds fell as slokas 3 to l0 are found tn dlf+{(i,

qd,f{ gfrgs I t;i gSiUililr{d}lttlsI

'qi gt ilgfiriq\ il drqrflqt anugnarrRqr( tr
Sloha 3. When the lord of the 10thbbrva occu
pieea Kendra in conjunctionwith Venus, or is in
exaltation,the person born will purify himcelf by
ablutionsin the waterof the Ganges. When Mercury
occupiesrhe 1]rh bhavaor thelord of rhelast-mantioned
bhavais in swakshetra or exaltation,the merit of guch
ablutionswill accrueto tirc personconceroed,
q;i uditr crraqliTltudf
{d} ft {dq-fr
qrqiq=sr?qCqii{qoqRqEihf,rmwq I
113
89& flilcIftiTe Adh.xv.

fiqr gffi filllilr mqdft.,isqr:

uil{rwrftil ngut dfue wqqi( ll B ll
Sloka 4. When ttre Moon u,ith clear rays occu-
pieo the 10th bhava the personborn will be purif ied by
the ablutions in the Ganges water. The Moon when
malefic in the samebhava leadsthe personconceruedto
gamblingaod acts of violencc. Benefic planets when
weak in the 10th bhava destroy the beneficent deeds
which the person may be inclined to do. The benefit
of any sacrificewhich may accrueto a person should be
ascertainedby meansof the lord of the tOth blrava,
Mercury and Jupiter,and then announced'
cf . s{ltcRRlt
$.\
q fii
.nq{l: +,Tr{rl "'{qfigfqql1z.;q6r:{'f
\ \ -\ ce \ r.
{rt;ql;'{FqaEql ryr{gdllld.rl qllrTqlqs ddi I
RafrIIfiqqflqt;z{{I{144!luq?qTI44q.IqI-
^ (\ . l'
rq}..qfqafiq {8l'qr1{{qtq: $?4 { ict,ll: ll

qsd ilgs,iqiqfr eqftqrfirwig n

Eilrilr(|ri*ilqqia uw q*iqurlkwq t
ffdf qn*a mfriirft{frgir q-nt}tq:
il-{iunsffi qli gi taqrftn{:nfit tt q tt
S/ofra 5. If the lords of the lfth and thc lst
bhavasbe in one placeor if tltcsctwo bhavashavc clne
e.ndtne samEiord the person born will perform sacri'
iices and other such meritorious acts with the help of
money acquireci fairly by hi,nself. If tire lord of the
lOth bhava be aesociatedwith Saturtt, tirc meritorious
acts will go on with the help of money contributedby
st. 6-7 q{f(drrstqr||r 8qe

Stdras. If the sameplanet be associatedwith Rahu or

Ketu, the sacrificial acts of the person concernedwill
take placeby meansof moneycontributed by deopicable
people; if with Jupiter the sacrifices, etc., of the
person born will be set on foot by contributions lrom
kings ; if with the Sun or any other of the remaining
planets,the rites will take place with the help of the
money supplied by those relations whose karakathe
planetin conjunction with the lord of the lOth bhava
may happento be.

{Eg{gii qfi qrqtqr?qfrRr

fregqgildirrft* gffi t
qR affiErlsft qrrnm
ll q ll
{irfr qtqnqi ETqqrqntfror
5l.,A,r 6 When the 10th bhavais occupiedby
rnany benefic planets,the peroon concernedwitl attain
the merit of performing a Vajapeva sacrifice. But If
the lords of chc signs occupiedby Venus and Mercury
Lrevoid-o{ strength,his sacrificial works eveo wherr
advanceda grcat rvay will suffer interruption and will
he lost. He will passoff ior a perstlnengagedin works
,,f thc highest merit being characterisedhy the practice
and nature o, tht: Asttra ..ommunitv: viz. hyplcrisy
, r n J o s . e n t a t l o u cs l i s p l ; r y .
q.(r( sliiir {n{i {ughggri(+lfut
qrrriiq giikt ii rrG{Iq{rd}qiq t
efiq{rgtKi}(fueuart{itrft nri TrilI
qai risos{ilaft 6dt sii{ri nu.rq ll e ll
Sloha 7. When a sttong beneficplanet occupier
 qrtfcrfrwe Adh.xv.

tbe lOth placefrom the Moon, and being in exaltation

or other beneficVarga is associatedwith or aspectedby
Jupiter, the pereonborn will be a personof imporrance
performing cacrificer and of wide celebrity. If che
lords of the housesoccupiedby Jupirer, Mercury and
Venusbe in the 8th bhava,the peroonborn thoughper.
forming meritoriousworkswill not attaintbe glory,
the rank or dignity whicb the authors of cuchworks
decerve.

futm qogdrqf,ftseuqilr
fre,rdrqqtur{liqugnr* ilr}qfqqrq t

lrcq1
sfiqfr gi{ rrirrgturi fiugtrl tt c tr
Sloha 8. The lord of the 10th bhrva, N{.ercury,
and Jupiter when possersed of str,3ngth lead to the
performanceof gocd works such as sacrifices; if those
planetobe aspectedby or associated.wich a beneficone,
the personborn will attain to the merit of performing
Vpjapcya and other sicrifices of mertt. The planets
above,mentioned Eecurein addirion tl'remerit accruing
from the repaircf old works, erecticnof towers,digging
of regervoirsand laying out of prrks. Wl'ren the lord
of the lOth bhava is beneficand in conjunctionwith
the Moon, but free from the presenceof Rahu or Ketu,
the pereonborn will perform sacrifices.
sqlfrq|eTisieteiigtqr,.iiqqltsqEI
u{erihf} qFqt q qgni rnrrrftsisdqrtt
silir ftqgsi gq3i il{Ki iltsm}t
rfr rymi qrdr{Tirt gqq il q tl
ltttlEi;rrTa
 qrqqfrsrqm* 90i
sr s-11
ssociateC with Ra-
hu or Ketu is in exaltation or in the 9th bhava, and
gthr rhe
when the lord of the 10th bhava occupies the
perton born will be engagedin the performanceof sacri"
iices and other merirorious works, When the lord of
the 1Othbhava occupiesits exaitation and is associated
with Mercury, cr when the latter planet occupying the
Trhrbhava ie in its exaltation at the sametime, the
personborn gets assuredly the b:nefit of performing
sacrificial works
fide qrf{a;q?q{t6i{Ii?sqi udat
qHt ftgt;'ri(rsutqqiqtdtqiq I
qHqq gqw *di{qi ndr qtistr
o ll
ASq{rirrdltf}i5dqafrSrar;TIIrc{A ll t
SJofta l0. If Mercurv ba in the lOth bhava, the
but if
personborn wiil engagein srcrilicial works ;
with Rahu
il4.r.ury in tfre abrve fosition be associared
destroy rcligious
or Ketu, the person concerned will
rites.lfthelordofthelOtbbhavabeinthe6th,Sth
rites' If Rahu
or the 12th, he woulC irnpede religious
idanticrl wich the
occupiesthe lrrth placefrom Mercury
born would be a
lord of tha tOth bhava, th: person
'lord of the lOth bhava
deatroyerof sacrifices" Th<
eveninexaltationwillleadtothedestructionofa
houseof
religious work undertakenwhen tha exaltation
the*planethappensto be a gr$Tta(Dustehana)'
err,{l{a{wt g}TAee*
dqrerqiqilgfl ir$I?A&A t
q|qt{qfigsrqdfaiilqgm-
qwrir q{ft frqeorq{'qlll q
 {a
902 IRrF|ltt|t|tl Adh. xv.
S/oAc 11. If the 10th or the gth bharrabe occupied
by beneficplanetland the lords of thosebharnsas well
ae Jupiter,and the lord of the Lagna be strong, the
person born will be imbuedwith faith born of the
performanceo{ such excellent works as are bagedon
customand moralityand will be reckonedas the fore-
rno8tarnongthe sacredotalclass.

ffiEerfr g#strrgr-
o{Tfrqq qqilfr giftnfr |
ili{rTsrry{ffi qR {T{eH-
frwf*qffis{rregqqft$n tR rt
.S/oArr12. lf the gth, 10rh, 7th,5th and lst bhavas
be occupied or aspected by benefic planets, and the
lords of the five bhavas in guestion possessstrength,
the person born will surpassin iris knowledge of all
truths and be rvidely celebratedfor the complete excel-
l e n c eo f h i s s a c r i f i c i a w
l orks.
! qqilorcn
ena'i'Tqrft;rnrrtrEllQfiFTaffiwr
qkrfsE$rq+qr
iifhofaqqf{EWnctflgtRr
CnAC\
gqeqtqKsqlrqqgq IqgHqlqqFffTalr
ffiirqlqrwircqoidrrrr{rai}rqrfi{r
enq u li tl
Sloha 13. lf the occupantsof the tra (Gnana-5ttr,
+th and the Znd ?) and the 10th bhavasas well as the
Iords of the lst, the 9th and the lOth, be posseseed of
abundant six,fold strengtb (sgq - Shadbala),the person
born will be conversant with the six gcieucegand know
all the Vedas and will receiveinitiatioo iu sacredknow,
edge lrr th: rtu (Paka) and. crc(R (Apahara) of tbe
lords of the 9th, l0th and lgt bhavas, of Mercury and
s[ 14-16 qrqdlsqrqr 903

of Jupiter, he will beco.mea mine of sacredkoowledge

and sciencesecuring to him the benefitof performing
sacrificesof all descriotionand all kinds of beneficenc
works.

ffi Eilt ilfirRrg+ t,irft doiiq{on&WqqI

ilerd{qriffirtrw{rqstai nirgrwng*tt {s rt
Sloka 14. When the Moon is in the 3rd bhava
identical with a watery sign, the personborn wi[t
engagein acts of beneficenceeuchas repairingold worn
out worke of public utility. In this connection,if the
lord of the 10th bhavashould have attaineda Gopuram,
sa,the works repairedwill lx such as tanks and wells.
\
ll {E$e|tzffi; fl
cfrilr r{srirgfiq-{,{i: t;qfidluriui-
Htfrfu q+ilt
lrsrriToiKfraffiq'r

qiaqqfrqrqi\gqtsr:{ITq}ffi+.n: n l\ tl
.SloAai5 If at a birtlr, 4 or 5 plarretspoasessed of
'T'rikona,
strenqthoccupy togethera Kendra or a thc
peroorlborn will attain the stageof life indicated by the
strongestof the planets. According aathe Sun, Saturn,
Juprter,Venus, Mars, tlic Moort or Mercury posse$seg
qrcateststrcngth will the person concerned becomea
?tilr(er(Vanaprasttha),a iien{ (Vivasa) a lug (Bhikshu)
;r q{s (Charaka), a lrFrrrlSakva), a gr (Guru) or a *E+
(.leevaka).
Norss.
Iror the erplanatiiur of these ternls, see tne le,rt sloka.
es* lrcrq{fuft Adh"xv"

-
ef. x{6il1s6
qs*a{nRf\{ilSqlm,ss'{t&fr,
rn*qr{ft+ftgTqqt+,T
ftfi-qr-qt$at,t
rrlqgqTqrrrfFaqrqr+,iti: ffi{Iq
qfrf*: H{r: rqpft*csrfhfit:qigfrt: ll
qqFrrT
qrdx$Icqdlq-dflrfr
fddq]ffi {ftfr ftErq$
i\gr eiiuqod trcegqfnq-fi{iig}rr{riw i
rnrkqmrel qr{qfilq13qmr{Irft sdld
w*qtq q{di gqrmdr qaq* dtqE:qm. {l
Stoka 16. A slq*q (Vanaprrsttha) is a religious
mao gngaged- in the practice of rigorour and devout
p.oro.J 6 itere (Vivasa) is a naked ascetic dwellirrg
in hille and forests. A f\g (Bhikrhu) is an illustriou.u
evi:r"
aeceticwith a ringle ctaff for his symbcl engaged
of the
and anon in the ccntemplation of the truths
qr* (charaka) ir a religious mendi
eacredscripturee. A
A rml (srkyr)
cant wandering over many countries.
Buddhist class' A g"
is an ill,behaved asceticof the
teacher erdowed witb royal
lGuru) ie a celebrated
and glurto'
,plendo,.rr. fi dtao'(Ieevaka)is a garrutous
nous mendicant.
{dq[| qfoqwl {t{Fmrrqitqrffinlfqnrr
rfr{q quriqq\aft nitmgqulu}sqilt
xti' qaqffrhTaq{qn&gilqnqlq
qrqEill0&te ll
a*trs{qtqrftqaqqwm'IiQ{i}
Sic,tc 1?. If there be three strong planets in the
or other
lttth bhava occupying their own, exaltation
bhava aiso
benefic vargaa and it rhe lord of the l"0th
becom*
preilominant 1$ strengtl:, the pr$on born wiit
sl. 18-tr9 ffisqrt: 906

an ascetlcor a personof similer habite. But if the lord

of the t fth bhavabe without $trength and occuPythe
7th placefrom the Lagna,the person concernedwilt be
ill-behaved. trf the lords of the 2nd and the ?th bhavas
l-'cannidstthe threeplanetscauoingthe arceticyoga,the
ilersonwill be lustfully inclined.

Wtft fffidaqdd*fr {rr*f I

H?qrd
firqim$rd3ffii
*e qrqRfr{t {qfr il qrd qfrd {+il llqull
.9lo&a 18" lf the planeteproducing an asceticyoga
|re aneociatedwith the Sun, Saturn and Maro, a perEon
taker to ttre aoceticorder becauseof hia being without
,,'realth,sons or wife. If the Sun occupying a benefic
ameashould aspect the planet cauoingthe aecetic yoga
and occupying ite highert exaltation point, the person
.:oncernedwill becomea lordly ascetic in his youth or
cven at a much earlier age.

s*q{ft*frfr {ffie o{rm ftin

qrqfr t
fugr ur& mqi{rssf,trwrqiil
qw{&ifrftts {gftd}d dfker
aqfi not ll qq ll
m*qqEqrqfiRuq{nud
S{,oka \9. When the lord of the lst bhava is weak
and aspectedby Venus and the Moon, the person born
will be without wealth; and he will becomea mendi-
cant if a planet in an exaltation sign or amsa should
anpecttire Moon. if the lord of the Lagna be.aopected
by several grlanets conisined in one sign, the Praon
born will co$secratehimcelf for asceticisflo. The effect
114
q)6 ctcwrQw* Adh.xv

of eachyogawill takeplacein the bhukti of the Karaka

of the bhavathat producesthe yoga.

detwrffiRqqi n olmr qt{R {fqer qrq I

qtfu?r{ffi qRteq tt 1o tl
dqfr q'qerrroFnt
Sloha 70. If Saturnor the lord of the Lagnaaspect
the lord of the sign occupiedby the Moon, the person
born will betakehrmselfto a religiouo order or mendi-
cancy. If thB rMoon occupy a Drekkana owned by
Saturnrn a Raai occupiedby Mars and also be aepected
by Saturn,the pereonconcerned will become an accetic.
Nores.
c/. ttssr6q. XV-3. Also seeslol<as40-+l infra,

MsffEg&gfgq I
orTrq{.rid} tqfnftsftfr-f6( ll lq ll
Sloka 2L. Whenever the Lagna is owned by
Jupiter, Mars and Saturn and has on it the aspectof the
last,mentioned planet, and Jupiter is in the 9th bhava
from the Lagna, even a Rajayogathat may poasibly exist
under these conditions will have the effect of making
the personconcerneda ** (Tirthha) or a holy man.
:rqqrqntq-i a*tahdtftt r
{qffisfr ffi {iqfr Trfrrfrt(ll Rl ll
Sloka 22. When the Moon occupying the gth
bhava is not aspected by any planet, the personborn
even when poosescedof Rajayoga, beeomes an ascetic
prior to becoming a lordly person.
qd
Wgeqitnilqtfrsrg
lFu trdht qhqdtt6( qr( |
 q1qfr$qtcr Cfr7
st. 23-24

ffiqqqadd FEtsftr.t
rrrfr r{qftfr fiftrerqTftt'(sll Rl ll
'When
Sloko 23. Jupiter, the Moon and the Lagna
are aspected by Saturn, and Jupiter occupies the fth
bhava, the person born in the Rajayoga will become a
holy illuctrious founder of a system of philosophy'
Wherr..Saturn occupies the 9th bhava and is not a$pect-
ed by any planet,the person posoes$ed of Rajayogawill
betakehimself ro rhe holy order beforebecoming a lord
of men.
Notns.
This slol<ais from Brihat Jatalia. The following two <:harts
illustrate the two yogasgiven in the sloka.

*"*l*'"'
- L--]--l'"*"'l

cf. lrt(I.I{q(o(

{;tfhtg nfiroegeqb} qEgnltofierqR,iiqqm'

t
1+a: tt
eetlflitsR zqqlqqq]
grlcri aqqts;q)rret
tffifrqr*gilr q{rqorrgtcqqffiIlrgqrgsrl3|
gfr;eflrffi{il {i uq rrflicw{qft ilqtrd{ru
Sloka 74. Each of the following groups of planeta
when powerful and occupyingan even sign may produce
devorrt hermit or an ascetic: (l) Vt
r, Frrt{s(Thapasa)
908 wrtwtRqfr Adh.xv.
nusethe Sun,lvlars and Saturn; (2) Jupiter,Mars, rhe
Sun and Saturn: (3) Mars, the Moon, .fupiter and
Saturn.
Norns.
This as well as slokas 26-39 are from lr<nsol.

dqgftrffitil(lt*rmffieuil: I
urg$fit:
u{qfrr{qsqrqrfrftsrrrs{m Ufdl u q\ u
9traha25. When the lord of the 10th bhava con,
joincly occupiesa Kenclra or Trikona position with four
cther planett, the person born wiil attain emancipation.
If four pianetn be in the X.Oth bhava the effect ol rhe
yoga will be, say the astroiogicalsages, that the person
concernedwill take to a life of asceticism.
NorBs.
This as well as slokas 23,2+, 26-41 are in skf;fi'ftr.

wil'$i{f,qrdqiqffie:fqr*qqrcqqffEqr{tr r
qftqftqrfudEffiEF{t&F(snfiilr
aild'sil a{i! u Rq tl
"5loAn26. When (l) Mars, the Sun, the Moon,
Saturnand Jupiter, {2} Mars. the Sun, Mercury,Saturn
and Venusor {3) the Sun, the Moon, Mars,Saturnand
Venus combinein one bhava,the personsthat are born
Ltecomedevoteea.
s w*;sttcqgqr*i;qtsr
{&6.R.Wkqw$Ernd
ftfugg1rffi{trrg{fr*&qqd fiq$illrqf lt Rrstl
SJsfra8?. A hol',rulan destined to dwell in a
sylvalr or mountain rerreat has his birth when there is
in a bhavaaoy one ${ the followirrg cornbinatiom : ( l)
\tenue, h{ars, Satrlln, Jurpiter and the $un ; (2) h4ars.
tha Mcon, Jupiter, ;Merc.r*ryand $aturn; (l) Venur,
ldercury, Saturn, tlre lr{uor.ranci hdars.
st.28-31 nagrfrsrara: 909

q*eg{Klhqqnstr {trrgq+gqgfr{ftfrs
I
qu*?rti\R't{crkrlqqFiliqqrgaq\sq{sstf
ll 1,4ll
Sioftc 28. Those that have at their birth, the
Moon, Mercury, Mars and the Sun occtrpying one and
the samesign with Jupiter or Venus will becomewise
inspired saints of such sanctity that the use of all
weapon$will be proscribedin their neighbourhood.
rfr;gft;gr$tnwffi! gqrs(RrfrWr{rtui
rI
ll 1qll
wRt{ei;R:
uhwqftBftfunq+{+Eqif\:
Sloha 2-9" A person will becomea devotee if at
his birth there be any one of the following combinations
in any bhava: (l) The Sun, the Moon, Mars, Mercury,
Jupiter and Venus; (2) The Mooo, Mars, Saturn, Jupiter
lr4ercury and the Sun ; (3)\{ars, the Moon, the Sun, $a,
turn, Venus and Mercury.
| ftilffi*qr*qqrge}q*rr
fsfugmqr*q{rW}Gft
qffi qfuhilatt *qr rEFil ilirr Udrffiuiarulott
Slofra 30. Each of the following combinat.ionsof
six pianetsin one bhavais capableof making the person
born under their influence a devocee--(l) Venuu, the
]v{oon,.}upiter, Saturn, tlre $un and M.rrs ; (Z) Venus,
Satrlrn,.Jupiter,the Srrn,the Moon lnd Mercury.
{rfrmfrarrir: ftcrffiqi-{,Tqq;a.Uft
$frsqrrfi fr: t
qfr qqTa:
qmwqfidqarutdqr u qqtl
$eqmqfu{rq
.91,r**31. A peroon wiii brecorne one of the asce
tic ciase,i{, at l'rishirth, ane cf thc following groups of
s i x p l a n e c sc o m b i n ei n s t r e n g t hi n o n e l i h a v a : ( 1 ) M a r : l
l\,fef,crrry, jupiter, Venus, $aturnend the Sun ; (?) Venur'
$atur$, Jupiter, Mercury, tbe h4oon ancl hdars.
 910 qRTFffiN]It Adh.xv.

tffrgqrrlmi{rg*rr+{i-etftft qrq{r
rft.gf*fkftqrqt"tqffi{osemnrqr n Qr tr
Sloka i)2. Any one of the following combinations
o{ 4 planets in one bhava has th: effect of making the
personsborn under their influence take to a devotee's
life with their susteoancederived from roots and fruits :
(l) fhe Sun,the Moon, Jupiter and Saturn; (2) Saturn,
the Moon. the Sun and Verrus; (3) Thc Sun, Mercury,
Mars and Jupiter.
qilfrqiqrcqqilaisqt
qs&rilsrrrft qq q'frfierdt{anoqitmt u Ql tl
S/ofta 33. A person will becomean ascetic clad
in barks of forest treesand wearing stripes of ashesif
at his birth one of the four-fold groups of planetsmen-
tioned below appcarin one bhava: (1) Mars, the Sun,
Mercury and Venus ; (2) Mars, the Moon, Iupiter anj
Mercury.
q{t.gqgfitw*gergq{qrgrMil ! |
qifiTrrrqer;Rarqm gtf:n t eiqqtq{tFir{ 18
Sloka 31. If, at a birth, therc be any one of the
two following combinations of 4 plancts in one bhava.
the effecton the person born will be to make hini a
t r a n q u i l . m i n d e d c v o t e e :( t ) t h e M o o n , M e r c u r y ,M a r s
aod Saturn: (2) Mercury, Mars, Iupiter and Satrrrn.

ffff*{rrtE{tdtrggil qRAr
friggrfuil{rcrcF+ilurI
qtqffiqitfrnr itqd q-ffi
s{fk qrt 6ilittr66nnnrq n l\ tl
sl. 36-38 qSqqfrsrqlq: 911

Sloha 35. Four planets of grear power in one

bhavamadeup in the following wise invariablybring
into beingasceticso[ harmlesslife dressingthemselves
in barksof treesandsubsistingon fallenfruits: (l) The
Moon,the Sun, Vcnus and Mercury; (Z) Mars, Mer,
cury, Venusand Saturn; (3) Saturn,the Moon, Jupiter
and Venus.

ffitilAqtr gsqta;gvttrt
iqrt-
+{fr Friffisnilrq(r q{ffqs tt {E tl
SloAa 36. A devoteedwelling in hills and forests
and revered by all ig born under the influence of 4 pla,
rretsin one bhava grouped in one of the following 5
ways: 11)The Stm, the lvloon, Mars and Venus; (?)
The Moon, Mars, Mercury and the Sun; (,3) Jupiter
Venus, the Sun and Saturn; (4) Venua, Saturn, the'
Moon and Jupiter; and (5) Mars, Mercury, Venus and
the Moon.

6gvufqflAd{R mt grit*diEtartt l\e ll

Sloka 37. An ascetic devoted to poverty and
pcnanceis born under the influenceof 5 planetscombin,
ing in one bhava irr the following 3 ways:-(l) Venus,
the Moon, Mars, Jupiter and Saturn; (2) tire Moon,
Mercury, Mars, Jupiter and Venus ; (3) The Sun, Mlrs,
Saturn,Mercury and Jupiter.

fqrfttteqftt;gg+r{fratrqrtqqq;n*trt
q{{ttsqdrqfrdilq( qafirqdiorrgi il Qdtl
9rE flnrTwftila Adh. XV.

Sloha 38. Asceticg clad in a tree-bark and wear,

ing mattedlocks come into existencewhen one of the
following five,fold groupsof planets appearE in one
bhava: (1) Mars, Saturn,Jupiter, Venus and Mercury ;
{2) Saturn,the Sun, Mercury, the Moon and Mars.
wFeqQ;gcqfrqgtr@r
q{-g.TiqsgtRi{rgirr
\ A \A
flsrctErqg6 ilqa$Fltrt
n li tt
tqft.lqaqfrr?rrqerq!
SdoAa39. Wlren the Sun,thc Moon Mars, Jupiter
and Venus conrhitrc ln onc and thc same bhava with
either Mercury or Saturn, the perron born necessarily
assunoesthc habit of a devotee and bccomesgifted wrth
long sight.
qiqft {Tgsrt I
"Eiiketfrilqe-A*"rftqr
il{rrQdEI qIEi{Eg{f wq1qffi R qfu alaqtl
Skrio 40. If the iord of the Lagna having no as
pect of other planetson itself,aspectSaturn,or if Saturrr
a6pectthe lord t-r{the Lagnadevord of strength, there rs
the yogaleadingto the assumptionof aeceticism.
Ncrtps.
'fhis
as iie1l rs Iire tre.rt slolia are itl ,lld"{,{8f.
Also {(lJI{'J, .\dh1a1'a.\V, slolia -1.
ffqirs;q,iardts'fig{qeqstffii;q'iel er$irqr
*qr+{"rsirzt q q;a tl
{tq{icr}irstf&'aarotrrt
q;AlTrggir?riqitgatmmqrfeqt
Eiigddorigniir
f,qK,f;oEfhiifrh fr* t
ffqrwEtq{r {gftr*r qrRq* {r qfr
*qt{ihqrs6tft frqalqrtq-dhtq{q n ut tt
 caqqitswqs 91's
st 4t-4n
'-..'-"---.'--
a Drekkana
Stoku 4i. When the Moon occupies
planec' the yoga iea"Js
of Saturn and is aspectedbv that
The sameis the case
to the renunciation of the worid'
of Saturrror \{;rrs
when the Moon occupying an amsa
planet leadinq to the
is aspected by Saturn' if the
wich Rahu' Keltr
ssgumptionof aeceticismbe associated
occupy a malefic 1ms-a'
or Guiik" and at the same time
the holy
,i.-o.rron will hre guiltv of apostasyfrom
order'
Nores'
vl
CY qqiqtq-'ilqlr
g;gilFqff* c'i-.|*d qlgfiiaqlg: t
"aer*tt
q.qiah .1ftgainh il q;tfa{a ff?'gk atq tt
gb r
saqrmilllrffi wrtl qdarfi sI gloli
q* qiae glf*$i tt
H;qrfltffiqqqrQrfcn
ffirtfifqar qio{\cre{tq} attr I
;ti#,tu-"mtihilr fratrqfttiqfuft tt Bqll
oi leading to
SIoha 4L. lf strong plarrets capable
be obscured by the Sun'r
arce.ticiEm(uitte Sl.lS sipru'l
greatreverencelor aece-
t"tt, ,f," personsborn will have
initiated into the
tics,"tttouilt they may not become
to above be overcome
tofy ota.t. If the'planetsreferred
in planet:ry *r,''nd aspectedby other planets' the
intn the holrr
;;;; .on..rntO will seek admission
order without $ucces6'
Norrr.
T'hissloka is fronr Brihat Jataka'
p l a n e t sa s r n s l o k a
I f t h e S u n f o r n r s a c o n j u n c t i o nr v i t h o t h e r
irecclme Sanyasin at all'
a
\5, supro theu tlre tuan does tlo"
\vbatthcSunactualh'doesis,heimprovestircdevotionalsid't
the stroug planei but doei'
i n t b e s c h o o l o f p h i l o s o p h yd e n o t e db v
thought' If the 1''iant1
not make hinr a Saoyasinof that school of
tr'i6
 9t4 wrdscrftnre Adh.xv
%

that is defeatcd (by conjunction as abovo)

bo aspccted by any
planet, then the man makes persistent
efiorts for atteining tho
in view. ";l

P R O F E S S I O NL, M L I H O O D .

Iqfttift eqa-dlsqGni\xqrcfl
rga-*wrf
qrru,trtrr
qq
trl-e'it qiit* tqqlqrt-e*qEqftTrt{rilqgr{r||
Sloha 43. There is acqsisirion of wealth,
firstty,
from the father,mother,a foe,a friend,a brother,a wiie
or an inferior, accordingas the sun or any of the other
planetstaken in ordt-r occupiesthe 10th place reckoned
from the Lagnaor the Moon ; secondlv,by meansof the
profcssionprescribedfor the ruler of the t0th house
or
for the ruler of the Navamsa occupied by the planet
owninq the lOth place from the Lagna,from the Moon
or from the Sun.
NorBs.
Find tfre planet or planets occupying the l0th place
rockonod
from the Lagna as q'ell as from the tr4oon. Ascertain
which ot
t h e m i s s t r o u g e s t . I f t h e S u n b e s u c ha p r a n e t ,
the nativb sots
p a r e n t a li n h e r i i a n c e( f r o m t h e f a t h e r ) ;i f i t b e t h o
M o o n ,h e i n b e r i t s
property from the mother ; if Mars, he gets
money from enemies;
if Mercury, from friends ; if Jupiter, from brothers
; if venus,
from wiie; and if the planet be Saturn, he gets rvealth
from iofe.
riors, such as servants, etc.
I)lanets in midheaven or aspiring to Midheaven(<trqrfqarfrq:
- D a s a m a b h i l a s h i n a h aa)r e t o b e
t r e a t e da c c o r d i n g l y .
Secondly,find out the ruiers of the lOth house countod
from
tbe Lagna, the Sun and the Moon. Take tho strongost of
tbem.
Find out in wbat Navamsa ho is. The ruler of thet Navamsa
will
influencethe profession.
I-et us take the example gi,r,onin ths notes to Adh.
V, Sl. /.
l'here is the lVloon posited in the lOth place r*koned frcn:
sI.48 tf,lfqCfrsscrcr 916

the Legnaas well as from the Sun, and thereare no'plauetsin the
l0th house from the Moon. The Moon is tberefore the only pla-
net that influenceshis income.

According to the other view, the lords of the lOth places rec-
koned from the Lagna, the Sun and the Moon are Saturn, Saturn
and Venus respectively. Saturn and Venus are in Dhanurnavamsa
and Simha Navamsa respectively. The lords of these are Jupiter
and the Sun; and the stronger of them is the Sun. The Sun is
therefore the planet that influences the profession.

cf , gqr6r
.rtqrftiamqfilAr-^ge'asrCqlRt
{?qrq+qfiq*: mqf,tqT: miq I
eEnPfaliflqT$r: enr;n q6\:
6fu6rterilfizaeqiaqt,lqttqt tl
Arso {RAdT
\\ i.e

IFETqOqIqIqT EilITKIFqqIqFI fiq I

aetftnfrlaqr {lfiiqls;q'ql flfi: g1
f4qs*:rri,eFt: {rk(ittEqi qq;et61li:t
RSqr{qfRdEqq(qdlTflslr:q: II
A c c o r d i n gt o B h a t t o t p a l a ,i t i s n o t c o r r e c t t o p r e d i c t t h e p r o .
fessionby considering the strongestalone of the planets (l) posited
in tbe tenth houserckoned from the Lagna and the Moon, or (2)
o w u i u g t h e t e n t h h o u s ec o u u t e l f r o r r r t h e L a g n a , t h e S u n a n d t h e
I\{oon. Every one of these should be consideredfor determining
the source of income of the native. He quotes in support of bis
view tbc frllowing:,lokas of qriT (Gargi).

sqqr;aftrr)qrsRt q6rqflrrf$qir:I
|r: eqargq,ilQnr:rr
h sis,iqEr
ear&trRqr\'q}qqrflfiqfid(: r
9r6 eraqqTfiurh Adh.xv "

ild=rqrqfafr qtdfl q4\ qqr I

qqf:afaqqrrnsfisq{ng Gfifhaq tl
I f t h i s i ' i e r vi . r ea c c e p t e d ,t h e i n c o n r ef o r t h e n a t i v e ; t ] r l u e s t l r J n
w i l l h a v e t o b e d e t e r m i n e dw i t h r e f e r e n . e t o t h e p i a n e t sJ u p i t e r
(tbe lord of the Navamse Ilasi occupied by Saturn)antl the Sun
i t h e l o r c lo f t h e N a v a t r t s rot c c u p i e db y V e n u s ) ,i . e . , f r c m t h e s o u r -
ces ntentionedin siokas 'f4 and 49 irqfra'
To cletermine tbe w"aysby which a person wili earn money,
t h e p l a n e t sw h i c h a r e i n t h e l s t , 2 n d a n d t h e 5 t h ( o p p o s i t et o t h e
l l t h ) h o u s e s ,r n a f r i e n d ' s h o u s e ,i ,n a n e n e m y ' sh o u s e o r i n h i s
own house,indicate the source If tbe planets be bad' there will
be uraximum labor aod miuimurn income; if they be good, there
will be minimum labor and maximum income. If the Sua is
exalteCin the above position and at the same time stronq (in good
houses,etc.,) then the person concerned will earo money by his
own exerrion. lNot" that the Sun in exaltation causesmaximuur
labor and maximunr incorne, the Same whea the other ma106cs
are posited in the tenth house ] If more than one planet be strong,
then tire natlve will have more than one source of income'
The professionor occupationof a native rs qenerally ludged
from the planet or planets occupyingthe tentb houseand, if there
should be none there, from those in the lst aod also from tbose
aspectingthe Sun and the Moon' Further, the planet which is
positecl very near the Sun or the lOth bhava whether before ot
after in the radix of a native and its condition-whether strong oI
weak-due to its position and aspect exert much influence in this
respect.
qqifnwiiroenlffid't qd qdildr
m{wqqt{rlfrlq{5lrdf{ wgeftg I t
qRffir&t
qto{T*'rq"A.r
tr"=irriqr11rg
Fri'FqrrqEil{frfhiffih U qtde* u BBll
S/ol+a44. An astrologer is to declarethe acquisl'
of nrealth by any person with refurenceto the predoni'
st. {6 qtq*sqFr: fl?

nance of the Lagna or the Mocln as tbe caseEay be in

his horoscope. As to the profession that he is likply
to folJow,those that are proficient in the subjectgay, it
rs to be determin:d through the lord of the sign owning
the Navamsa occupied by the lord of the lfth bharra.
lf the Navamgareferred to in the above belong to ttle
Sun, the person concerned will earn a living by dealing
in medicine,nrool, grtssr water, grain, work in gold,
pearlsand the lihe, as aiso by playing the part of an
emissarybetween peoplervishirrgto approacheachother.
Norns.
The occrrpationscoming under ttre Sun are: iolue hoaorablc
:mploymeut either under the State or under some public body ef
irren,kings, princes, emperors,dukes, earls, baronsretc., all titled
a l , L ' o i n t m e n t su n d e r t h e . ' r o v , ' n , j e w e l l e r s , g o l d s m i t b s , g i l d e r s ,
owners of woollen mills or workers there, minters or moa.rqpioy.
eciin rnints, :rnd tbe like.

q-M ilfffiq uiq qgqffiqqrttq r

rrtrErfrqrfltt s\ tl
trdGan+qqf+ffiqnRrrmqtil
S/ofra 45. If the Navan sa under referencebe thar
of the Moon, the person concerncd gaios a living by
dealing in things derived from water euch as coochs,
pearls, etc., bv agriculture, earths of various kind, by
indulging in interesting controversies, by purchaseof
articles of apparelin which the wealth of lordly women
is wont to be laid out.
Nott:,s.
The cnrprloymentssrguified by thc Moc,u generall,y ioclude
sailors,, roariners, navig,rtors, fisherinen, watermen, boatmeu,
dealers in pearls, those working io oearl fisheries, rrridwives,
PErsSr.Atc.
918 rTl]|F|lRrtrt Adh. xv.

rtc)i*1ta(orrrsrr(
crqftrqrcue{t rrn I
ffi qrawrlqr(qilg.dftqfA*rrrn ft Bqtl
Sloho 46. If the Navirmsa in question belong to
Man, tbe person gains a livelihood by metallurgy, by
war, by exhibiting tricks in which the operation of fire
rE apparentlyarrested(wireru - Agnisthambha) and by
engagingin other people'squarrels,in any act of daring,
aod laetly by resorting to the professionof a robber.
NotBs.
The professionsindrcatedby Mars are all kinds of rnilitary
rnen, sucb as soldiers, generals,colonels,captains, doctors, physi.
:iaas, apothecariei,chemists, butchers, executioaets engine dri,
'crs'and tha like---generally all workers in rron, steel or fire.

nqfs.cr}fidrriEil$qttr r
nrdnftsrc{Frq{rfi
e\ \
q{r{qoqrilcqqn gtiiamrsq{stgtfrl u Be ll
Sloka 47, If the Navamsabelong to Mercurl the
perron concernedwill try to earnhis livelihood by p,;,''
ouing the arts,by poe$y, by the -'..,i ;;ion of traditicnal
doctrines,by a knowledgeof the stars.by the reciration
of the Vedas or muttering of prayerson behalfof others
at the rnEtanceof the priest thar has to dirccc their
religious ceremonies.
Nores.
Mercury's employments denote literary authors, translators,
wrltcrs. accountants, fstrol ogers, school masters. nrathematicians,
pocts' lawyers, book.sellers,printers, postmen, etc.

i
8c tl
Slofra48. If the Navamsa belong to Jupiter, the
percoo concerned,s.ry the astrologert, will not trcsort .to
sl. 4e-60 qtdtsntrr 919

utury a6e Eourceof living, but will Eupport himcelf

with what he can earnby playing the role of an ins'
tructor in the serviceof Brahmineand deities,and by
teachingduties in the dcmainof moralsand traditional
observances baeedon scripturecandother old authorita'
tive works
Norrs
The occupaticns denoted by Jupiter include judgcs, priosts,
loarned men' senators, preachers, clergymen, bishops, ministcrs
and bankers.

gwffirtqqsnrqtilrf,{t Trnailqqqrgr.rqf
rr
gfrqilurrqt\Tlqrftqrr rdta Uq\rgeft u Bqtl
Sloka 49. lf the owner of the Navamsa in quea,
tion be Venus, the living will be derived from a place
where gold, ruby, elephantsor horsesare produced; and
by ruch meansas traffrckinq in cattle, jagqery, cooked
rice, salt, curdled milk and by the alluremerrtof a female.
Norps.
Venus s professronsindieate dealers rn gold, ruby, clopbants'
or horses,cows, jaggery; hotel.keepcrs, confoctioneri, shcphcrds.
musicians,painters, I inen drapers,jewellers, players,ernbroiderors,
larridaries,scent-dealers,maid servants, etc.

F{{rt gftmur.iruriqani(irflqi*qrtr r
kqnqnraqii{qusfl c.ir;qiil{r{qFr{oq || \ o ff
Sloha 50. [f Saturn be the owner of the Navamsa
occupiedby rhe lord of the iOth placefrom the Lagna
or the Moon, the personconcernedwill live by engaging
in some vile pursuit, by works of art, etc,, executed in
wood, by the carrying out of puniahments,etc., inflicted
on criminalo, by the bearing .of burdens and by the
overreaching of other peopledue to their being murully
at variancc.
strCI qrHftffi A&. xv.
NoTEs.
3aturn's employments includs shoe'makers' scavcDgets'grav6-
diggEfs, rmdcrtakets and all persons engaged in similar vile pur'
srtits; tboy also include gardeners, miners, brick-layerg etc,,
q*qurtr(qaffi{fqrilqrtilrr finm t
qetr q{fiq{ftqatsr!lrclswWfrqr! q!\t
Stoha 51. Personaat whosebirch maleficplanets
occupythe four Kendraeconcern themselveswlth the
Eitesand uoagesof the low vulgar people,haveno pro-
pertg, poeaes$ thencelves of other people't wo$en rnd
rredth, are ignorant,and by evincing heroirm occelton'
ally becomeobjectsof royai favor.
NOTtS.
'bc found
Thie as well as slokas 52' 55. 56, 58 and 66 ate to
iD ctt$fi{.t.

fierg.\FFIMT U'drqq1'iq611 {qrr! |

tr{l eg! ||
qtdqliiqqftIlurlal q{I TrfiPd{'(r(s,-frsl)
Stoha 3L. Personsat whore birttr, benefic planets
occupy the four Kendras will be iordly mea and tu.rn
out the best of theit race and founders of faoiliea ; dY
they will be endowed with an intellect that can compre'
bend all things anC have abundant wealth, fame and
excellentvirtues, by meansof whictr they will become
royal lavorites.
u{qqi{nils ficq1 wi1t goqw!(Et I
qrftarqrqqqtilrq;ilal qit qrqt ll \1 ll
Sloka 53. If benefic planete be in the l0th bhava
reckoned from the Lrgna or the Moon or in a Navamea
owned by the Raei of the l0th bhava, the person born
will alwaye be beneficent. But if malefic planeta be in
s[. 64-86 ilqdi$sqffis 98r

* Prsoa born
will be addictedto evii deede.
T*tnd{fr qx eqtqr*1q&qqrI
WtfrTsi{-qtqft vrq(frqeEll \B rr
Sloka 54. If the tord of the Rasi occupiedbv ttr*
planetowning the t0 bhavaor an amsathereofbe rnale'
fic and aseociatedwith an srcir lUpagraha) such as
Dhuma,the personborn will be wicked'
ffirr dt qt(s{rEqrfr*t wafi vrvffit I
Rtr{ *tt {rwft ilsnitangh q}rftqrgi d'reom'
Sloha 53. If the planet occupyingthe 10th piace
from the Moon be the Sun, the personconcernedwil'l
succeedin all that he uodertakes ; if Marsu he will be
rashand evil'minded; if Mercury, he will be learnecl;
if Jupiter,he will be a king's peer; if Venus. a voiup"
tuary; and lastly, i[ the planet in question be Saturn'
he rrill be afllictedwith sorrow.
wlr( u{rrt rft qeiUiqqsrtq'tfd-
cqTPdi{qffi;(i qoqrqiqqqrrtfrqr
a
R{$ql {{i,qd{ qgfr ghurgh il-
dlitdteigkqn rrfigi {r} <itr'frriqtre
S/oftrr 56. If the Sun occupying the lOth place
{rom the Moon be associated with Mars. the persort
born will be addictel to wine and to femrlesbalonqing
to otber people; if the Sun in the sameposition b: esso-
ciated with Mercury, the person bcrn wili h.lve a
knowledge of tbe stare aod will evince a fondn':ss f'rr
ruch obiects as valuable articles obrained fror6 satir'
womca an"d ornaments; if Jupiter be a*ociated wich
e22 wtnxftill Adh,xv.
tne Sunin the position referredto, the personborn will
be guccessfulin all his undertakingsand enjoy the
esteemof his sovereign;if Venus be in conjunction
with the Sun in the t0th bhavafrom the Moon,b: will
enjoy royal favcr and will havea wife with increasing
wealth; if Saturnbe togetherwith the Sunin tire posi
tion advertedto above, the persotr born will be poor
and dejected.
qiili{
Xgilg-tgdvruhwtfrGq
rrqs{iDr
sfiliiDr
ki dtqqdrf*rcqgi ?qi\sr qrdfuf I
sdt qnits\str({qrfluar
{{R{i frqt
tEt q.a(gq{taqr{s arniil Tnofrqr lf \s ll
Slofra 5?. [f Mars and Mercury occul]ythe l0th
placefrom the Moon, the perEonborn will earll hin
livelihood by rneansof his scibntific knowledge; il
Marg and Jupiter occupythat place, he will dominatc
over the vulgar people; if Mars be asgocirtedwith
Venugin the 10th placefrom the Moon, the personwill
becomea merchant trading in foreign lands; if Mart
and Saturnbe in that pceition; the perEonconcerned
will engagein daringdeedsand will be childless. If
Mercury and Jupiterbe togetherin the l0th placefrom
the Moon, the peroon born will be barren,od dejected
opeecb, renownedand in royal favor.
qrf wEqq]gq $Ug*Rvra$vq
sr*.lgcrrtcqqqitqqrqnry*:q{rI
crlt g*gi g iireaqj qllilr qFrdr
ilit q{qa\qarqq$fr
Eril finiltrqdhn \e ll
Slora 68. If Mercury and Venur occupytbe l0tb
st. 69-81 vrq*sqrr e23

placefrom the Moon, the personboro will be blecsed

with leaming, wife anC weatth; if Mercury occupy
that placewith Saturn, the person will be either a
copyistof bcoks or betakehimselfto unbgcomingwayc'
If Jupiterbe combined with Venus in the t0th bbava
from the Moon, the perron brrn dill be a protectorof
the Brahminicalcommunity,estee m:d by his sovereign
and possessed of greatlearning. If the planetassociated
with Jupiterio thacposttionbe Saturn,the pereonborn
will ckilfully contrive to trouble every body and wrll
tenaciourlyadhereto his undercakings.
gqarilowrlttit*atf i\w{tiR t
*ftryaq| rrt mSst fttrrn( u \q tl
S/ofra 59. If Venus and Saturn occupy the lOth
placefron the Moon. the person born will manufacture
a fragrant black powder and similar cosmecicsubstances,
will practise medicine and engagein trade'

fiilqmnqt fi.t gqg*lirhsftqr r

frqdurri Ersftctktrctt{t*rtrr}q ll Qoll
S/oAa 60. When the lord of the 10th bhava is a
bencfic planet, or is in conjuncrion with or aspecteJby
a beneficplanet,or is in occupationof a beoefic Navlm'
ca, the person born will be in a position of authority'
qr{Tfqtqqgt laffirft {ifut t
trit *inrol il s'tr{t {{tln {Istt qt ll
S/olc 61. If the lord of the l0th bhava, associated
with Saturn and aspectedby the lord of the 8th bhava,
occupy a malefic Navamsa or a Kendn Rasi, the person
boro will have to 6rcf t{tc behests of a cruel oaster.
 924 qrnacrfu& Adh.xv"

il{e0 ftrnmt grgsiift&h I

qrtrrarftqrr0ftfttitvfirq q+{ n Qetr
Eloha 82. \Vhen the Moon occupying the sigrr
Cancer and aopected by Jupiter and Venug attains a
Paravata or other higher Vaiseshikamsa, the per$on
born will enjoy good reputation and af{luenee.
ql+t glTrfg* g{qqqAsftErI
grftioh ilsfr qf;ittqrai{wrin{ll qft lt
S/c'ta 63. When the lord of the 10th bhava ie
associatedwith a benefic planet or is in the midgt of
two beneficplanetsor occupiesa Navamsaof a benefic
planet, the person born wrll have fame and a high sense
of honor.
qfifht sdtirqTqgtqrrrftqrtardrqqrtt
qrdlsqildftqnri{qrare{diqhq{1ffi{tar nqstl
S/ofta 64. When the l0th bhava is occupied 1s
well as aspectedby a maleficplanet and the lord of that
bhava is reduced in strength, the person born will be .t
slanderer,without self respect, with oo name,Power!
influenceor act that he can call his own.
uftnq{ttni qriifr-qdg*r
q$lirtiqas* qgElililqq]q+{ ll E\ ll
S/ofta 65. If the lord of the lOth bhavaae aleoof
the Navamsa vlhich it occupies-if theee two planets
be as:ociated with Saturn and in conjunction wirh or
aspectedby the lord of the 6th bhava, the person born
will have many .rrives.
qggftRtrttft q {fb* hd$srruql
uilt tUtndifBqf* ocqri{rr'iitffititt
s!.8tu8? qeqqfr$$qrqr 996

fr;{ qft q{oft dM Erfdreqdu!

w
ffirqgt g qrfi\sqil fd{t itf\*sFqqt uqqlr
SJofra66. If Mars and the lord of the 4th bhava
beingstrongoccupya Kendra. a Trikona or the llth
bhava,and if the lord of the 10th bhavabe aspectedby
or in conjunctionwith Venusand theMoon,the peroon
will engagein such pursuitr as agricultureand will
havewealth of cattle. If Mercury be connectedwith
the 10th bbava,the peroon concernedwill alwayc be
engaged in merca4rtiletransactions,andaccordingas the
planetor planetsoccupying the 10thbhavaare benefic,
maleficor both, he will be vigorouo,slothful ot of a
oired nature.
n qq orsrfli[$oq il
orrqneailqmt{sqfi qfl flfli\Eoi}ilqil
urqqnilq{irs $[6rrogifs ({qir ftqil qq I
ilginrieqqidiqaUgfrqrwilorfiqr
drqmilq{frequfigqw;qn$ffT}tdlsQstl
Sloha 67. It is through the llth bhava irom the
Lagna that every accumulation of inconing wealth is
expected; the planet in the I tth bhava when poecerred
of full strengtlris capableof giving wealth. If the Sun
be such a planet, much wealth is derived by the perroo
coqcerned from paternal kinsfolk ; if the Moon, froo
maternal relations ; if Mars, froro personll exetcion; if
Mercury be the planet occupying the llth bhava in full
utrength, wealth comes to the person concernedfrom a
dear master,a discerning friend or a maternaluncle.
Norns
This as well as tbe uext five slokas apPear iu g315gq.
eg6 (tcflrtftwi Adh. 1ff.

Wbat caa be divinid from tbe lltb ooeva is thus statco b

the seme worlt
unlttqlnfr qnrEfiqn{oift;ili q I
qKrqfil? {giary1s}glt a{ftm;q{rtq 1s
lrlso qromrqcq
rraFrtqpqrcrrTTarTrdBorqf,
aqqs{rfi t
faut4i* rrrerqrte6$:tt
aTq:fh'aTqTqfui
freirq is aaotherreadingfor etfrt in the 4th quarter of the
sloka. The tracslarienwill then be : " if Mars,fronr a brother."
difr qesft *EurqqqnrqnGg**i
t
Snr diqaqta{FrrEir{GnrfteRqttt\:
ilCtilffiR$6qrf*e'{iqru{eeii rfir
Mtq*q flfM fuKqr iitcr n qc rl
Slo},z 6f. Jupiter in the l'l.th bhava when in fuil
sffength gives wealth through the inscrumentality of
rcriptl.rral learning, observanceof sacrificial rites and
worthy sons. Venuc in the sane advantageousposition,
seeuru accesEron of fiches through femalesand know-
l"dg. of the fine arts such as poecry, dramar and music.
Saturn when thua placed gives abundanceof wealth and
corn producedftom agriculture through the exertionsof
q^de and temaleElaves. The casteof tbe p.lanetsasPrct-
ing or occupying the bhava in question indicates the
claseof personc from whom the income of the rteroon
concernedis derived.
qFrq{sgqaq{r grrqi 'Tt{rgqrqrfti
ft*fiarqd {tfd qgililcffifri* Ein t
I wrRggHrfrsriv{iad
orqail;Fre
qrfrqqitwwrrtaqitr{frqrRnr tt it tt
sl, ?0-?t qlqrftEqt{s 9?,1

bh.av1
Slofta 69. If the planet occupyiogthe llth
acquired
be beoefic,tbe person born will have wealth
if the planet
by fair means;ihe samewill be illgctten
in the bhavabe malefic; and mixed if the occupanto-of
acrolo-
the bhavabe of u ti*"d' nature' This fact' thc
ger ehould clearly state as revealedby the horoscope'
prep:n'
if ,n planet in the llth bhava be strong and
posEess every
deratingly friendly, dre pereonborn will
with
omiablJquality and will be surpassinglybleesed
'*o-"", such as vehicles' ornamento'
every meansof enjoyment
articlesof luxuriotts appliancesarid
"pp"r"l,
learnirig.
agqilrurfiicn
RiqFr.rarftdt
qtsqtwfrxg"qfrqt
Enrfufrmintqt
qrrd itror qulwqd*qlft6rer{rt
ffiqqt qlt xlttd g{te i\qr*t ll so }t
Slofra 7Lr. If the lorde qf the 2rrd urd the lJth
Lrhavasbe friendly to the lord of the Lagna' the aetrolo'
ger may declare that wealth of the person 'Joocerned
will be given awav to be trsedbeneticentlyoQ behal{ .oi
the
good*Jrka, Gods and Brahmins' If tbe planetin
wlrr
itth bhavabe weak or overthrown in planetar!
or depretsedor owtting att inimicalsign or a StTt
(Dustthana)or produceatorim (Rekayogavide A:dh'VI'
supra),the personconcerned will have to go abeggiog
dai[y for hic subaistence.
il*t RqtsqEr{mqi qqrilileqlqqq
qift qihsdlqqKlqsi\$il tti srqt I
Rrffigdr g{srgt {i iavmrgr
efrl**qqmliflsi\d;{ sqnrftq ll st ll
9ffi rtrrrftq!& A&. XS.
Sloh.a71"" If the lord of the llrh bharnbe the Sus
or the Moon, the personborn will acquireaffluenceby
servinga king or one like him; if it be lvfara, wealth
will be gor through the instrumentalityof royal minis,
tcn, an elderor an younger brother or by agriculture;
if it be Mercury, the meansof acquiring wealth will be
knowledge,relationeor sons;.if it be Jupiter, it ie
tbrough the obaervance of hio religious duties that the
perton concernedwill attain to prooperity; if Venus
own the I tth bhavanthe rrchesof the peroonconcerned
will comethrough women, preciouoBtones,elephante
and other valuablequadrupeds;and rastly,if Sarurnbe
tfie owner of the I lth:bhava,the:perEonborn will have
to acquirehis wealth by purouingan ignobleoccupation.
Norps,
Somebookss616t5qisq-rr
for Ra\s'l-ct rn the 6rst gqarter rrf
thc stoka.
srqFrqn'korqfirE Wdprffi
srt {RsqFqtg qatr{gfrfrild{t I
C\ \ . \
NftSRiFNKr TtrTTrllrIIIIIttITTC(
iqrdeflrq[Rtqt.fni liilqfr ll sl 1s
Sloha72. lf the lord of the llrh bhava be in a
Kendraor Trikona from the Lagna,or if there be a
ualefic planet in the I tth bhava or if the tord of the
latter occupya Rasi or amsawhicb ie ita eralcationits
own or a friend'a, the person born will be wealtby.
Tbc predrctionin regard to wealth ahouldbe madein
accordance with the strength of the planet asrociated
with tbe bbava or its lord, andir will come from the
claecof personswhosekarakathe aseociatedplurcr oay
reprGsent,and during its dasaand apahara.aod frgm the
qu.tter belonging thereto-
sl. ?8-?4 qtlTftsttrlr g29

ort& t-q'rt fifrt il nqFqtI

srt il qrqsgcqqorqgfrth tt

ll eTq6rr{r}Tr?il5eTl
ll
rri$tfr
oqrEr-nmd{qrggd'ft
fffm {qnrftqMq,i R-{qqfuilt( |
ftffit q* qr'& g;mmntsvn
ffTrt{tr{tefr ft {rFtqrgfosqiltsdftt \el
Stoka 73. [t is through the lZth bhava, its lord
and Saturn that an astroiogcr should divine a Person's
wandering far, misfortung or evil doom, liberality, tbe
comforts of bed, etc.; dignity and waste of wealth.
When the planet in the 12th bhava owns as well ar
occupiesa moveablesign, or is the lord of a Dustthana
or is in conjunction with or aspectedby Saturn, the
person born will indeed have to roam over many lands
and forest regions.
Norns.
This sloka as also slokas 74-79 and 82 & 83 are in qn{ct.
What can be asc:ertained from the 1Zth bhava is stated in the
same work thus :
qaqarfrsRftaq{ I
qqqq;Traaqqf(t
qrqrfhqugqii{Frqfqrqfrfif4frcqtf,,tt
r\1so "il<T.nl{WI
{fiqii 6rrr4rrfrqoe}fri;q qq q I
s{{aaqqFqrtft.ndti qqffid: n
gt gqgtfrrqlufrfrfr
Rrmrrrrrrt
ilflt iqresfiffi RtacqrqHflQI
117
980 dttlrqrfrarf Adh.xv.

Rrst ffi t'w sfri frffiT&iRvar

fr{afrqqreqi g ffid ftqaqritfril{ il \eBtl
,Sloka 74. When the planet in the lZth bhava is
benefic and is associatedwith as well as aspectedby a
benefic planet,and when the lord of that bhava is weak
and occupiesits inimical or depressionsign, the person
born will not have to spend his wealth. When the
planet occupying the l2th bhava ia weak, but its lord
is in great strength, the personconcernedwill dissipate
hie wealth. When planets of a mixed character are
associatedwith the lord of the 12th bhava, the persons
concernedwill have expenseof ,r mixed nature-

{uEq{rt{ft rirqq{,fiqft$aq'i iiqudefc|qt qr t

qffiRsqqrEtffifiS qrirrslR qu*{E{nqartn\e\tl
Sloka 75. If the lord of the 12th bhava occupy
benefic Vargas,all outlay of money will be on approved
legitimateobjects. The outlay will be questionableand
bad when the lord of the l2th bhava is io conjunction
with or aspected by a weak planet. The person con-
cernedis Iiable to suffer evil from that classof percons,
whose karakathe weak planet in grrestion reprerents,
during itg dasaand apahara.

fit* qodt aqqisftqnr-

^
q[rafg\ Eiqqrfuiiar{Iinqq I
Rth qgfiqqi srciqia
tita t{qgus{i{arutfttt sE rr
Sloha 76. When a maleficplanet owning the 6rh
or the 8th bhava oicupies the l2th bhava in strengch,
sr 77-78 q1q|frgrqtTr 931

;;;ffi;;; to ag.cur-
resar&
ture and monetrry trangactions. when the 12th bhava
being a quadrupedor a biped aign (aide Adhyaya 1,
sloka 16) ie occupied by a planet of a quadrupedor
biped character(aide Adhyeya 2, sloka 12), the person
concernedwill suffer the total loes oi all oervantr and
cattle.
RnRfrq(siffi ftqgctr
qffin< ewftcqlqgt t
ftrt nqESftw sEil
Enilrg{Gst{E{IqTqlrriftll s\e ll
Stoha '17. A person will have his wealth consum-
ed by peopleof the Brabmanaand other castesaccording
as the planets in the 12th bhava represent these' If
female planets be in that bhava, it is through femalee
that his wealth will go out ; if male planets be in the
bhava,loss of wealth will be brought about by an enemy'
If the bhava in questionbe owned by a friendly planet,
the person concernedwill have to lay his money out on
account of his friends.
gtltragi uftqq qff
Fryrrrt
qrtsE{RT{te itqrE{fiort
ierq'{l qq{sqqdeis en-
(qqftrqEa g qirqwftll ec ll
Stoka 78. If the lZth bhava be occupied bv "
beneficplanet, the personborn will be liberal, virtuous
and engaged in agriculture. If a malefic planet be in
that bhava,the person concernedwilt be captious, suffer'
ing fron eye'disease,flatulent, restlessand roving. If
 932 {Rrrcrftqre ,tdh.xv.
the planetin the 12th bhavabe in exaltation,in its own
or in a friendly sign,the personwill be beneficent.
qlgEls{Efrilga*q{tfiiftq il{ d-
fr* mrr*gtfkerc\ anrqsftdqq
r
qR
Errfrftgftsdr "q{rnrftqq irqwr
1ftrqrgfigtRil qtt turtwqTgriqrxrtu\e\ tl
Sloka 79. If rhe Sun ,rr,the waning Moon be in
the l2th bhava, the wealth of the person born will be
liable to be seizedand confrscatedby the rulers. Mars
occupyingthat bhava in conjunction with or aspected
by Mercury destroys the wealth in various ways" Ju-
piter, the Moon and Venus in the lZth bhavahelp to
conoervewealth. When Mercury occupies that bhava
in conjunction with or aspected by Venus, the people
concerned will have the comforts connectedwith the
bed.
aqitr dwrfirt g{ErisqFqilt
g{dftiE} q'iHrrq.i'qtq,tt co tl
S/oia 80. If the lord of the l2th bhava be in its
own or exaltation sign and has attained beneficvargas
and is aspectedby a beneficplanet,the personborn will
enjoy tfie comforts of a bed on the couch.
Rfteq* u*i aqft qulqi t
{Fqnrtq il s} qtlrcft{fril{ ll 6t tl
oloha 81. When the lord of the 12th bhava is in
the highest exaltation point or is aspeccedby the lord
of the 9th, the person born will have the good fortune
to lie on a bed adorned with jewels and precioue stones
regtingon a handsomecouch.
sl. 82-83 {q{t'rsr{t{r 933

S il Garqt Rqsi GqiHqRrt

dtt ftrfuollltqrni cTTiIRr
ffii r
flqrqiuturq.rlibhofqr{ri}ri qr,ii
fit Fsqq{rHgqgi arar'{(0r uiq l dR tl
Stoha 82. When Venus, Satrrrnor the Moon oc-
cupiesa Trikona position in respect to the gth bhava
and when the house representingthe bhava occupied
has Ketu in it, the person born will easily become
liable to the misfortune called (Narapatana,i. e",a
"{ftrET
aleepingman falling on him which is regardedas a dire
portent). If Venus in the position abovereferredto be
associatedwith a mllef ic planet,the portent may be the
fall of a sleepi'g woma. or a chameleonlizard on the
personconcerned. If Mars be so associated,the portent
may take the form clf the presenccof a tortclise in the
house. If Merc.ry combine wirlr lvlarsintheposition
indica:ed, the person horn may be bit by a dog and
srrfft:rfrom tlre rabics.
Norr.s.
'l-lre
n b o v e n r e : r n i r r qi s l t r r t r e n t l t i v e . \ ' . S .

ff (riiqerr{gf g ii*rae{Hrfq}rri}qt
fr:t gt?rqfr qsqfhilbsqil qr;r{: I
A\iar,

qrq'iqrihqi qt wuir oi u'ft srqt

s;qr0 tqdlsi qfq qg$l q iid{rt n dl tl
.Slotn 83. If the 1,lth bhav.r, with Saturn and.
Rahu or Ketu in it, is occupiedby the lorcl of the gth
bhava or aspected by the lord of the 6th, the person
born goesto hell. If Jupiter bc in rh,: Lagna, identical
rvith Dhenus and with the Mesha Navamsa rising,
*n.* """l9l:"1
"."-"""""""-"-ff-""-
Venus occupy the ?th, and the Mooo the sign Kanya,
the perscnborn wrder this yoga reeche;the seatof the
highesthappinessat last.

g!fr gsutrfrtqsgitangfr qtE

g q:r ffi aalqqrdew t
qrglqrl;T$ft
oiqr gnMftil(giil rrgrqqTfrTd
(SF{atg{ fitfi ftgd fr*ftrrttq;qql ll dB ll
qfr dtaqq{Eqqrr
tqnqiffit qlffiqlftqft
qe[(tirsqtqt ll
S/ofta 84. If a planet owning a malefic house
occupy a g:(sn" (Dustthana)in strength' the bhava re'
present"dby the malefic house is said to be advanced'
But if the lord of the 8th bhava be weak in any sign,
the bhavarepresentecl by that sign is said to be impaired.
If the lord of the Lagna occupied or aepectedby a
benefic planet occupy any bhava in strength,that bhava
receivesmuch benefit thercfrom. The caseis different
when the lord of the Lagna is in depression,or in an
inimical house.
Thus endsetc.
 ffifrg{fr$6xrFl:
P 311
Adhyaya XVI.
FEI\,IALE HORoSCoPE.

*qodrqwilatffiftrqqtqt r
ftfrryng,.fqrd* {ut llq n I tl
Sloha 1. S/e are now gorngto treat of the female
horoscope with its characteristiclunation, Rasig and
planets,becauseit is a means of promoting prosperity,
power, health,offspring, knowledge and fame.
qqt.f,t(ilq: gwrqrTqrqEolt
ftt* t
qrTrsr} II.=rlqrdsqqiilqqraFrrtt lt t ll
Slahu 2. There is nothing in the world like a
horoscopeto help men in the acquisition of wealth, to
savethem like a boat in a seaof troubles and to Eerve
them as a guide in their journeys.
NorBs.
T h e o b j e c t o f t h i s s l o k a i n t h i s A d h y a y ai s o n l y t o s h o w t h a t
it is the q?qtn+ (Sthri Jataka) that (is alluded .to by the word
rrfrq in the slolia and which) helps or guides the husband in the
sea of troubles.
,frqcqrqqqfr
ffi q{iksfrqrfY{rmgtr
q{Tferqtrsq{qitffinnRre${ir t
qrgrilqdt rilqqn*r urd c{rrqfr*r
{iqlgrgn,Itdwfiso*diffiqrfu,Fqttf I ff
935
v36 nRttqtftilil Adh..xvr.

Stoka 3. The female horoscopeis to be written

in a fine neat eheet of paper with correct planetary
tablesserviceablefor referenceand exhibiting thc alma'
nac (of the day of birth in question). lt is to show
also the Ashtakavargas(Adhyaya 10) of planets,their
positional and other six.fold strcngth (e-<3o-Shadbala)
the length of life of the person concerned, the rllqrwdt
(Gocharaphala)r.4, the effectsof the progressof planets
in their orbits, the frrrso (Yogaphala, Adhyaya 7) and
the rrr*ss (Bhavaphala,Adhyayas f t-15). The horo
scopeshould give at the same timc the DasaTables
mentioningthe number of children destinedto live to
a great age, the happiness of the husband, the great
prosperityand fame which the whole family is to enjoy.

duriq;qs(ifllqgfrd'Tdirfr *wlrq
mqtttgngri Gqwserq{tqfft*q r
TEUrTqgurWrqE.ffl(ibqrqilqi {frr
"ffirqqon+q
ffiai dlrrs s* qiq il I tl
'Whatever
Sloha 4. effect may accrue from the
horoscopesof females that is applicable only to mcn,
shouldbe ascribed to the husband The goodand evil
affecting thcir per$on should be calculated from thc
Moon and the Lagna whir:hcverof them is stronger"
It is from the ?th place front thc l-agna or the Moon
that all that is worthy or unworthy in thc husbando
ehould be ascertained,and the deatli of thc husbandsis
foretold tirrough the Sth bhava (from chc Lagnaor thc
Moon). Ail this should be well weighcd by the strength
or weaknessof the planets, herreficand malefic, bcfore
an announcementis macie.
sl.6 rtrfrsnrrq: e37
Norps.
c/. n"oa?rt+t
qqisqqi flq aqftd dqi &+ il qt(
rTrqeqfiqqrt gaia aang*riliqrcf,T{ |
rrflttgqrnrrqqircHH rf,tri gerq
Hof,dgg{qElFgrtil: s(r<{ti fial tt
Whatever eflect nray accrue fronr the horoscopeof a female
that is applicable only tct men should be ascribedto the husband.
Het prosperity and happinessiras to be deducedfrom the 8th house
(from the Lagna or tbe Moon rvhichever is strong). Children
should be declared through the 9th house and matters rolating to
her appearance,beauty, etc. should be deternrined from thc I*gna.
It is fronr the 7th place that her welfare and tire (nature of the)
husband should be ascertained while her associationand chastity
should be predictedfrom an exatninationof the 4th houso. Bene-
lics in these housesproduce good results, while malefics in thc
above houses are productive of evil unless they happen to or*'n
[ h e h o u s e si n r v h i c h t a s e t h e e f l e c t w i l l b e g o o d .

ff q;{ft o{tftds{qH.t rdq$q(r

$nqirdrft ilqirqQ!gTrqEfr{aq I
(WqGrsqswlarmdf'*'iwqr(
tffigqTg* gqwRf)( ffi*qr n \ tl
Sloha 5. Of thc Lagnaand the Moon, find which
ir the stronger. tt is with reference to this that the
luck, beauty atrdstrengthof women shouldbe announced'
Chrldren and wealth in abundanceshould be declared
through the 9th bhava therefrom, Wedded happinero
or otherwise should be gathered from the 8th b-hatr;
husband'cfortune from the Tth Someastrologerc opioe
that the well-being or the reverse of the husband can be
determined from the 9th bhava.
1lB
 9'38 srdrqrRqtr Adb.)rvl.

tq6li ftrfra ilrrq-rrwq{:tqE:

gi neume:qfugrisrlq *Rkg: I
xmqrqB*fr{rqfrgd q{tqrnodr
t,f qnqirqqanfud antailqi q{ u E tl
Sloha 6. Somehold that widowhood is found out
through the 8th bhava ; beauty,fame and fortune through
the Lagna; the son ttirough the -<th; wedded happiness
with the husband through the ?th, asceticismas well at
the exceedingtranquillity of women through the planets
occupyingthe 9th bhava All else whether due to the
bhavasor yogasare the samein regard to both men and
women.
grt on?ursilqR ndW:rcr
ilrqTo]ftilrtgftgEEfrsrb{ta iqet t
q\qt gwraftryl.ToIgiiUmqrRai
qlqaq'fqqrtq
{riqilgfr iler g{Tqlftd tl rgtt
Sloku 7. li the Lagnaand the Moon be in an
even sign,thc femaleborn wilI havethc form and charac'
teristics of the best of her sex. If they bc aspectcdby
or associatedwith a benefic planet, she will possess
excellentqualities, of steadfast virtue and prospcrous.
If the sign occupiedby them be an odd one,she would
be masculinein form, fickle'minded, mascutint-in her
be,rringand sinful ; and if they be aspecced by or asso'
ciated with malefic planets, she will be profligate.
NorBs.
cf. q-d-fit{r
al g'q'il nl'qrdl
eEqfRq+il
gf,qqqfAqqr
nqge6e{ftet t
sl.8-9 frerils.{ncr eJ9

qgqeRileei+im ieqtqt
gEeqfAGE<rtfrui qRqrtt
If Uotl the ascendant and the Moon are in even signs and be
aspecteci bi' benefic planets, the wonran born will bear good sons,
possessan cxcellent husband and be well-ornamented. Slte will
be very prosperous and possess excellent qualities. It the Lagna
and the \Ioon are in odd signs and be aspected by or associated
witb malelic planets. she will be masculine in her bearing, insin.
c.re, ungovernable and cruel beyond measure to her husbanC; and
she will be poor.

ohz\ilqq&* g{sfr ftiqrusiftfi

arii itqgqruftttrrtqfrruqttqt* t
Wqr{ncrfr g qHffifi qft{t* n e{fl
ffirfr{gtasq{olElEs tilId R(l tt c tl
Sloht 8. If, in an odd sign, both the Iagne aut{
the Moon b: associacedwith or aspectcdby a benafic
planet, the qualities, the aspect,the positio'n, the glit
and the intelligenceof the fcmale born will bc of a mix,
ed kind; but if, in an cven sign, both the Lrgna and the
Moon be associatedwith or aspectedby a malefic planet,
the characterof thc femaleborn, say the wise astrologers,
will be shaped wholly by the influence of the plrnec
associated with or aspecting thc lord of thc even siqn
under reference.
silqitCI{SerifutiolFEtr;EgErski:r
{tqr;qrrd ffi q{g} qref*mseil{fr qi{n\g; il
Sloka 9, When the Lagna is in an odd sign;
when the maeculinepianeteptedominatein strength;
when the Moon| Mercury and Venu6 are strong and
when Saturnhrs ordinary strength;the female born
will'fr e deprCralettd lct ,hrrbandcwill be mrny"
940 qrdfcrnnta Adh.xvl.

srf ffi $qdrq*{g*{Atr trg crtrsrail|

frsqrfrfld rqor{atEgRritqrrrctq enfl tt
Sloka 10. When the Lagna is in an even aign,
and when lvlars,Mercury, Iupiter and Venus have the
greateststrength; the femaletrorn will ba virtuous and
becomewidely celebratedfor her conspicuous ability
to understandthe intrinsic qualities of all thingr.

firt q.qqtq,tqGtr fietgsh.e*r

ntfit{qft*r grM qq\Enilrsnqr
I
n a\ \ A \ \
SIFTRRSNnEq{IilRtg qFo{RIil qTq
fr mnftqft n tt rl
Rreqrmflqo{neruftgwr
Slofrc i1. Wiren Saturnhasbut mediumstrength;
when the Moon, Venus and Mercury are weak; and
when the remainingplanetsarepoo$essed of realstrength,
the femalethat is born in an odd Lagna will associate
with many.men. When Jupiter, Mars, Mercury and
Venus are strong and when the rising sign is an even
one, the woman born will become celebratedfor her
koowledge of every science developing ultimately into
an expounder of the scriptures.
NorES.
T t r r sr l o k a i r f r o r t rR l i l r a t l a t a k e .

n ftiluqq tt
oil fiq.ri qt rrftft qrdtqiftrhqga-
ffitqqqrsqor rT{AgilqRr{{ff {+( |
ioqr qrggct{* gqtrd ilfi q diqtq*
(Mt qRrdtMrqqq qrw{rqlRlntt lR ll
sl. 12-13 qisnlstqrqr 941

Sloka 12. When the Lagna or the Moon, which'

ever of them is stronger,is in ;r Rasibelongingto Mars.
the femaleborn in a Trirnsamsa of Mars will be ill'
behaved; she will be a menial or slave if born in a
Trinsamsa of Saturo ; worthy and virtuous if in that
rif lupiter ; depravedif born in that of Mercury ; addict'
t:d to a paramour if the Trimsamsa of trirth bc that clf
Venus.
c/, no4ftell
q+ rM omfrrftaftaia*g*qra
6EIErqriit gfieftr+r qlqrflf,t ?quft|
{sfr TE{tTqFqqfitn g=q1g{tf{',11r
nfr aq{dt qgs+Rqrqr''rftgqrdlrgil ll
tr;qr nfirrti-dirft agnrfirftqfrT{rgq:tr
qr+ it gqI@Ifq{Atfiuqrilaftreqtftstu{t
{Ft Ere-qnwf}mfirs.ft fi"q{ql*,t rq
{.thf {q-{nl q$tqftqr{: gfiteFqqffi tt
qiaqs(gersqqt{+
ot rnfrmrFtri
nt{t gr{ff gr.{rgirtt gq,f:q+rt
ftsqef qtur{rsRftt-solwlaErq&ql
g{tt g{{s{r q gqil olffiqr qrqil ll tl ll
Slofta 13. In a Lagna owned by Venue, a female
born in a Trimsamsa of Mars will b vicioua and
quarreleome; she will be chasteand a mother of many
children if born in a Trimsamsa of Jupiter; remarried
if in that of Saturn ; she will be fond of all the arts,
mueic'-vocal and instrumental-if born in a Trimsamsa
of Mercury; il the Trimsamsa of her birth be owned
 942 ffitrili Adb")ryL
by Venus, ehe will be fond of wiec nen, a fxlorite of
het husband,and liked by people.
ffitsq?{qe frrqqd oi A S{rF{dr
r|adhfivnsqm $rgil glqrfPffit {tdt I
*i qfqu gqq ftqft freqnfrqfff{t
dl* qwtiqrr{wr*ftitqrfrqrrr\ rr tB tl
Sloha 14. When the Lagna is a sign owned by
'frimsamsa
Mercury, the femalcborn in a of Mars will
have sons; if born in a Trimsamsaof Saturn, ehe will
be a widow, have her chiidren still born, or of the form
of a eunuch; if in a Trimsamsa of Jupiter, she would
be chasteand devoted to her husbrnd; if io that of
Mercury, she would be virile, famous and handsome;
if the Trimsamsaof birth be that of Venus, she will b:
conrpicuousfor her eleg;rntattire, ornamentE,cattle and
wealth.

o* qq.Jt rrt qoqfi frurtgeqiq*

qrdrqnfrirEffisur qrtim qftd,ir
r
R,{rilrGqq iiffirqrg1ornrranr
frt itr.-quonfr
uggili{i{* {rusrn lr tl
Slofto 15, When the Lagna is a srgn owned by
the Moon, and the Trimsamsa of birth is owned by
Mars, thc femaleborn will be endowed with physical
btrength; and if the Moon be aspected by maldic
planeu, she will take delight in ministeriog to rbe
ahuEemntsof her paramours; if the Trimeamsabe that
gf Saturn,she will becomea widow; if tbe samebeloog
to Jupiter, she will be short.lived and will have fe,:.,r
children ; if of Mercury, she will be skilleC in the arts ;
sr 16-11 ffismr: 943

if the Trimeamqaof birth be that of Venus, she will be

lustful.
trgffi ilft {fuft Er{3=.q1qt{t
ilfi ffidfutr q $irfi q;Eiu*g:fu{r I
ilfir iIr{grTIgun-,ii*tqe $itsnr
Wr rgfqF({q $qft*{rFEilItftrqit ll qq tl
Slola 16. When the Lagna or the Moon happens
to be in a sign owned by the Suo,and the Trimsamsa
of birth that of Mars, the femaie born will have a mas'
culine dicposition. If the Trimsamsabelong to Saturn,
she will b: unchasteand unhapPy; if to Jupiter, she
will be the beloved of a royal husband and endowed
with good qualities ; if the same belong to Mercurv,
she would be masculine in her ways and vicious ; and
lastly if born in a Trimsamsa of Venus. she will be
attachedto an unworthy husband and will suffer from
diseases.
{rfi{q .IN qg5igre rnrrtsEr
Raqrilrqmfttftgaqttqftn qi(l
qtqiir qqqettwrqntq]*qq t$ilr
{ttfr EFH{Fqurs gil{il veqwrF{il ll ts ll
Sloha 17. When the risirrgsign is owned by
Jupiter,the femaleborn in tlre Trimsarrs:rof Mars will
be renownedand havea following; shewrll be indigent
if bprn in the Trimsamsaof Saturn; if the Trimsamea
of birth be Jupiter's, she will have an abundanceof
wealth, clothing and ornaments;if she be born in thrt
of Mercury, shewiil be vittuous and highly respecAed;
if in that of Venus, she will possesschildren, good
clotbingand ornamencs.
944 cnTrqrftrrt Adh.xvl.

olq<utffidftat
r<tt qft g+.nftesorqrugrsr
gft,r
{*ilr $oer gqi{rqf{ilr grar ffsql sd
o};$s.efrrrfis ffio ffi{iquilr qtq n lz tl
Sloku 18. When the riaing sign belongs to Saturn
and ie strong, the fcmale born in a Trimsamsa of Mare
will be distreesed; if her birth be in a Trimsamsaof
Saturn,shc will be dialiked by her husband; if in that
of Jupiter, she will strictly adherc to the cuEtomaor
uEageof her family ; if in Mercury's, she will know all
things but unchaste; if in a Trimgamsaof Venue, she
will be barren and profligate; the effectsdue to Trim,
EamEaahould be announcedafter correctly weighing the
influenceof the Lagna and the Moon.
srrAtftqqrwffi*m* g+.iitq
ri Eiir$sot qqfrrr*rtftt irRa?rI
wffi{qrilf ftrilqMcry(ilTril
ql il'rR ffift qdwq|gffi il tq tl
Slof"a 19. When malefic planets occupy the ?th
bhava,the female born wrll become a widow; if the
planetsin the ?th bhava be of a mixed sort, ehe will
remarry; if there be in the 7th bhava a weak malefic
planecaspectedby a beneficone, the female born will
be put away hy her husband; if Venus and Mars occupy
eachother'e Navamsa, the woman will be addictedto
other men; if theae two planetsbe associatedwith the
Moon in the 7th bhava, she will associate with other
men at the instance of her own husband.
Norns.
Tlris sloka is taken fronr Brihat lataka.
st. 20-21 ffissqt{:

*t*
fiwg*t srai {FdTsdI+i (qq. I
arairqiqrrqF'la\
fiAi* gr{trt q{F'ITEl}ilqriqfdqaltqqf}a lt
't'aaii'i'+'t
[''or Llrefirst PuCu, c/.
qnq'\{qqf,:"iiafiqqt fq}' ga'iqi"r.tr
dftrft 'rt qft eriri{I qqutmqal ufrq r
slei q tlwrrlt 5+rl: {t5il gar ll 1" ll
Slohu 2ll, A femalc rs styled wanton when sh"
caste
loreakeshcr lrusband;rnd resorts to anothelrf her
her
from lust. A womatt rs said to bc temarriedwhetr'
(anew)
organo{ gcneratiunbcing unbrokcu,she is takcn
aB a wife auother tirnc with tl"c prop(:rmatrimonial
r ites.
{trn{ onrrkgg* qrrl wd g{ot qrqs}|
EsIilWit llRtll
*i".it frfrtn-aqrttfrfiqleqiuri
Sloku 21. When a sign of Srturn or lvlars is the
Lagnaanil the Moon or Venus (according as the birth
ie by night or day) aspcctedby a maleficplanet ctccupies
it, thc femaleborn in thc yoga will lead an unchaate
life rvith thc mother; when the scttirrg Navamsa be
longsto Mars and is aspectedby Saturn,she will havc
diseasedwomb ; II the Navamsa under reference
"
belongsto .r l>enefic planet, slrc will havc irandsomc
h i p s a n d b c r n u c hl i k e d b y h e r h u s b a n d .

'l'hrs:,1t-rl,ir
ts IrotttUr,,,-fi'Jl;t;.
Cf , itcl;hlr(qi
ara flqa;q $qwqqFr* {.ltfqldiflI;q{fll qrqt I
rit .ld nrstgia zDfiae'irfi{ Uqrgqi{ ll
11t)
 946. drRrrctftill Adh.xvl.
lJqmr
Fa.Rqdwrt FRa\qrt qw nle guarCI+aea r
diah.qqqirnfa*fti e 6nfrft6q'rg{T
grrfi gxtfr rt
Also rlRf+ait

sltrtrlt da*rfrrfiRgt fie{i ;frdrI

flil Fr+ $rr {reE{tftt qEfarr
$ q gu*it afriareDqii'rqYf:d r
FfqTilqrt*oft qfiqg,lr qqft rr
lllother is indicated !y Venus in rray-births and by the
Nroorr
in night-births (Chapter l1l_l 5 su1tra). f.agna rnust
be one of
Arres, Scorpio, Cepricorl and Aquarius; Venus or f.he
Moon a1
the case may be should occupy the Lagna aud be aspectecl
bv a
n r a l e f i cp l a n c t ' T h e f e m a l e o w n i n g t h i s n a t i r r t y b e c o m e s
imm.-
r a l a l o n r gw i t h t h e r n o t h e r . r f a N a ' a r n s e o f \ I a r s b e
s e t t i n ga ' d
be aspectedby Saturn, she suffersfrom diseased organs.
tf the
Descenda,ntbe rn a giutaeia (ubhergrahanavamsa) cr be occupied
by be.nefics,or the ruler is aspectedby benefics or in
Exirr igu.
bhamsa), she is loved by her husband.
T h e f i r s t q t < ( P a d a )o f t h e s l o k ah a s b e e nr n t c r t r r c t e t l
by Bhat-
t o t p a l a i h u s : " w h e n a s i g n o f S a t u r n o r ' M a r si s t h c
Lagnaa.d
the Moon and Venus aspected (both of them) by
a malefic"lrlanet
o c c t r p yi t . " T h i s i s n r - ' ta c c e p t a b l e .
qo*tsnil qri firqxafrtf{t r
qtarftqcqfririt diqril0 q tRurtn RRtl
Slohu 22, When a weak malefic planer occr_rpies
the ?th and is aspeccedby a beneficone, the femrle co.
cernedwil be pur away by hcr husband (C/. slok.r3O
inlra), if the malefic planetin the 7th bhava ba depresa,
ed or in an inimical house,she will be at variancewith
her husband. , .-
o'kta'1t(4'tr/4t'
,
c/. m.z-<ifd+r
q:q$ilitttt li;{. ugrft q :i*leqfqfRnr
rr
sl. 23-24 qtcfirss|rrq: 9'17

sqgl qfiiqt ffi {HqErdRt

i{,{trr{fri qquorqir'fiofrig il r
ri'rrqrstrqgftqenr+i qwr g-{.tlufi
qrqQ ftgEliqt -.qi\qfl qm qTtrr- fr ll Rl ll
SYcAa?3. If thc Sun occr:pyingthe ?th bhava be
aspectedby inimical planets,the female born will be
cast away ; if Mars occtlpy'r similar poaition' she will
become a wtdow ,-rr her husband and herself will
becomemutuallv embittered ; when goodand bed planets
occupythe ?th bhava,the femaleconcernadwill remarry;
when saturn io the Trh bhavais lspectecby an inimical
planet,she will atcainto a good old ageand yet have
her husbandalive.
cf. Uqsqtnn
s.qel rGqr$qa frqqrqrc}s<(lfilftqt
a;irrqr.itfdhstoq*qa wi ri;sfa tl
Also qr{{J{{o{
qsq frqq'r}qfdgmr$rfiri q fq'{qtreg ert} 1
qrqtqrfidi{q'{fi q;qit q gifatirnt qlq ll
qrq*fqEtftri qrfrgttq-qtergn
qnr{fi iiodtdi iqnsqrq;q}qffiri{dr I
+i qrq'& qt e qiail qrt gffiIftdi
q;il(dilo{ft Tri{rikfiqotn gd* t*t ll 18 ll
Stoka 24. \l/hert a malefic sign repr':sentingthe
7tb bhava is occupiedby Saturn the femalewill become
efflictedwith widowhood. lf Venus and Mars occupy
eachother's Rasi or Amsa, she will be a coquetie and
addictedto a paramour. (C/. sloka L9, supru.) If the
Moon be in the ?th bhava, she will lead a depravedlife
e4[] flfl{qrftmre Adh.xvr.
along with her husband. if the Moon and Venus
occupy the lst bhava identical wi,h a sign o.wnedby
Saturn or Mars and if a malefic pla.rer be in the 5th
bhava,the femaleconcernedwill be barren.
Norps
c/ ,tti.,iteq,
11lote{ irr fttpq.

w*=qti ftnrii qwnqmrrrl6q:1

l5\\

atq nnq q;i gaft qfirr sQ rr

q;qr{ii fiare'i} nirrgdn}q4l 4Er I
1;'.;qrqEfaHr aiii qai qrqergntt
. q. ^\ r
i5oTrr{Ti?Irrd
ftisr qqiqil gqqqfr iFqr I
\A \ C

-t\\--\1{A
gilmTI {nrtTEfl wril i[OT(tdti tTlftNgrtrAil( R\
Sloku 25. When Mars occtrpic-* a Navamsabe,
longingto the Rasi of the 7th blravaand is aspectedby
Saturn,the femaleborn will have the bad luck to be
disliked hy the husband. llut when Mars is occupying
:.rNavamsaof Vcnris in th,: llasr rcprercntirrg the 7th
bhavaand is ,rspectecl l)y ir hr:tr,:f
ic planet, shc rvill be
rhe favorite of hcr husl)and.
lTi{rihtiqrft qftafturt
dqlqrqfi-dqrft
q;(fr sr{F{i{rEsgrr
riikg* rirfirdir
qq{Ig{Ef]qnr qit geq6qft-qilsrqr
qrdfdrqR oqqr gitr{TrwrRrlvrianr n iq rl
S l o h u 2 b . l f t l r i : M o o n : r r r dV e n u s b c i n ; r s i g n o f
Mars identical with rhe L:gira,rlre femaleborn will
have an aversionto hcr husband; if the Moon and Mer,
cury be in the position described above, she will be
skilled in the discussion rrf the highestrruths; if lvf;rrs
lnd Mercury be in the l.agna rdverteclto, she will tre
sr. 2?-28 tngttrss|tfqt 949

voluptuous; if thc Moon, Mercury and Venus combine

in the Lagna under referen:e, she will possesoevery
comfort; if Jupiter be in the Lagna aforesaid, she will
bear good sons, be intelligent and have ornaments.

{Tqr |t|Fn&il! gq{il G} wfi qT-

'ilq"d
wtft qrqrrE+ 'rTqlrilolf*iI
Gluitrqfr q$ q frqqrfartw lTrfhfl
ft.t r".r.ft! t}ft deuftnfrqqtlt qil tt Retl
Sloka 27. If the benefic planetsbe in their exalta,
tion, but the 8th bhava containing a maleficplanet be
representedby a maleficslgn and aspectedby a malefic
planetat the sametime, the femaleborn in the yoga will
be afflicted with widowhood; when the lord of the
I{avamga occupied by the owner of the 8th bhava is
also malefic,the woman concerned will without doubt
becomea widow; if several benefic planets be in the
Sth bhava,the female will die prior to her husbandir,
the prime of her life.
grfrqtr; errtf qrtssqQsr{r
qrr{rurri
qddrrsgrfreqflqtr
{ndfk ffi |
r rri1erg;rr
S-g'r*qtfr ggaqrfl
qti qt n-edqirflngarrurEfterilqar
u R4tl
S/o&o 28. When benefrcplanets cccupy the 9th
bhava and there is a malefic planet rn the 7th or the 8th,
the femaleborn will live long with her huoband,afflu-
ttoc,:r numerous progenyand the accesscriesof comfort
and happiness; if malefic planets be in the -ith bhava,
rh,: woman concerned will havc many children ; if
Dhanus or Kataka be th: Lagna in the latter case.she
 ilrirscrRilt Adh.xvt.

will become poor and distressed by bearing manv

ohildren to hcr hucband.
Nores.
-4t41.
c/. -ro4turoliitl (by :1'{a1
lirqFqr+fkd Rt* qcrqsraseisft 4TI
.r{: gagil:qrf,,iiq+rq *{i tt
'{g"+furtla{a
.u{, grfig:qa.Ir
lra qR(Pada). Accordingrto Mantreswara the eflect of rnale{ics
occupying the 4th house is to make the female unchaste.
q-dAlic+t
Qf. o n^
ga trigifi qqfi Sil ll

*rqrfr.qgtqftxqio* frttr qq{rgm

gltrsft.rieq\RgqfiaHq{'.ttq ll R\ ll
Sloka 79. When Vrishabha, Simha, Vrischika or
Kaoya is the Lagna and the Moon ie in the 5th bhava,
the femaleborn will hlve few sons(C./.sloka43 infra)',
if malefic planets occu[]y the 9th placc from the 8th
bhava or the 8th from the Lagoa, she will be afflictcd
with poverty and sorrow ; when rhe above placesare
occupiedby benefic as well as malefic planets,she will
have good arrdevil for her lot; if those placesbe occtt'
pied exclusivelyby benefic planets, she rvill be blesscd
with prosperity and good fortune, When the lord of
the 6th bhava is in the 6th and the lord of the latter is
in the Lagna, her death will be caused by a sharr)
wea'on'
Norns.
gf. nrfora-+quoted in lrRq'
sl. g0-32 frgfrssrtq:
1ul
fiefttq+oqE qei freft qei t
fiqrdtqrrgttgort qt( tt
s{eqlq.q
olililsqqTrt)' wii{:t<qorFffi t
*'qqtwfqfi, q{qrerrtquratt
qtqt ge'K qaqqqqG+Et
Ftrr 6rst qt< (Pada), uide slr-rlia$infro'

T(ffir ITft$Rltffiqqrq+( il t
fiAt grttRcrlffr,onqqftffir ffir llloll
S/r.rAa30. lf all the malefic pianets be in the 7th
e
bhavafrom the Lagna, the female born will become
rrridow; if the planets in the ?th bhava be mixed' the
femaleconcernedwill remarry ; if malefic planetsoccu'
pying the ?th bhava be weak, shc would be repudiated
by her husband.
Nolrs.
Vide slaka l') supra.

*wqat{Frd irrrt* giltg+i qfr wtm:'q t

$ qR|irflrr{ilftdiqFfrmr{ifiqG atq tt 1? tt
SloA{r 31. When the Moon occupiesthe ?th bha-
va from the Lagna in conlunction with Venus and Marc'
at the
the [emaleborn will associatc with anothcr man
when
insranceof her hucband. The eameetfectfollows
Navrrmsl owned
the Moon occupiesin the ?th bhava a
by Saturn or Mars. (Vide sloka L9, snpra')
ftrnqtfu{rdqQsffit
gilffigilfictil qrn q ilt E{ftqrfrS qq 11
""t Sloha 37. When planets in the Raeis or Ancas
ics and are
of Saturn and Mars are aspected by malef
 lRnsrr(amt Adh.xvl.

or the Moon (if the birth be in the night), the female

born will abandonthe traditional virtue of her caEte,
taking to harlegguin companywith her mottrer.
Norns.
T h i s s l o k a s h o u l d b e r e a da l o n g w i t h l l l _ 1 5 s u p r a . , \ c c o r d _
ing to the latter, venns and tl'reil{o,' rc:;pectively play the role
of mother during the day and night.
Cf. also sloka 21, Eupra.

{tftearrrqtt dni13
wq0
Rrisrgqet aqrMft; {Errinl
g{wq{{fi wqamdt
gqqgilEafr
il at;erflgrtnrrqr( ft 1t tt
Slo&a 33. When a Navamsaof Mars occLrpyirrg
the ?th placefrom the Lagnais aspectedby the Sun and
Mercury, the female born will have a diseasedwo nb
(C/. sloka 21, sufiro) ; but when rhe Navamsa under
referencebelongeto a beneficplanet,the femaleconcern.
ed will be much liked by her husbandand blessedwith
children; elseshe will bocome an object of aversionto
her husband.
ilqTffiqftfr q Rqqrflqat wt
qffiqrftqli stft $ufl qrqr+qrt I
(|6ilrnfli{rrw{rqG gt w{ qi wqqr
qI(Q g gqrt gurEdl {rfr igqir n iB ff
Sloho 34. If the malefic ptrn*i, occupying thc
?th bhava be rwo, the femaleborn will be lustfully
inclinedand become a widow ; if they be thrce, she
will be unchastc and ulrimately do away .with her
husband; when a beneiic lli.lrr,:r is in thc ?th bhava.
sr. 36-36 ffisqlrr 963

the femaleconcernedwill become the favourite wife of

a king's minister; when there are three such planets in
that bhava,she will becomethe queen of a ruler of tbe
earth.
qrfr;qirrqfrftrcr&naqrE.--fr;qesl
s il
*\ quq,rrrrwil{Fmr srqTftwrq+( t
tq",i ruilil qFilrErn(T ueunt
ffqrfiilIiq$ grdt tr"qlw( FUR ll 1\ ll
Slofta 35. When Venus and Saturn occupy each
other's Navamsaor aspect mutually, the femaleborn in
the Eth rising Navamsaof Kumbha will be afflicted
with too much lust; she will becomea widow when a
malefrcplanet occupies the ?th place from the Moon;
if the planet in the ?th bhava from the Moon be auspi-
cious, the yoga will $ecureto her sovereign authority
(a royal domain).
NOTES.
It will be seen that the 8th Navamsa of Kumbha is Vrishabha
Navanrsaand is owneclbv Venus.
c/. 'lrtedt
g{rfRd}qft qwqt{FrgF,rl
d*sq afh,rrrrlfr qeit I
eitqrqtitqrrqntflr{E:qtqr rdtfii: ilq q geqrEifrfildqF?r
ll
Also .ilil{it{(ul
qaTfRdEr
er;fr.q{r}qrqfifRarqff ng} qziftr
t;q'{nrFnTrt ftnrn qrit qil*RfirrH;rif\:ll
Also gsqloq
z*flFrlqfHdfR*qwqtin {rh il qG qa{tffiqqi<r:i
i{tf\: dtqaqfafiqoq{ts snrf:d nqfi qilFftftqdri.l: 11
dqrqot {ftrgrgt *iqlFEm{il gnqdftdi aTqI
rir ffA qft ilx qrdrgtrdhmqtetfrriin uq rr
120
961 ilC'5trrR!||l Adh.xvr.
Sloka 36. When the rising sign at the birth of a
femaleie occupieCby the Moon and Venus,shewill be
rhort,temperedand live in easeand comfort. In every
casewherethe Lagua is occupied by the Moon, the
femaleborn generally lives in easewith no craving for
carnalenjoymentand is amiable.
NorEs'
c/. fcqa* quotedin arcrte.
dil{rftilr S,pqqufre.* *6u* q I
firqnggdT
gt +orar g*r.nqgfrIgidar een{aaiq tt
gB qgrnftrrnilotq.dtffqgfTEtu t
u'rfuilr ff{gqrgtqr sililr$il u{gumfrqrtt le tl
Sloha 37. If a sign owned by Venus orthe Moon
be the Lagnaat the birth of a female,she will be amiable
for virtues and good looks. If the Lagna belong to
Jupiter or Mercury, she will be skilled in fine arts. If
Jupiter, lvlercury and Venus occupy the Lagna, the
femaleborn will be renowned for the possessionof
evety feminine excellence.

fl-{Tqdl i{qq{q*;R{A
wG* q{ft diowlkn q t
ilEfl ggxqi-d gRqfrgtnal
w wegq{ffitM q+al fl 1( ll
S/o&a38. When Jupiteroccupiesthe 5th, the 9th
or a Kendra bhavaor is in exaltationat the birth of a
female,shewill be well-behaved,chaste,bearinggood
oono, happy and poseessed of excellences;she will
verily bring credit to her own and her husband's
families.
sl. 39-40 *cfr${rcr 956

qRg{s6urF{frrfrg.{funr
crdftt {t(lcilrqrdfr: ggr I
qgr{ga$6,r qg} {eqi{
a-dfrg{Tflnt {rqfi{ q ftr ll lq ll
Slola 39. If the Lagna at the time of birth of a
femalebe aspectedby beneficplaneta,shewill be skilled
in the arte, pure-minded,modestat all times,handsome,
bearingworthy sonsand have muchwealth and enjoy'
ment; shewill be highly in favor with her husbandand
becomethe recipientof a thousandblessings'
q*ffiqqfuf\:gs{ilh'(ftr
ffiReqntqffit
snfr{qil ftosrmrqffetrffir
w{ffit qrfrnt fuil+( ll 8o ll
{r,rqTgrqrR
Sloha 40. When the Moon occupiesKataka iden'
tical with the ricing sign and when Venuc, Mercury,
born will
Jupiter an,J the Moon are strong, the female
be profoundly learnedin the several sciencesand artt,
and renowned for her spiritual influence. When a
malefic planet is in the ?th bhava, the female concerned
will devote herself to asceticism corresponding to the
planete if any in the fth bhava. The yogas enumerated
hitfierto are to be considered in connection witb the
time of birth and the time of gift of a girl in marriage.
Norns.
The readiug fiqe}<q{t is hopelossly corrupt. It ought to bc
something likc lft q'qqt
Qf. snr+el quoted in inlct'
1t qrffi T{t qE Qqrrqqft iFq. I
 966 qtilFrlnirqtr Adh. XVI.

qrsqTqrlirfrdqTi?q qtqqq \q tt
ef',fnivgt$, qrilr$qGtfiortrrlat t
d qaqrfiqlsrqi+,nrdgs{rdTq tl
Also see next .,lol;a.

erqi r*sqt gqfrdsd,{h I

ntsfr iirqrrilErq<T
$ert +tuGqi{EFrsriR;arqrqitsS fiMcq tt
Sloko 41. When a malzfic planet is in the 7th
bhava,the woman concernedwill without doubt devote
herselfto the asceticismanswering to the planet in the
9th bhava. The yogas mentirrned hitherto become ap,
plicable in connection with the time of marriage, the
time of selectinga girl, the time of her gifr and the time
when a query is maderegardingher.
Norss.
This as well as sloka 43 have been taken frorn llrihat Jatalia.
Any planet-whether beneficor malefic--will not bring about
widowhood but will make the woman born more devoted to her
h u s b a n d . S h e w i l l s a c r i f i c eh e r s e l f f o r h i m a c c o r d i n gt r t h e p h i -
losophical temperamentdenotedby the planet in the 9th house as
d e s c r i b e di n A d h : X V . S l . l 5 s u p r a .
A n i m p o r t a n tp r i n c i p l e i s e n u n c i a t e d h e r e . T h e r e r n u s t b e a
planet in the 9th*positive Trikona of the zodiac-to give good
r e s u l t s a t t h e t i m e o f r n a r r i a g e ,b e t r o t h a l ,e t c . , o r a t t l r e t i r n e o f
talk regardingrnarriage.
-r{ulT{{
eTrhqrt qtqrnqdtniqa;qi d qrft fi:ea*q r
qrilert sInnIAgi,i fioel F{ dfihqa ginEr ll
Also flr(t{rdl

fr qrfheqirqi qe Aqil qqfAdiq I

qeFqrrns)fr
ilil qqt qq{qtk tl
sl. 42-43 ffistqrq: 967

q;qsrt fiaft a ft=mqiq{il aqt r

fi=.q elqi a q.dl*rsrr-tnrqfruefi
tt
ffiq;giltslu q i*eiqi i{dr ilenI
diqi h'm gHrt qei arqftuqiqtt BRtl
Sloh:t 42. Tlre {orcgoinq inquiry in regard to
femalesis applicrblc,as is saidby a wisc sagc,to the time
of their birth, the time of thcir marriagc, the time of
query and th'- time of going in qucst of them and may
leadalso to the revelation of the character of their
htrsbands.
rtset filrqil fiqt"{frt
'"a\A\
qat fuil qrntr (aI {q qRsr t
si{ig qrui qq}E ttQni
wqffiSqrcTgatffi ll 81 ll
Slohu 43. When the 8th bhrva is occupied by a
maleficplanet,the woman conccrnedbecomesa widow
and the widowhood will occur at the age(period after
marriage)signified by thc ruler of the Navamsaoccupied
by the lord of the 8th house; when benefic planets
occupythe Znd houseat the sametime, the woman her-
self will,die before her husband and she will have few
children wfen the Moon is in Virgq Scorpio, Taurus
or Leo.
Norrs.
The period given for eaclt planet in tlre Naisargikayurdaya
(vide V-2 supra) system is the period meant here when widowhood
OCCUfSb

If born with any one of the signs Virgo, Taurus, Leo and
Scorpio as the Lagna and a malefic pianet in the 8th bhava and
a benefic planet in the Znd bhava, she dres without undergoing
widowhood and without issuer
 958 lrtaffia Adh.xvr.

ft{tr{fr {ftfr qeq$flqftgrrr

mFqTfrilfdmg
Ti Fgqi qiGqq,Trqeinh F!Iq:
qth es girg Efimi nqr: qri qsil tt
Al"o w<R-d
trqsetE fuqr fiq-<rRqftiqi{* qe r
ds fiiTttirryqqr{ aer' nfrffffi, tt
ffqT@qqfte ftrfttq{Qseqg1rqR I
sru{qigqgt frftftt qr&q erq ll
Also qrcnrr<q
\qaqereqnQEseq* r-qeTdtfrftqil qq qtt I
cg:qT*6q qFfr5il.{rqr,
nl*drqrtil: er.e{ R u
rqrfr,ilffi {mT* qhqraftsg ileqgtr I
sdro{+gqA+H gnil {gil q }*q. rr
Also q-ir{irtl

tt"gfr qiiq-uqfiqi Frc,i dtfr: tt

UertsR*,l16BtRqfi qrqnqqr
tl
The following additionel information from qi-d11frfir
will be
found to be useful.
+EqrfiqFqd q ftf,t td: +frri ;FITI(
Qerargtq{qt*rqfrdrg-ffi d;f,r ftEr I

lrr'rxlT
n fiqqrsT{rngil srr &}qTT{r ll
Astrologers declare',that t. (l) eldest brother, (2) mother,
(3) fathor, and (4) youngest brother respectively of a person will
die (soon efter the marriage) if his wife be born under the stars
(l) Jyeshta(2) Aslesha (l) tvtmta and (4) Visalrha. Females born
under the asterisms Qlitrn' Ardra, Aslesha' Iveshta, Satabhishak,
Moola, Srittika and Pushyatwill be barrsa, .will becomewidows
sr 44-46 f,risqtq; e69

will be without wealth.

ffqtt+tqtl|nl: n{!\:gFqFr4I{IFlil:
(Fwrgg gqq+45flor*-Ciqrqrflqat t
,rg:ffimft ggffiltil +Eqrqrftsr
nfr
f,rqfrtftgq$ql q gdgqtqnaisei tt
If the lorcls,rf (t) the Lagna, (Z) ttre 9th houseand(3) thc
sign occupied by the l\loon be associated rvith benefics and are
posited in good housesand be of brilliant ravs (be not be eclipsed),
the woman concernedwill be held in high esteernby her relatioos.
She will do many good deeds,will be very bandsome and be pros'
Derous. She witl please her husband, bear good sons and be
virtuous in her disposition,the period of this happy life with her
husband depending on the strength derived by the 8th house from
bcnelics (either by associationor aspect).

cH fr{rt gqTgTrtqffifrt{r gt
Erqdr@siRgsl
qsd qwrfr q qfr il o{fd srqi
sffit ilgt gqqgtqgFdqFrrrs ll 88 ll
Slohu 44. When the 8th bhavahas strengthof a
mixedcharacterowing to its beingoccupiedor aspected
by auspiciouoaEwell as inauepiciousplanetc, the pair
will die at one and the $ame time, say the astrologe$
unanimously. When the lords of the 7th bhava and
the Lagnaare together in one bhavaor when the lotd
of the ?th bhava is in the Lagnaand the lord of the
latter occupies the ?th bhavain conjunction with an
auspiciouaplanet, the husband and the wife will die
simultaneously.
refts qqtq m d RqtrmqM I
{a{{l(ilqeiiqqTit E{HAI} qRqtsilqis ll B\ ll
960 qRrr5crFqrt Adh.xvl.
Sloho 45. Wben auspicious planets occupy the
2nd bhava,say the reveredseniors,the femaleconcerned
will haveher death ar the time of the ripening of their
Dasasand during the Antardasa and Apaharaof the
planetoccupyinsthe 8th bhava, its lord or tlre lord of
the Navamsa wherein is the lord of the 8th bhava
(whicheverof them may have predominant strength).

t{cn{nFTrt
$G $ru{
gwwq(gh$rcrdrtmt
r t
iqqw?+;i mlqi {r qfut
qgqng(a<it.rrEtqrfr qttt il 8E tl
Sloko. 46. Wl'ren thc krrd of the 3rd bhavalrap,
pens to be a male planct of predbminant strength
occupyinga malesign idcnticalwitn'the 2nd, a Kcndra
or a Kona bhava ;rnd is aspectcd'by or in conjunction
with a male planct,the girl born will have a brother
deetinedto enjoy much wcaltir and happiness,
trilErurHqor$ilgt FtotT(l qeqilI{rqril
A\

lnot't'igoruqirdiT(t sn(iTq.tit u Be tl
'f
Slofut.17. hc girl at whose birth the lor..Js of the
ird and th: llth L:havasfrom thc Lagna occupy the 5th
bhavawill havc a brother endowed with thc spirit, the
v i r t u e s a n d t h c m a j c s t i cm i e n o f a r u l c r o f m e n .

il srEqfronqrq.tl
\ \ \
qQil Ir,qEqF(( rtitiTo{Fq troTon{d
A \ \A'

qalflr dr ,r\ r
dr.q"*qfr+rqqfrqiai
dlqrqrqtirc\ {ftsi {rrsftqigriqr
ffErrt{r ffiort* qqUtiiei qqrttFqalll 8c ll
sl. 48-49 ffic.qrr, e61

Sloka 48. When the ?th bhava is without streugth,

unoccupied and aepected not by a benefic but by a
malefic planet, the female born will bave a contemptible
wretch for her hueband; when Mercury is in the 7th
bhava, the husband will be impotent ; if Saturn be a6so'
ciated with Mercury in the same bhava,the woman
will be barren or loathed by her husband; when a
moveablesign representEthe 7th bhava, he will alwaya
be awaY from home'
Nores.
Porhaps the readiug must be xai qlq +mt: (*rar={lgtv).
C/, rr.iqld-{ quoted in tinw.
gqtQ gib uel qrqq-(ftilfhil r
n)'qcrar{t} qat flgo* qq( tt
gqqFqgisFtq qft: frqsil, ql:q I
qr gffi qrsfrHi q fre qqlfrdi ll
q;ErTr
est qru{} q ilfr+ qt.titr* |
qalqqrsiljo:<tI( ftqdreTt qiq tt
llso 'itd+Iu{q
q* q-qqqflq\qda?df+a friil
qrorql:flm'e
qrqfiigftq\, {Ttq:dlfia, t
arfr* gqq-{q}qfiUq qos}qqfrfad
aa] a* dt-fqtvrftrritaqk q f{rrRqfa:tl
r\lso fEsslil{
q;+ +Tge{isqes<qq{ {i'i'qq(4lqti
*frseh gur-{taittJ-tfi* qsffitf}aa:
tl
qit qrqfr 6rqi {erii#iqrfia}diqftr
qd firequtitqftil{'i qrt {T*qr I
{iar{ q;(gi fitFEqqir qiq qE{'rrqt
g* qr;nqg:gdt q {fti ?:dsRqdriq ur
l1!
Lr I
962 qrilsqrrtqfi Adb.xvl.

Sloka 49. Wben the Sun occupiesits own Na'

vamEain the 7th bhava, the female born will havea
husband gentleand diverting by his excessiveplayful'
neEE. When the Moon occupiessucha position, she
will be h.ppy; when Mars is in the sameposition,the
husbandwill be devotedto his wife though playingthe
gallanttowardsother women; if the planetoccupying
its own Navamsa in the Tch bhava be Mercury, the
huabandwill be learned; if Jupiter be in that bhava,the
femaleconcerned will get a spousewho will haveall his
senseg undercontrol; if it be Venus,the huebandwill
be handcome and voluptuous;lastly,if it be Saturn,he
will be an old dolt.
Nortss.
ef. q,iqrd* quoted in (lacc.
aTFt*eint eq{qaiffiqt T: r
ffesril eaiil qiif f,w{{r:qR: ll
*tsri eiq|* *} dAA ftdq' qft' r
sl"iset eiah de qnlfqarqq(gsl rr
qiisFt qirrh eii gqqr{f+Fitfuq: r
E*sFt i{r+ d} +qrfrITrnril(gS n
qtsrt tql* &} z*irWl ,ria.qR:t
qqssqrrfddiSqtelq non tl
qt;qItEIS\ gurEr{qrr-.* qrftflIt{{ssil g rnsttls I
fiRsSret{uirqqri rdtfinfdsqm{ nqrnlt \o ll
Slota 50. When a femaleis born in a Navamsa
belongingto the Rasi of the 7th bhava, her husband
will be softbodieci,possessedof excellentqualitiee,and
full of assurance.When Saturnin the ?th bhavaoccu-
pier hia own Amsaor Rari, the femaleconcerned will
be wedded to an old and dull
exceedingly huaband.
st.51-52 {sqif3tqmr 963

qilgtiEq
e qq.Irrnfqir .Iai
(sd
4qb{T{rqfMkffiErqGl
Rett mfi{rai{ffifr qnt*fi qtqr
qqfgrEqqisfr qR rqorilttqr*nq tl \t ll
Slola 61. A femalewill haver decrepithusband
when the lorcl of the 9th bhavarnd lupiter happento
occupya g:<llct(Dustthana) at her birth; hc will be
tong,titt.Jancl wealthy if the two planetsoccupya Tri'
ko-oraKendrabhava.Iftheybeassociatedwiththe
lord of the 4th bhavaor Mercury, the husbandwill be
a perEonof learning; if they be associatedwith Mars
o, S",.rrn,he will be an agriculturist; if with Rahuot
Ketu, a villain; if with the lord of the 6th bhava, he
will becomea robbepchi'eftain.
,furr: qffi Rautqr$ qttqurt
q-e 6rgurFE(:6{r(I$rft errrdqiq t
{xs r((fro$ qgirqrtftr'sTFil: $q
ffi qqqnt tt \R ll
Rirfrqgsmqq"dksr
Sloha 52. Thehusbandwill befair'limbed,lustful
and have fiery eyes when the Sun occupies the ?th
bhavain a femrle'shoroscope;if the Moon be in that
bhava the husband o[ the female concernedwitl be
handaome, worthy, spare,voluptuousand troubledwith
ailmeots; if Mars be in the ?th bhava,ghewill have for
her apouse,a man humble in appe:'rance, delightingin
crueliy, rudolent,with a ready tongue and of a ruddy
hue; if Mercury occupy the bhava in question, the
hurband will be a man of taste, amply endowed with
learning,wealth and excellentgualities.
e64 qnriFTrfuilt Adh.xu.

fiqt5ffiqrRrEr nTffq ild gtf

{rd ffifrdfuqgtr urat uRr qqrqfrrI
qA r{ut{trsftrrcgrqr{tqfrrfiqt
n* ErfrfUfr fW qk*flqlsrn ir$qs\Q
Slohu 5:J. If the plarer occupying the ?th bhava
be Jupiter, the husbandof the femaleconcernedwill be
a peraonblessedwith long life, with wealth and power
equalto a king's,and lustful in his youth ; if Venuo, he
will be lovely, ever playful and diverting and gifted
with the highestpoeticalfaculcy; if Saturn, hc will be
old, infirm and wicked; and lastly if Rahu or Ketu be
in the ?th bha'.ra,the hueband of the femaleconcerned
will be a low, evil,mindedwretch or somesuch person,
geretfritat
Rt{tMt*{ufiwgwrr
t aritqqqre*fiqrdi frqlf'qmatq-cr
r
gifiweds w*qtatagrnrgar:
d urqqftrstit ilgo raqmsr&ffi{rttull
tq-crqffit qrffiqrRqrt
rft diaEqairq{il
dtqr(il.qrrT:qt{l tl
S/oArr54. In thie chapter on FemaleHoroscopy,
we have given accurately with referenceto hucbands
the sameinformation which we gave while treating of
men's horoscoperegarding wives such as the regions
from which they may come,their status,the frrotection
of their virtuc and the quaiities evincedin their acts.
The numberof children will correspondto tire number
of Navamsasattainedby the powerful amonqthe planets
c;ccupyingthe ?rh bhavaor its Amsa. The lord of that
bhavawhen occupying a Kendra will producc m':cl:
jubilation on marriageand otb.crfestal occagions.
Thur endr&c.
 qrfrfiqtftilraegq{frsdlrTlr:
il sl${t$,Etl[ttffi3 ll
Adtryaya XVII.

KetacnnxRADASA.

The (qtuqm) kalacbakra'system of ayurdaya rsferred to el-

rady in Adhyaya 5, stoka 33, is based on the Moou's position in a
;fqFfqr{ or quarter of an asterism. For the purposes of this ayur'
daya, the 27 stars from Aswini to Revati are classified into nine
groups of three eacb, the five odd groups or triads beircg' strled
ttq (Savya) or aRtol (Dakshina) and the four even ones ae slrrflal'
(Apasavya) nq (Vama) or iIfi (Uttala). The peculiaritv of a n{
(Savya) triad !s that its l2 padas (qta) are assigned to the l2 Rasis
from Mesha onwards. [n an l,r{e{ (Apasa''ya) triad, the t2
padas belong to the I 2 Rasis reckoned in a reverse order from
zia6 gou*'
qq (Savya)
The 12 Naksbatra'lradas (a{Tqa) whether of a
or of an 3{qA-C (Apasavyal triad can be brought under the four
triangular signs according to the Rasis to which they are severally
assigoed. Iu accordance with this classification,four kinds of
c{qER (paramayus) or maximum life will be shown to result.
(Yide sroka l2).
(Kalachakra nakshatrapadayus) iu its
Each qnqrqfi-qqaqt<l1rr.
eotire length comprises nine rnahadasas ( qcKal ) presided ovgr
by nine Rasis aod their lords. The orCer in which the saveral
Naksbatra padas got each its nine rnahd.dasas is indicated in the
rnnemonic formulas for the w4 (Savya) and qcsq (Apasavya)
cbakras respectively. These formulas are expressod by couvcs'
tional letters qaqqft (Katapayadi) referred to already in page 696.
Two additional letters S aail Ft used in the formulas denote the
numbers I I and l2 respoctively
965
966 rRrrwacR Adh. xvII,

The following hints may give a clue to ths law govorning tho
essignment of the rnRhqrlagssto.the sovoral Naksbatra padas.
In I (qqfi (Savya cbakra) tbe mahadasas begin from Mesha
onwards to Meena and thence they pass on to Vrischika and go in
a rcvcrse order up to Dhauus and thence revert to Mesha and cad
is Mccna.
'Thus wc have bad 3 cycles reprcsentiug 36 mabadrsss for the
first four Rasyamsas ( <r+it ) or the first nakshatre of a triad.
Thc 4th cycle begins with Vrischika and passing on in a reverse
ordcr ends in Dhanus. The 5th cycle ruus from Mesha to Meena ;
thc 6th from Vrischika backward to Dbaous, These three cycles'
give the kalachakra dasas to the four nakshatra padascomprising
the sccond star of a $;q (Savya) triad. The 7th' 8th, and 9th
cycles are identical with the lstr 2nd and 3rd cycles-respectively
-that
Thus it will be seen the four padas of the 3rd star of a tfat
(S*wa) triad have the same mahadasasas those of the first.
Tbore are uine cycles also corresponding to the twelve padas
of an s{cEq(.\pasavya) triad, but with this difference. The cycles
in this cbakra run in an order exactly the opposite of what obtains
in the Sdzfqfi (Savya chakra!. The first cycle begins with Dha'
nus aud ends with Vrischika. The second runs from Meena to
Mcsha in tbe reverse order. The third passes from Dhaous to
Vriscbika identically with the lst. These three cycles assign tbe
mabadasato the first four padas comprising the first oakshatra of
an r|{q6q (Apasavya) triad. The 4th and the 6th cycles are
idcttical with the 2od, i, e., from Meena in a reverse ordcr to
Mcsha while the 5th is with the lst or the 3rdr i. 8., from Dhanus
to Vrischika. These three enable us to find the mahadasasof the
qqat (Apasevya)
middle four padas forming tbe second star of an
triad.
It is a peculiarity of the agqpq*q5 {Apasevva chakrr) that tbe
hst four padas bave the same mehadasas as the middle ones; tbat
is thc 7th, 8th and 9th cycles eortespond to thr 4th' 5th and 6tb
rcopoctivety in an arqq6{qfr (Apasavya chakral'
For tbe lengths of the rnahadasa periods of the several Rasis
and their lords, thr reader is reierred to stolra 6.
sr.1-3 ffilktcr 96?

that thc iraximum length of the life of any person whether born
in the beginning, middle or eud of a qETTqK (nakshatra pada)
should not exceed the length of the nine mahadasas(for that pada)
reckoned from that at birth.
For a knowledge of the terms,fu (OeUa), jils (Jeeva), cuEF{IR
(lvlandukagati), c{.{rft (Markatagati), (Simbavalokua),
iMrr
the reader should refer to slokas gg_.g2. In connection with the
16grn5 qoEfirrfil (Mand"La gati) and rtaqfr (Markata gati), it will
be interesting to note that in a Hqa;6 (Savya chakra), the trvo
movements take place from Kanya to Kataka and Simba to Mi.
thuna rospectively, while in an aTq-o{qrf,(Apasavya chakra) they
are invariably from Kataka to Kanya and Mithuna to Simha and
these occur only in the cycles which run from vrischika to
Dha-
nus and tice acraa.
A reason for this wiil appear wheu we remember that
it is
only by such an arrangement the order of planets iu both
the
cycles can be made identical.

{otrqq(||rfl;i fu* q{qFR'rr{

t
ffiq{qwdtglqfu{urils{u t tl
rrqrutq?R{qt* r{qlCIr r
ilarqilrrfrtmi nnuqot Tfr [ t tl
SlokasL-2. Bowing to Siva,the aupremeaoul,the
prime cau6eof all things, standingin the centre of ttre
planetary syEtemsand comprehendingin his onoi,
rciencethe 64 branchesof knowledge, the all-benign
goddesa ParvariaekedrharEupreme Ruler of all GodaL
follows : " Tell me,oh lord, in detail the entire courlc
of the wheel ol time irrarq$(Kalachakra)."
n
lfi snq I
qtqGectrslt q;i iqt tqqqrt I
*diq frqH?strt((.|tq(qnf,{I[ illtr
e66 ffi Adh' XVU
t - t -
'- -------*

ffi-
lFq:

qrR; I

gs:
9T0 ttcffint Adh. xVlI.

----_t-T -'d;-l;|"-
*' roin'- sl
.F:
F?!! I*' Ir _ lFo" rolsr{n?- tol
4lsm<errn-';F=-
i L____l_.-1-=- -l----l
tsd
F, hs t-ll^
*, 'j};* ,iH;*,_
)lh- ,3
irn*o,ilI**_
V
(n
j c.I
tt----l_______,t.-t_._______
,"8 I -
':v I l,n- rlot- ,io,- oi+'- 6
wn *' rtl.og.- '
slm<a- 5lo-as'cq-
rEb l*'l i*uno-
l-.-l---l-l-._-i
Fi zle- 6
| | ge: lq- sl'- eiit-
rol6"-ns"-zlu"ru*-tol+artr- s
ro
lssqq'<' I F*u-
t--.-_L---+------.-r- --.-1-'
I I 1 'rlu- rrln- roiit-. .:
ut' 4lc+taf ilta{t- lc
lnuwra'
I
I I
li"n.- tolginrra* | | l-
t-_-,-,-t_----l--
l^ I ln rltr- 2lq- llq- s
lrs: lc
f.dr{cE:i iag"-"u- rlrvuum-tolal5u- zl*e{"-
I
l-i-
I l,i,- llct- 5lcr-
t-
4lm- (
I srw: im=qo- sifir."R-slr+aa- ztla<nu- t
lr'tr+m:
ttt--_-t-.1--l rll
I I le- gir- sft- 7i(- |
'
la-uwr:I rt log+'- lo,zia-+gs-zlo"'gn- l6\*-+r1t-
 GEErrSsrflrr e7t

q- rlqt- zlr- tl** slo- ol-

tq-g.r- zlf"gn-rolag"*-si,nr<a-sj+z+a-<-
zrl-
ET
gwmt-
I
,ll:"1*
2,q- l1
l6ils-6;r- ft-4
t"

_t-
brt-
gift<ft
I

ttlr-
!fi-rgt-
L2,c-
10rts+-q- j--.1 ",*]
z[t- s'frr- I
tollDrma- 2fr"<'g{- I

ti*- -t.
olq*
ST- t6ldqtqr- siftr<f*-
;r-l tzlo-
qt.<qrfi- toprrw-
;tr-
rol$qn?-
972 ilRtT'|lRilI Adh.xvl[.

Easwara said-
Sloha 3. ' I am of the nature of the Sun eod
thou art declared to be the Moon. The whole universe
coneistingof mobile and immobile things is brought
about by the conjunction and opposition (separation) of
the Sun and the Moon.
q{fl*rrftrderqfqt frSffimilltlrutf I
xrmlil eK{ afrrqrmcirRqrqrftrWcfls ll
Sloka 4. Draw five straight lines from weEt to
eastand five cross"wisein such a manner that the inte,
rior four squaresare left vacant (are not representedin
the chakra). The reeultingtwelve squaresarethe twelve
celegtial signs Mesha and others, the lords of the east
and other pointa of the compass.

firail{lTffi l l
Filurffig qqFeq?il tt \ tl
nfrrnqrtu,tuqt*ft
Sloha 6. Wise mensay that Mars, Venuo,Mer,
cury, the Moon, the Sun,Mercury,Venus,Mars, Jupiter,
Saturn,$aturnand Jupiterare respectivelythe lords of
the signs from Meshaonwards and also of their
am$aE.

{te,f?r{EFmnr I
aEftnqtr{rdqqs
ttffi qrffi Eqr(ll q lt
qglt-+ rrrrccEr
S|oha 6. 6, 21, 7, 9, 10, 16 and 4 are the yearo
respectively of the 7 planets reckoned from the Sun.
The yearo of the signs correopond to the yearEof their
lorda.
lsg?q(qc5risnGs r
d{Tr{ qqHqnnER.qsi *[ tt s tt
8r.7-11 q(I{*ssrq: vt3

mdqqi{Rd.q{rftg \S q r
dqsr{ Ef\flEftit qurlqw6rm!ll c ll
SJaftas 7-8. In the 5 triads of stars beginning
reopectivelywith Aswini, Punarvasu, Hasta,Mula and
Purvaprorhtapada,reckonthe quarters from \{ecba in
the cd*ut (Pradakshina)order. ln tl'refour triads com'
mencingwith Rohini, Maktra, Visrkha, and S'ravana,
reckonthe quartersfrom Vrischika in the sull6o (Ap-
pradakehina) order.
I
EQtorrfrffiqterq{tqrs{rP{g
q*i qEiMrfs {}ard ii;q*.gar ll q ll
gtKrxqreil{gt}rfirqqcthorq
r
6Gnqrqri(**qftrt {rd6t qiQrira tt t " ll
Slokas 9-10. The qx (chakra) consisting of a qftq
(Dakshina) triad of stars should be cast in the cfiq
(Pradakohina)order from Mesha to Meena among the 12
Rasis to which the Navamsas composing the triad be-
long. Again, the 12 quarters of the triad called lm
(Utara) (in contrast with qf*qr (Dakshina) of the pre-
vious sloka) are to be assigned to the 12 Rasis in the
slrqftq (Appradakehina) order from Vriscbika to
Dhanuo. Thuc, qftq (Dakshina) and Ytt (Uttara) have
to be apprehendedas distinct each from the other.
qTiffi fu$ ffrq r
qEqrqwqqrftr
ffi qrqiiqatilt fft {torilll tt l}
Stoto 11. Thus, the triadu of stars reckonedfiom
Aswini are to be distinguishedas qftq (Dakshina)aod
sw (Uttara) just as their padasare reckoned in the
sqftq (Pradakshina)or rrglhq (Appradakehina)order
 974 rril'5qrfud Adh.xvII.
of Raois. In the q:c (Savya)triad the reckoningbegins
with it (Deha). In the qq6q(Apasavya)triad it be-
ginewith ** (Jeeva).
hq@qtqqeqtl
iln*f qflEffi(r $qr( ilT s'iurr{is eeE( il t R tl
Sloha 17. In the rftr (Amaas) i. e. quarrersof the
nakshatrasrepreeentingthe housesMesha, Vrishabha,
Mithuna and Kataka,the greatest life is declared to
result,beingmeasured respectivelyby the numbers100,
85, 83 and86. The sameholds good in respectto the
Trikona Rasisof the four foregoing.
qfirg3qitildiafrfr {s'arqq I
q+ q nrqiqrck rnm*qt u tl tl
fi{s do-fiMqril frsrqqqsaqqt
Slolas 13and t3l. There.canthus be a thorough
knowledgeof the ageof a person when what are called
|6 (Deha) and sfra(Jeeva)are previously settled. Io
ihg f,cqqs(Savyachakra) the first division of every
Rari is called|6 (Deha) and the last is termed dr
(Jeeva). In the q$rtqrx (Apasavya chakra) this is
reversed.
kdt Tfl {rss*'gft* ftr fueru tB tl
eil ilRr{ q+EgR tqr rrdt r
Slohas13+-14+. When Rahu, Ketu,Maro,or the
Sun happento be in the conjuncrion of tr (Deha) and
ilr (Jeeva),there will be deathin conoequencethereol.
If they happento be in tc (Deha)alone, diseasesetc in.
Cy. ntrrrr
tt*qnqrfril*n,srRqrfift:r
Sl. 16-17 dEd$ttrcr 9?6

ffit qu qgil+Onr iilt tl

qr Fqlig fl** fqdtrlflqftc; 1
ce n$qtfrt dq{rqu da. rr
k+t rTQTqril*q,itt E Euq: I
epqi sfrtrqrlqeqil qTxrt{q: tl
dti ff+ T{rng: n}ft{m}.P' ftqd:I
?gfirqftwqr arFng<lanfifr tt
Nrq.Jii qrds{frrfr **q qrd{rlt t\ tt
g*qffit q{ fistqPffi{dq I
iqaftqdg* ii,ri 'fi'oqqgrn(ll qq ll
Slolas 14]-16. When Mercury, Jupiterand Ve-
nuEgo to a house which representstt (Deha) or sfic
(Jeeva), and pror-
then everything tendsto happinebo
perity and there is an end of sorrow and sicknesc.
When the tt (Deha) or the *q (Jeeva) house ic
occupiedby a mixture cf good and bad planetc, the
effectwould be of a mixed nature.
Norrs'
Parasara adds:
dti dt+ qil tlq: *oit dtq' Ra' ftqa' t
frc"qrg{Fntqyufta{FT{ll
nET
qrqfrqenrqli
tqfi+ q g'e* r
grfr*eurfrtg'fitt gr rtq tt
qtrguqti+ {qqrGgEqte.t
fi g.{ffi s1ErflGffiit(tl
manffi qoq.{rrftdqt
t
qqqigq'{ftq qrqiffiuF,qt lt ls u
 e76 qrilrdt!f, Adhxvrr
Bloha L7. At the time tfere ic a lHra gim-
havalokana, backward glanceof a lion, aidc infra cloka
89-91)or a rcqqqft (Mandukagati,a frogleap)happens,
there ic danger of untimely death from which one ic
releasedby an expiation.
af. 'm{t
q"{+ g g.{r6qrfqfr*}q rTQqqq.
I
Tfoi rrrtq qqq r{fi ll
fiRTrqt*$t qrsRffreirfqgisR q I
qrg+qfafiflr
t medrlqmnqqrr
ffi g r&+ qrsfrqlt i\ &q q r
fkrqdsi iq ar{iq st ota. rr
ftaffiqri q qp-qfiqfrtiqq,r
efirgqfut qrqfhnHlilqrd tl
dtnsTkt qrt -qt .nfr fqfu{ r
ir{nql: m+}qrt rr6+gftrrttr{.tt
f{<tsftgi qTtfaqi ;qrftrliqEq, r
nznrsd qA q*,,ffiRM rr
frErgIffi frqrnqr*,iqt gq:rr
{iry EfIt qrtaqtr*fr ttrnq r
qrftr(
\e or
u*t trt qr{t;5{qgft! n td tl
Sloic 18. When there is a transit from Meena to
Vrischika, fever attacksthe personsconcerned. When
there is a paosagefrom Kanya to Kataka, the death taker
place of one'gmother, relation or wife.
ifiRrnrat qrt eurfrtitaql t
ftttEfu qrilqab*gdft{e(tf tq tl
t]3::,".
"-""".""""9, """"-"""
""""" "31
a panage from Kaaka
SJofta19. When there is
wiae irtro-
to $inha (after a qqssd - Mandukapluti), a
wound'
iog* .t o,tld predict a iir.".t due to an ulcer or
there
When there is a passagefrom Simhato Mithuna'
will be diseaeeor deathof one'sown wi[e'
g1r;gfrR?rrtlqt"t{G glr t
g{ft"fuqqti qIqqESqq{ ll 1o ll
Dhanus
Sloka ZO. When the transit ir from
relative is to
to Mesba, the death of a son or other such
L. When an auspicious planet occupiet
"ppr"t "nded. when it has
the houre of trangit, there is no risk; but
a malefic planet, there is danger'
irFtrns6& qfr r{qrt Tfft u+( t
wd Matiq g{qrrf qFr"qRll lt ll
to
Stoka 71. When there ig a transit from Kanya
during the
Ketakathe personconcernedbecomesgreat
;;;;; portion of it, and goesupona happytrip towardo
the north.
fr{tg M qrt K{qI'iRs*nqt
srqtit c t*-si gqnrtrrffi ll 11 ll
Sloka 22. When there i$ a transit from Simtrato
M it hu n a , t h e f o r me rp o rti o n th e re o fsh ouldbeshunn
as inauspicious at the commencement of an undertaking;
but :r trip then in the southwestwill be auspicious'
sffiilfttrrffi{t{r6{l
dW,ttfq{q|flat4qqr(rrrqdqi( tt 11 ll
Stoha. 73 When tbere is a transit from Kataka
of
to $imha in a qq (savya) movement, there is failure
one's business and sickness comes in its wake ; and
123
 ftrwftufr Adh.xvll
,
in plain Englioh, there is a paEsagfrom Simha towards
Vrishrba through Mithuna,
qt{tTIf{* rri scrqqn ttifeqI
qrqrit qriqrrr6qrft+gftfu',,
18tl
Sloha 24. When there is a passagefrom Meena to
Vrischika, i. e. in the northern direction, croubledig-
appearo. When the transit is from Dhanus to Mesha,
the parcageis risky ; disease ancl cleathof a relaticin
may occur.
dr {qfaqnG g{ qEfrqfq\ |
gqlte WCiftrq{iqffi'rt Eurrq.
n R\ tl
Sloka 25. When thi-. passageis reversed, i.
e,
from Mesha to Dhanus there is prosperity, marriage
and other euch auspicious evenc When the house
lf
transit io occupied by a bencfic pranet. there
will be
royal favor leadingto every kind of prosperrr.r.

t& hqrqltqrq{rild}qqr{t
.ir*qrarmr{|
qr*m kffit ?gd *,t qutqrqh ffirq rr
Sloha 26. ln the caseof the qr (Chakra) lrlong
ilg to Mesha, Dhanus and Simha, the lor,J of rhe ia
(Deha) is Mars and the lorcl of fia (Jeeva)
is Jupitel.
In the caseof the sa (Chakra) belonqingto Vrishabha,
Kanya and Makara, the lorcJof rhc il fb.hr)
is Saturn
and that of *e (Jeeva) is Mercury. This holda good
for sscqrr ($avya chakra). This is to he
taken in
reverse orcier for the $Tq6q-.t5
(Apasavya chakra).

Comparethe followin, Tr"#1r, astrologicalworl<tna're

unknown).
sI.26 qrE*sr+rr{: 9T9

il (r3{rls il

*qe q qd tfr trsffq:q+lffin:t

ulrg*-ii-e&*'qurqtcTfb,{: tI
q$q qEii tq] ftgi frq e=qhr
q-* u* g*fro*-6*gqrwrrtl
figqs z,ittt' q{ fiq: qft1ffia:
t
gsq-s]sdd s$l}d ustq, tt
odqq e'i qd frii frq, q-*1ff,c't
Q;a&flrqgf,rq) gd-q} gQKqIll
ffrredh* tt fril fiq sd=qit
,*qg*Eietfr'ugtqqF{q:ll
trqrqr:m{r tq: q,i dtq{fi wa: t
** ws* gngva<r&fr*qry,
tt
6]66rqr: e,i iq: ffqr frq qt]=qt r
g{q* gp,fi.*gft ftfr gv, rt
t&rc solt q id fiii ss:Fit:I
g=e&ntftd\ ,l}di gtfi"q] gr: Fn:ll
qrq<tq,il tq, srq eri q1qqfaFd:I
.rlrgfiga=e'fielrqq.q1-qqfhq,II
r{6(s qd qd figii frq s=qf r
q-{ gt: ga: gmi gWgqrtoqr tt
*qe Eq*itte] ngi\ q1qs.qt r
gnEtii\gQ&-.]gfi* qgi{q, tt
ftae g e.i fri te: mdaq:ffiq:
q-{A$ Wfir} $fi-a} g,il tl
980 fiiltFwnqrt Adh.xvil.

I d{srqr* [

qf{*e qg{q} }q: 6fo61 Fir: I

gw.* Ua'frtfr
ru: 1frrqf*'u*t'u
*fr*rq' e,i iq, m-qr{q {i rga' 1
fi-q"rrEniisurq.* u*1gffior: rl
Fqr{n:fiqfiTfre, 5rtra.qili $(: I
frffiqgxr: gae*\ $rrfi dqrtl
ftaq {fbfr ad fi+ ffq gft F}rr:I
unq* .T{' *tq' qq.g-alrr{: gsl: ll
gfrre -sdid ftit *q {ft rqd' r
$i-* gofiq'gsd"+ {ft: ffi ,,
flgae q,i *+ sqfrt( s;qt t
*Fq1TqrqqlftFt;qqr rugqrtt1
tqer qmtlki fqgq ffq g'qt r
ffi"Sdgnngerr<diq{r' tl
iq c eq t* qu{q: q-+tHn:I
gqkRilil"qrtf yg*'uRat: g;q: tl
ftqe q qd ff+ t(, +fo+:Fa:I
ga,i'* gtfiepd'qr di: nrft tt
$q g sqi E* ftgi) *q e'qt t
ft'qTqngtfr q-Elfrq: gq: :rfi: lt
qstq eq tl figq frq s"qf t
fiqftgt{sltgtqqtfi*rtr: 11
qTqed qq {qt N t( {fr rsd' t
gElqfiffiq-qfr'<t qq: sq: tt
 981
sL q?-30 lfFEdsEqrq!

s$ tfr grqtlri rrffdt*i gtqrqrung*tlqrrt

{|i\ dt-qrnffi ffir wi qh *f*dters{ttt{ ll
of
Sloha 2'1. ln the 6tTcs(Savyachakra),the lotd
dfa Jeevais Mer'
k (Deha) is Venus and the lord of
to
cury in the caEe of the ?s (Chrkra) belonging
ct
Miitr,tn",'fhula and Kumbha' With resPectto the
iAh;k;;i;ned by Kataka, Vrischika and Meena' the
iord, of dta lJeeva) and Q6(Deha) are respectively
Jupiterand the Moon.
ifiwqrtrfl{rfttRtrFrfqtt
qffifr qtoiqu*it a {wt ll qc lt
Stoha 28. When Mara,Saturn,the Sun and Rahu
death is
occupy tt (Deha)and sftq(Jeeva)separately'
when
to b.-f.rr.d' Of this there can be no doubt
severalof them occupytheseplaces'
tard qatri flqgfri q(frq{ |
ilrqt t*rrqliur ;qt ilr tqqr ll 1q ll
Sloku 29. The planet occupying the ta (Deha)
producesa dangerous;nalady while the one occupying
tf both the tt
ih. ,tru (Jeeva) brings on great riak'
(Deha) unu(Jeeva)bc occupied by the malefic pla'
"nd
netsnamed(intheprevioussloka),then'undoubtedl
the personconcernedbecomeca victim'
qtEffi q+rflrqlqruqfrftft t
qgtt{Rtrqqrffiffi ll 1o lt
qt
Slofta 30, With two malefic planets in the
(Deha)or frq (Jeeva) there will be growing diseae;
with ihree of rhem,there oughtto besuddenor untime
ly death. when all the four are preaent,deathretc in.
 982 qmwrfrcril Adh. XVII.

C{Gafif, a qrqrtsfrirQnI
et+qttisf dnqrn l? rr
sloaa 31. If ?a (Deha) and sfis (Jeeva)
be simul_
taneouell occupied.by a malefic planet,
there is danger
to be leared from the king, robb"., o, other
such aqency,
but if they be simultaneously occupied
by two malefic
planers,dearh will undotrbtedlyhappen.

qft-qrqrtfr fa{rq;} qaFHFtir{

|
qli {rquil ftq {ruiilqqili rt-ir
st rt
gft qtqFn wq g*sftqqn1ry( |
d wtq iiln arq nii ffi Fn{ n tt tl
Slokas 32-33. Damageby fire
will resulr when
the Sun ir in such a maleficposition. The
Moon in
the game position will cause injury by
conflagrrrion.
will bring on hurt inflicted by a deadly
Y"rr i""pon
Mercury will producetroLrbledue to flatul.rr.",
J";;;;,
in such an inauspicious position will cause
trolUi. in
the ctomach. Ventrs will bring on risk by f
ire; Saturn
p r o d u c e sc o l i c ; R a h u g i v e s b i r t h t c
a i l m e n t sd u e t o
venomousbites.

HrilqrirldTdtEi Enqr;tqtts$crsI
q-c] rq*runftq! il 18 tt
ireilGFqrrfr
wilseqrJ{qn: tfr Rlnqaqar t
gril {Twrrrr*e}
qr{iqf{Tilfrrrtsu l\ tl
{,
f.t't qwrerFidiq{ flqgisrTinI
qTqstsftih&g{+ gsuffs{r( 1
iE tl \a

Sloha 34-1J6. .lupirer in rhe Brd house.

Mars in
 sr. 37-38 gsqqtsqrqt
983
the ?th, Saturn i' the natal star, Rahu in the 9th house,
the Moon in the :th, the Sun in the l2th, Mercury in
the 7th and Vcnus in an inimical hotrse are eaehof
them c{qten;T (Maranastthana) or death occasioners.
When the planetwhicir is ihus cermedTT{orrqH (Marana-
stthana)is in conjunctior)with a maleficpla.et or aspect,
ed by one such or occupies an inimical or clepressicrn
houseor ie destitute of strength, the person concerned
comesto grief.

rrtafrqqoq tl
qEt sirft fiiiqrqficiqni
eili{eqflfiqnqiftqwgfr q r

qErftE;gwui
swrf*ilrJ{ lt ls tl
Sl,,ku i7. The Sun, whcrr in ie (Deha) or cft-d
(Jeeva)causcsadversities of various sorts, loss
of
weaitit, disease, frrVsr, r isk f rom enemies, loss of one.s
placc,biliotrs affcctiorrs,sPlcen,diarrhoca,ct_lrrsumption,
of thc ,r.rr,rlg,lsll ol catcle.rrrd l.:inclrerj
tlisc,r.-*c and the
loss of brother or cithel Jt-arrclation-

q;fr3qq;Tsna{sqq;qfrrft-
qRrrqqqqg R{trcrTqsqq
I
( rai* qriig{ {gTgoftiiri-
Hdi qggtqngd qftii lt lc tl
':.1,.h
. 38. The Moon leads to association with
one'sown kith and kin culminating in the acquisition
c.i u virgin girl as ;t helpmatc; to healtlr, ornamentt,
luxuri...xrsapparel and respect in the land ; to acts of
984 (ft[ffi{A Adb. xvil.

gift and to the propitiation of Gode and Brahmins at

bathsin holy waters; to soft rePo$eand pleasantmeals.
Sur6tr6 firilqwrB+(-
Sft crquot qrdrfril{t{ t

geqrtt$Efrq{rqq
Ssftr ll lq fl
Stoha 39. Mars in a bad position, produces
inflammationof the body, diseaseand dread of fire and
robbers,quarrel with kindred, death of a brother or
other dear relation, loss of land and treasure, falling off
in rank, policy leading to war, colic, piles, leprosy,
dangerfrom venomousreptiles and foemen.
cqwgfurtd ittqfri uqq q I
MlqrqqkftEqqifr qtaqr ll 8o ll
Sloka 40, Fever, amall,pox, biliousness, knotty
tumour, dangerfrom venomous reptilee, fire, wcapons,
robbers, foes and thc king should a wiae astrologer
predict in addition, with rcspectto Mars.
drqr {frfr gEilflqtqw{-
frvtarffitqqrrrqrnqfiqtt
*FqntqWrqlq-qrq-
urii fitdqrgfu*fWq( il Bqrl
SloAa 41. Mercury securesthe favor of benevolenc,
trusty great men, a knowledge of worldly a{fairs, good
manoers,an insight into Vedas,phrlosophy and science;
the acquisition of wonen, progeny, wives, royal orna'
ments, kine, elepharrtsand horseg; thc irrcrcaEc of
diecernment,wealth, intellect and fame.
 qislFlr 9E5
sL 48-44
------v----. - -'----'---'--

qiqrrtfr Aft'{rrlgdqedi
rqriiihrqftquKqarq{ |
-
drgl orrrgcqwrtilwnti
qrtrrdittftcri q qtqurq ll 81,ll
Stoka 42. Jupiter leadsto the many joys of afflu'
the
ence, eminent rank, coronation in the kingdom,
of a
esteem of kings and similar honors ; blessings
family life, ornaments, abundant food, wealth, health'
fame, victory and beneficence'
g$: $tfr tfrorqgs*rgiilA-
ind-fir{qgEqrTtrcilCI{|

ftffiwtg*r{qNr{ll BQlt
the
Stoka 43. Venus secures sexual delight and
societyof{inewomen;thepleasures'ofpictorialart'
precious
fine aiparel, wealth, cattle, vehiclee, gemsand
magni'
,rorr., ; musical concerts'dancing parties,lordly
with
ficence,good fame,great liberality and association
the virtuous.
q;<r $tR q-ct egUeqgg-
q;Eqffiqitftgqsq'i ilvtitl t
qHrfftqnrqrqsors{-
nr{ ualriufrqrftrqtiiinqr{ll 88 ll
Slohtt 44. Saturn brings about quarrels, ;'ir;sical
pain, death,affliction of rclativcs ; dreadof firc' er:*micg
ind ghosts, trouble from venomous reptilcs, Ioss ot
hon&, of wcalth, clf self respect; of wife, o{ children,
of homrcomforts, of agriculture,of trade and of cattle.
LZ4
 eE6 ftr6'{rftqt Adh.XVII
- *\ \. ^ ^
q;gssqF}rqqI
1r{rEasi$nqriTrT
qqqrilrRfrei'
q ilq{tit dTnq 1 B\ tl
Sloka 45. An astrologer may predict
that when
Rahu occupiesia (Deha), the people concerned
suffer
annoyancefrom enemies, see their relations
in trouble,
have to take to a wandering life, are afflicted
with palsy
and have to fear dangerfrom their king.
\i\a

umfiffi{tqrfrruqr+rfcdieaqr
Erii?i*;$il{t q ailiqr{i qruq{ n Bq tl
Sloha 4G. \l/hen Ketu occupiesta (Deha),rrou,
ble cropsup from thievcs, fire and bieeding,
iorr"rry,
lossof relations,loss.f pracearrdr,ss of wearth
arso
res u lt .

lt {fr iatrmil{ rr
fl eted q!fi'EflT$"cTqll
oETqi[E{tFFrbiarip'i Tr(g{{qI
dritqyorcr-'qr?ig(il$qrrqftq
|| Bs fl
gqti gli sri srqdqoq;qqr I
ilenTrq{qrg*glTg* gqriqu{ il Bc tl
eqrcgfhdq{tq nqi}qt i
fiomxqrt C TrGrrrli ?q1qaqfr Bq tl
n1tqarfirrirrercqiq
Rqflqtr
S{ilrGani q iqe iqqud qtq n \o tl
Slokas +7-SO. Ac the time the qrrqatr (Chakra_
riasa)of the Lagna is in progress,heaith of body,
_uch
lrappiness,acquisitio' t,f fame, orllaments, dominion
sl. 51-53 qgqtfrsrqqr e87

wealth, children, wives and apparel may be aonounced.

If tbe Lagna be in an auspicious sign, everything will
come off auspiciously; it will be otherwise when the
Lagna is in a malefic sign and also when occupied by a
malefic planet. When the Lagna being in a benefic
sign is also occupied by a benefic planet, the result will
be exceedinglyhappy. If the planet in the Lagna be in
its swakshetra,in its exaltation or in a friendly house
and the emqtrr(Chakradasa)of the Lagna be in pro-
gress,dominion, wealth and honor from the sovereign
will accrue. If, on the other hand, the planet in the
Lagnabe depressed,cclipsed, or in an inimical house,
there will be loss of children, wife and such other dear
objects; if the Lagna and its occupants be of a mixed
character,the astrologershould declare the effect to be
of a mixed nature.
if<ii.rtrfoq*;g uaw;qiiqdaqI
qlqi gd(rrdiikr.riZqtffiq n \l tl
flqrfi Er{qgi;iq q-dgqrirroqrr{{ |
grrd u.oii ailirTrq*$owqqTn \R ft
Slokt 5l-52. During the a;6q,rrr(Chakradasa) of
the 2nd Rasi may be expected increaseof wealth and
corn, good food, acquisition of children and wives,
lands, cattle, honor by the sovereign, attainment of
knowledge, eloquenceand amusementin good company
When the Rasi in question is auspicious, such gooo
effectas has been said above will follow: it will be
otherwise when the Rasi is malefic.

rdqtTiirqae'qfiqr*qarurr{|
qwfrGqsofiiiq 6ia'f{ ra.iwlqu \Q lt
q88 tnmsrlt{ilRl Adh.xvtrI.

qurftRlrqqrfr
wgr[qsrqrqft{r
qqqnrikiqfr gqtrfi g,i l\( ll \u ll
S/ofras 53-54. When the qrn{m (Chakradasa)of
the 3rd Rasi ripens, it will be the good fortune of the
person concerned to enjoy much happinesa, to get in
abundancefruits edible and palatable,to display heroisrn,
firmoess and self-control,to be presentedwith ear-rings,
appareland neck-ornaments,to attain to dignity and to
possessfood, drink and other good things of life in
abundance. The astrologeris to announcegood effects
when the Rasi is good.
qcffirq{'s qft nditqur\l
tt \\ tl
{tflfi fl*qrrrRrrctmrf}rtEorrr
ftngR qakild f,rgerfr5itiharq.t
{r:U$rri\gR q T{firi {trgq. ll \q ll
qrtqq{ort q grlftrrs{(q{qq I
grr{ fiT{ frsmqrq{ t*araaq ll \s ll
Siolas 35-57. Whenthe =rtrq?rr(Chakradasa)of
the 4th Rasi begins.to ripen, the person concerrnd will
get vehicles,ornaments,new lands in the frontier; make
pilgrimagesto sacredshrines and the like; obtain cons'
picuoushonor from his own community; cnjoy purity
cf the heart; engagein somegreatenterprise; be bless'
ed with wife and children; engaqe in agriculture;
acquire new friends and new landed properiy, new
housee; derive much happiness; commandgood health,
reEourcesand articles of the toilette such as perfumes,
we4ring appareland ornaments. The good things the
astrologeris to divine when the Rasi is good; but all
this will be aboent when the Rasi is bad.
S1.63-63 n$q*stcrq: 989

g{${vtilr* qh rrcqrlfi flsrqcrlq I

6tgarffiqadiqrfu4rgqiqurqll \c ll
sTqili qotorri qta;ErGqqtiqqqt
sqq&qqqift qrtarrd{Worqll \1 i;
g,rrrrefwui qaq'rqrfis{qq.
t
tiqdrd'rr* qrurft qEEgftqll Q" ll
Slotas 58-60. During the ar'"{tr (Chakradasa)o1
the 5th Rasi may be had kingship,honor by the sove-
reign, acquisition of wives and children, exceeding
,,rf,ility, *ound health, the cherishing of relatives, dis-
pensingof food, acqttirementof fame,jubilee and great
prorp.riry, beneficence,attainmentof wealth, vehicles
*."iing appareland ornlments' The astrologershould
as befoie apportion the effects properly accordingas
they are due to malefic or benefic RTsis and the presence
in them or aspectof them by rnaleficor benefic planets.
He is to add loss of plact:t'r positirln when thc Rasi is
a moveableone.
qtq $8triiq qfiqr*sfl,i qqq t
airriiiivqqtffiqnari qagqq.ll lt tt
qiageqqug r?mufiqqi+rq I
qqatffisoxdgffi;gitawr\ ll qRll
q;wi iqrronit ruqOftF{dsrs..
I
qfr
$q{ qo+i qrf}q{ qiTrlt tl Ql tt
SJo*a.s6l-63. Dtrring tire ripening of the ?*{f,t
(Chakradasa)of the 6th liasi, the person coocerned has
to apprehend danger from fire, trouble froro thieves'
of
from enem-bs,from poiso.n, frorq the sovereign, loss
 firilsqrtqtt Adh. XVIr.
place,great risk due to gonorrhoea, colic, jaundice
and
kindredailments, dia*hoea and consumption, ill,fame,
loss of wives, wealth, childrenand relatives, captivity,
being put in irons, ha.rassmenton a.ccountof debts and
poverty. These will be the effects when the Rasi is
malefic. The effect will be mixcd when rhe 6th Rasi
is benefic.

ncreihqnq qiiqTi irrrr6:I

digq gzorli q u(Rqgsrftr.qu qs tl
aRninwqvrfii qrq\Fi q'Er{:
I
\.
gqildi qo qei girfrnq{fvttt qq rr
Slolas 64-55. During rhc ripening oi the q$E{rr
(chakradasa)of the 7th Rasi may be expecced
marriage;
the joy with a weddcd consorr; the birrh ,rf u .oo,
tlr.
pleasures of the tablc-such as ghee, dhal
and sugar;
successin agriculturt:,acquisition of cattle, elephants
and ornaments, hon,tr by the sovercign and great
rcnown. when thc Tth Rasi is beneficand is occupierJ
by a benefic planer, the gord cffecrs spoken 'f
will
surely follow.

EgqT(tttisd qEq:dqmrqq t
amr;rrfir;qrr{ig+rqrfifr$Tqn .Qrr
qft r{qqi}avqqrirrEqt$'{qI
qrq{'wq{{rir notq iiiarti,il. l q\etl
S/o&cs66-67. During the arqm (Chakradasa)
of
the 8th Rasi there will be much misery, wasteof wealth,
loss of place,loss of relations.griping pain in the privi_
ties and the stomach, poverty, famine and dange,
fro,
anlenemy. These effects tl-re astrologer may aonounce
sr. 68-72 {r8Eqfrstr[rqr

when the Rasi is mrlefic and occuoied bv a malefic

planet.
grrqirEqtr*rtrrqd iTqii rEq I
griux*orrriui\duaqqqq"tr q. II
{isfrqfr{iiuiqqasq?rqfirras.
I
ginrfi gri qi qrrilrfufiqdq:u qq tl
S/oAas68 69. Whcn the axqnr (Chakradasa)of
the 8th Rasi sets in, good will certainly result-via.
children, friends, wivcs, wealth, agriculture. cattle,
houses,ornaments,:rccomplishmentof good works and
charity ; thc securingo{ aclherentsamongrnenconnect-
cd with thc gre;rr men in power. All rhis will accrue
when the Rasi is propitious. It u,ill be otherwise
when the Rasi is rnalefic.
i[qqTEtt1516{rGqTi[?q(q?q I
t ' \

mqtffiqngiliqq;g{Sf qAT.q{qn so ;p
qr{HGi{qrtwi nirgqr isrd{n(r;rqI
C\Q\\
F[qT,OqaIztTiT{IdtrE{aqt ll ul 11
Slofta.s70--71 When the sxEar (Chakradasa)of
the Rasi of the 10rh bhavais in progressand when that
Rasi is propitious, rhe following goodthings may be
predicted by :r, competent astrologer*acquisitionof a
kingdom,honor by a king, qood fame,greacrejoicing in
the society of one's wives, children and relatives,pos-
sessionof authority, sound health, pleasarrtrecreaticns
in companywith good people, the fruit of good works
and supremacy.
qaretnrnqlun t
orrritT-({nmft
iqiqaqrnrqqd oqa tt \eRll
uqrqqtut
992 fitffiqrftrril Adb.xvn.

xqrqmfr grtq,I
tfigrqrgdrewffi
uqffi qaiqsiffi{F( g,rici ll \el l)
S/oftas 72-73. During the ss-qdn(Chakradasa) of
the Rasi of the llth bhava, the pers)n concerned will
come into possessionof money, health, ornlsents and
have an accession of varied property and household
'When
furniture. good planets appear in the Rasi in
questicn, the astrologers declare there will be, as the
reeult hereof, comfort and happiness securedto the
females,the children and the relatives, return from re'
productive investments,real prosperity, royal favor and
good fellowship.
6qqqT({rqri iarffi qq(Egft{ |
=inrfttqfiqriirgdi{{dieau_usB tl
sqirrrrsmoaiEfrditi\awact
ErftEit{i*a'i flqlii g ;t {ttq: ll \${ ll
SJofrus74-75. When the qxqm of the Rasi of thc
'happ.ot
12th bhava is in progress and when that Rasi
to be malefc, the followirtg evils may without doubt
crop up-bodily suffering, loss of place,encormterwith
nobibers,fire, royai diepleasure and the like I ffsuble
hom relatives from women and from tlre king ; obatruc'
tion of activity, lassittrde, loss in agriculture, in csule
and in lands; poverty and watrt of occupation.

il {fr qsEttTsCIqll
ili(il(ttr;iilai wflai q,o{iEir{ |
t'ffiqr fitq'tsin iqirqrq"qisgaril rgqtr
Sloka Tti. S/e have thus stated the effect of the
bhavasfrom the Lagna to the twelfth (both inclusive)'
sr.?7-8r q(qd$rilt 993

speciallypointed out.
aqilda{i{q qqrqffi q'hqk t
rrfr* qogt<imfqreqrfrtt se ll
ffi gt& Kftfr n--grieiq t
qofisft?tqQifrqrfiftts( ll rgcll
q$sqaqqqtl qrq{rrkftfut t
eqlfu\ e q{i {d fu $c-.ll\eqll
S/ofras77-'lg. In accordance with the strengthof
the planetowning a particular Rasi under consideration
st o,rld the astrologer use suitably the rule enunciated;
when the lord o{ thc Rasi in question is possessed of
strength occupying a varga belonging to its exaltation
hourq to a friendly sign or to itself and when the asso'
benefic'
ciated planetsare friendly and thc aspectingones
But
the gooJ effects statedalready may be announced'
its
*h"n thc lord of tl-rellaei has no strenqtli bcing in
depression,in an inimical houscor cciipsedby the Sun's
.rf, o. when it occupiesthc 6tir, tl'r'riith clr the l?th
bhava.rndthc aspectinqplanctsard nrilcflc or unfrienciiy
-when such is at birth the st;ttt:ol the planet owning
the Rasi under consideration---th,-r cffcct produccd by it
will be pain{ul.
mi aqitgqiqt gd mgq{ uoqt
qfuqq q(i aFi qiq.qn?iqlsqr{ll eo ll
qftqq qilfilfli ffigfiqsai gqq I
qii i{Ggui frt{ sodq q t{qt ll el tt
by a Rasi is of
S/o&as80-81. The effectproduced
125
 {rcscrRqre Adb. xvn.
two sorts: bad as well as good. If the lord of the Rasi
be without strength, the person concerned will suffer
the evil effects. If the planet owning the Rasi predo,
minate in strength, the effect of the Rasi will be good ;
and if the Rasi be capableof producing good as well as
evil, while its lord continues predominant,the good
will undoubtedly come to pass.

slfti qtnfrQ qrnrriutsii il |

qffi{Is,i qm iiiuq$T{Eq. n a1 11
Sloha t2. If the lord of the Rasireferredto in the
precedingslokas be in a movaablesign or occupy a
Navamsa owned by ; moveablesign and if the iloqx
(Kalachakra)
be that producedby a moveablesign, the
person concernedwill haveto go to a foreigncountry.
qt{{* ilil t{ qarsiw{qi qfr r
Rt{rrqi ErsiiRramTridfiftfit{ ft cl fl
Siotc 83. In thc casc-advcrteclr,r in thc preced_
ing sloka,rhe repairingto a foreigncouncrywill continue
as long as the ar (Chakrr) in question lasts. If one,
and not both, of the abov: conditions have the charac*
terigtic of movability, the astrologershould decidethe
question of the person concernedgoirrg to a foreign
country or being in his native placejust as the balance
of forces tends to the one or to the other.

tilqrt q qiqifi mqiqlt q q<no{ |

$Ofl',lrfit' qeRql;fG1;tiq qrqO{ ll <B ll
q?itt ilqdtqr* qr;flit q qi$o{ |
ilq{rdig mfiiF gllqt\qqtqrQtt d\ tl
 sL 84-gg+ tlt({ItsrlTr4r 995

fffis qtfth ilETUrt

q*{ftftr r
ililftqrffit Ueitqr frqtaqsn cq n
Sloka 84-S6. Planetary.ff..cJ*hich it is possible
to foretell have been described, sorneof them in the
s{ruqrq (SangnyaSdhyaya)I e. in the chaprer on Defi-
nitions, Adhyayas t & Z), some in the chapreron oci
dta (KarmaAjeeva-Adhyayal5), somein thai treatins
of
the edr?rq (Asraya) yogas (Adhyaya T), and some in
connection with the particular positions of planets
(Adhyaya 8), with the Rajayoga,Chandrayoga,Nabha,
sa yogas(Adhyaya ?) and the like, and alsogomeas due
to good and bad aspectsand to the combinationsin one
and the samebhava of two or more planets. An intel,
ligent astrologershould,by a dueexerciseof his faculties,
consider well these plandtar.ye{fectsas they have been
describedby ancient sagesand utilise them for making
his predictions in connectionwith the ifirqsrq{r (Kala",
chakradasa ).

@n1rl* g q,n\;qq Efrur{|

qq ili{* ild ftfitq ir .o rr
srcqrkdrnt
q.i il fiqS Ersfi{rqftelqrrfrqsI
ufuftn{r.rfri
{rsf\eRn{iifififiiE n c4,tl
qqlGuqrdqqtqi sofirr{ |
Sly&as87-83+. Lay our upon the floor a diagram
rf the qiqrqam(D;rkshinaCliakra) which begins *irr,
deshaand ends with Mecna. Draw arso a'other dia,
lram on the ground, of thc strrqs lUttara Chakra)
rcginning with Vrischika and endirrg with Dhal
rus in th: reverseorder. Success
or failure and whether
 qrilTcrRqrt Adh.xvII

t
can ascertain as pointed out by the Rasis and the
planets in a horoscope according to their strength.
Every body can have such things foretold in respectto
his life in the way that has been pointed out.

sroqfirrft*qriii\m t{qRftr ll cq ll
qrdqrrqdiq g8i,rqqd ffn I
ft{rqdwi;TIrr gnlrlm rriq ll io ll
S/oAas 89-90' The progress of 'steq* (Kalachakra
wheel of time) has beenascertained by encient sagesto
take placein three ways-(1) liqq'trlcn(Mandukagamana)
a frog's leap; (2 ) 1ud'ruua(Prishtatogamana)a going
backward in view to the sarnemovement; (3) ihersa;i$i
(Simhavalokana)the glancingof a lion which consistsin
returning by the way traversedalready.

sBil qqt iq qi**qftoilrqitt

ffisqiqrqiq'frr hqfrqftr ll ql tl
ffi"{sffir fkglqqi{ogfi qftl t
Slofrr.s9l-9i l. Ihe s,:cond of the three move,
m i : n t sm e n t i o u c Ji n t l r c p r c v i o u ss i o k ao c c u r si n r e s p e c t
to the signs KatakaanCSimha, The third, r.e.,fharadr-
*a is a direct passagcbetween Meena and Vrischika, as
alsobetwecnDhanusand M,:shacither way. The frog's
leap is the dircct passagebetwccn Karrya and Kataka,
as well as Simha and Mithuna (avoiding in each case
the intermediatesien).
ll qR tl
frHqolurqi cq11ftaffiHru;Tq
raguqlRqniq wnsnifiqt{ |
sl. 9r-96 ilrqrtqrrt 997

qt il qet qt frroilftsi Tq{ ll qi ll

qremrct ilsR E{Ibfirfrt qft t
S/ofras 92-93+. At the time of 1ftfr6re-dc'a(Sinha'
valokana), aetrologerEEay,there will be suffering caured
by fever, loss of place, of a loving relation or other such
frerson,distress to personshaving the samestatus aEthc
owner of the horoscopein the family, accident in water
such as falling in a well, danger from poisotl, fire of
some deadly weapon, and being thrown from a vehicle.
Alt this is likely to happen when the ftilc-drm (Simha'
valokana) is synchronous with the qarb4(Daoachidra),
f. e. the dasa period, bhukti, apahara, etc. of an illplaced
nalefic planet (uide next sloka).

Etrcalqtwqtqtq E{rrqfr n qBtl

qnfufifr il{t TfiF( ftff{er I
'fhe
Sloha 94*. term eqrrfua(Dasachidra),aetrolo,
gers srY, is applied to a period when the dasa of a
mal:fic, eclipsed, depressedor ill-placed planeg is in
progress.
qtrt,{rft*{il{q\ woi grir tf q\ tl
itfrqt itqrrqrfte{tirilihn{f*q t
Sloha 93L. At the time a ccqdrlc?r(Mandukagama,
na) occurs, the death of a revered person or of one'c
parentsmay happen; or there may be danger from
poison, deadly weapons, f ire, fever or incendiary
brigands.
quqsqiq6t s{Hqn{tsq il qq rf
SJoAa 96. If the qqRitrr{n (Mandukagamana)referg
to a Eqs:6(Savyachakra),there will be distress to per-
 q|tsqrft-{re Adh XVII.

sonsin the family holding equal status with the owner

of the horoscope.
ffignqq'q* qqfturqdttq I
qwtwfrfr q diqntr.tqq.;1\u ll
Sloka 97. When the wq+nil (Mandukagaci) is
between Simha and Mithuna the astrologermay predict
the deathof the mother or of the person concernecl,a
complicatedfevcr or dangerfrom a liing or {oemcn.
qa it6rqo\* A qgqtsqqfrqq^|
gisfr.rqi qEt q{qt;rrT${q!ll q4 ll
itgqwnlroarilruqHg iil i(! |
ACr\A

Sloka 98-93'. ln a fkqradr+'(Simhavaloka) having

reference to a qElrqis(Srvya chakra), the evil cropping
up will be danger from a quadruped or fire. When
there is a gusmna (Prishtatogamana)in a q64qr (Savya
chakra),there wilI be loss of wealth, grain and cattle,
diseaseor deathoi a fathcr, or thc demise of persons
of equalstanding.
r{oRsrrqiqr} qiigarffiqRqqq
ll \o. ll
ilqcEtqr{ildit qq;gfttriiq{ |
fkrqdrqi qft qraqriitq{itr ll too ll
Slolras99-100. On thc other hand, when the qx
(Chakra) is edqs;r(Apasavya) and thcre is a wq*gii
(Mandukapluthr),it may occasionilln:ss and trouble to
the wife or children of the personconcernedor a severe
fever to himself, or dang.:rfrom a beastor an enemy' or
loss of place. If there b: a f&ar+oirt (Simhavalokana)in
an qqq4s:n(Apacavyachakra). the evil to be dreaded
may be loss of place or the death of the person's father.
 sl. 101-104 Q8qdsrqmr 909

sgfr.rqdilsfr qfrft qE;gft(|

qi(lt lot tl
ftgftt {qfti{ S.rtwqrni
Sloku lO7. if there be a gud'rrrea(prishtathogama-
na) in an srqtr6rqx(Apasavyachakra),the astrologermay
predict an accident in water, Ioss of place,loss of father.
the incurring thc displeasureof a sovereign and the
person'shaving to betakein consequenceto an inacces-
sible jungle.

rraq?hq?.tl rl
tl
qqlqoIRfrUqffiter11rqf
wr$tcT{(iiqufirurRru|
qr{qrfr{E{rqftq$q{riiqrt'?
qdTrfturigw: rEqiletnilr ft I
S/oA,r
"R ff
t 0 Z . T h e s t a r sA s w i n i , K r i t t i k a , p u n a r v a s u ,
Aslesha,i'l.rsta,Ilevari, Moola. Purvaproshtapada,
Utta_
rashrdaand Swati conf..rrm, as th.. sagessry, to the firsr
four of the forrnulasfor the quqq* (Savyachakra.
l\erRgwr inofiXl[vr];4qi]1q1u.I
{IaiTqtrFetEmqrftqri?sqfi r?glu t"i tl
Slohu i0J. The l;rstfour of the formulas for
the
{qr (Savyachakra)appiy in their order to
the four
Padas of the stars c)hirrra, uttarabhadrapadrBharani
' -----'
P u r v a s h a d haan d P u s h y ; r .
n\
itqqrqorrrRft
drFrdiiurrqt
st(TtrarTer
qtrar qHt qriiqgsqqil toB tl
sloAri r04- The first four of the formuras
for the
a{q6qqs(Apasavyachakra)are apoiicableto the
stars
Visakha,Rohini, Makhaand Sravana.
1000 rcrqrfurr Adh.xvu

q?ilft {Fqr-.qqrd{qTfrqi{rR qd$rdft qqt ll

Sloha 105. ThestarsSathabishak, Anuradha'Jyesh'
ta, Mrigagira,Sravistha,Uttara phalguni,Purvaphalguni
and Ardra conform to the last four formulasfor the
qrrs.{!:E ( A pasavYachakra)'
I qq (|6qq$q|itqtlit ll

frttrrfrqlilet\qt ll t ll iafiIfiq*grqr ll q ll
q+ruftqFrqsq.ll1 ll qFrtqet qftq{rq. ll I ll
q ll E ll
tq{qrrtnqrq.ll \ ll $ilffiqtff
gfraarvr ftar 11u ll qrqHn* agFtftlll4 ll
il qq1qq6{qr+ffi tt

qihqrrsftq ll t ll murgffimr ll R ll
qfr{Tfkrwmtq.tt 1 tt *frttlihrtqrqa ll I ll
rgffift(tftiliq tt q tt firugwer{rtr ll q ll
.r\qt{rffi8i u s ll ffiilf;Ift{r ll d ll
Norrs.
to their
Astrologersare divided into two schools according
One class explain that each
manner of applying these formulas'
a particular type and gives
formula applies to a nakshatra'pada of
comp:sing the entire life repre-
the order of the Rasi-mahaclasas
and that the subsidiary portions of
sented by the nakshatra'pada
Rasis mentioned in the formula.
*"t, R."i.*ahadasa belong to the
that each formula is
The aslyologersof the other class say
of tbe Rasi owning the corres'
concerned only with the mahadasa
pondingnakshatra.pada(1..e._towhichtheformulahasreference
rule indicate the order and the
and the letters in the mnemonic
of the subsidiary periods of the mahadasain
iroportion"te lengths
such Rasi-malradasas
qourtion i and that a life consists of several
order of the nakshatra-padas'
fottowing oue another in the natural
sl. 105 ss{ftmt 1001

the initial rrlahedasa being that of the quarter asterism occupied

by the Moon in theilhoroscopeunder examination.
An illustration will make the whole thing clear. Talie for
irrstance the case of the horoscopt given in page 237 sdlrfd.
'Ihe
Moon's position is 9 :igns, 14 degrees, 29 minutes, 39
seconds. These when reducedto rninutes give 17,069'65. Divi.
ding this by 800 (the number of minutes of a star), we get 2l stars
and 269'65 minutes. Ihe person was born after 169'65 minutes
had passed in the 22nd star acz, Tqq (Sravaua) ld. e. after
69'65 minutes had passedin the 2ud quarter of the star, and the
llasFbwning this nakshatra.pada is Tula in the Apasavya chakra.
The mnemonic formulalcorresponding to this padais arqRagfrlt-.lvt
which when translated into figures will become 6-7-8-12-11
ul=9f
10-9-8-7. According to the lirst school 83 years or
200 "
28'90+75 years having expired before birth, about 3 years of Vris.
chika Kuja d^sa (qia65s({n) still remain to be passedat the time
of birth of the person concerned. The rnahadasathat follows
next will be that of Sc-gt, then $uAfr<rJr, q{11ffit{r, qEfe.(tft,
qf*mssiitr and gor{fmtqrr follow in their order. fhe sub-
sidiary portions of each of these mahadasasbelong to these 9 Rasis.
e. /., the bhuktis of the l0 years of {trgnttr will be (l) {rrgt
l-O
g 3x. l 0 y e a r s; (, .2\, gj _i r.T- _ .^4x l0 " \) *q_d_w_l ;.I^ 4' x l 0
illa y e a r s ; (, 3
J: ;rj Vears;
(+) q-g,jr years; (si ziaq,T', years; (6)gdqgn
%l! lrln
1 6x l 0 g x 16
/ /r {_q- l_$-t_T. _ - U , - y c a r s ; ( 8 ) g o r g * t 6 x 1 0
y e a r s ; (/ _
83 --
years ; and (9) lie*r,$',1t{f ,."rr. Sinrilarly for the other dasas.
Thc secondschool will nraintain that the initial mab.adasa
of
the horoscope under reference is that of Eotgm out of whicb
rio'f.5
tffi * 16 or 5'57 years baving elapsed already, there is still
l0'43 years to be,passedand the mahadasasto follow are those of
q,.-4lgq,f.l(h, ih4{Tq, fhTagq,
Zcqgm and so on. The order of
the subsidiary periods in each mabadasais that of tbe Rasis of tbe
I c t t e r s i n t h e c o r r e s p o r l d i o gf o r * r u l a ; e . g . t h e b h u k t i s o f t h c 5
726
1002 rRfrffi Adh.xvil.

years of fk{+fin of the horoscope under reference will be (l)

,fitc{ T# years;(2)}q-s-q
ffi ,"orr' (3)Ec,rgs
fffr""r.,
qxs ^5x5 , - , _+etqq 2 11 5
_ - - -100
(a) lqgq-g{ v"".r; (5) kfia=1jj r"tts; (6)
ffi
years;(z)wqrgqffi ,.rrr; (a)gora* t.rqfi!,""r. and (9)
^ 7x5
faffiOs v""rr. The astrologers of Southern India belong
fj
to this latter class.
r'iry< in his qoPiil\+t refers to both the schools in the two
following slokas :
eeGlnnlalfi qrqtql{qTftql;rrafiqR'ilft|
tqi atftq q{tTqrp'ql qrr{tfirisrFqft *fiqrg: 11
There are a number of formulas each composed of a number
of moemonic syllables referring to the several nakshatra'padas
beginningwith the lst pada of Aswini and giving Rasis in a cer-
tain order. It is with referenceto the order of Rasis in these
formulas that the Rasi-rnahadasasof which a life is to consi:;t
should be determined. The qFFImq(Vakva Krama), nten t'f t'rnt'
school say, should be adhered to.
Kl q{r arqfiq{qt;ttI
qq{aqp.,sqsdtggptr
faqratqif'q'{ qdqlg{lql:ll
Liluqrq*qqilsa
.fhe initial rnahaclasaof a life belongs to the lord of the Iiasr

owning the nakshatra-padaoccupiedby the N'loclnat the time of

birth, being so tnuch of the liasi'mahadztsaas correspondsto the
ghatikasthat yet remain of the nakshatra-padaand the order of the
mahadasas follows the natural order of the nakshatra-padas
reckoned from the aforesaid one. This is the opiuioo, say the
sages,held bY the other school.

$dit{t{rql ffiii*-irs{I6qq i I
rrrftqiqTtYfr{{q ll I oQll
wtEiqtTrrrE6(r
Sloka106. 5, 21,7,9,10, 16 and 4 are the years
respectivelyof the 7 planets reckoned from the Sun.
The yean of tlre signs corresPond to the years of their
lords.
st 10?-109 a(qdsrqrq: r003

il sr'(zrifiq. tl
<qt q{Fq{goqiwtgrteqqr *( |
oeqqril&ntqr q{fl{Ftri{*rr ( os !l
Sloha 107. The period of antardasaof a planet in a
rrtrfirr (Mahadasa)is found out by multiplying the iatter
by the number of yearsassignedto the planetand divid-
ing the product by the number of years constituting
the entire Ayus cf the Chakra. The result will consist
of years,monttrs,days &c.
qinnail uffirq{r6tkEr irqilfhqnrgrfttni
?rRT{r
sr6(rrrr{Tr grafliil gsfr{r6{ltTgl lt
TrfusTqr
Sto&n 108. The years assigned to the lord of the
main Chakra dasa should be multiplied into the years
for the lord of the Rasi whereof the bhukti in the main
dasa is required. The product is to be divided by the
maximum life-period for the particular Navamsa to
which the ;Froqln(Kalachakra) belongs. The result in
the form of years, months, days and ghatikas represents
the bhukti required- it is said in this connectionthat
ttre lords of g;vra (Dustthana) produce abundance of
misery and illness.

*ci qar(tqiid'qtlcir Woq ilil;ililql il{r I

^ \ \ Co Qa

SqqRfrl rtqlg(atqd {rlFd{ftrili q16"q1sll I "q ll

Sloha 109. "I he subdivisions (watqt:-antaraJaha)of
a eubpericd (bhukti or antardasatreatedin its turn aEE
whole) are to be obtainedby multiplying the number of
days composing the particular bhukti chosen by the
number of years of the mahadasa of the planet whoge
antara is required, and dividiug the product by th
I004 acnfiil* Adh.xvlr.
figure representiog the orxinum Ayus in years for the
quarter abterism concerned. The quotient will be in
dayr etc. In this way, the big, small and smallerclivi,
sions of a planetary period styled Dasa, Antarclasa,
Antara and Vidasa may be obtained.

ffimr ilqri dr l rq?dr ser{|

ntr egov(fu qqnEflso{n t l, tl
SJofr:rI l0 What is called qqq{gtrr(Sukshmadasa),
j. c.the subdivisions of a nr{? (Nakshatra)
or Kala,
chakraantaracan be obtainedby multiplying the figures
in Vighatikas of the antara in question into the number
of years of the mahadasaof the planets sev:rally and
dividing the producr by the number of yearsof the
maximum Ayus appropriateto the particular Kalachakra
or nakshatra.padaunder consideration.
ilFrffiqirRrfl $il qwg6qqqrftftTtt I
qfrqrhqR{&fuil}( nt t ttl
Mgorrf <r'nirEr
G *mqasqqrtqilqffiil wffiqrffi
wciilss{nqf ll
Slofta 111. When the pakaof a planetin the dasa,
antardasa,etc. of another planet ir required, multipty
the number representing the years of the mahadalaof
tlp former into the figure denoting the yearst months,
days etc. of the latter and divide the product by the
fixed number oi years for the maximum Ayus. The
guotient *ilt b" the paka required This rule is to be
applied in the caee of el'ery paka that has to be found
ouc.
Thus ends &c.
 ilresEIE{ir
cTRr[rTrft :
sqTq
u q{Faturtqrq,ll
AdhyaYa XVIII.

Oli Dls,rs -rxtr ANTTRDASAS'

qqrg*ur n,oqEF(girEn qngi{rg{ q( t

q
ut qu,qsttq q$ \t qqr itnrdf E{rn{ ll ll
4
Slola 1. Sagessay that good and evil cometo a
personborn in this world in accordancewith the good
and b.rd dagaire has to passthrough, I quote faithfully
the ecsenceol whrt the sageshave said, and treat of the
distinction between good and evil in a dasaas diffusely
as I can.
{orgfurqql it qirf irqrgilistEilgttt I
qfls$r t{st T{rurtqorigiliorq{il f{{FIs ll t lt
S/oArl 2. A person attains to a voga good or bad
exactly in accordance with the strength of planetary
pocitions ; and the cbaracterof the dasa that he will
L*re is dependenton the character of the yoga; and all
that men experience in the world is comprehendedin
the good and evil cropping up in ttre dasas; and the
dlatiib,rtion of this good and evil should be declared
ruitably to the conditions of the four castes'
qrRw;E$wrgdnlqFr-
rit Sfdflcns'l
wqlksruu-dr
 r000 rrtt$qnwrTil AdtL XVIIL

ffiru fraqqtilewqfr-q-
tililrGqm,flffi"qts tt l tl
Sloha 3. Count the etarsfrom Krittika in groups
of nine. The planets presiding over the dasaebelong-
ing to the nine srars composing each group are reEpec-
tiveiy the Sun,the.Moon, Mars, Rahu, Jupiter,Sarurn,
Mercury, Ketu and Venus respectively and their years
a r e6 , 1 0 , ? , 1 8 , l F , 1 9 , I 7 , 7 a n d 2 0 .
qft{iqfrfqs{rEgeqfr;afqqn
q{q+flan r t
ffirit+rilqqm rqirnl qEfr'1ff6qqqqEn(gs ilBtl
Sloha 4. Planets prove propitious when they
have predorninant strength, in their progress towards
exaltation,when they have more than the averagenum.
ber of benefic dots correspondingly with the bhavas
they dominaterwhen they occupy the l0th, the I Ith and
the first bhavas; when they have attained to exaltation
and other benefic vargas and lastly rviren they posress
six-fold strength.
ffi<rfrrqitqdlq{qrrrr ercqf+9fr$fiqqilr!
|
qrqtagdqrenTFqqr
nfrrsilqoqqrtEfisilf n \ tr
Sloku 5. But planetsproduce evil when ( l) they
own the Rasi occupiedbv Mandi; (2) they occupythe
bhavagcontainingMandi; (3) they are asgociated with
fewer than the average er
numt of benefic dots ; (a) they
are in inimical, depressedor eclipsedsigns ; (5) they are
in a rrrEsFt (bhava sandhi) or associated with malefic
planets; and lastly when they occupl' portions of Rasi,
Sandhi (which have been termedinauspicioua).
NorE..
For the ternr {l{HFq (bhava-sendhi), see Sripatipaddhati,
sl. 6-8 rtEtqdsqtqr 1007

Adhyaya I, Sloka 8.
qilqii*rllfr qfr eq fir<twE{tqlr e{q I
mqfi{ritqq ffig{fl of 9,il' il gqil Etn il llqll
Stoka 6. Ascertain the Lrgna or the rising sign
at the time of commencement of a dasa' If the lord
thereof be in this Lagna or in the 3rd, the 6th, the 10th
or the llth house from it, or if the Lagna be included
in the emf lSaptavarga)o[ the lord of the dasa, i' c' iI
the rising sign, hora, drekkana,saPtamEa, navamsa,dwa'
dasamsa or trimsamsabe owned by the lord of the daea
or i[ a friendly planet or a benefic one be in the Lagna,
the dasawill prove ausPicious.
Nottis'
v i d , ei n f r a . s l o k a 1 4 .
f ' h i : ; ; i u r l t h t : n e x t I r v e s l o k a s l r ; . t v eb e e t tt a k e t r l r o t r t S r i p a t i '
rnddhati.
qqfqrlqq gB{q{ilgq.fr qtsqEtrrftirefq I
{Riffiuilqqqfukqcqrft q;frsg {Rsorftll e ll
'Ihe
Slctho T. Moon produces beneficial effects
when in the houseo[ a friend of the lord of the dasaI
or in the exaltation hou.se of the lattcr or in the ?th
'frikona
houae,a houseor in any one of the scec (Upa-
chaya) houseswith referenceto the qtttanr(Daeanathha).
(atde inf ra, sloka 14.)

sts fli{s qilQIiqq}:s t{rE:

I
Qrrccr?q$lo{irTftffTtiQqrql
miliii :t{Ftt
aqfasf?iuqd
dsrqaftuqtemiNql ll c ll
Sloka 8. In the favorable positions mentioned
tu the previous sloka, the Rasi occupiedby the Moon
1008 urdqr{rltni Adh.xylr,
*"ld r-r.*t,
Wealth, etc.,at the time of birth. Thc Moon in one
gf these favorablepositions promotes prosperity in
respectto the bhava representedby the Rasi oCcupied.
In the unfavourablepositions,the bhavarepresented
by
the Rasi(occupiedby the Moon) suffersdamage.
qrn{+tquG{ORqqdlqrrogilqt{i)r r
m;qfu'gGgqrgqr{fu q*smqrffiR tf q tl
Sloha 9. What has been described by the an-
cients such as srrickr (Varahamihira) as the effect of
the Moon being in his own house or thar of other pla-
nets should be mentioned in this connection. For it is
the Moon that producesgood and evil to be experienced
in the form cf mental srareo(pleasureand pain).
sinfudR qwu qt gqri*t*issmi ft qw(r
tirgiliur ffirg ilawiqr{kilqmg{ g{ a n I o tf
S/oAa 10. The good and evil to be experienced
by men in the dasas or planetary periods should be
deterrnined in accordancewith the qe (Ishta) and ru
(Kashta) of the planet who is the lord of the daeaas
wotked out previously (aitre eftcRcqft (sripatipaddhati)
Adhyaya4, sloka 4).

qftuedfi grriegd nor;lftur;qurircued

r
w& g rQerrQ
sorft qil sdr i{ qMiqt tl
Sloia i l. Men experiencegood when the
Es
(Ishta)portionof a planet'sinfluenceis greatly
in .*..s,
gf the +u (Kashta)portion. But when ih" lrir., i, pr",
dominant,evil has to be mostly suffered. n", *i..
the {r (lshta) and +u (Kashta)are even,the effectsare
 orgrqqlsdl*t 1009
sl. 12
ptanetary influence
of a mixed kind. In alt casesthe
rhould thus be interPreted'
sq\fie '{q T+qGuqI
kt';qrt qe qqg'rgrfi
qrr{milds+iiat q ffiffi{ ilq irc{ E{rq.nlltlll
is mentionedas
Sloho 12. Wha'tever substance
on Definitions)
belonging to a planet in the (ch;rpter
q6cwr+-Brihatjataka Adh'
t*oio iS"ngn"an y avt. t:t i d e
20)' and what'
lI, sloka 12 aLo ';tr.-ttt.Adhyaya II sloka
a planet in the
ever catling is declared appropriate to
Adh,' X'
chapter on*Profession (aiii 1' w'-Brihatjataka
what-
sloka I etc. also er.cr. AdhyayaXV,slokas'13-50)'
the presenceof
ever has been spokenof as'the e{fecto[
XVIII-1 etc'
planetsin bhavas (ui'Je1' wr' XK'1, etc'
*'or' VIII'slokas 3C-ll7) anclo[ their being aseoci-
"l*o and of their
ated witir or aspected by otlrcr planets'
yogas)' all this
combinations o[ yogas (exceptNabhasa
in their
must bc duly assign.d to the planetsconcerned
several dasas.
NorB,s.
qodiftfir
qrrqi qqqlQilfififq+il*g qq{tqn
{qldtqfiofqaqsfit q*{R;ar
\ \\
ft* r
qrqilqlqtqq
qrifrrRqrqifi sa qFq qln{ft( ll
Fltrlral'Jataka'
This as rvell lrs tlttr ttcxt tw{J slol'its ttrc fr'-rttt
o[ any plaoett
ln predicting the several eflects of the dasa
orrll' whrtt has
Varahanrihirasays that it lvill not clo to nrenlion
plr'rLicular l'rlattct
been describcd to lxrppeu in the daserof tlrat
(dd'au.qt.Ch.\'IlI;slcrkasi2.l8')'|Irescrvilllravctobcqctte.
rdllysuppletrterrlcdbytirecllectsductrrcltlrcrconsideraliorr
functionirrg as
well , of the planet, viz., its influencedue to its
1Z?
 1010 Etilulrft{ft Adh.xvtn.

in tbe rasi occupied,to its assocration with other planets, to ths

bencfic dots obtained in its Ashtakavarga, to its occupation of any
particular decanate, Navamsa and orher vargas,
etc. Ari these
eflects will also havc to i.,e suitlrbl). atltleclon. Thc
Jrarticular
constitueot of the I(alapuruslra reprcscnterl L,l, tlrc planet, tlte
p o l i t i c a l g r ' d e t 1 ' p i i i c dl ^ , i t , t b r ;
l r a r t i c u l i l r r . o l , u r a s c r i b e dt o i t ,
t h c s u b s t a n . c t y D i t l r r r l ,r ' e g e t a b l om , incral arrrl arriural kingdol'
r e p r e s e n t eb d y i t , t h c p r e c i o u ss t o n c t v p r f i e db y i t , t h e a r t i c l e
of
apparel, thc cor:stituent eleruent of the body represented
by it;
the particular flavor ascribecr to it, trre efiects crue to ail these
have to be 6ttingiy brought in during the dasa of the planet
under
consideration. l-or instance, in the sun's <rasa,shourd the
Sun
be ausl:iciousin thc narivity, royal favour, self satisfaction,
acqui-
s i t i o n o f r e d s u i r s t a n c c s ,o f c o p p c r : r u t l t h c l i l i e , c q 1 1 1 p a n y
ef
peopie of the ['.slratriv' r'aste, the ,1u.rlit5'of possessio'
;Jot..rtlncs:r,
o f g o o d r " i t a 1e n e r g y ,e t r : , a l l t h e s ew i i l h a v c t o b e p r c c l i c t e t l
. I{,
the Sun be bad, the losr; of thrse has to be thought of siur.ilarty
;
rn thc c:ar,e of thr: l.Ioo' and other planots. F'or fnrthcr infornra-
tion tlre readet is rr.,ltcrre,lto thc a,alriiur (tra:ndhyayee) ,,o'1'lelt.
t a r l ' o n t h r : ;: , 1 t . r k a .
glrrfi"oE
Etrrqtarciql;tRKrrr
qsqqqi?$ct drrenuqiqri
qr
qiqanoiiqirn*tadq|d
qfturqiisoTik!qsR;ffql,ir rr tl tr
.S/oAal:l l)urinq thc auspiciousdasa perioclof a
pla'rt, rnen'sirrncr soul assuures a beneficcharacteraud
l c a C st h e m t o a r r a i n m u c h h a p p i n e sas n d w e a l t h R y
meansof tlre effc:ts clescribed al-ro'e for the several
dasaperiods,one can casily conjecturcthe tide of er,,ence
a man may ha're at any particuiar period as a result of
the effectsof the d;rsaruling at the time. Where pla
nets are void of strengrh,the effects though sttenu;ted
makethemselvcsfelt at leasrin drcamy reveries.
 s(Efq$lst{tcf 101I
sl. 14
Norrs,
the irnet sotil
Should the dase perioclof anl' planet lre bad'
and nrisery aod loss ot
ossunlesa ruaiellc character fol tlie tiure
wealthwill be the result'
qrfiErrftfrffii WR rI Etstl-drstft qr
qR6qIs{EI (fl i*trrclq{l}Ig itt qlsq I
itt'rqJqqqflnjEqci qtmEte{
iger
qqr isuiiqnia gti qrqfi qldls;q$ lltBll
a planet
Sl,,,ftrli'l' When the lorcl of a dasa' or
the dasa;
f riendly to the sameis in the Lagna'initiating
.rrrqu of this Lagnais owned by the lord of the
*i.n
" Lagna afore'
dasas; when a benefic pi.,t"t oc:upies the
in an srae (Upa'
aaid: or when th: lorcl .of a dasa is
lth) with respect
chaya)position, viz', (ird' l)th' 6th' l
prlve pros'
,o ttt. Lagna; the dasa in question will
;;;.. rfurt.n the Rasi occupiedbv the M;on happenc
of the daga'or a
to b" the exaltation sign o[ thc lord
or th3 ?th
friendly house, an Ufachaya, a Trikona'
dasa' the effects
housewith respect to the lord of the
different' the
wiil be h"ppy. If the Moon's plac: he
effectswill be lar from haPPY'
N()Ttr,5.

C/' slolias 6 and 7 suqrL('

Also c/. ir.trt+qtq
qrht arqftog{ gef- {q {r nii4 :'l '{'t
ql{i'l;{ I
RI(6'.ilflFSAI Rllgqqqw{qFqsfi qt
q..,nq
ft qdlqfi drotqqq : fr rr{iqta{r';.
galqnen;rnitqqft fiouq-qqrfiflqntqt{lt
qo-.liGqt

d*e g* gAdnrq feq4t'iorqfauurrdg

t
L0t2 lrrde'ttRllle Adh.XVIII

qqrqrilrsr rTrTrqTfh
qFE:{Jrrtfiqisrqqr ta.flteqrr
l . S o n r ci n t c r p r r : it t a s r e f e r r i n gt o t l r e I _ n g u l ( i n a n n t i v i t ] , )
al birth.

2. That is when tlre lord ot the dasa is the owner of tbe

Lagua Rasi, Lagna l{ora, I-agna I)ecanate, I-agna Navamsa,L:rg-
ua f)wadasamsaror Lagua Trirrrsarusa.

gif er q.lsVrniri:fq 4t ,- rnn}. also he Interp.eterl thus :

" O r i f a i r i c u d l l ' p l a n e t . r a b e r e . f i r :. ' e h e i r r t h c V a r g e o f t h e .
lord of tbe dasa," or " rf the lord of the rl:rsabe in the Varga of a,
friendly or bene6c planet."

oslRsrJdrqstlEl C* gEtitqqr
q|*ril gqftrfieqgililIsumi grq. I
** ErqR *urrrsftgqqrqrqriHqgrqils
Ail*q-{tg i q'{rsilff E{rqtgrq. n t\ tl
Sloia 15. When the lord of r dasa ripe for frui,
tion happensto be in a swakehetraor in its exaltation
or in a friendly houseor in an sqar (Upachaya) place
from the Lagna or has the aspecton it of a benefic or a
friendly planet, its dasa and bhukti will be favourable.
When a Kendra or a Kona is occupied by an exceeding,
ly benefic planet and the 3rd, the Grhand the llth
bhavasby malefic ones,there will be prosperity during
the dasaof those amongthem that are $trongand occupy
their exaltationor other such scqq (Upachaya)places.
Cy. qodirqqr
qqTqril
nlqdi fiorrqirar,drqg{qeq:r
aqngEWt nsrit qarflqaAqiidE dq u
d{e gqlqwdqn:
nn}sedisg,rgft
gi a)t{qqrfr}Rqqil qqcqq,iqaJ:I
Sl. 16-18 iirgrE{llstlrq: r0l3

{;ir{itsfqfcax,iroi<gri gqfafartnrft
rar g.ra' qflwqr an4oiuisoq.tt
q;irqftgftfrt{rqi gi* {ri q-{qorrrnrftu
t
{r*rfrg{orrrft*iq rmnarig atnq{r n tq ll
S/oArr16. If cwo planetsbe mutually friendly and
have six fold strengch, there will be prosperity during
t h e i r d a s aa n t l b h t r k t i . B r r t i f t h c t w r ) l ) 1 . ] r ) ettrse i n i m i ,
crl and wclk, th:ir qrr (Paka) anJ -.{q{rt(Ap.rhrra) may
cntail evil.
Cf. qo{rFra,r
q-qfi qrfrnpj\ilaE *i-l ftgqfla.tqr r
q,irfqi+r
qlaa qarqgili errrtrddrqnr{isr,il il4rdiqtl
qqt* ilf,r{q;ri.Eg{
6irit {TSrETrir: g{ qr t
gri g{6frqinq qfr qmq qrt iqg{ EE?iilgllull
Sloha 17. A planct produces ius effect upon the
bhava it occupiesduring its dasa,this effcct being good
or had ac.cordingto the natrrre o[ the planet. If the
planetlre a b.:neficone, good is t,; be expected, say the
astrologers,during its dasa, to the bhavaconcerned; if
the planct bc malefic. the bhavawill suffer evil.
cf. u,t*iua;
{frr4rr:ir{rrfniinrqdqlqqtdrfisflfr S{lq I
g:rqii.iariinr* rioq{ tt
flqi1ft:srErTqr{ra(
rTtTqn;E(terE(tnsKrgluil
$'AA
t|r(
qrnffiiler frqor qRflqfi-e t
iqqqiurqiiru Errrrrft
fr,i r,aiq{ft fr{qotf.firelll tc tt
1014 crdscrfrent Adh. XVIII.

S/ota 18. The dasaof a planecwiil be very auspi-

cious wh':n it is in conjunction with a beneficpianet.
If it be in.conjunctionrvith e nraleficone,its dasr.when
ripening will be berrenof cifecr. If thc plarrctconcern'
ed be asscciatedwith one of rnixed nature ar:d be
neither weak nor strong, ite dasa and apair;rr.r will ba
characterized by effectsof mixed nature.
qqEteq E{tqERiTqt$fAqruitungnd,
I
flgq?i qlqfrqqrq qr*si\giti gdr(a{ qrdr: il lq tl
S l o l a 1 9 . W h a t e v c r b e t h c m e t a i a s s i g n e dt o a
planet,the acquisition of property in thac metal takes
placedurir)gthe dasaand apabaraof rirat planet. if the
planetconcernedexert a malcfic infiucacc the property
i n t h e m e t . r l w i l l d i m i n i s h d u r i n g i t s d a s a; b u t i f t h e
influencebe benefic,the properry v"'ili receivcaccession.
qiltrAq{Rrqqrh fiqdgfi{inopi{r{{ |
qisdsqqtrni[ifirA
C C \ Caa..
nqirfrrt rq-qi]a{T<tsil Ro tl
Slohu2A. f)ririn,-1 thr: ilasaof a planet lssocirted
w i t h a h o s t i l eo n e ,e n , 3 m i ewsi l l m u l r i p l y a n da l l u n d c r ,
t a k i n g sw i l l l a i l . O f r v h l t e v c r b u s i n c s so r c o n c e r na
planetis a karaka(promotcrl,tliat concern r,vrllsucceed.
as the wise say, dtrring th: d;rsr o{ thrt i-''irnet.
qisr{ffiitgrq{q c.rt a;urifqfq qqiq{pTrqI
r. {g^ ' '. Ca \ -
qI( iSFfiqIfr qt(Ril ?F;FI4IEilI{qqIIRqII
gIIEI{T5TTT
S / o l c ? i . l f m e n ' s s u c c e s *i n a b r r : ; i n r sosr c o n *
:ern bc the "iririrct oi inqurrr'. clt.: ;r.',tr(rlo.,.'- shuri.rlJ
predict tiic sui:cessoi the concerndurrnq tirc dasaof th-'
p i a n e tt i r r : i s t n e p r o l n o c e ro f t n ' . ) n c > r t lj r r q u e s t r o n
li the rnfiuenceof tirr pl"rn,:th: ior gi.rod,t)r,:prospcricy
sL22-23 aH{rrsqtqr 1016

;,
cern will be a failure.
t|EIAffiq{tsifl rsE{I fl!ilntTEltql
tqdqflq qrfiqtetEantqatI
qfr eq}qqiitititqir
qd'{r{rE{rrnrt
*qrq E{K{r{qi qilffiffi{ lt Rl ll
Sloka 22-. Royal favor is usually sccuredduring
the dasaperiod of the planet that is the karlka of royalty
(viz. Jupiter) or owns the bhava representing it (6th
bhava). The worship of the deity represented by a
planet comeson o?rcl)cs during the period of the ripen'
ing of its dasa. Perfection in the practice of religious
austerities,good works. etc., may be predicted to come
on during the advent of the dasaof the lord of the thh
bhava. The palmy time for sacrifices and other meti-
torious rrtes will be during the dasaand apaharaof the
lord of the 10th bhava.

uit,{qi qnnuriqrqi
{Tiqlitlraqffi
wqqlfr{q{qqrfirr$fr( W wq.I
cdqiiiaq{qe qioq: qft rficqisd'
qurrriErrileqtqfti qr+T,ei{r {t( u R1tr
Sloku 23. During thc Pakalu,J bhukti of a pianer,
the predominant qurlity chlracterisingic whether siE
( S a t v a )w e l R a j a s ) a n d a r < ' . I a m a s ) ( u i r i eA d h y a y a 2 ,
sloka 26) generaliymanifestsitself. Tnis manifestation
io(eruns or inauguratesche davaof the planet in caseit
should occupy one of the I asterisuls lroln the nrccl
(-ianmarksna).But if the pianec'sposition be in one of
tire 9 astcrisnas from the +:Sqi(Karmarksha), thc maniies-
 r016 rntqrltqrt Adh. XVIIL
tation advertedto will takeplace sometime after the
dasabasset in. When the placeof the planetis among
the niile stars from the onqrd(Adhana), the manifesta_
tion in questionwill not takeplace,or if it takesplace
at all, it will be only so long as the dasalasts.
Norrs.
For q;rrqi,+riqiand ql.qrndde supra Adhyayag, Sl. Zg.g0.

Cldfqwnrtizr qrfi{r su4 qh I

flil* *qfrqqrrstrEln Rutl
Efrqqss
Sloka,Z4. A planet in a Sirshodaya sign yields
fruit at the initial portion of the period of life influenced
by hirn. But the samc planet in a Prishtodaya sign
does it at the final stage. Bur if lre shouid be in a sign
which bas both the characterisrics,he becom:s fruitful
at all times.
c/. lro,.'ifr+t
miq uinqscrtqqf+'lfts-sqsqqligr+ir; ll
q}{q q{rrRvrqfiqftrgi{iruqril-
reatfrTqte{ffgq{d fl*sr6rtsqq11
dqffirq{fuqn qtqtrhqilmlqfi .
itqmqilrufuwtrqrsqifiqtn rrr\ tl
Sloha 25. The dasa of the lord of the 6th bhava
may leadto waiiing and lamentation. During the paka
or the apaharaof thc lord of the [Jth bhava, dcath may
set in. When the dasaor apahara of thc lord of tlrc
?th bhava is in proqress, a near relative may be lost.
Without overlooking the above, the astrologer may
predict prosperity in general during the apaharaor
bhukti of planerspresiding ove: the asterisms termed
raq (Sampat), trr'** f Sadhaka),'iia ( Ma i rra),ntnie (Parama
maitra)and hrl (Kshcma).
sr. 26-2? qg|qft$qfrt 1017

NorBs.

The terrr.rsn;q, ;6q and orltTtdhave been explained already in

Atlhyaya 9, slokas 78-80. The nine stats counted from any one of
t h e a b o v e t h r e e a r e t e r m e d r e s p e c t i v e l y( t ) i l q ( z ) t ' { t ( l ) R q q
(+)tq (s) mgr (r-,)arra (7)e"r(8)tt au.l(s) crclq.
c/, qotnQqt
q tri iirrq {$, gcsffr
qirrqlfrqa&ai
'1un orisqqHrTq{: q}rtql} aq{ ll
f,Irnqa{s{ ffinfa{R dEeqqqiqq
qTe;rq
ntt firfbqsffi1ffr gilqq I
airrrrgfi rr]+frqqqqr
rnqtfit"ilRfr
qrRaiisqq tflqrit -qrqlaqfli?q. ll
f*qoelort{itq qrqfusftg{or t
il{{rqi ufr iiraq drrfrqii qlqr( ll lq ll
'When,
cyclic divi-
oneof the three cycllc
Sloha 26. When, in one dlvl-
sions into which the twelve bhavas may be arranged
under certain conditionsfor Ayurdayapurposes,there
is a maleficplanet devoid of etrength,the pereoncon-
cernedmay comeby his deathduring its dasa. ln case
the weak planet in queetionhappensto be benefic,all
will go well.

ilitfusdffifisq{t
ii{mrqqilfitarftn {itlsoxil ll 1\ell
Sloha27. When the dastof a planeto;' .'t,"rrga
t{ia{ lRiksba,Sandhi)is in progreEs,a pergLr'"may
be afflictedwith sorrow and diseare. Wben a planet
has progreseed no further than the 30th desreeof a Rasi,
its daeamay producedeath.
128
 1018 crtrsqtltfrt Adh.XVIII

ffie\ ff'qft * qarqq s qf{ aquq} a{ril'f I

qrii g{ agger.aftdaEtrqnqilriiriq n Rd tl
Sloha 78. A planet occupying irs depressionat a
birth is not competentto produce good effects,nor is
anotherassociatedtherewith. if the depressedplanet
b e i n c o n j u n c t i o nw i t h R a h u , i r m a y d o h a r m ; a s a l s o
the planet occupyinga house owned by ic and rhe one
r:wning its depressionRasi.
ffiqsrildi,{ruritqr$tqTfidr i};gq[.u{gfir I
ffiiqr* qRrrrartcuratqrd xnii*uq$fr;e'r nq,o.
Sloka 79. When any one of the sever,ribhav;rs
s u c ha s t l r e L a g n ai s t h e s u b j e c tc i i n q u i r y ,a n d r v h e n a
p l a n e te x c e e d i n g l -irn' i m i c a l t o t h e l o r d o f t h e b h a v a
u n d e rc o n s i d e r a t i o n. o c c u p i e sa h o u s ev o i d o f b e n e f i c
d o t s ,t h e a s t r o i o g e rr,e i v i n g u p o n t h e u n a n i m o u sd e c l a -
ration of eminent sages:may announce that the bhava
i n q u e s t i o nw i l l s u f f e ra n n i h i l a t i o nd u r i n q r h e r i p e n i n g
o f t h e d a s ao f t h e i n i m i c a lp l a n et r e f e r r e ct io ,
qftmrftirqqqr
wqterrrqilqnrrEfiir
\o
m*qqqqnq'{Rwtgrd faerru{qI
rrrnrqa
erdr;qwqqgqEqcilr iq q{
n{ f}ih}iqiq rrQotl
tsrmmqqdfieqqqir
S i o h a 3 0 " T h e d a s ap e r i o d o f a p l a n e t o w n i n g a
flqrtrlFr(Eadhasthana) as well as of rhe one associated
t h e r e w i t hl e a d st o d i s e a s ed, i s t r e s sa n d o t h e r s u c he v i l s .
During the dasaand apaharaof a planet occupyinga
Kendra from the srweilq (Badhasthana),sorrow and
tcreign travel wiii crop up. lf two planetsoccupy the
sl.3l slgTq{tsrqr{rt 1019

Sth and the 8rh pl4cesin respectto each other, the

astrologermry prediccdanger,exile or someuntoward
eventduringtheir paka and apehrrai but if the planeto
in questionbe benefic and friendly,th: effect will be
m ix ed.

and qrs-i^r" n"o"::l;:.

sir{rr2nd '*
3Ti6(rliiqi eTlqirqiifi'n q qrqrqrt faft;err
n,iiqt drqrJtqqr{i 4;1g \trf}ft *Rqrg: 1g
qiftqitql qri' ert{qqt<\'mrrq t
?'trstiffdflF-\*t et{xtg"qi1 11
'ilrrherr
i h c I - a g n a ( * l i c t l r e i c , i l ) i 1 ' t ho r o f q u e r y ) i s a r n o v e a b l e ,
rrnmor"ealrlo er dual sign), tlre I I th, the 9Lh and the 7th places
ihc:-efrorn talien in order arc tertrletl :it{JBfl{{: or troublous positions.
'l'hc
p l a n e t o r v n i n g a ' { l r l l q - i i i Ta s u ' e j I l s t h c o n e o c c u p f i n g i t o r i t s
'uidc .'\tlhl'al'a 2' s/. *8).
I{en<ira iq caliecl 1t'{.1i. (,\iso

q* q1ffiq{ril }T4frqEq{irElqf}qrft+r*
wqr{rqnuCx+arqgrqritqiiqd}qcl TtTt(|
{rq{ii.i ftqft gfq( gkn"q}qqffitll (tt
I11tll
{r;ffiqriirqsiqqfrqqrfaqiiiiieU.ura}it
Si'',,trz31. if the planet ripening the fortune of a
personat any time be the one termed{te (Deeptha)(ttide
Adh, 2, slokas ltj 13), he will becomea king rvith an
abundanceof wealch, fame, prtronageand iearning to
makehim happy ; if a stul (Swasch,r),he rviil hrve
eecuredto irim the beneficsof old traditions, religious
observancesn the hearing of pious homilies, exceeding
comfort, health and wealth ; if a g,ia (M'rdicha), its
gifts co lrim rvill be in the form of royal favour, pow
and worldiy happtncss; if a ttta (S.rntha),the effe
r0n arrdsqrftfrrt Adh.XVIII.

will be exemption from ailments,happiness, prosperity,

the goodwill of the rulersand a spirit of errterprise.
q* drilq ftqrftiqqffiq sftfkq{qEn,
ffiftilt$qqgil{itr {tGaqrr({r I
ilt ilit'{ tr,i ftffiq{firr nirtirnrlqrerq
Pqqb{nurq dtr?qqFitriia0atqfiftr 1R
S/oAo 32. Whcn thc drsa of a planct tcrmedton
(Saktha) is in fruition, a person rvill evincda predilec,
tion for learning,educrtion,money,religiousausteritiee,
acquieitionof supernaturalporversand works of charity.
During the proqress of the dasaof a planet called,ftfla
(Peedita),a person may hav,:to apprehenddangerfrom
robbers,enemiesand the rulers of the land, or lose an
younger brother. Distrcss is all the legacy that a {ta
(Deena) planet could leave. The dasa of the ill-condi,
tioned planet termed iaoo (Vikala) leads to distress
and disease; that of a ,ao (Khala) produces mental
anguish; and laetly,the planet in the dfa (Bheerha)state
keeps the person urrder its infuence irr dread of
adversariee.

ftoeeildrrilqdnut*;grqrqtg q& r
qurftsftEr[rriur d g,i iTrsgqqEtql!n QQtl
S l o f r a 3 3 . N o t e d o w n t h e s ef o u r s t a r s : v i r . ( l )
the cne occupied by the Lagna; (2) that occupied by
the Moon ; (3) that indicatedby the name of the perEon
concerned: and (4) that occupiedby the Moon at the
time of the query. Ascertain which of theseis Etrongest.
Starting with the dasa of the lord of this predominant
star and following the order of the aakehatra dasas,
sL 34-35 sTgrErirsIqtq: l02L

astrologersof eminence annQuoce th: good or evil

falling to the lot of the person concerned'

siqfff{{Ro{fi il Wlifiifrr qurqorr?t

ftrlqiltc{g{ q tt s{f:a (tqFqs(itilulr( 18
Sloka 34. If the ltasi containing the vica (Ut-
panna)nakshatra(vide next sloka) be stronger than any
referreclto in the preceding sloka, it is tluitc possible
th.rt the psrson about wirern clivination is to b: made,
may get the {ruits of all rhe drsas of his life calculated
from the Utpanna nakshatraas the starting point' It is
to be understoodas a genetal rule that ail pl'rnetshave
a tendencyto work evil at thc cnd of their severaldasas.

EFIIqtiqteK qaqq{rsq}iqqdil Ettt

tlTtElqr;K{rrsqdi;sqHiltqt;qErcqtqil |
wqt iq qilEtrtattqi {igqEl $rta$It
areqrircrnqq'Tii*qqqed{ilqd}et ll 1\ ll
Slofta 35. Ascertain the 5th, the Sth as well ag
the ,{th star from ate* (Janmarksha),i' e' the star occtt-
pieclby the Moon at the time o{ a person'sbirth' Cycles
o{ dasasarc calculated {rom every one of these as the
starting point. Tlre ,Jasacounted from the 5th is called
vua (Utpanna) ; that from the 8th, $Itsrt (Adhana);
tl',at fiom the 4th, &u (Kshema). It the dasas in these
cycleahave their ends iallying with eachother or with
s"cQt
the end of the dasataken in the same order from
(Janmarkoha),f. e. giving the same number of yeart'
monthe,etc., it is a sign that the life of the person con'
cerned is to end with the dasa. In the case of people
endowed with short, long and mediumlives, the denise
 rc?2 qRf|FTTTGilil
Adh. XVIII.

will happenat the closeof the 3rd, the ?th and the 5th
dasarespe:tively.
cf , sil{rd
sreqrgilqqrae
firqr} qft e{( r
Erf,qqEqt q]t q,g,}A efidit rt
,iiqtg.iiqqrdTni
qqrT0 sftdit r

n frqfurd{Tr
rr
qraisfa
iEtqrii$"rqqanrRiiqiq({rqse"rTrI
artwrgqrqjqanr {qt qqrr
fisutrrsr;qrq
n lE il
S l o h o 3 6 . I f t h e b i r t h o f a p e r s o nb e d u r i n g
day
time, his exit from the rvorld is to ba thus derermined;
Add tlrc figures for the Sun and Srrurn, and find our
t h e a s t e r i s ma i ' r dt h e p o r t i o n r i r er eo f i n d i c a t c db y t h i s
totai. In the crq{rr(mahaJasa)of this asierism, frnd
out which period correspcndsto the particuiar portio'
of the star already found. Ihe deach of the person
c r : n c e r n ewd i l l o c c u ra t t h i s p o i n r o f t i m e . i f r h e b i r t h
be during night, add the f iguresfor cheMoon and Rahu
;
ascertainas beforethe particularperiod of the mahadasa
c o r r e s p o n d i ntgo t h e p o r t i o n o f r h e a s t e r i s mi n d i c a t e d
by the total, This will give rhe rime of itr?or(Niryanaj.

u Sib*qrrrrr
gfb*ike'aqilqil ilw qsitqil |
uamrtq q(gqil il Qetl
rrslifir-rEqtird
Sio,trl il?. Ascertain the asterism occupied by
Mandi at the time of a p.r-qon'sbirth. The drsa of
Gulika is reckoned from this srar. The lords of the
R a s i a n d t h e N a v a m s a o c c r r p i : d b y G u j i k aa s w c l l a s
sl. 38 agr{frsqrqr 1023

t h e p l a n e ti n c o n j u n c t i o n ( / i / c r n l l v c o ' o p 3 r a t i n gw) i t h
the Upagrahaare death-dealing plan':tsin tir: horos:one.

R T[sqil ll
iiirrrRrg* q ilqrir inttflf {Eilf I
irrsrRrii*ud Tfl q{ii lrr Errrll lc ll
| | iqilsnsi
ft a'qreqriqqE{Isqldng
q'fag*qE{I(* q;rufr
5i c,ta 38. The lords of chetwo eighth piaces urg:
<ari (Ayusthaney),the Suuand Venus, as alstltire Moon
a n d M a r s a r e c a l l e d K a r a k a s ;t h e f i r s t t w o , o f t h e
native'sqq-Ayus (.:{riretrg:-Jathasyayuhu); the second
pair, of the iather ; the thjrd, of tire mother' Firrd the
dasacorresponding to that one amongthe three r{otrr?r
(SoolaRasis)of a Karaka,wirich tl're conditions of the
horoscopeunclerexaminationmay pclintto and f ind also
w h e n t h e d a s am a y b e i n p r o g r e s s . T h i s d a s a ,i " e . t h e
dasar:f the iord of the qorrflr (SoolaRasi) pointed to by
the horr-rscope may prove gr (Mrrtyuda) or fatal.
NoTri:.
T l r c s l o k a r s l e r l ' l e r s c . 1 4 . t r t c u o r d t n gl o t h e + z c f l i e d e q t
(l(atapayarli sankhl.:rlsigni{iestire nurnber8. Iiere tire dual fhT{r
thc lords oi the trvo r\r'us-
l ) o i n t st o t h e t W o p l i i n e t s t l r a t u rc
*{aqeqt{gi -r a7j, t'i2., t}rc stl ^nd the 3rci
thanas (-lui ralqr:
'I'he
p J a c e sf r o r n t h e 1 a g n a . i u t e r p r e t a t i o l lg i v e n a b o v c i s t u r t h e r
s r r p p o r t ebdY t h e f o l l o r , r ' i n g : - -
" r[ag*,,ii:qtufteq;fi:I t;qn{iiiqdt" (ifqdt).
', q,i,tpie'iifi"quii qajiq fiq*nr, @l(.r
q;e*q{liil qfr g qrq{Iifi:" (n1e+oa).
The , : 1 ; E { o f t h e s c c c n c lh a l f i s d l ( ' T g f i q g { q l { ? l i R l d i l t
'I'he
qe{t-{t i{l q(l qrfr ott 6g{r ll word rir'1er is brought in fronr
 1024 qrdEqrft{ril Adh.xvrn.
the preceding sloka. {,oqi (Soolarksha) is the 8th Rasi from the
place occupiedby the I{aral<a or its 7th, whichever of them is
found to be stronger. flWi meansthe {Loli and its triangular
signs.
Soola dasasare helpful to {ind the if,ch (Niryana) of auy par-
ticular relative signilied by tbe liaraka under consideration.

ilffirffifuilUtGS dtg

frqiFqissqsEgtsfu
qrsfrs{ n lq tl
dtqrftwqgetg
SJoftc39. Shouldthe signs representing the Rasi
and other Vargas (Hora, Drekkana, Saptamsa, etc.,)
occupied by the Karaka under considerationhappento
be etrong either by the aseociationof, or aspectby,
benefice, one may predictgoodresulteat the yearsigni,
fied by tbe numberof years allotted to the lord of thc
respectivesignrepresenting the Varga(according to the
Udu dasasystem)increased by 6. But if the sign happens
to be eitlier the debilitation or inimical house of the
karakaplanet,or be also occupiedor aspectedby a
maleficplanet,onq hasto divine only evil duringthc
oaidyears.
Norts.
The above uieaning is only tentative. "orfrq{tot{cqiFtiigig"
has been taken to nreanas " rvith 6 years added." As it is not
explicit as to to what uunrber this ti sli,..ruld
be added, it is inter-
preted as the years accordiug tu lhe Udu dasa systeur allotted to
the lords of the several vargersoccppiedbl' the karaka in questiou.

ll TlarE{rfhtqrtl
qr Se-
liild{qaf {d eqi\QqroJ{*iir
frqtqaq{r Rtqnoil {Fqrftaqrsil{|
sl. 40-42 qgrqt'isqtqt 1026

({ qqgif g ilqltrqs qr{ g slT{eFI

\\ \ \ n. ^\ A .

tAeo
E?nqqr?ir{ril q-sgitt ({rqi {urq ll 8o ll
Sloka 40. If at a birth, the planet owninq the
asterismor the Navamsa occupiedby the Moon ahould
aspectthe latter or be in conjunction rvith it, the Kala.
chakra dasaeof these planetswill be fraught with the
specialeffectsto be mentioned. Diseasecrops up when
the iq (Deha) of the dasasin question is associatedwith
an evil planet; and diiziness when such a planet occu-
pieo the fre (Jeeva) If both the tE (Deha) and *q
(Jeeva)be occupied by malefic planets, and the evil
influence thus become overpoweringly strong, death
will follow as a consequence.

uerqr-atfurr
qrfrftorUuirqfi aqurqt
qililqERwri
rgrriutrnqt
fitqf,i Tq{rqilwi.Rruri
*.qq ftqqftfti rr{d}( tt;itsu Bt tl
Sloha 41. If a malefic planer occupy the Lagna,
aotrologerssay thrt during the progrcst of its dasa,there
will be much distress and disease,loss of wealth,and
risk from rulers and foes, when the apaharabelongeto
a maleficplanet. The effeccwill be wholly mixed in
the apaharaof a benefic planet.
oqt&qqtr*t6 qrqudi IIESTT{
|
tq*gq.i q{ qqFe affiffir{FTqn Bq tt
Sloha 42. Durirg the rime of the dasaof the lord
of the Lagnaand the bhukti of a male{icplanet therein,
1'z9
l0t6 Cltr'tqrfufr Adb.xvilL

aEtroiogersunanimously say that there will be much

evil to be apprehendedtaking in the form of disease,
death or loss of place.
qilfuqfirrqrt q'quffl rn{qq I
*rfigRtqq qM a d'uqr ll 81 ll
S/oln 43. At the time the dasaof the lord of the
Znd bhava is in progress and in the bhukti of Saturn,
loss of wealth,and quarrel with frienCsand relations
will undoubtediycrop up.
qilftqr qrqft vR erq {rrqnqiriiaRifirunqI
qrqrFEi(sqt n}n rr BBl!
q;rtqrrqiffirTr{rqrgs
Sloka 44" If the lord of the 2nd bhava be malefic,
astrologersdeclaretirat there will be ioss of wealth
during the antardasas of Saturn, Mars, Rahu and the
Sun. The sameholds good when a malefic planetoccu,
p i e st h a t b h a v a .
qnflqar qiqqd{ arFirt{rqtlk ^nqrouiqrq
r
qnr?iiilrifrqaiailuriqrnstii\xiqriqifr nsqtt
S/ola .15. When a malefic planet occupies the
2nd bhava,the person concernedwill have to suffer
during the antardasaof that planet througlr the ill-will
of the ruler of tl're land, lossof honor, loss cf wealth,
i m p r i e o n m e n ti ,o s s o f h i g h s t r t u s a m o n gm e n ,a r t dm a y
incur the hatredof his friends.
qrq{i frtqiilqart qrqri}qt'Trrriiq=Rlutt{
I
wa{{mqRrrw}t{:d wrrrfe gqrf}qiEIltsq li
Slolc .i{1. If a rnaleficplanetowning the 3rd bha
va tre associatedwith ;r pianetalso malefii:, troubiervill
cometo tire per$onconcernedthrougirthe instrumenta'
sl. 47.-4s qgrqli$|lrql 10s7

lity of foes,weapons and tbieves during rhe antardasa

'Ihis
of maleficplanets. is not an unlikely result even
when the lord of the 3rd bhavain questicnis associated
with a beneficplanet.
gft*urn+rihqqsuriqqnrrtitrt{t}TriludI
nrr ot x qainrurirriihi{Rqa*iiirq;ll 8e ll
Sloka 47. Dtrring the dasa of the lord (when
maiefic)of the 3rd bhava and in the bhukti of Saturn
Mars, Rahu Ketu or the Sun an astrologermay gene'
rally predict lossof brorhersand sisters,or, at all events,
a m i s u n d e r s t a n d i nwgi t h t h e m .
frni\Erqrqgtttq qrhC qrq{{Ufk6lbI
ttuclI
srt;gfi q.gqiitti{ uuqrftdrf}u?anrmgr
Sloku 48. At the ripening of the dasaof the lord
of the 4th bhavr, when other than benefic, and during
the bhukti of a maleficplanet,astrologerssay tlrere will
be loesof place,quarrelwich relatives, damrgeto agri-
culture and kindred pursuics'to cattle and to weaith'
qHrqElw[ttgaufttwq
qr* lfloqqiqsgdrffi${sI
dt qiqarwri gaftnorrr-
gritaq;gutom{iltsi{iqqll 8\ ll
S t o k a 4 q . I n t h e d a s ro f t l t : l , r r d o f t h c 5 t h b h a v a ,
when a mal<:ficplanet has its ap;tirara,astrologerssay
there wili bc danger to be apprehende<l frcm the sove'
rcigr.r,or a dc:rrson mav fail ili. llut dirrirg the apehera
o[ a bencfrrplanet, there will be accesgionof wealth
ani c.hilttren, kind attentions {rom the rulers and kins-
men and the attainins of what is wished tor.
1028 qr|Fcrftlre Adh.XVIII.

qD{qmrqig glmui
g$'r tnqo{{ 6q(i I t}rq t
qr* qoeurqtqrqorqili
qffffituqet q fiqt qEF( tr \o tl
S/o&c 50. .Wise rstrologers say that in the dasa
of the lord of the 6th bhavaand in the bhukri of planets
not benefic. a perBon has to apprehend danger from a
king or from fire ; he may suffersome misfortune or
becomeliable to disease In the dasaof the lord of the
?th bhava and in the apaharaof a planer in the <qq
(Khala)state,the personconcerned nray lose his wife
and becomea wanderer.

ftgrrdqmrrtrtturi
GqqrftElrrnt
wffirfiihrwc{ qnr;gidEr{tq I
qft qM{qtq rrwiiqnjRqqfqfi
ud qrqfrrTintrr
frqonfdq ftd{qq.n \t tl
Sloho 51. During the dasaof the lord of the 8th
bhavaand in the apaharaof a malefic planet, rhe astro,
loger may prerJictrisk from foes, loss of life, of wealth,
of fame, rambling about or ejection from a placeof
honor. Durins the bhukti of a malefic planet in the
dasaof the lord of the gth bhava,the evil cropping up
may be deathoF parents,accrualof iniquitieE,imprison,
ment and waste of wealth.
rilrw norzuTrseqt ud qqrqd\ai
{sr$ qqi{giigq{ililfi' a i{w+q I
q;cnr*qufiuUifisqioritrqrt grci
rqdtqfiil{ri tqwi fiqrq ard f}gr l \R tl
sI.52-55 engrqfrstqrq! 1029

10th bhava in the co (Khala) state ripens, there will

crop up, during the gftn (bhukti) of maleficplanets,sick-
nessto those that are dearly loved, removal from office,
loes of comfort and fame, and waste of money. In the
dasaof the lord of the 1lth bhavaand during the bhukti
of Saturn,Mars, the Sun or Rrhu, th:re may be affliction'
ruin of aqricultural and other opsrations' danger from
tire sovereign and loss of wealth.
aqtltqri rRq;Efiqud qornqqffgi({ |
qsH{ qnq;rer{q sqft{uri iiqfritqlEsll \1 ll
Slohu 5i). When the dasa of the lord of the l2th
bhava is in progress and when the bhukti of the Sun,
Saturn or Mars has set in, the persrn concerned, $&Y
the astrologers,will be at variance with his wife, sons
and relations,and will suffer loss of strength,of honor
and of wealth. During the bhukti of Rrhu, he may be
e x p o s e dt o r i s k f r o m P o i s o n .
qFgii qr qwi ;ttgtt{ |
wq'FrTqEuqqrsud
ll \8 ll
qrqfrattqlqsru 6g Efifrow?ofrtg
Slokrt.t';4. During th" d".i and bhukti of planets
which occupy the 6th or the 8th placefrom each other,
men suffer loss of place or lose of life. During the dasa
and antara of two weak planetsoccupying the samebha'
va, the death of the person concerned may be preCicted.

src*R{rr<tqnrriI
qrqi mq sttffiqrri{6qit a tmt ll \\ ll
Stohu llt. When the drsa of a maleficplanet is in
progress,and the antardasaof a planet likewise malefic
1030 GUTMITi A,Jh XVIIL

htt let iq the death of the person concernedwill surely

tahodrc.
ilflftrril! qHIstrffitfumr t
ffitqr*gfirffqEnqt fr.t+( tt \q tt
Sloka 56. If malefic planetsoccupy a malefic Rasi
and be asaociatedwith or aspected by inimical planets,
thc dcath of the person concerned will happenduring
the daEaof such malefic planets.

qdfrftqtq qs {{{ffiq Wq;ffi;ili I

Irguldf {iq;i qrqrizrqfrqqr n \s tl
q

Sloka 57. Mark the planet rl'ratis inimical to the

lord of a (Mrityu) dasr During thr bhukti, antara
rnd rukshmadasa of this inimicrl planet. the time of
deethof the personconcernedwill indeedcome. There
need be no doubt of this when the inimical planet
hrppene to be malefic.

SilRffr{qgrral Errq{Qr
qrflitri qoq{ilffiqrfiqQ I
s"rs{ sqoflqfEqqtrqf
rtTiiliftTn{Tqi
uurrgnql: tt \d ll
S/ofta 58. It is at the outset of thc dasaof a male,
fic planetthat the effect of its being in its exaltationor
other varga will appear. Tts influence over the bhava
and the iike that it presides o rer will be felt in the
piddle of the dasa; while the aspectupon it bearsf ruit
towards the conclusion. This holds good, say the
astrologers,in the caseo[ all malelic planets.
st.59-60 wrqft$sfrt 1031

q|qqrfi qr{qFf gnit ffiilftq[nsi qTsqQI

il{rqr* gMil(*i qt ilRrqrut{ {qk ti \q tl
SloAa 59. In the cage of every beneficplaoet, its
effect upon the bhava it presides over apperdrsat the
beginningof its dasr; while the influence due to its
position in the several vergas manifests itself in the
middle of the dasa. What is due ro the aspecrof other
planetsupon it comes on at the end. All astrologerg
recognisethe distinction thus set forth between the
Nakshatradasasof bencfic and malefic planete.

ll {Rqffi({rrwilq'6ut tl
il eTeTr;a{{tt(5olfr
tl
srrrd(frrnrrrt*dqnTeil+-
fqqd-d-qgsqrdrwirpNitFtsI
wtrq{rtrrs*(mfrFr}
Uefrkufrr tr Q"tl
Wwaftqnqil
S/ofta 60. During the progress of the Sun's dasa,
the generaleffects to be noted will be-money,making
by stealthy rnining and other ways, trouble from fire
and beasts, inflamnation of the eyes,illness affecting
the stomachand teeth,separationfrom wife and children,
loss among reverend seniors and parentsand general
decay among Eervants,kine and propsrty.
qf. ara+ru<n
qriitrnqi fRfi?rrqin)qie*,flfragn;tqrqrtt
qaflEqvftaqqaqiwqdrsftq
Frrrrrr:tlT( tt
q=xilirqft
sflrRf{fiar qri'}q*: svq,tRf{iqrqr
ft32 qrr(r6qfffi Adb. XVIII.

qiorq fioarll
fqwra+qlftrfnriri'erqqeqeeq
"qqa E=dtqtqaqtrtr qSidrgarq-ffigfna f'1ontt
Zqrflrq}rfQaq-geii;enraiiql {{: rf,fo:F{t( tl
EttIE{ttr(Iqmrtinatr{iqqrq}t
qsetdilgitrd iEarqret{rrqru Et ll
Sloka 6L. Mulciply the yearsof a }lahadasaby
the yearsof the planet whose antardasais required.
The product when divested of the f igure in the unit's
placewill repreEentthe rronthscomposingthe antardasa.
Multiply the figure in the unic's place omitted in the
last operationby 3. The result will be the numberof
daya forming part of the antardasarequired.

ar-iltumsridrr
il {Frq{rFTi
kwqrfurwi$irniRfirwrr
Ri{qqdqrriqdira.ii d u qRtl
Sloka-62. During tlie dasaand bhukri of the Surr,
a personmay .rcquireweaith through Brahming<-rr Ksha,
triyar, or by a resort to arms or other ways ; he may at
the eametime have much mentai suf{ering and leada
wanderinglife through a foreignwild counrry.
Cf, qodirQ+t
t{tatrgolasfqt qqii qltqat,tz?Hfn qnrIIq( |
;qilcqcF qa+Fq*rrqqq f.tqi qni rfqnia ,rlenr.iifq*l
qqq iqr{sqtr t
qrgfrTq+rri
qlugfuirRr{ar,i
qrii q;tqarFiti
n qq tl
SloAr:63. When the N4oonhas its bhukti during
t h c p r c g r e s eo f t h e S r r n ' sd a s aa. p e r s o nw i l l h a v ea c c e s ,
sr. 64-66 qgrqfrsqlrrr'

sion of wealth through the instrumentality of relatives

and friends, indulge in idle paatimesin the companyof
intimate and respectablepeople and guffer oevetely
f r o m j a u n d i c ea n d k i n d r e d a i l m e n t s .
Af . ro{riqmr
ftgq{q}6qH{{T+E?Frrr:ofqf*,qrrJ(firutUegrfr:t
{{ft qqrErft qe}qqrQi: tl
q{qrfqeqfA(frr&qTq'ft
A.lso ;itil+F{tsl

+rlfi q-qcdtnrqi g<oiqwmrfigqrfr{

r
Fgafi qngtfit{ft fir}fiq'thqq qq q tt
q*ae Nflrqr* gul-srrilt qR er,{gi: r
rrqnqrri) qwl q qpg *vifitd;qflqtr *rq rt
(ctsraii{qrftnq+{ gqrft{ |
H.nftdqrt gi qrgcqrrditr qB tl
Sloka 64. When Mars has its apaharain the Sun'g
daoa,an astrologermay foretell to the perEon concerned
acquieitionof wealth in the form of gems and gold,
royal favor leadingto prosperity,contrraction
and trano-
mission of bilious and allied diseaaes.
c/. qo{r?t-.{,r
qlrrq:qqfirr{te.r
eoiiqq'egeaX*tfYcrr
qtllii qqft qq ua;gfidaruq] qrft aqr&q.trtq
rr
Also qTildl+l1''ri
qwoTfiRqq q fiqi r
eqqT+oqlag?ti
qgo +qftataqqrrqi
gfiwogea:fto qra{ lr
GTs6t.gqr{ ffg{qlftf|gi{ I
qEGgtiua\grdqtwtits..r* lf q\ tl
Sloka 65, Pang of death prematurely settiog in,
130
 1034 rtnuqtftnt Adb.xvlll

trouble from relatives ag also from enenies, loee of place

or mental mioery may be expectedin the bhukti of Rahu
in the Sun's mahadasa.
c/. sodftrr
Rw,il qqEftilqlfrq)
ftqrqq fevvFiqrn'ga:I
tRnt.{a}qaERrd{rg{:rt
firilerintq*wfq tl
T{{s{ sdGd NqilqurTiliqI
ftsqfqTwaifrftr.illi gt rt QQtt
Sloka 66. What is all.worthy-wealth got through
a wortby con, honor to Gods and Brahmanas,virtuous
actr, good traditional observanc$, good society and
good conversation will distinguish the antardasaof
Jupiter during the Sun's mahadaea.
Cy. nce{f1Q61
ftgnqtfifiqqqrftr;qtgri-iqSagw;gxaaq t
liri qil sflnfr'ftct{{tq. tt
qqfdq qrqitTrf,r
arqsTfr
A,lso qirq.lrrtq
flAeqFqrfagsgbor q6ar qfafiqg{r{ig I
{qrFffflnqarfr q< qr+Itrrrqtq61;qed ll
r{qri{qrod alagftrt}wq t
fi{ril,fit sit 1sQutl
ilqd1lTqnffr
Sloha 67. During the bhukti of Saturntn the Sun'g
dasa,a person ahould be prepared for hostility from
every one, want of energy, an ignoble calling, mental
worty, and liability to rick from the rulers or tbieves.
c/. sodR{,r
qil(ft: gnfitq: feqr ri gelrr: flqf4qfiq;gfi: r
qRHr qqfhqqqftsa rila\ sfrEgqn-dirti tt
sl. 68-?0 rUrqrlsrwrr 1036

a lso qrfr{l{ol
qR[ I
a1nft1frrfr,ftfiei' {0-qqnrcnlTqnqq:
f,{iloqfdqrfq qqFn d{ {Ha\ {rgqs;61q! g
r;gfrcrwiqrd(rts( q{wrqI
iti*gt*qqrirfr{tw{e gt tt qall
S/ota 68. Trouble from relatives' mental dittreao,
depressionof epirits, wasteof money and slight comfort
are what may be expected in the apaharaof Mercury
during the progressof the Sun'sdasa.
c/, qodft+t
firrdi qs{{frq{tsn{|
fiqfEtrftedg5'edrqdr
qqnqrf}'it, Uo qifa Gqqrdqr'{tt
r-{rq{qfqqqil
Also nmEn{WI
fiafitr<gRat$, qlqn'\etfifteaqit r
qq'q{rqTfiilrsqa fi*' gt '{Tgqaiqqfi tt
qir6itri ffi{ilr,i *etqqrft Er t
qfirorrgqrgJfi
{+c<{t rq} il Eqrl
SloAe 69. Throat-disease, mental anguioh,ophth,
almia or prematurc death may be expected in Ketu'e
bhukti in the Sun's mahadrsa'
c/. woailit+,r
qFgfil{. I
uFqq: da5gr{fiqfr frq}tq qnRrur
uiliqarqfhiinuq'i.fiidl qqrfinfi qd ftqqry:tl
qorqrfrqnqni I
Sdisrrfr\{urq.
AFdqrE$riiittrc<.tt q,fr ll so 11
Slt ka 70. Acquisition of pearlsor other produca
of the sea, fatigue, addiction to bad femalesand pofit-
l086 ilrTrrliqrl Adh.XVIII.

lessdiscussionwill markSukrs's bhukti in the Sun's

mahadaea.
o/. 'n-safi*l
ftrilur wtgErftqtsqa{iR,qrrJ(qaqFqfi"gfrq. r
gofr*rgr+qdtqtfilt ui|: gh q{fi rtrqr;inq tl
Also sFffitrltol

Rvqrq w.r$oiq qii q qlfeeqar,oi{lerq1

qEF+{qrfE+frfAfis terffrdi qrsq{iqqrd:ll
Eil* ftqilqtn ftEqj.i qtqqt I
utqtqffit qr\ q{rct g(rqlsqq u st tl
Sloka 77. In the inirial portion of the Sun'sdasa,
the father of the person concernedrvill fall ill, and there
will be much expense. In the middle, there will be
trouble to every one whether biped or quadruped in the
household. In the end, there may be easeand comfort.
dt ffqqEi'qrqq ilfodtsqEri}rq
grdtftcfllq;gq{utE nltf\qqq{ t
dtq WwhrqaTq dr qrt Wrof\{
ftat qrfeEqn{rnwt frqq{ {r Eft{ n sRtl
Slaha. 72. During the progressof the Sun,emaha-
daraoccupyingthe deprcssionNavamgain its exaltation
house,a person has to apprehend ill,fam:, danger,the
deathof a eon, a wife or somepaternalrelationand loss
of property in connection with agriculture and other
purruits. But in the dasaof the sameplanetoccupying
the exaltation Navamsa in the depressionhouse, the
perBonconcernedwill attain regalprosperity,happiness,
though towards the end thereof there day occur loss of
wealth or his own demige,
sl. 73-74 srErEtilsr{rrq: 1037

q;1tqfriliil-
Rqmwrqqnqi

qqit qoiitt qniu qret.fill sl ll

Stoht 73. f)uring th..: progress of the Moon's
maha<lasa, a personwill have accessto sacredprayers,
ecripture and Brahmanas; he will exerl fascin'rtionover
young females, and secure to himseli women, wealth
and lands; he will have a profusionof flowers, cloths,
ornaments, perfumes and various valuable objects of
enjoyment; but if therebe anything to checkthe Moon's
strength,the effecton the personconcernedwill be that
he will be poor and suffer from wind'disease'
NorIis.
The reading in q.odftqt is slightlv diflerent viz'',
"
firfinflqarqtq_riqfai\{f-
ffirfrn{aqfrdtqq*eftk'r
f18:
SUITEH4TqITFqNIqT{fl
q1ft rsgfqilqeffil qnilq: ll

il eTqqqqilqFFiTt{rrsorfr ll
qgEqrttfuR
Rqrd.ft(ilao*n{{fr{qd
ffiu* tadqt "{qdtEq{nrq*r qsqqrqq.I
r.sti{ d'fqlil fiarfr Grgi gritir ir'i q
lleBll
quaii{'i A EdrFaHqfi
daftq\qri\orri
Sloka 74. Devotedattention to learning,love and
gilk and
muaic--vocai as rvell as instrumental-suits of
other articles of attire which succe$Ein these purauito
1033 rltrTqnGlld Adh. XVIII.

gGnerallyEecures,refined society-sound health-good

renown such ae even royal ministers and army leaders
ecteen and envy-journey to sacredsLreamsand places
in company with f,rmily and friends-and lastly what ie
dear to the heart, the acquisition of lands, cows and
horces-abundant wealth and power-these are what
the Moon will give in the ripeningof its own dasaand
bhukti.
c/.weiifq*t
{gitaqnqtrrritrraqt
dqqtftKqeig+rrra)
ngReseqsalgdqi qni firrft dla{tf}* rr
itri iiftqsifi q qr;ffid $reilqqr
ftzqrmrn(bd qo(qrnr.itgi trs\ tl
Sloha 75, Disease,petulance,loss of place, wa$te
of wealth, trouble from friends and brothers may be
expectedto crop up in the bhukti of Mars in the Moon'r
mahadasa.
c/. q.,a{i/Q-q;t

fia{f,eftitqqlQq:bng,efiu*tflea{t
fqaflafidA'iiiOiqrlaiiftfirilFctrrt ll
Also fld{,It{tut
+)rrdritofrwfiiq i'fipft F{T;rd: q;gft q I
gntcflei rrqfr*rfifi ,iqlqeqlftoliprqr+
rI
iigfrurrn( bd ffg;Tltiqiqq{ |
r f*kgflsllt nf,rq;nq{F(t ll uQ 11
Siola 76. During the antara of Rahu in the
Moon's mahadasa, a personhasto suffer distresson ac'
count cf riskg frcm foes and dangerousdiseases,loss of
relativer and waste of wealth ; he has no easein fact.
 ?ill:1"'""
-""" ""-*5ly: ""","","",___'
c/. m-oetft*r
qrnrmfiqqrftrrqh
fta')qRgtfrq-ga{ r
qaqiqqfta=qii{qaodris{iilrhsa*rt
qrnrRfr?{qrEtft
EtttwoTwqEs
I
Tdr(srdwrt'ritfit ffrcnr-etn \eetf
Sloka 77. In the Moon"smahadasa and in Jupiter'c
apahara,a person will get vehicles and the like articleg,
abundanceof clothing and ornaments. He will achieve
what he strives for.
q;oil0+,rqt{
___CF n
qHqrrl;|{n: $Iffi qq{qqg:Hqrrrrr:I
itqneafirfrqarqatrqfqqq*$ gn] rt
srfrdtirtot
ftftreeqTqqqr-qrilIlla'qrftdq{qarfiq*q( r
ge)esqaifqqiarqi gt gruri afirqirnet tt
qr{qtgrr*g:d qrdqtqtR{teqr
{rfr qi((fl?ili tr ed fl
{arqEr{rft{rEt
Sloha 78. Mental anguish caused by a mother,r
cuffering,wind and bilious affe*ions, sriff words and
discussion with unfriendly people are what a person
has to be prepar6dfor, in the apaharaof Saturn,iuring
the progressof the Moon's mahaCasa.
c/. m-o-<iiQ+r
6qqns*q+qfl( I
\rilrrftE: gG.gaeiltar
qrq{rfituqrqhs* q1n;ge{{i}-ntqt rt
Also qRTnf.{tst
aloq*rrfRasflq.iifA
m?rg1lgqq,qt&q.r
*itfi qraraqtarfq
iqi nfififlriTqq{riqfie: rf
I040 f,rdrqrftwr Adh. xvlll,

qr{Errkinfrf*eqwwil{qr I
{qqY'rq{rfriitq;Erupein eq tl
Slohu 79. Accessionof wealth from relationson
the mother'sside,learnedmen seekingasyltrmand acqui-
sition of clothing and ornamentswill mark the bhukti
of Mercury in the Moon's dasa.
c/. qodlii+r
fl{r.rqqqqra'rigorrflH{upt*FqqEqq:
I
Rnirq {fi qrqafi*rrgfq qGqrdqqrEq: u
Also .i|ir{f+Ttr'l

glderrrit qfiqntagfiq t
sin?rrtT;ineFq
ftqiqlaisgadrq$dBua;qq{tFd{IU ll
q sihirqrii{ican
dlfui ryg<Ri t
tfr q;(qil;tr 1 do tl
(a{Fildrrrin{iit
S/ota 80. Illnessof a wife, lossof relativ:s,suffer,
ing from diseasesof the stomach arrd loss of property
crop up in Ketu's interval in the Moon's dtsa.
c/. so'.?fr{t
fqneeoqq,if|;gf}i-gtrfiriqirqq qqqr
qrfletdi{ftnqftqi hOfiqrfir qr;q$Esqn
gq.I
dwt ultqEriaqo{qtqd
qnqiqqr*it u,fr ff(firFei tt dt tl
Slota 81. During the period of time allottedto
Venus in the Moon's dasa,a person may get a dowry
on behalfof his wife and enjoy the comforts derivable
from agriculture,cattle and the likc, water-productsand
clothing; he may becomeliableto any diseaseconetitu'
tionally inherited from his mothcr.
SI. 8243 gtgrq{ttstlTFlt 1041

c/. m'oatQ-+r
ileuraaggqqrsalR:FqsssRkqlqq :I
-1'r}rr
glfiel{lq{;qsgRa-aqrqq1uii;gQ
Also il{"til{Jnt
qnrqqt*fdfieisriioitqdi*qt-qala go, t
g\6l$olqTqrt{qerR-ittqrrqif( fHhqgcq:ll
{q{rqst,s{ aqrfraniftgqq{ t
fu gqrmslii rfr q-nq{n<ttt dRll
Sloha 82. Power almost regal, exemption from
ailments,decadence happinessand prosperity
of enemies,
are what may be exp;cted in the Sun's bhukti in the
Moon's mahadasa.
c/. qoatfi+r
(tlqlnqqfrl qtdl i\.r{rf}arRqfi;gf}: I
fQnrrndiqrrdrdqrsFr{ir$qfi{cHilFfl{{il
Also nfaldt+{(ul
qlarr*{qr{tarq<rqsqrfdqakfi'61{qI
q\rfliftq,{ai q qlfo nlaig'rrhgft fiin: tt
sTrfrqr{saiqQ ilitra{Hntiiigr t
Itlsri{rfFr{rqtqrgo issis'( ll 41 ll
Slofrn 83. The effectdue to the bhava over which
the Moon presidesmay come off rn the commencement
of its mahadasa ; that due to tl're character of the sign
representingthe bhavaas well as to the Moon's position
will be seenin the rniddle; what is due to the aspect
on the Moon of other planetsand' what affects the part
of the body denoted by the bhava wrll appeartowards
the end of the mahadaea.
l3t
t042 rHfifuft Adh.xvilI.
qm{iqgf,q {Fgilwwa{rffi
\r.Tr{il**q RRtr *{{qqmqq r
frilqleqtfigi g unti fiqrwrirqt'
iii{ gdEl{q;ggef{terq,T},t
ftgr n dB tl
Sloka 84. Aetrologers opine that in the ripening
of Mars' mahadasathere may be attempts at money-
making by taking to fire arms and by engagingin wars
among rival kings and by other \ffays; there may be
coming in of money also by medicine, by trickery, by
fraud, and by diverse cruel acts; there may be suffering
causedby fever arising from a morbid state of bile and
blood : there will be seena propensityon the part of the
perEonconcernedto resort continuallyto the societyof
low women and a crop of hatredemanatingfrom sons,
wife, relatives and reverend seniors. And in conse,
quence of all this, the person will haveto eat bad
unwholegomeiood.

tl . ll
$qrftE{ gtqF{ xil{tgl {qTsqqI
q{flqffind q gi $qq{t;di n d\ tl
Slola 85. Greatheat,dislikeof friends,annoyance
Irom brothers, danger to be dreaded from a ruler and
ruin of all undertakingswill be rhe characterrsticfeatures
of Mars'own interval in thc planec'smahadasa.
c/. qddl?Er
finluquaqqq
sSfrfrq freqqrqqfim'ifirgfHft:
r
arft wstq Rdtqq.tr
flTilffi{l3zq*rqifiirqiur,r'igiil
sl. 86-83 qw{*ss[|at 1043

{ffififr{ qnqFqftil{ilq I
nd cqE{rftftll zq ll
gssqtftrdfkRr
Slofra 86, During Rahu's bhukti in Mars' dasa
thereis peril to be apprehendedfrom rulers, robbers
andthelike; destructionof wealth andcorn andsuccess
in evil purauits.
Cf, qotfq*t
qe;gqrf}: t
qrelffirfisqrw finrff,:Stqfhrfr{qtrdt
srppq{fsq qfi.et figsrqitqI qfrE{Fdtnil
gwft{r'r ll
&wqownfi qod q liilqqq I
w(q{ qd fr{ gfr sqffiFtr ll de ll
Sloka 81. Acquisition of wealth and lands through
Brahmanas,freedomfrom illness, public esteem,aocen'
dancy and happiness will mark Jupiter's interval in
Mars'mahadasa.
cl. nc{t&mr
gsqr
Glfi gqsrql E1'l gH{r
n-anrfifQawglfi{Tfi1fr: I
srqq$rfiqrrtuqr],il-siiqr
qqfi $qinl;c: RSf 11qfro1
ll
Also qtfrqtqtq

morfQ*cizqi&qrfHsorfd{rFr{qrr(fl}Fil{|
scmiqqlgqd.Eg{$qii*ilq{niqfae:tl
{ggrrrFrraqrf{qiiqttirfqnr
q?qqqqffi {r* Sqq{il?d ll dd ll
SJoAa88. Illness leading to much misery, evil
threatenedby enemies,robbers and kiogs and loss of
1044 crirocrRilril Adh. XVIII.

wealth are what a person has to put up with in the

bhukti of Saturn in Mars' mahadasa.
c/. wodrt+r
sv{rfi fiqtt: qtFllidgcoli
qqfslnfaq{<g:eq'iiqerf}:t
EUQ{qIT Ru,ii ritfitnqrfiqrf}r-
,iqfi gqq{lqw+,i q'qqlh ll
Also :il{;[l+{t'rl

*,o1g{lFqqaSent qTuli{qlulTFf,ilfit{tst
t
spqnqrq qG.lTreqilrdi{ll *qquFnlft ll
trqqqlqrqrinuq]sFqwq(I I
{TitItTIqqrb{igi gqqdrr;trll cq ll
S/ofra 89. Accessionof wealth from the trading
community, abundanceof houses, cows and grain,
trouble f rom enemiesand mental worry -these, a person
may havein the interval of Mercury in Mars'mahadasa.
c/. noafft*r
,r{fi qqgr*il qeq}qrtQrfi,
qUqqC{ITTsti
fieisfia'i}n, 1
{q5nqRfrerldi\qii qr
fqrrftqrftrnaifqEqrfrflirg:11
AIso slddtlT{ur
st{rfa{$rTqdFiiuq;
{tei fq{l,i Ud{rrfd}:t
ee,ii.qEq;dfa qo4qgffreqft qR sqRe:tl
gikttsr {rililt q;g0r6tdfs:rq
I
gsrTrffi{:Kt*fi $qftrF(i ll 1o ll
Sloka 90. Great suffering brought on by a dieease
of the stomach, trouble from relat ons and brothers,
'l 353: "-"---Yj
"-Y*T:"-* "".-"-
"-"..-",--
and oppoeition of bad people have to be apprehendod
when Ketu has its interval in Mars' dasa.
c/. mo<tfr+t
3TttfAqqrTft
eEf hnqq{tet
furqqqqtrtrBnqrd\srlilqt( |
wrwqqg,'* q]frfr il ftqRr:
qfa{rfa{G *g: *iargrcq ll

s([;r{qui qq q;g*qlqilqqq I
dieihqilfrlt$i gh fiqq{r-ft ll ql ll
S/ola 91. Jewel for the wife, clothing, incoming
of money,from relatives, odium o[ lemales and their
society(nevertheless)will be what a person may exPect
in the bhukti of Venus in Mars' dasa.
c/. woritft+t
gfq qfinfiqrnfqqqmeEmn
agefirfriiiqtq{*qitu, 1
qftqqqRilfiqlqi qtqqtqt-
qqEdaqqrgqiiqi qfiq-q' tl
Also.tTifii{{ul

fitnqtq-qRqtqqtil,Sqrq{IEqfaqqiat
rtaafqnt|n iiq r;{\ qnatmX;} tt
qt..,lqq

srqiil(gee{ usi aqft{Fqaqt

ercqqqm(rd rfr .TJqqrrrtiltll qR ll
Stoka 97. Blame,odium of the elders,quarrelwith
them, suffering causedby disease,h:art-ache occasioned
by one'sown party are what may croP up in the Sun's
apaharain Mars' drsa.
 1046 lntcrftni Adh. XVIil.

c/. su{ftmr
{qiFnqRWTgq;qqqn: qRqEqaqrqfrqEia:g{e I
srfrftofRa-tft:
Hrqgrcraorftkfirf{fioqrgqlqfleRotfttl
Also qkrifirrrt

eq g=flqtB qgqrfanqK t
;ilirgqTurtnqqt|A
qoqiqqr*frqq fiquqrq,rrg{trqucaFd(F,{:
lt
qogat,rafiarffiilq't
gfiheqaflqot=ar
qrn+,{Efe.1na+rnukr\qrfAhsfi aqfh rr

Worq,I
rrttfrrcti EqgifiIIIftriA
ftnrwt qfiat qt fiqqn<i tt qQtl
Sloha 93. Various comfr:rts that wealth affords,
cloths, pearls,precious stones, orname!)ts,heavy aleep
and ardent passion may mark the Moon's bhukti in
,Marg" mahadasa.
c;. m-cdrfQmt
Rfrtxrgnrfri{q,i},tsft
et{eaalarpnan'vugfi : I
qqfrUrqarft{erfQnx{tet qr8raqqqti
{ito'il sqqrt tt
Also ;illiFmi{(ut

fteii.gqgoqqq1qq1fi
U61saq;qiir1,rutrftr
R+(q *nqfifirdi-giire w+ fiarl +tft rr
{r4rq qrqrdqrqrftdaqqr I
q$\ {qrf}r*u},frftqTi ail q+( u qB tl
Sloha 94. At the out$etof Mars dasa,there will
be humiliationand waste of wealth. In the middle of
the daea,there may be danger to be apprehendedfrom
rulers,fire, brigands,an'Jthe like ; chesamewill happen
aleo in the concluding portion of the dasa.
sl. 96-96 qUtqfrsst{t 10c?

sqfgeq qwflilirq qft

ffiqrrrar q(otg(frilqq t
ati g eWqqili'{qirar
ER
wqntqftq-{.rrdqgci{Ef}il n q\ tl
S/r,rArt95. If Mars occupy the d:pression Navam,
sa in its exaltation house,there will be according to the
astrologers,death among the children and brothers of
the personconcerned,during the dasa of the planet. If
it be in the houseof depressionand occupy the exaltation
Navamsa,the effect will appear in the successof agri-
culture and other operations and in the accessionto
l a n d s ,w e a l t h ,g r a i n a n d m a t e r i a lc o m f o r t s .

ftG'{Gfrqtkiiara{q morgnftfr*rrgsq(
|
sdtEttniqqt{qrdiiqrqgRw( qgft{r:u qq tl
Sloha 96. Loss of such things as comfort, happir
ness,wealrhand worldly statug, the pang of parting
with a wife, children and relatives, illness iq the
extreme,residcncein a strange land, and a dispoeition
to wrangleare what Rahu briogs about.
'n-oajf,iaqtq
gqiqft,flflfiq'irrqrlnuefiftgnIfrdifiuqq;gnnqI
clqrqq
rqEq{nmqiisqqri. fl rq;gfi qq(fiaamr{Erfiq
I
fqg-qtguflaa q116qlEflg1
4nrEqqil nqrqQ'iqgeq{fad.T I
.It gqfFqfi{iq
e{q'tefrr{fhq,ji
erqsoTqfleai:fft6] qfFrq+liiq:rr
e1gG{qnHlqqqlitsqElqr(
slfi{Qqqarff
' qEar,ilfiil{r;I
l0C8 rnnrflqil Adb. XVIII.

{{uilqR{:
ftqqqqR{ter
aFrfAftfr
UFG tt
nrtdv-onr:
tl
ilqntri R{rt q gkiTtt qi{qq I
(G{rdi gn{ ti trg.flert tt q'sll
Sloku 97. Illness of a wife, a controversy, failure
qf the intellect, waste of wealth, roaming in a far'off
lrad and dietreas will be the characteristicfeaturesof
Bahu'l bhukti in Rahu'e dasa.
cf. wiRtr
ftngegsgqst{t{ qwsrngfiqgfi;gfr:I
rfigqTrgsqiaprrin fiygf4pqt e<rR tr
aqrffidrd q ilqffit T{r{rq(l
gFor$qM gft n5fin-n\ll qc ll
Slofta 98. Total disappearanceof ailments and
enenies,royal favor, accessionof wealth, acquioitionof
children and great perseverencewill mark Jupiter'o
bhukti in Rahu's dasa.
Cf. co/.tfq-{r
gfudtfr' g{{aqpi frtlqil qlce{t flITl{rT:I
grffiilurad g$qd] rr
eguqqrredftq11s.tq:
qrffi<uit fti l;gMEftsi(t
qQ{rfr{rd q {* ffSE{rrd il qq tl
Slola 99, A diseasedue to wind and bile, the
distresr of relatives, friendaand well wishers, and resi-
dencein a remote foreign land are what may crop up
during $aturn's interval in Rahu's dasa.
SL T()G-IOS qftqfrsqtrt 1049

c/. qtrdfq-dr
sfffinqqqtrR<* cqi+firsEla ftK: I
IrffTHa qq-gft,iit fift larg: qfi{sqr*+ n
fteq?gsonffifti q qilqqq t
{rqfiftT{rniftgq ag3fltt\ tt t"" ll
Sloha 100. The society of friendc, relatives,wife
and children,accessionof wealth aod royal favor can
be enjoyedduring Mercury'sbhukti in Rahu'sdasa.
c/. qsoElft-*r
qr'ft t
grcfhfe:gaciwrrrfr qftftfr'q.qqiitq
+gftwrpur*noqfrgqenqcwilRuftt n
*{ cqnilfr l gr;nd qg{q{ t
qfrq(qqTslR*ft trgffid tt tot ll
Sloka 101. Brigandage,loss of wealth and honor,
lossof children, death among cattle, misfortunesof all
kinds await a personin Ketu's bhukti in Rahudaua.
c/. n'c{tft-+r
Grrrfff{arRq,iftrihrr flfr(#qgfrt'q,nI
frqeqrff,:seq: gqlrehqErql'il(tftrertr tt
Rt{Trerf,{xrfr!qqrq(gtqqt I
ffig{t{ir ail(g} {r$firFtri ll t"1, ll
Sloka 101. When Venue has itg bhukti in Rahu
dasa,there will be accesgionof vehicler, r,.'-brellac,
chowriesandwealth of varioussorts from forpiga lande;
but there may be trouble from dieaaees,foes and
relativer.
132
'r** ilcrcrftqrt Adb.xvlll.

q/. cioilR-dr
*1qFE: ttqiiqqKat gffir{IiT$qtfl{Irl{: I
qqrfqerffieqtf+ilfEnr,rirerurqrefr
u,il: t
qrdqftRr ftRr qftrffiil{n{ I
tqnt{r{iqrirtfr ngqffiai ll t ol tt
Sloka 103. Love of charitable acts, contentment,
cessationof all violence ancioutrage and the spreadof
a contagiousdiseasewill mark the Sun's bhukti in Rahu
dasa.
c/. q-o.drt{T
srRaqqrqrqfd{teiaqr}: fi qrf}{Ttlfi{rqgRlT
: I
eqgnrfi{rt'leq'igdsq{fifi1rRqreil tt
*.rqtqcfrfqeiqegRrfrtrrrql
r
trfigqadflql u* qi(Eil;tt ll loB ll
Bloho 104. When the Moon has its bhukti in
Rahu dasa,there will be an abundanceof enjoyments,
good crops,coming in of moncy and communion with
kith and kin.
Cf. q,c{h!-*t
a{ian: we} qiwr afifreffinqilqETq{q: I
S[iqdH:nfi.eqq ,riqfan]qilq$R iqfifaq, tt
qiqfig qrdrI
c.itq(qft,ftqr
i\qitqitEl$ RTr( ui qgqrn-fttt t o\ tl
Stoha 105. A combinationofall possiblecalamities,
bewilderment in every work and a culpablefailure of
memory will be the characteristic featurer of Mars'
interval in Rahu d asa.
sl, l0B-103 qW{frsrlt{r M5t

Cf. ssfrRnr
zqlfrineqq nfrRqtqrflrrni,rqR il qilQn:I
qqqqanqqtsiqqrasqlgR sq\e5q:tt
r.fk.frfvgrc rd&rTRn+qaqr;qiltr{|
Mt+{ uqqFdq twrudrritgd EEfriltl
Sloha 106 Rahu occupying Cancer, Taurus or
Aries, aay the astrologers, will secure to the person
concernedduring the ripening of its dasa wealth and
corn, edification and arnusement,honor from the sove,
reign, wives, servants and dependants happy and
well-off.
qrfrn{tnqtrdqtra}{fliiqrt gaqnor{q.I
trnftqs il{Ei q E{nE{rtE$[o<r
.ilrr{_glloetl
Sloha 107. Astrologerssay that Rahu in Kanya,
Meena,or Dhanusgivesto the personconcernedduring
its dasa wife and children, lordehip of lands and a
carriagedrawn by men.
All theseare liableto be lost at the conclueionof
the dasa.
qqqfltEqffqr**zqle qr}-
qhrAq qRqT+
wcdfr {{r qr I
rr-qgFrqqqr
v{*q}qsrt
qgqdg{tof gr(KEr(mt ll I o< ll
Sft.rfrc108. When Rahuis in Leo,Virgo or Cancer,
a personbecomesa king or a king's peer during the
ripeningof its dasa; he wilt commandan army com,
posedof elephantsandhorses,will behighly beneficent,
exceedinglywealthy, devoted to pleasureand dearly
attachedto his wife and children.
lo6tl lTcTqrftnt Adh.xvilI.
- @
I u Y Y V V Y V V Y r Y U - r : r Y - ! ! v v ! v v v Y I Y U U - ! v v u v v r v v t

ffird g!fl*fr q{nqgi qatt{ |

q{r+ qfuarEqftilflrd qq=gfr(ll tol tl
Slokq 109. At the outset of Rahu dasa, a person
cufferg distress; in the middle of it, he may have much
enjoyment; but in the end, he may becomebereavedof
his parentaand even los: his status.
grq{rftfttqmr{nfr nwddfug& ftqfrq t
trrilqrtgr{mRqr{t*rqdr t tiqr* utfr tt
Stoka 110. Jupiter securesto the person concerned,
during its dasa, rank, wealth, vehicle, apparel, royal
qood will, purity of heart, power' knowledge,practice
correspondingthereto, wife, children and all else con'
nected therewith.
c/. q.cdftqt
qtfhqrfsqfr;qgri{v<H;dnftlfiqafflfrXga
at
uarannqrftq{qdggfdfteft&q.tt
ruF-qFqgf,iraig
i{rqn'qrtqtfi{fr : qftqaqRqKft
sTrnga riln{ I
fer64t
gdqqgQilffr:
flIgqTe{H{fl qrfd gftfrrr' *&itq: {flffi:ll

tl tl
il{lfr TrM tffidcrqa{ r
ffiltgtlraE{rdn ttt tl
Sloha 111. Royal favor, great diligence, achieve'
ment of everything attempted. learning and scienceare
what a perEonmay expect in Jupiter'e dasa and bhukti.
c/. q6{R6r
*qrrqtrFo{gqnu0itqq:<rn flrgaffrfa{dlqfAqlliq I
enqrEwrgnqsgRRefHR'tqft tqgil Rdtqqu
frq-.Ht
St. 12-l 14 qerqdsmr 1069

hgfr qinri gr{orciq6qqq,

I
s*{T{qqrslrfr{f,r ffqq{rd ll ttR ll
Sloka I12. A feeling of aversion, mental anguish'
waEteof wealth through the sons,failure of businessare
what a perEon may have to be prepared for during
Saturn'sinterval in Jupiter's mahadasa'
c/. qoeiii+t
flq sr+qfreqfl
iqqmarqqFdIH{Aq Sg'qqgq{tsr I
i{t a.{ifinft ?a+\ ;tilqlq ll
slt-qfrrqqdharqgarfH'
Also std{F{(rt
6{rls:I
irnrnanagfrfrqrifiwqqltqat:
w'ot-,hgfr qt qE gttnrqi qftts*q* n
Mq ttqrit trqat gr{Ha{|
qisqt{rdtifi q ixt ff{flrd ll ttl ll
Sloka1L3. Acquisition of wealthby meansof the
trading community, royal favor leading to material
comfoits and perfectpracticeof hospitalitywill mark
Mercury'sbhukti in Jupiter'smahadasa'
- ured&mt
c/.
frqR,*ftaqFeftq h{qsorfr:t
dqaqqqrTQFqqa
<adordagmtgedi'itqhfqdsrrtEttitq* rt
Also slil{frRot
uqgkilneqg{qrfi sRfqilcFqrqilfr t
moryxlRgt*rfrqa sqfqgt dt+saiqqa: ll
f&nqrqqefiatRfolFsllK:fm q{tert
gftA{Hi qdt-gg} hqifitqra qd fitq ll
uilqqroqsrit'd'lqw qqT'{R3 1
ge'wq{rErftt*fi flqq{I;d tt ttu ll
 10d.4 arilscrft{rl Adh. XVIIL
Sloha 114. Acquioition of pearl and coral orna_
ments,pilgrimagesto holy shrines, increase of wealth
and sufferingfor the aakeof reverendse'iors and the
king will mark Ketu's intervalin Jupiter.smahadasa.
c/. r.odfi+r
{reaoilqqfrue*ffiilq, ftr"qqr aaq*lQgqqqq
r
qrq;gfAd{gqelfrrdfq, fr\engflEs qqlft*g, rr
EErrfA qq{rfrlsrqTqdqqI
di{rqrq{RAfrufi *qq{n-,ilin tt\ tl
Sloha 115. Acquisition of vehicles and other
valuableproperty, the glory of umbreltas and chowries,
trouble from femalesand public odium are to be looked
for in Sukra'sinterval in Jupiter's mahadasa.
c/. s-oa?ft+r
arrfrvpivgqFqqR;dqdtgrnqn{rqangRrlvurR:t
qrfi }rqqrgteE,tl
teBqrirgrTTtlqdiqt{mgqt
Also sldfrnrrul
q tlsnfioqrfE+ftqrrs: I
Aifdq],ilstfqqrili
Rl;rTFftni 6qfi;lq-F,{,{rr},
gt qtqqnt qt|It ll
qfr{hqrqtfam.qu+fiqrrqrnrfa+HgQa
I
flqtaq:q66qmqrtftt qEritftqo q *Ra. rr
{rfirr{i q{ fie{ Tftffii ffirrrq( t
rrcf{{Kqrtr{rfr 61qqur;at
il ttq tl
Sloha 116. Flight of enemies, victory, ease,great
diligence, coming in of wealth, royal favor and sJund
health are what a per$onmay expectin the sun'a interval
io Jupiter's mahadaga.
sl. 11?-118 {gtqfrswtqs 1066
v v v v v v v v v v v v v ! Y v ! Y ! r v v ! v Y i Y v ! ! v v v v r Y v v v Y g v v t _ d

- qodficT
c/.
lltlusitT?{gls;TqrflIfr:I
qritf,q,frf,tqqrqq+1f*o1rt:
irqqqrrggJ$trr6Frrqgita"qg{qrgfiE(stII
Also skf$Tl{(ul
garriaaftqqegal{fifieatqttf,ulfqqs{ t
qri q\{rrf5et faiqil qlqTqqt{q q{i qqa: ll

drue'rrdq{ rrqqtfi gHalt l

R"qqeRwrl{ q-t dtEqil?ili11| {u ll
Sitr&a 1l?. Power acquired under femaleimpulse'
of
royal favor leading to material comforts, acquisition
fine appareland ornaments,are what a person may look
for in the Moon'g interval in Jupiter's mahadasa'
-
c/. *-o-t-it?+it

+nigrqqfiqmqqtorlssqdqeqqrfrandiff,erq{ t
gqi ffqrqt{IG{flfA
kfaqidqqriqqdtE wifri tt
Also qkFnF{{st
fiilqqta' l
irq,wtrq[tuqqTdRq:'itrqRQa
Geraaadgilqt ertr fiarn\ dtaflqqlt tt
6{ird q tqrt cqtqT{q{frq{ |
qaini iiwrd gil dlqqur;eitt t td ll
Slohalls.Failureinbusiness,wandering'high
of spirits'
fever,greatrisk, lossof wcalthanddepression
; p;;" must be preparedfor in Kuja's interval in
Jupiter'smahadasa'
- mosirq*r
c/.
qoryahqqfieqils'ielig&ae.EfAftaqfqnqqtqq t
qcfl(qrtqrnq.
tt
tqnsqEftitqqgfsfrqlflqrer.qiQ(fi
 1066 rfcrqriTfii Adb"xvm.
Also 'fRFffrKE

{utmqqrsqqilf+iq, s*qrieqrqsqFrdqr
*aqar,iisftrtiqr: erqtrgefiqqaf qqrt tl
dfi G qrRqir{qrRq{ter qrrqnfr.rtfrrorI
Efot{rT:
dq6i uqq frqFc{U qq{Fa*frq rr
t{b{rr{ ti qfrq({{nqqI
qiffifr adt*qqtlrrd n ttq tl
Sloha. t t0. Apprehensionof every trouble,diseaee,
occagionfor every possiblecalamity,and deprivation
of
income-this falls to the lot of a person in Rahu'sbhukti
in Jupiter's mahadasa.
Cf, so(iftdr
q-grnRerrqgeqqfdahrqq
gaq* q-srlqiiei r
qr*qftsqqR6qn<
qaru:$qqtqqfhqRqmgfi}
tl
Ctqhriqqrr
eggqqt ilqr eq* {,i
ffidr swrdiqatuiMrqnr
\
ili gr++* qit qartrq{ff(gd
fffiqilRq{ tqrf\qidUil nlRofl
Sloka 120. Jupiteroccupyinga depression Navam_
sa in its exaltationsign bringson during the progress
of ite dasadangerthrough robbers,foesand rui.rr] th"
hatredof wife and sonsand bad luck generally;Uut
when the planet is in the exahation Nivamsa'in its
depressionsign, it Eecuresduring its dasato the p.r.*
concerned,royal favor, materialcomforts,learning,
wis,
dom, fame,wealth and the influencewhich uu.t iling,
carry; and it may even be the lordehip of the whj"
country.
sr. 121-182 wrcql$qtqt iorr

qd Nfielt
iroft$qrqqaTitTqnr{ ll
the
Sloka 121.Astrologers declare that during
posseseion of
dasaof Saturn, a person may come into
birds and coarsegrain
;;;;t, a$ses'..tut., old women, guild' town-
lnd g.t *.rlrh by int administrationof a
ruler of a
ship or village community and becomethe
low tribe.
o/. sa-fi|q-fiI
isaffilsalflH:l
GaqqErnqirrq{lerryrrqfiqfiaf}gfd:
qgftiq-g$fR: gaERqq'lilqqiir'suqtfi : ql(Kr$dltl: 11
{rfis&{s RqqrtgarGfrtrr( qrdi<taftfiomqs'qolq{|
gdrft qfi*Hgfi qqlgrTrmfht eaalfrHqTqil{l( ll

1tfiEqnqffi.tl
ffinraqtfqnqi$i q qriw\ri{gfirmnqt
rpnrift*mr;rtni m'fritq;qr<trquritt t1l ll
Sloha 127. ln its own dasaand bhukti, Saturn may
bring on diseaseand suffering through the trouble,and
torment which thd personunder its influenceis madeto
undergo; by exciting his envy and pride, it leadsto
much sorrow and mental anguish; by exposing him to
the rapacity of kings and freebooters'it depriveShin pf
hie wealth aod store of grain.
c/. wo4iR-tt
ufqqfAusqQltug4l:qqqTqiiltqqdiqq{ |
fiqqiflilFa{q?lrfaq tt
rqfingqrfrRoflFql{q}
133
 1068 qrialllnqa Adh XVIII.

GearfiIrqiqrqartffi{
nqftw{*t hqeqrmritqr
qgrrdiqt'tfrgrERrRdH'
cqrqilnssTff
wtr.i EEfun tql ft
Sloka 123. In Saturn's dasaand bhukti, a person
has to encounteropposition, incur the displeasureof the
king's men, keepold servant,women,and be in dread of
his cattle being poisoned; his wife and children have
much suffering; himself being liable to fever, wind or
phlegmailmentsand to colic,
gt*lffiqtfiE& s-.qqfqrtrrqEr
I
gt q=Eq{rr.ft
UftqlfrrEnrqrsift rt tRBtl
Sloka 124. Increaseof happiness,
wealth and fame,
the benefitsaccruingfrom acLsof piety and customary
religious observances, agriculture and commerce,
a"
person may expect to have in Mercury.s interval
in
Saturn's dasa.
c/. no<?r?mr
gqrrcqqftigleai qRil Zqoroi fiqqfdqgR: r
frqafas' fi(ng{rw nfqqTqilftFr
ilil$gk ii
Also qtil+trTttT

qrrsilqugr*qqa'{Trcqfin fiuqqn, I
Gfwqn=q*{:msTdtqeil r{iSi nfiqr+srirrt
qnitrud iri uoi dFgdir r
grn{qqfl*fi tfr qqq{rr;r\rr tR\ tl
Sloha 125. Diseasecausedby wind and bile, quarrei
with vile wicked people and dread of evil dreims. &
sl. 126-127 qgrqfrsqtTr 1059

etu's interval in
,
Saturn's mahadaea.
c/. n-c<lft*r
qfift{teqqft"qsq gdET#lqqfi:qaa{ t
qTgqnaniQa qq gq.Htqdi hgq* tt

ffg*t qtfrfr qrqrRqqaruft{|

6.qriAgqm'rftufi ffqq{Fitt ll tREll
Sloha 126. A person experiencesthe good will of
relatives,the approbation of the people, accession of
wives, property and wealth, and the joys arising from
agricultlreand kindred pursuitspendingSukra'sinterval
in Sani-dasa.
c/. ro<?rQ+r
.\
Sfritqqrqqfiadqq' t
gq$qlf,qqnTF{{f,:
gqfiffitqafnteqni qqqlqQlftflr
uiicqa ll
Also flildi-{Wt
: t
*vrfirprg{*oqoGq: aitqiqtnTGsf,eqg+
qm: fl*tqtrqrgqrq,qivl
qqr;qfiTv:frsR$a tt
g{,il;t}ffiai '{ Er*fiR'ffrir{ t
qqr'd{qTiqrfrft ,TIfi ff(E{rr(i ll tl\e ll
of wife and children, trouble from
Sloku 1,27.L'.-rss
the king or robbers,and a sinking ofthe heart, a person
hagto experience, during the Sun's bhukti in Saturn'E
mahadasa.
Cf. qn-o-{i\*t
q{q q EI figqq snn$qfu+ qd{tTsiTI
qr+AdqilgrifAtrfi
'Eq'{r;qfa6gtdf(e a1a* lt
1060 c|urcrRilril Adh. XVI[.

Alsd qkHiTrRqt

q;T6fnfi*rq;gfrerrrrdrflanrrrFrT{Uq\
sr( I
ftq*eq'flesa qfr;qr: qd fFqt ffqE{Fd{rUtt

wfrqtrt grdrgit wrwq I

qrdtqqqrs'HA
q;A q;ffittFiti n tld tl
Sloha 128. Death of a revered matronly female,
sorrow, dislike of reirtives, coming in of money and
wind disease may bz expcctedduring the M:cn's bhukti
in the daeaof Saturn.
c/. ncalft-*r
qfinr(fidqqtqzqiUii fqqfhstqqq{ r
;rtr{Tdqqqqftqqqqflqrgnfa{rfi
iri* +} tt
Also qrcsF{tq

fis +fbiogqifi,il'r) rrtq-JfRurr:

efi,ifialsfQ r
srotEflHqdifiar;n qftng* 6a,qar;611il
11
qrwgfr q{dt{ .Trrrftqqr-ii{q{
|
wiicrgEi{tstfr\ q;qE{n;ftu qlq tl
S/ofta 129. Loss of place, serious illness, various
apprehensions, distress of brothersand friends haveto
be looked for in Kuia's inrerval in Saturn'sdasa.
Cf. medr!-qr
qqpgfr q f,qfiq(qraft aefi vrrt{qqT
I
efirkrnarqfqiq{rfaagufinfd{ftgt rr
Also qrc*rr{wr
qFqrqqnftnq.qq* qntsqrqufAqlqa erq t
FqrEflfiis q,ig,iii{rFd\{f}gdqqR ll
sl. 130-132 qsrqd$3rr: 1061

ffiistqwilr,{ *tReqftsrq t
rq+ilRmlR qr* qtqc{fiFilttl llo ll
Stoha 130. The anguish of diseaee in every [imb,
the devastation wrought by robbers, foes and rapacious
rulers, and the deprivation of wealth are what a person
may have to suffer during Rahu's bhukti in the dasaof
Saturn.
c/. q'oelft-+t
efiflfrqnqgfqfiG Hq{Tqkgrgeqq{q I
zrrqRrr=atftrifi qlflrqilrt
Fq(gftfaFirnair
irqtEqffi q w{tii qtgttt I
qrqoTqq{Igifigft u<<rnrettr tlt ll
Sloka 131. Devotion to Gods and Brahmanas,royal
favor, great happinessand attainment of rank, a person
will have,during Jupiter's bhukti in Saturn'sdaga.
c/. so-(ifQnr
fiefiK qt( r
a{qil+qBqqunftdt'Jwlqrr
qqqr;q&{ft{T l{ lof ue<uerf*nqfioqgttt
trl5q q[d-{1l(vl

rol{afi gprd fierrit qqTqlSiriltfto:I

ltqro{orqgn}ar, ("]q {$qil i<firf qqft rl
*+ ffiqrfr tilgtf ${fd de,f no
qrfl* g fln{flffiqt s'&so rftaq t
qwidq.mqfrqrql qrsrEaligsi
ETlr*Rg-+r*ftqiq,tgrri flt{rr6q lt tlR ll
Sloka 132. Saturn occupying'the depression Na'
vamsain its exaltationhouse produceshappinessat the
commencementof its dasa, but towards the end, it ig
ry:-""-"---"-"""
"
fraughtwith woe to the creatures concerned, If the
planetoccupythe exrltationNavamsa in its depression
Lour., the end of the dasais hrppy while in the initial
portion there may be evil to be fearedfrom robbersand
err.mier,muchmiseryand roan'ing in foreignlands'
cdqqTigengft*(qldiqftttsdstfr |
fiei q Kst ftq'qq't*{rqftqretq${Rflltltll
Sloka 13j. During the period that Mercury's influ'
the
encetakeseffect,a person will earn money through
relatives and
instrumentality of reverend seniors'
he will go
iriends; he will have fameand happines$;
dealing in gold
on an embassy, derive an income by
ware and suffer from wind ailment'
-" s-cdft*r
c/.
freitqTfiotq:I
1tq{mr&qogftaafrnuqrfr:
rRra-rqq{Tqi
er{qfrrre{suistttrq{tq
{gq{g(Wlfa(Fgrilflf,f}: tt
ft'qiqi\R gez{IlrTqlqq}eq Rdrqtfkaqrra geqflIqq.I
S{l qEcq{l
rilqer:qgfsffisn qilq*rt qTqT.rrdrfagaEi

ll tl
fr iqT'J6qqfdft;=w;if{{nqtqI
n{srql{dflqit fi*t qAqE{I<t ll t18 ll
Stoha 134. Acquisition of beautiful houses and
and relatives and
apparel,money through Brahmanas
be looked for in
success in every undertaking may
Mercury's bhukti in its own mahadasa'
-'. soajtq+t
cf.
qinfrtirfafiqfhdifiqiTftqefreqGilot
qem{
e*R.ll
fiqqr {Sqrt:gq flErff-di flti
sl. 136-13? dltlldtsqnrt r003
---''----'----'

r;g$sr qfiilr{ tffidq(t

ur{rruqilfrft *fr fttqEil=ili ll tl\ ll
Sloha135. Troublefrom relatives,mental agony'
lossof comfort,dreadof an enemyand failure in busi'
ne6sareto be expoctedduring Ketu's interval in Budha
dasa.
c/. qc<1iimr
g:({tilfi{oISerqdlrlFrnEwfqfteflgfr:
t
ffiqFqfrgfr{El{Aqfrrqtnrarra:ft(fi tt
udqTfrt{qsqlt q{t{'i ilr t
T{ffii$ft gh drrqq{Id ll tlq ll
Sloho 136. Of{ering of acceptable presents to
reverendseniors, gods, fire and the Brahmanas,obser-
vance of duty conformable to religion and morality,
acquisition of wealth, clothing and ornamentswill mark
Sukra's interval in the dasa of Mercury'
c/. s'odfr{t
rI
tqfrqtltt[qqflfiqi qFIqfrqKKIIIFIIt
qe{soqeft,iit q}qqrgR
snet fHt tt
Also qlf,:61-+Rrt

figvwgaailiftstEt:guil{iegtinTrFtn:I
Gfru<efiryulqT${lgqq{T;ifl}sfi '{rrli tt
nnlqqriarfiiiqlqt ftriltar qISftil{tfiIqrtt I
tilfi qrqi figw-ntrt fha:qqn: qqqfldhfiq. tt
qq{quriqqrffi{Iqqtfr q6qq I
qdeqomrfrftcf gqqfl<i tt tle ll
Sloku 137. Acquisition of apparel,ornaments and
wealth, royal favor, great ease, and hearing of moral
r064 mnrqrfiufi Adh. XVIII,

homiliesmay be expectedin the Sun'sbhukti in Budha

dasa.
c/. q-g<ifi*t
frRgrgrwiT{utqqf,qffIqflqlqgt I
Usi.ft q Wn rq( {rgrTrf}figT-q+rektr
Also qlffihlrr(ol

ETwfiilqI
E{'fitai I gGguoriflq-q{TutwR
qiqrR{gtrqnt tfrqe qr* nqi qqi tt
qFqrid: gqw +ffRE rrqq+iqpqffi;qfafl{ |
qt qTfr gth ilft ffi1: lTqEfld
hiiq tt
rMtqqa.i q*firqi+{rr{{|
qgcfisqflsifr qA firrfin-'dt tt tlc tl
Sloka 138. Diseases,ill'will of enemies,miscarriage
of every concern,risk from quadrupeds await a person
during the Moon's interval in Budha dasa.
Cf. woq'lfq{r
q<fidrrFnqflqrqiei
Sg4grgmo6{fgq*,
rtrqfl{rqgfrqqt,iqqgg'i arfi nlnqlfio}rf
Also qffiilrItq
qrqffiFrrrqrq: qFdqqrtr{qi fqqrq:t
fQrqdqr wg rn{fer qErqsiq$({i wa: 11
tqrftqqild n goq56n6fitt I
ll qlq ll
nqCifrqqriritg'i fpq-q11F*
S/ofra 139. Disappearanceof all danger lrom dis,
easesor enemies,fame derived from acts of charity and
beneficence,and royal favor accrue to a person during
ja's bhykti in Budha dasa.
st' 14G141 arrrlsrtlr 1066

ct.
sTftfffr{F ieqt tql qH qqtrffqg:ftcr t
EqrtrRrqqnil'ratflrgq(tfr iRfigt ll
Also qrfrfi"Fr(gl
qr( mrnrgcfrftfrgt,Rq:
gqmqrfuqunge: t
fres{fi q{q: qF} gqq wt qgflil(+ n
fte$gqq{rfr gt*ffifiWsTqt
ffqCtfrqilsiRrAM ll tgo ll
Sloha 140. During Rahu's bhukti in Budhadasa,a
persongetswealth from friendsand relativesand secureE
to himselfhappiness,learning,ornamentsandroyal favor'
c/. s-s-<itt-qt
qrr{fffitawgft: qqii\sfrffiqq qq{ |
q<fiRErrqffi rftflfrqqEflirrts$ tt

{s{--ggea{qffi{ gilrqR(l
t*ftsftMll tgt ll
Stoha141. When Jupiter hasits bhukti in Budha
daaa,a personwill incur the hatredof friendo,relatives
and elders; will haveadditionsto wealthand children,
and the like.
end will be liableto risk from diseases
c/. s-ddiftml
*qfrRflaqrsfr: :
aq1ft{qqunrgft,itn
susq]iq{Fefhitq} qrrtqt tt
qqffrRaqsi
Also srtrdrtrGt
fl Ff,rgitr;r<gilsRE<r
ne+daqrarRHftc' t
sqrt tt
r;fl n: terqfiq5rqg:fi5ffi fr}sqE{li
LU
1066 tttscrnilfi Adh.xv[I.

ffigrqq-qwdrmrt
u.qGqwqrdfrrrfr frtqqil=* ll qul ll
Sloko 142. Acts of charity and beneficence,acqui'
sition of wealth, material comforts securedthrough the
instrumentality of petty chiefs, loss in agriculture and
the like will mark Saturn'gbhukti in Budha dasa.
c/. q-g-{fr{r
: q'intRq'FqqGqTq
edqdqfigfrt*ih r
&rqrnqftif euffit ilrargft sqrctsfHitt
Also sftr{fiT{q

{-qq+i} rgq: qol{t I

srm{qfrqRqrg{EqT
ErilltqrdlsfAg{l{:
n}'qi-auUafefrrrq.{rr
sqttfbqarfrrqj ffiqffiqftqr t
stft qdisd fi{{rt q P+hqutul tl
Sloha 143. Mercury occupying the depreseionNa-
vamsain its exaltation sign, producesincompetencyfor
work in the person concernedand makeshim indigent
in its dasa.
frqqwaqTP{tlqwqf}qdl t
$srfi ffi qf g{qi qqiofr ll t88 ll
Sloha 144. Mercury in depressionbut in the exal-
tation Navamsaordainsprosperityin the endof its dasa
thoughin the beginning thereofall be barrenof effect.
{ifi ft r{fr sRi\t6"dd
I
nHrqqrsoft{Rfreilqs

ftfiftgd q fufr*arqRqrdffitll t8\ ll

sl. 146-14? qUq&EffiTr 1067
-
nfluence Utgi"' to
ripen and yield fruit, a person feels distressed ; his
,*r" and judgment fail; he becomesafflicted with
variousdiseases ; his physical torments grow; his evil
actsmultiply ; his life ie oneof greatmisery' His com'
forts, if any, are but slight.
c/. ncclfQ*t
*nttmqrqft*ri\,{iei q {atRgsqt.q.t
$uqp66iqk+iqqhulq6qt{rrqll
fquqrqqrq
frtitdss;ilfi: qgq{qR{tqr
frrRqfrdqmqt ft<qlilqnq' t
TT{R dgqrqi Nr lqttrRq{Eq{qihtiuqfiqlqq q ll

ll
soxsd{fli g(dfrdttnEriqI
ftsqtftq{H}frtil tsqwili ll tBE ll
Sloka 146. When Ketu 6as its intervalin its own
daoa,a person hasto apprehendthe death of his wife
an.l children, loss of happinessand wealth and evil
from his enemies.
c/. nu<lfttt
RgqqooqgefitqeeqqqEq: q3q tErgEI(( l
qffiqq{qrft Rtara f{fbfi otn qil Trt ltqr( ll
I
*g{fursot rftrGq111tu.
cttrfteitqm}ft gh *gffird tt t8uelf
Sloka l4?. Illnessof wife and children, qtrarrels,
loss of relatives and friends, fever and dysentery ate
what one should be preparedfor in Sukra's bhukti in
Ketu daaa.
I068 ttdrwQlrt Adh.xvilr

Cl. s.o{tr{r
Gwt*et faqtfttq gge+G 6q51qgfn:1
qM qqfafrt ftrRrcm-nr* tt
qRqqsilai
Tirqi {ffi Rt1ttrlr-i{qq I
(ffifrt{ q tfr *gqqrd rt quull
Sloha148. Diaappointment, ptrysicalpain, exile in
a foreigncountry, peril and obstruction io every busi'
neEsare likely to crop up during the Sun'sinterval in
Ketu's dasa.
c/. u'o<t?rr
$qrrrui Fq6616ri14nin*RnqrrotqqI
tt
zqaft{tr( oqrmf4trfr Gt frrftqcflflgqrt
qrrg{wflotdqffiarfui{dq I
$Kilqq{Tfrfrq-Afuqlllf,rt il t8q tl
Stoha.L49.Ennui affecting wife, children and
attendantg,dertruction of wealchaud corn, and dietress
of mind are to be lookedfor in the Moon's bhukti in
Ketu dasa.
c/. n-e(lftm
ggqqgqna\q ilfi: gilR{d Tgg:qr{rqfi: I
qtRTfrqqr ftftqrqrggti rr
qRil{gqftqnrqerq:

S{ililgq*iWgq{t
T;S{EIq{rmftSi*-gqqrdll t\o lt
Sloka 150. During Kuja's bhukti ia Ketu dasa, a
perton hagto incur the oditrm of his sono, wife and
youngerbrothera,to sufferpain from diseaoes,foeo and
bad rulers,artd to losetome relatives.
 qclqisslrr 1069
Sl. 161-l5s
-""""'"----""'
c/. n-e<lfitt
qs;q{6{qqqnit q{qft qarTqqqFd*tra. I
gf,qe{q{g{fei q qqR 5+ ';qqqtGqtTS:ll
rq-+r$4grdtfitnfftnrrrq t
{r* +-gftfitrt ll lrl
gsqHEdETE ll
ruin
Sloka151. Fearof kingsand robbers,sorrow'
peopleare
of every businessand altercation with bad
to te e"p"ct"d in Rahu'sbhukti in Ketu dasa'
- q-ddR-dr
c/.
qarq qqP'ildtflT:1
e+Rrra*ea}u{tft+i.'iqqR
qsqaqqqqfie?eraqffi rlis* ftrdFqgqqrg:tt
Aqkqgecm(rqatffK[qq{l
gt *qfintd ll l\1 ll
{s{oF,Tqrftit
Sloha152. Approbation of Gods'Brahmanaeaod
and
eldere,king's good will, exemptionfrom ailments
for in
,.qoisiciorr'oflands and children may be looked
Jupiter'sbhukti in Ketu'sdasa'
-'go**i
Cf. s'o{irtdl
gt"qg q(ftqqrflHqnqfifrfq: 1
qar.rqiqq{ilqrrt qqft qts* gfr ftrd;qaJqqll
q4prq T{Rr'{ gq;gil{Rffi{ |
{rfr M
tqsrqffiETmft ll t\1 ll
Sloha153. Misgiving in the heart,mentalanguish
of
dif ference with kith and kin and the abandonment
native countrv will mark Saturn'sinterual in Ketu dasa'
c/. qddftdr
qRqqffii: qfrsili figq{Rqqqs{sf,i q I
nqrgwtqdqftdgi ftKqlqrlgI tt
"rdqqftgft
 10?0 ltlrqIIKI Adh.xvilI.

rffiriqlt grEqfiFrqqI
gt *gfin ft tl t\B tl
Rqngtqqililfu
Bffia 154. The society of relativee, friends and
the like, accessionof wealth to sons and wife, aod
happineos derivablefrom knowledgeaccruein Mercury'e
bhukti in Ketu dasa.
c/. s-cdfrdr
Sr{c{fi ng{rlR: frRqqftf}rfr,rrtqftsrt
qgafrffffi.i\ riuifrnft gt ftrfrq-.Ffi-Tw{tt
gqqEgilr*gr eE{rqi gqEsI
qrt frqrtquf stft RSi fi{ n t\\ tl
Sloha 155. Ketu associatedwith a benefic planet
yields happinessin its dasa. If aspectedby a benefic
planet, it leads to the acquisition of abundant wealth.
ll{lqsWd fur qqT*gs{atl t
dfr uftqffitrt q6ngq il t\E fl
Sloka 156. When asgo:iatedwith malefic planete,
Ketu producesdanger throuqh the instrumentality of
wicked men and misery through acquired diseaseelead,
ing to waste of wealth.
qtrrfi gursilfti ErnqstT{rqlt{ |
gqrmfr
Enntr ffiEhmifrqrrrt\s rr
Sloha 157. Three-fold is the effect of Ketu'g dasa.
At the beginningof it, eldersand relations are trken ill ;
in the middle of it, there is money coming in; at the
end there is happiness.

frnmrftqdiE fr{ gwqqrcqpqqqffiqI

qmrftrrrn{:Rqrdgqri
firs qqrt Ug,qirfriil tre
=l13:]"T" --"lTl
""",""-," :S'T: "-"""---"""'acquisi-
Sloha 158. Venus in its dasa leadsto the
comfort'
tion of wife, children, wealth, exceediog
other
fragrantwreaths,apparel,ornaments,vehiclesand
fortune and fameequalto a king't'
meanEof locomotio-n-,
c/. q-dfri\6r
*tergdq?npll tlqdqIil{t'il ta*pofif\qqqrq'itar' t
arRqlqr(|I
ffi f*qrRft qqrqsft {l ffi i *aqrqqfqgqrqfr
fincqtgarfr:I
qqfAutfrf il Er;qEIft++{
fiqsfiqaqrqqrsfrurtr,iqr ll

tl rl
wqrdwmflffi qqtRgwqq!|
RgIr{ qililr{ g* gnE{rdil} ll t\q tl
Stoha159. Acquisitionof conches, females'weatth
securing
and apparel,goodwork and other auchmeansof
disappearance
perfect-b"ppiness, of enemiesand attain-
,.nt of famewill mark sukra's bhukti in its mahadasfl.
c/. wc<lR-tt
qffitqqqrflqFqilqgqq: qqETgqHrqq:I
gfrgR' fhfrflffio-qfr uggt eqni qGrtaRtt
Ittflttti q Efrrllkffirqq{|
ilMitqitgnwrF&ll tQoll
Slokul60. ln the Sun'sbhukti in the dagaof Venuo'
the head'
a personbecomesliable to diseasesaffecting
in respectto
tt. U.tty and the eyes; he sustainsdamage
agriculrur",cattle proptrty and incurethe displea'
"nd
sure of the rulere.
ro72 r|Grftl|i Adh.xvln.
c/. wc<?ft*r
qqroRffifrorriqq:ftfr,zil qqqfr flifiqrq I
Urudqrqr;qq{elugfrgfi qTgsfrftqt rt
Also qfc-+fr<ur

Wftfr{fr q;gfiffrf,ffqilnqqne{: qT( |

#eqw-ffluqfi {rsr ,{r,hqR rififiin: ll
fffisrqrRftgflsql
ftikstqqqmlfrqA g{E{nd ll tqt ll
Stoha I6L. When the Moon hasits interavl in the
dasaof Venus, a person suffers much pain from a disease
due to an inflammation in the nervous tissuesand from
lust and other evil passionsof human nature and what'
ever easehe can feel under the circumstaoces must be
small or slight.
sd{tft'drcr{
qtqfr Enerrqfi
rti {ft * +qqf il {ti{ |
qftUqmqtqfr{fsifraq,ilefrae {RqftqR
tt
Also qrtrmr{(q
qftiqd{qftsagi:rmes{dlffie ftn{ t
t{{ q qilqi {r{qr-il{rrt feq{Til ff
qlq-qrq&
thhrftqn:qffr wnsil qrBiTfr;mqr{|
{rffirilqlefidrs{quroTq:lfit q;qqtfr *trd. tt
furqmrfttriq qfut qiFrq{|
(rrwr{qrsifrof gsErrr;ilitl tql ll
Sloha 162. Flow of bile, diseaseof the eyes.great
exertion, coming in of money, acquisition of wivec and
lande are to be expected in Kuja'a bhukti in the dasr of
Venue.
 qurq*ss'rrqr 10?3
sL 163-164
NOTES.
rogam cha) is anot'her
" Bappifu ipi q " (Pitthasrigakshi
reading.
Ct. soEtqTI
ffwdlqqqFtfrg$('t
rftrfQqqqrffrgnelq'
g{R{rqgqq6;gffivqqsmffi$ si ll
[l5s qkT'dlrT(or

fiarsrretG+rrfr lr t+eqqkqq{fiMrqI
qrk$gt tsgi\itrrqrq
gmr{6qeqr,itq
H--fiaqlilnwg*C i $tqh' sl(g fdqF{: t
stsrr+ qdqqm.ne\*eif*q qilqR fl(q. ll

froqKqaqrfiffga'i $6sq{ t
qftqTqlr{lftitn* grq{rFn\ll tql ll
forming
Sloktt 163. Acquisition of black substances
relatives' evil from
a valuable prop."y, dislike oi
be expectedin Rahu's
friends, and injury by f ire may
bhukti in the rnahadasa of Venus'
c/. q-o-/ilfimt

ft fq,{q:gaaf}q{f,eEl{qnnqirT':qfifit{itt
a.qa*rfiitfi q'iie:i soq\q<q'Hrilsg\tt
fiqaiqwft qqiqrtgH{ |
drgtrffi q Aqd gft gtErrr'.c\tt tqu ll
in Sukra's
Sloha164.During the bhukti of Jupiter
mahadasa,a persongets wealtb' appareland ornaments'
p"ti"t*t his religious dutie.s.leadinghin t9 ultimate
there
ir.ppiness;his wife anJ children may fall ill and
maYbe distressin cousequence'
135
1074 rftiqfiqfi Adh. XVilI

c/, q-o-qlft*l
o\
ffiqqqRillcfFmfl q{ft qr.qqlrrrglfiqq: I
Rfiqrrsqgsq qlffiqi aRqweftartm-qrqh
tt
Also qlil{f}rol
quRse*i0rRrq{.iqnr{fRR'gdEr(*qq.
I
qoqEri+fr{vorTftt
il4nrqiqrfFqff} u
Tqdqili,iloi wtrqiFrrr{ |
ffiqrrrqqT*frqq grffirJ(t il lq\ ll
Sloha L65. Liaison with femalesthat are past their
prime, accessionof houses, lands and wealth and the
disappearanceof enemieswill mark Saturn's bhukti in
Sukradasa.
Cf. q-o-fifrmr
qrndlqz+mexra
miifQqer{hr,{f
il r
fifiqfqrqfi;ri3{i: fifiqdqaqrq'rirni} tt
Also sld{Iqwt

Re{ t
flxlafiqiqgirftqciiffirs?Ttftq?itq
\n \ \ . \
gEI(qHl qflql q{lTql {rqal(qT;d{ql EilI q( ll

gdirut*pltft tqdiit ue6uqr

gqqrtqqri'rfr gt gffEdrr(iil tqE tl
Sloha 166. During Mercury's interval in the dasa
of Venusa person secrrresthe comfort of his 8ons,
friends,wealtlr, royal favor, happincsson a large scale,
prosperitl' and sound health.
c/. q-it-'.ifq*t
a{qs}pqqqljr{q*qqifiqqeGedaqudrqrt: I
q=qi ||
qq{aaffi rffirR=gfi,igqqf:aq{refd
 qtrddsqtat 10?6
sl. 16?-1?0
*

; tt*t-*
qirseqfif\.dtolI
1ft: ntarft qq'qErafin
g<+r<tftftfiar-aufrinmiqt{ttC rr
toi r:gnd q u1{rerTrilqs{|
qffirnhfrgtqilmt tt tE\ell
Sloka16T.Discord,deathofrelatives,injuryin,
and depriva'
flicted by enemies, misgiving in the heart
be preparedfor
tion of wealth are what a person should
in Ketu's bhukti in the mahadasaof Venus'
c/. radiff+;t
{qrTdlEfiqrilaq;ntq I
nagerQeQrcfiiflq
ftlsfi qlsafr{qiitE{lq.ll
erfrq <tra{qaRgfr:
sqtrfiqnrgfr frqtuffiqF{di I
qnr* trifirrdq s{r( qdtgfrq.11lQc ll
Sloka 169. Venus in its exaltation sign but in the
loss of
depressionNavamsa causes loss of wealth and
statu* in its dasa.
sI
: drqitruqqf}Eil
,Tr.fi{d'rqtrfirqr
q(ri ufrqrisrc'itr{sl}i qwsft ll lqa' ll
Slofta 169. Venus in its depressionsign but in the
exaltation Navamsa gives to the person concerned
during the ripening of irs dasa, (successin) agriculture
anCtrade and accession to his wealth'

srqqtt{: ttesfit w\qi doqifrilriiw t

diddrqnq{r{i{fi iqrfieqil sot{qfrll lso ll
 -,-- - l*i"*-
i919-",--""- -."--i*:Y-'l'
Sloha 1?0. As regardsthe crop of fruit borne, the
dasaof a planet having full strength or in its exaltation
is termed full or complete; that of a planet without
strength is termed emPty. The dhs.aof a planet in a
depressionor inimical Navamsa is to be understoodas
untoward.
Norns.
Thislsloka is from Brihat Jataka. q{fr (Prasuti) means
Radix position; Chart at birth tinre. tlwi (Sarnnurna) is the
name given to a dasa of the planet n'irich is in exaltatiorrand is
well-placed too.
c/.'rfi:
frqlttae qdlqqnsq t
flrtqkqt wr hqr '{qrilrqfiqfqf,ttt
d{ifielqe dtqnftiqasq t
fiil q1qqai iqr qqlilrufqaifqjil tt
dtqirftrrnsrq f+fqeegilqq I
tqi ilq (nr iqr qETfii{,fi gt{I ll
rI: aT.9{{frqFqkl'llqifiqqi{* t
astfqesaTalq 6qtr:q?qfiqfk'it rt
Also Uult{t
4A;eI: I
qsFq{T{q{l9a-{<irrRudFSi.{lf}f,s{t
)rei qai FgqeEgst:5if:n 'T,E
gq{;qqlfr ll
n<fr* t3fiai'rr:refirarftmr{tigoe HIfAI
qgtlq"tarqs
fl.ilia<i\qqrtg )ft qrt'qfiertt
Also Rrsdf

diqettfifiqqTrtgQ(F,rl:
qqoi{|,{tfi{ qftq: esTt r
SL r?1-1?3 ffisstrr r0?7
- v - - - - v - - - - - - - v

fiitqqrtrsQat:g,reBgtn:
)tei qni fi'.qfi qqq:g ({il' tl
dtq{E1acwt: {lsfqait,trd'ri,t
flqorl,qTqqq;qT q{ristq{}qqt{ tl

eqgrnrimtiuE{r1q;o{flg q t
(Tf,r{i*Tt{f aTI(qqtikil{rr*l tl tel ll
S l o k a 1 ? 1 . I n t h e m a i n d a s aa s w e l l a s i n t h e s u b '
sidiary dasaof the lord of the rnd or theTth placefrom
any bhava,there will happenthe destructionthereof by
(1) the planet occupyinq the [,irava; ('{]) the onE aopecE'
ing it ; or (3) the rrrtttt+ (bhava'karaka) representingit
Nolt s.

Vide also A<lhyaf a V, S1. 50, supra.

iH.iq**{wil qio+ qR tituart t

qflrl;(1i{rr+6uii}c f}geig({q.ll l\eRll
S l o h a 1 ? 2 . I f b ' - t t etfc p l a . n e t so c c u p y i r l ga T r i k o n a ,
the 2nd and tl're llrh l'liavas be strong. chcy produce
m u c h h . r p p i n e s si l r i r r : l r d a s r s t r n d a n t a r d a s a s .

qsq{ruzTrf}fis{irr1qUqi qK{qTiicII( |
:
fr* qqt {rggt{r{nil( ll
ilirresqrit Eqtr$uFii
git dTqqqEqqt iqrr*IiEriqi qrildqrft-
eiltsgK{'rsqg: tr
t ef w h i c h t i ) e r n r t t e r
S t o k a 1 7 3 .I n J , r t a k a p a r i j : .o
has beenculled f rom cvery astrc)logirai work and rvhich
 1078 srd6crft{(a Adh. XVIII.

consistsof 18 Adhyayas,the whole subjectof astrology

beginning with the nature of the lodiacal signs and
ending with the fruit of the drsas or pianetaryperiods
has beentrcated by me under the auspicesof thc Sun
and other planets

T h u s e n d s& c .

COLOPHON.

tiineKttire qsli}RsrtlqsqTf\dA tT{ttt| |

qrrc*
;qlfifqr s{qoqqnt dffitr q|(sqriiGn(s
tl
.S/otru174. (lonspicuouswith its eightecnbranches
in the form of adhyayas full of bright blooming star$
a n d d i s p l a y i n gm a i n l y a l l t h : f n r i t s t h : y h e : r r t, h e c e l e s '
tial tree <-rfhorcscopessratflfieta (JatakaParijata) has
b e e nf u l l y d e s c r i b e d .

(flrr{tqt5ftl
srii ufuEToti EEqfr
qIqHTit qq6diailT{ itloT?titslifi{ll
rgqiffi Wdrqqftiql',itrrqdirrrftd
3T
fr;qfrqa*qql gqst qFer6(.:i q Tqr( qs\

qryrsErfft;gnffuir\nqaqnq
giqrqrEfr'{TEiigdiiga{T{q5frnoq I
q;<qieqtrqlfqrqffi ar{tqpotql;qqd
ilirqrd{-{rrufftTrkii qFi Ettt;a{u tl qsq ll
SL 176-L77 ugrqlilsErq! r0 79

Slohas175-116.The natureand the quarter of the

zodiacal signs; (zl) the motions of the planets, their
place, their character and forms ; (3) the conception
and otiier proc('ssesinvoived in the birth of every crea'
ture ; (4) tl'',eni:merousills that overtake children and
voung peclilein a stittc of adolescence; (5) the length
of lrii:; (6) the rule rcgarding planetary conjunctions
that mar the f c rtunes o[ the horoscopesin which they
o c c u r ; ( 7 ) k i n e . m a k i n gy o g a s ; ( f t ) b e n e f i c i a lc o m b r n a -
tions of two, three or more planets; (9) the effectsof
Mandi, year, etc., in their order ; (10) next in order
the Ashtakavarg;r and the reckoning of benefic dots ;
( l l ) t h e e f f e c t so { t h e l s t a n d t h e 2 n d b h a v a s ; ( 1 2 ) o {
the 3rd and the +th ; ( I 3) of the 5th and the 6tL ; ( 1't)
o f t h e T t h ,t h e t r t h a n d t h e 9 t h ; ( 1 5 ) o f t h e l O t h , t h e
l l t h a n d t h e l 2 t h ; ( l n ) t h e h o r o s c o p eosf w o m t - n ; ( 1 7 )
what reiatesto the Moon's pla.ceat birth and (f8) the
dasasand their subdivisions-these havebeentreatedof'
in the work.

dthqrit+hszfiiaiqr*iqarqs gqit
eTrRiqriiqqnde5qql ftqsu;lfrai t
EIil iq=gqgqtruil ft qsK { IEqIiEdi
qh q6uqrRqraqrfhriiatrqqg1tqriiq.ll t\es ll
S / o A , rl ? 7 . T h e t a l e n t c da n d i l l u s t r i o t r sV a i d y a n a
t h a , t h e s o n o f t l r c i l l r r s t r i o u s V e n k a t a d r i ,s o e m i n e n t
for his leatningand knowlcdgchasbrcn able,under'the
k i n d a u s p i c eos f t h e S u n a n d o t h e r p l a n e t st,o c o m p o s e
t h i s g q i C et o ; r t t r c , l o F yJ,a t a k a p a r i j a it na l S a d h y a y a s
embodyingall that is essentiali. r. the very nectarraised
'T"',""-"*-"","
-",:"*: ""-"-""1i3:
"Yli
from the ocean of horary science, the author has been
able to compo$e this work in lyrical metresso as to
win the admiration of the learnedworld'

il {ii ,.1'iqlffiqriiqrc3qflfls u

ll dtqlrffiaftrqrq aql ll

--.---t'ffi--

'Ji.,,4fi)6rl\:1t: "Bca
l'lN 15. a-n
. i\,1.-
 ERR.T A

Line For Read

Page

vi 2\ bp by
I 2L ffi5.etiRa *i*erirta
2 23 Sl kas Slokas
J 13 Ras is Rasis
6 sarfra ea*s
28 ISEqT:
13 Eirrol:

2T 15 +{ *
ZJ 15 frqnin fi-q{riiT
26 33 Thrimasmsas Thrirnsamsas
n rlftgztorq q!'*gamrq
27
27 23 qq 1q
28 8 Eve Even
ciftqtf qrRqrd
29 17
29 18 ?c*.+j: ?aor+:
30 22 g.rsdg grr*dg
3l 24 ff,iag+ qkRgo
32 2T Rajaspadada Rajaspada.
33 t9 *"e *r4
s;{rd q-4rdt
42 32
42 33 nis uiirg
60 25 ffi<c fisit<w
61 I Jnpiter Jupiter
7 a*Tqo qiq{o
70
Tltoli q-6rsli
70 28
72 T4 srfui* esfblis
74 25 parternal paternaJ
77 2 ftttico: ftilrc*:
LXIV ERRATA

Page Line F-or Read

.JJ
78 sefteyes soft eyes
,:6
80 intial initial
104 12 Saturm Saturn
105 10 aiierq i?(sl{
r25 4 iarf*qr tarf*qr
t')5 rt}I rrri
t26 23 [(a-nya K:rnya
170 2'2 t sticle testicle
I/ L 24 gatake Jat:rka
176 l9 RrqtnEr drqrcra
190 20 iift: iife
r92 b ir{TtrI.[' ccl{o
20r (; Tf,qcrEI {*u*i"1
216 27 *-e&iqer *;ABrr,arrqr
227 3 o of
227 12 fsign sigr';
246 6 ber:orn l;r:corr-re
n
246 th lhc
246 IJ ; Li f c c t c ;rffccterl
247 6 r icrvsof vicrvso[
2.17 2l ay;r riary:.r
247 24 ave h:rve
747 26 ciVilSS.fffIiII1 Jecvasarman
247 lt fur
t[cl 5 Jeevasarmma Jeevasarnran
2 57 8 thls this
267 t4 crqref*d qrcrdiii.a
278 26 N{ rs N{ars
280 24 nr cts rneets
286 22 cading rezrding
3 r4 23 qr;qqic
"Fq;qqiq
335 T7 ilIere Ilerc
 E TiIi ATA LXV

I'age Line lior llead

380 29 nd and
39r 31 ithrv with
101 5 dlsritcrr {srRcil
420 2r tt3ffwg6 fleffqgA
+22 ltl eR sR
.+r){l )q Si rr Sign
527 ,1\) ''v lris ellth his rrye:rlth,
.5J8 t8 be rvili hr,rrvill
658 3 I(ujas t;rvarga I(u jashtavarga
658 I4 lrt: the
683 .5 t nr: the
730 osi qlll
734 a.l
th 6th
739 10 ,\l crcury Mercury
748 12 rc] t great
754 .tA
nunrher number
756 6 {5-ciir ,rs-{iir
783 9 {TT4Tq TAFq
784 t2 iraig: *eig;
781 22 lrqcdrqriiEr{q rrnftrrqriltrdq
786 J crm rn:rncl cornrnand
796 20 denots <.littiltes
799 n
I l'ices l'isccs
i99 2B Ir
IL If
H00 8 tlro 6th the 6tlr
802 24 rvlll rvili
806 8 plscc 1;i:r.ce
s10 4 ll irr
813 z:) :rttrl and
E20 (] r-\
a:, grgrl ; i gr r
E 2I {\ illl(l ; i r(_i
il2(i Jd i 'rf
LxYr ERRATA

Page Line For Read

829 t4 occupfed occupied

833 29 rn:rYr oaI'
833 30 be he
838 5 desease disease
851 22 contses courses
851 28 tha the
1 ilfc* qrit#
854
871 25 associoted associated
898 22 1th 10th
916 1? maximum in minirnum in-
come come
923 25 Frilt
Tttt
946 1l Arus Arres
948 16 Snbhagraha Subhagraha-
navalnsa navalTISa

932 l6 wonb womb

983 3 eaeh each
987 26 gooo good
1003 29 tho the
100? 29 In in
1032 13 ftrqtrrqt ffsFrtqi
7 ?ifcof
i0 4 0 {rol
13 creg ir?l
1040